CN103282717A - Temperature-stabilized storage systems - Google Patents

Temperature-stabilized storage systems Download PDF

Info

Publication number
CN103282717A
CN103282717A CN 201180056904 CN201180056904A CN103282717A CN 103282717 A CN103282717 A CN 103282717A CN 201180056904 CN201180056904 CN 201180056904 CN 201180056904 A CN201180056904 A CN 201180056904A CN 103282717 A CN103282717 A CN 103282717A
Authority
CN
Grant status
Application
Patent type
Prior art keywords
storage
material
region
unit
connector
Prior art date
Application number
CN 201180056904
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
CN103282717B (en )
Inventor
峯-立·周
杰弗里·F·迪恩
劳伦斯·摩根·福勒
威廉·盖茨
詹尼弗·逸如·胡
罗德里克·A·海德
爱德华·K·Y·荣格
乔丁·T·卡勒
马克·K·凯珀
内森·P·米佛德
内森·皮格勒姆
内尔斯·R·彼得森
克拉伦斯·T·特格林
迈克尔·威尔豪尔
查尔斯·惠特默
小洛厄尔·L·伍德
奥祖尔·埃梅克·伊尔迪里姆
Original Assignee
脱其泰有限责任公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date

Links

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65DCONTAINERS FOR STORAGE OR TRANSPORT OF ARTICLES OR MATERIALS, e.g. BAGS, BARRELS, BOTTLES, BOXES, CANS, CARTONS, CRATES, DRUMS, JARS, TANKS, HOPPERS, FORWARDING CONTAINERS; ACCESSORIES, CLOSURES, OR FITTINGS THEREFOR; PACKAGING ELEMENTS; PACKAGES
    • B65D81/00Containers, packaging elements, or packages, for contents presenting particular transport or storage problems, or adapted to be used for non-packaging purposes after removal of contents
    • B65D81/38Containers, packaging elements, or packages, for contents presenting particular transport or storage problems, or adapted to be used for non-packaging purposes after removal of contents with thermal insulation
    • B65D81/3802Containers, packaging elements, or packages, for contents presenting particular transport or storage problems, or adapted to be used for non-packaging purposes after removal of contents with thermal insulation rigid container in the form of a barrel or vat
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65DCONTAINERS FOR STORAGE OR TRANSPORT OF ARTICLES OR MATERIALS, e.g. BAGS, BARRELS, BOTTLES, BOXES, CANS, CARTONS, CRATES, DRUMS, JARS, TANKS, HOPPERS, FORWARDING CONTAINERS; ACCESSORIES, CLOSURES, OR FITTINGS THEREFOR; PACKAGING ELEMENTS; PACKAGES
    • B65D81/00Containers, packaging elements, or packages, for contents presenting particular transport or storage problems, or adapted to be used for non-packaging purposes after removal of contents
    • B65D81/38Containers, packaging elements, or packages, for contents presenting particular transport or storage problems, or adapted to be used for non-packaging purposes after removal of contents with thermal insulation
    • B65D81/3802Containers, packaging elements, or packages, for contents presenting particular transport or storage problems, or adapted to be used for non-packaging purposes after removal of contents with thermal insulation rigid container in the form of a barrel or vat
    • B65D81/3811Containers, packaging elements, or packages, for contents presenting particular transport or storage problems, or adapted to be used for non-packaging purposes after removal of contents with thermal insulation rigid container in the form of a barrel or vat formed of different materials, e.g. laminated or foam filling between walls
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65DCONTAINERS FOR STORAGE OR TRANSPORT OF ARTICLES OR MATERIALS, e.g. BAGS, BARRELS, BOTTLES, BOXES, CANS, CARTONS, CRATES, DRUMS, JARS, TANKS, HOPPERS, FORWARDING CONTAINERS; ACCESSORIES, CLOSURES, OR FITTINGS THEREFOR; PACKAGING ELEMENTS; PACKAGES
    • B65D81/00Containers, packaging elements, or packages, for contents presenting particular transport or storage problems, or adapted to be used for non-packaging purposes after removal of contents
    • B65D81/38Containers, packaging elements, or packages, for contents presenting particular transport or storage problems, or adapted to be used for non-packaging purposes after removal of contents with thermal insulation
    • B65D81/3813Containers, packaging elements, or packages, for contents presenting particular transport or storage problems, or adapted to be used for non-packaging purposes after removal of contents with thermal insulation rigid container being in the form of a box, tray or like container
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65DCONTAINERS FOR STORAGE OR TRANSPORT OF ARTICLES OR MATERIALS, e.g. BAGS, BARRELS, BOTTLES, BOXES, CANS, CARTONS, CRATES, DRUMS, JARS, TANKS, HOPPERS, FORWARDING CONTAINERS; ACCESSORIES, CLOSURES, OR FITTINGS THEREFOR; PACKAGING ELEMENTS; PACKAGES
    • B65D81/00Containers, packaging elements, or packages, for contents presenting particular transport or storage problems, or adapted to be used for non-packaging purposes after removal of contents
    • B65D81/38Containers, packaging elements, or packages, for contents presenting particular transport or storage problems, or adapted to be used for non-packaging purposes after removal of contents with thermal insulation
    • B65D81/3813Containers, packaging elements, or packages, for contents presenting particular transport or storage problems, or adapted to be used for non-packaging purposes after removal of contents with thermal insulation rigid container being in the form of a box, tray or like container
    • B65D81/3823Containers, packaging elements, or packages, for contents presenting particular transport or storage problems, or adapted to be used for non-packaging purposes after removal of contents with thermal insulation rigid container being in the form of a box, tray or like container formed of different materials, e.g. laminated or foam filling between walls
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65DCONTAINERS FOR STORAGE OR TRANSPORT OF ARTICLES OR MATERIALS, e.g. BAGS, BARRELS, BOTTLES, BOXES, CANS, CARTONS, CRATES, DRUMS, JARS, TANKS, HOPPERS, FORWARDING CONTAINERS; ACCESSORIES, CLOSURES, OR FITTINGS THEREFOR; PACKAGING ELEMENTS; PACKAGES
    • B65D81/00Containers, packaging elements, or packages, for contents presenting particular transport or storage problems, or adapted to be used for non-packaging purposes after removal of contents
    • B65D81/38Containers, packaging elements, or packages, for contents presenting particular transport or storage problems, or adapted to be used for non-packaging purposes after removal of contents with thermal insulation
    • B65D81/3825Containers, packaging elements, or packages, for contents presenting particular transport or storage problems, or adapted to be used for non-packaging purposes after removal of contents with thermal insulation rigid container being in the form of a box, tray or like container with one or more containers located inside the external container
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65DCONTAINERS FOR STORAGE OR TRANSPORT OF ARTICLES OR MATERIALS, e.g. BAGS, BARRELS, BOTTLES, BOXES, CANS, CARTONS, CRATES, DRUMS, JARS, TANKS, HOPPERS, FORWARDING CONTAINERS; ACCESSORIES, CLOSURES, OR FITTINGS THEREFOR; PACKAGING ELEMENTS; PACKAGES
    • B65D81/00Containers, packaging elements, or packages, for contents presenting particular transport or storage problems, or adapted to be used for non-packaging purposes after removal of contents
    • B65D81/38Containers, packaging elements, or packages, for contents presenting particular transport or storage problems, or adapted to be used for non-packaging purposes after removal of contents with thermal insulation
    • B65D81/3825Containers, packaging elements, or packages, for contents presenting particular transport or storage problems, or adapted to be used for non-packaging purposes after removal of contents with thermal insulation rigid container being in the form of a box, tray or like container with one or more containers located inside the external container
    • B65D81/3834Containers, packaging elements, or packages, for contents presenting particular transport or storage problems, or adapted to be used for non-packaging purposes after removal of contents with thermal insulation rigid container being in the form of a box, tray or like container with one or more containers located inside the external container the external tray being formed of different materials, e.g. laminated or foam filling between walls
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65DCONTAINERS FOR STORAGE OR TRANSPORT OF ARTICLES OR MATERIALS, e.g. BAGS, BARRELS, BOTTLES, BOXES, CANS, CARTONS, CRATES, DRUMS, JARS, TANKS, HOPPERS, FORWARDING CONTAINERS; ACCESSORIES, CLOSURES, OR FITTINGS THEREFOR; PACKAGING ELEMENTS; PACKAGES
    • B65D81/00Containers, packaging elements, or packages, for contents presenting particular transport or storage problems, or adapted to be used for non-packaging purposes after removal of contents
    • B65D81/38Containers, packaging elements, or packages, for contents presenting particular transport or storage problems, or adapted to be used for non-packaging purposes after removal of contents with thermal insulation
    • B65D81/3888Containers, packaging elements, or packages, for contents presenting particular transport or storage problems, or adapted to be used for non-packaging purposes after removal of contents with thermal insulation wrappers or flexible containers, e.g. pouches, bags
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65DCONTAINERS FOR STORAGE OR TRANSPORT OF ARTICLES OR MATERIALS, e.g. BAGS, BARRELS, BOTTLES, BOXES, CANS, CARTONS, CRATES, DRUMS, JARS, TANKS, HOPPERS, FORWARDING CONTAINERS; ACCESSORIES, CLOSURES, OR FITTINGS THEREFOR; PACKAGING ELEMENTS; PACKAGES
    • B65D81/00Containers, packaging elements, or packages, for contents presenting particular transport or storage problems, or adapted to be used for non-packaging purposes after removal of contents
    • B65D81/38Containers, packaging elements, or packages, for contents presenting particular transport or storage problems, or adapted to be used for non-packaging purposes after removal of contents with thermal insulation
    • B65D81/3888Containers, packaging elements, or packages, for contents presenting particular transport or storage problems, or adapted to be used for non-packaging purposes after removal of contents with thermal insulation wrappers or flexible containers, e.g. pouches, bags
    • B65D81/3897Containers, packaging elements, or packages, for contents presenting particular transport or storage problems, or adapted to be used for non-packaging purposes after removal of contents with thermal insulation wrappers or flexible containers, e.g. pouches, bags formed of different materials, e.g. laminated or foam filling between walls
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65DCONTAINERS FOR STORAGE OR TRANSPORT OF ARTICLES OR MATERIALS, e.g. BAGS, BARRELS, BOTTLES, BOXES, CANS, CARTONS, CRATES, DRUMS, JARS, TANKS, HOPPERS, FORWARDING CONTAINERS; ACCESSORIES, CLOSURES, OR FITTINGS THEREFOR; PACKAGING ELEMENTS; PACKAGES
    • B65D2203/00Decoration means, markings, information elements, contents indicators
    • B65D2203/10Transponders
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F25REFRIGERATION OR COOLING; COMBINED HEATING AND REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS; HEAT PUMP SYSTEMS; MANUFACTURE OR STORAGE OF ICE; LIQUEFACTION SOLIDIFICATION OF GASES
    • F25DREFRIGERATORS; COLD ROOMS; ICE-BOXES; COOLING OR FREEZING APPARATUS NOT COVERED BY ANY OTHER SUBCLASS
    • F25D2201/00Insulation
    • F25D2201/10Insulation with respect to heat
    • F25D2201/14Insulation with respect to heat using subatmospheric pressure

Abstract

Apparatus for use with substantially thermally sealed storage containers are described herein. These include an apparatus comprising a stored material module, a stabilizer unit, a stored material module cap and a central stabilizer unit. The apparatus also include a transportation stabilizer unit with dimensions corresponding to a substantially thermally sealed storage container with a flexible conduit. Methods and apparatus described herein relate to establishing and maintaining low gas pressure within a gas-sealed device fabricated from heat sensitive materials. Methods include transferring activated getters within the interior of an apparatus from regions fabricated from heat-resistant materials to interior regions of the gas-sealed device fabricated from heat-sensitive materials.

Description

温度稳定的储存系统 Temperature-stabilized storage system

[0001] 发明人:方-利.周、杰弗里*F.迪恩、劳伦斯•摩根•福勒、威廉.盖茨、詹妮.艾祖.胡、罗德里克.A.海德、爱德华.KY荣格、乔丁.T.卡勒、马克.K.凯珀、内森.P.米佛德、内森.皮格勒姆、内尔斯.R.彼得森、克拉伦斯.T.特格林、迈克.威尔豪尔、查尔斯.惠特默、小洛厄尔.L.伍德以及奥祖尔.埃梅克.伊尔迪里姆 [0001] Inventors: Fang - Li Zhou, * F Jeffrey Dean Morgan Lawrence • • Fowler, William Gates, Jenny Hu Aizu, Roderick .A Hyde, Edward...... .KY Jung, Jordin .T. Calle, Mark .K. Kuiper, Nathan .P. Mi Fode, Nathan Pigg Salem, Niles .R. Peterson, Clarence. T. Te Gelin, Mike Weir Hall, Charles Whitmer, Lowell small .L. Wood and Ozourt. Emek. 伊尔迪里姆

[0002] 相关申请的交叉引用 CROSS [0002] REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

[0003] 本申请涉及以下所列的申请(“相关申请”)并且要求这些申请的最早的可供使用的有效申请日的权益(例如,要求除临时专利申请外的最早可供使用的优先权日或者根据35USC§ 119(e)要求对于临时专利申请、这些“相关申请”的任何及所有原申请、上两代(grandparent)申请、上三代(great-grandparent)申请等等的权益)。 [0003] effective benefit of the filing date of the earliest available application relates listed below (the "Related Applications") of the present application and claims of these applications (e.g., in addition to provisional patent application claims the earliest available priority day or according to 35USC§ 119 (e) requirements for provisional patent application, these "related application" of any and all of the original application, the two generations (grandparent) to apply, the three generations (great-grandparent) application, etc. interests). 这些相关申请以及这些相关申请的任何及所有的原申请、上两代申请、上三代申请等等的所有主题都通过引用结合在此,其程度是使得此类主题并不与本文相冲突。 These related applications as well as any and all of these applications related to the original application, the application for two generations, three generations of applications and so on all topics are incorporated herein by reference, to a degree that makes the article is not in conflict with such subject matter.

[0004] 相关申请: [0004] RELATED APPLICATIONS:

[0005] 为了USPTO法规之外的要求的目的,本申请构成了名称为“温度稳定的储存容器(TEMPERATURE-STABILIZED STORAGE CONTAINERS)” 的第12/001,757 号美国专利申请的一个部分继续申请,该申请的发明人为罗德里克.A.海德、爱德华.KY荣格、内森.P.米佛德、克拉伦斯.T.特格林、威廉.H.盖茨II1、查尔斯.惠特默、以及小洛厄尔.L.伍德,申请日为2007年12月11日,该申请处于当前共同未决的状态、或者是如下的一份申请,即:该申请的一份当前共同未决的申请有权享有其申请日期的利益。 [0005] For purposes of the USPTO outside regulatory requirements, the present application constitutes a continuation application entitled Part No. 12 / 001,757 U.S. Patent Application "stable storage vessel temperature (TEMPERATURE-STABILIZED STORAGE CONTAINERS)", and the inventors of this application Roderick .A. Hyde, Edward .KY Jung, Nathan .P. Mi Fode, Clarence .T. Te Gelin, William .H. Gates II1, Charles Whitmer , as well as small .L Lowell Wood, filed December 11, 2007, the co-pending application in its current state, or as an application, namely: a copy of the current co-pending application the application is entitled to the filing date of its benefits.

[0006] 为了USPTO法规之外的要求的目的,本申请构成了名称为“具有直接访问的温度稳定的储存容器(TEMPERATURE-STABILIZED STORAGE CONTAINERS WITH DIRECTEDACCESS)”的第12/006,088号美国专利申请的一个部分继续申请,该申请的发明人为罗德里克.A.海德、爱德华.KY荣格、内森.P.米佛德、克拉伦斯.T.特格林、威廉.H.盖茨II1、查尔斯.惠特默、以及小洛厄尔.L.伍德,申请日为2007年12月27日,该申请处于当前共同未决的状态、或者是如下的一份申请,即:该申请的一份当前共同未决的申请有权享有其申请日期的利益。 [0006] For purposes of the USPTO outside regulatory requirements, the present application constitutes the Title to No. 12 U.S. Patent Application 006,088 / "stable storage tank temperature having direct access (TEMPERATURE-STABILIZED STORAGE CONTAINERS WITH DIRECTEDACCESS)" in a continuation of application, inventor of the application Roderick .A. Hyde, Edward .KY Jung, Nathan .P. Mi Fode, Clarence .T. Te Gelin, William .H. Gates II1 Charles Whitmer, and Lowell small .L Wood, filed December 27, 2007, the co-pending application in its current state, or as an application, namely: the application a list of current co-pending application is entitled to the benefit of its filing date.

[0007] 为了USPTO法规之外的要求的目的,本申请构成了名称为“温度稳定的储存系统(TEMPERATURE-STABILIZED STORAGE SYSTEMS)”的第12/006,089号美国专利申请的一个部分继续申请,该申请的发明人为罗德里克.A.海德、爱德华.KY荣格、内森.P.米佛德、克拉伦斯.T.特格林、威廉.H.盖茨II1、查尔斯.惠特默、以及小洛厄尔.L.伍德,申请日为2007年12月27日,该申请处于当前共同未决的状态、或者是如下的一份申请,即:该申请的一份当前共同未决的申请有权享有其申请日期的利益。 [0007] For purposes of the USPTO outside regulatory requirements, the present application constitutes a portion of the No. 12 U.S. Patent Application 006,089 continuation application entitled "temperature-stabilized storage system (TEMPERATURE-STABILIZED STORAGE SYSTEMS)" a /, the inventors of this application Roderick .A. Hyde, Edward .KY Jung, Nathan .P. Mi Fode, Clarence .T. Te Gelin, William .H. Gates II1, Charles Whitmer , as well as small .L Lowell Wood, filed December 27, 2007, the co-pending application in its current state, or as an application, namely: a copy of the current co-pending application the application is entitled to the filing date of its benefits.

[0008] 为了USPTO法规之外的要求的目的,本申请构成了名称为“用于医疗品的温度稳定的储存容器(TEMPERATURE-STABILIZED STORAGE CONTAINERS FOR MEDICINALS)” 的第12/008, 695号美国专利申请的一个部分继续申请,该申请的发明人为罗德里克.A.海德、爱德华.KY荣格、内森.P.米佛德、克拉伦斯.T.特格林、威廉.H.盖茨II1、查尔斯.惠特默、以及小洛厄尔*L.伍德,申请日期为2008年I月10日,该申请处于当前共同未决的状态、或者是如下的一份申请,即:该申请的一份当前共同未决的申请有权享有其申请日期的利益。 [0008] For purposes of the USPTO regulatory requirements than present application constitutes the name of 12/008, U.S. Pat. No. 695, "the temperature of the medical supplies stable storage container (TEMPERATURE-STABILIZED STORAGE CONTAINERS FOR MEDICINALS)" in application of a continuation application, inventor of the application Roderick .A. Hyde, Edward .KY Jung, Nathan .P. Mi Fode, Clarence .T. Te Gelin, William .H. Gates .. II1, Charles Whitmer, and Lowell small * L Wood, application dated May 10, 2008 I, the co-pending application in its current state, or as an application, namely: the application the list of current co-pending application is entitled to the benefit of its filing date.

[0009] 为了USPTO法规之外的要求的目的,本申请构成了名称为“温度稳定的储存容器的制造方法(METHODS OF MANUFACTURING TEMPERATURE-STABILIZED STORAGECONTAINERS)”的第12/012,490号美国专利申请的一个部分继续申请,该申请的发明人为罗德里克.A.海德、爱德华.KY荣格、内森.P.米佛德、克拉伦斯.T.特格林、威廉.Η.盖茨II1、查尔斯•惠特默、以及小洛厄尔*L •伍德,申请日期为2008年I月31日,该申请处于当前共同未决的状态、或者是如下的一份申请,即:该申请的一份当前共同未决的申请有权享有其申请日期的利益。 [0009] For purposes other than the USPTO regulatory requirements, the present application constitutes entitled "A method for producing a temperature stable storage container (METHODS OF MANUFACTURING TEMPERATURE-STABILIZED STORAGECONTAINERS)" No. 12 / 012,490 U.S. Patent Application No. a portion continue to apply, inventor of the application Roderick .A. Hyde, Edward .KY Jung, Nathan .P. Mi Fode, Clarence .T. Te Gelin, William .Η. Gates II1, Charles • Whitmer, and Lowell small * L • Wood, application dated May 31, 2008 I, the co-pending application in its current state, or as an application, namely: the application of a current co-pending application is entitled to the filing date of its benefits.

[0010] 为了USPTO法规之外的要求的目的,本申请构成了名称为“温度稳定的医疗品储存系统(TEMPERATURE-STABILIZED MEDICINAL STORAGE SYSTEM)”的第12/077,322 号美国专利申请的一个部分继续申请,该申请的发明人为罗德里克.A.海德、爱德华.KY荣格、内森.P.米佛德、克拉伦斯.T.特格林、威廉.盖茨、查尔斯.惠特默、以及小洛厄尔*L.伍德,申请日期为2008年3月17日,该申请处于当前共同未决的状态、或者是如下的一份申请,即:该申请的一份当前共同未决的申请有权享有其申请日期的利益。 A portion [0010] For purposes of the USPTO regulations than required, the present application constitutes a No. 12 / 077,322 U.S. patent application entitled "medical supplies temperature-stabilized storage system (TEMPERATURE-STABILIZED MEDICINAL STORAGE SYSTEM)" is continue to apply, inventor of the application Roderick .A. Hyde, Edward .KY Jung, Nathan .P. Mi Fode, Clarence .T. Te Gelin, William Gates, Charles Whitmer and small * L Lowell Wood, date for applications is March 17, 2008, the co-pending application in its current state, or as an application, namely: a copy of the current co-pending application the application is entitled to the filing date of its benefits.

[0011] 为了USPTO法规之外的要求的目的,本申请构成了名称为“包含具有带隙材料的多层绝热复合材料的储存容器及相关方法(STORAGE CONTAINER INCLUDING MULT1-LAYERINSULATION COMPOSITE MATERIAL HAVING BANDGAP MATERIAL AND RELATED METHODS)” 的第12/152,465号美国专利申请的一个部分继续申请,该申请的发明人为杰弗里.A.鲍尔斯、罗德里克.A.海德、穆里尔.Y.伊什克瓦、爱德华.KY荣格、乔丁.T.卡勒、埃里克.C.里奥萨德、内森.P.米佛德、小托马斯.J.纽金、克拉伦斯.T.特格林、查尔斯•惠特默、以及小洛厄尔*L.伍德,申请日期为2008年5月13日,该申请处于当前共同未决的状态、或者是如下的一份申请,即:该申请的一份当前共同未决的申请有权享有其申请日期的利益。 [0011] For purposes of the USPTO regulatory requirements than present application constitutes entitled "multilayer insulation composite comprising a material having a band gap material storage container and an associated method (STORAGE CONTAINER INCLUDING MULT1-LAYERINSULATION COMPOSITE MATERIAL HAVING BANDGAP MATERIAL AND a portion RELATED METHODS) "No. 12 / 152,465 U.S. Patent application No. continuation application, inventor of this application Jeffrey .A. Bowers, Roderick .A. Hyde, Muriel .Y. Ish Waseem, Edward .KY Jung, Jordin .T. Calle, Eric .C. Rio de Sade, Nathan .P. Mi Fode, little Thomas .J. New York gold, Clarence .T . Te Gelin, • Charles Whitmer, and Lowell small * L Wood, filing date of May 13, 2008, the co-pending application in its current state, or as an application, namely: a list of current co-pending application entitled to the benefit of the application of its filing date.

[0012] 为了USPTO法规之外的要求的目的,本申请构成了名称为“包含带隙材料的多层绝热复合材料、使用了其的储存容器及相关方法(MULT1-LAYER INSULATION COMPOSITEMATERIAL INCLUDING BANDGAP MATERIAL, STORAGE CONTAINER USING SAME, AND RELATEDMETHODS)”的第12/152,467号美国专利申请的一个部分继续申请,该申请的发明人为杰弗里.Α •鲍尔斯、罗德里克.Α.海德、穆里尔.Y.伊什克瓦、爱德华.Κ.Υ.荣格、乔丁.Τ.卡勒、埃里克.C.里奥萨德、内森.P.米佛德、小托马斯.J.纽金、克拉伦斯.T.特格林、查尔斯•惠特默、以及小洛厄尔*L.伍德,申请日期为2008年5月13日,该申请处于当前共同未决的状态、或者是如下的一份申请,即:该申请的一份当前共同未决的申请有权享有其申请日期的利益。 [0012] For purposes of the USPTO outside regulatory requirements, the present application constitutes entitled "multilayer insulation composite comprising band gap of the material used and its storage container related methods (MULT1-LAYER INSULATION COMPOSITEMATERIAL INCLUDING BANDGAP MATERIAL, STORAGE CONTAINER USING SAME, AND RELATEDMETHODS) "No. 12 / 152,467 U.S. Patent application No. a continuation in part application, inventor of this application .Α • Jeffrey Bowers, Roderick .Α. Hyde, Mu Lille .Y. Ish Waseem, Edward .Κ.Υ. Jung, Jordin .Τ. Calle, Eric .C. Rio de Sade, Nathan .P. Mi Fode, little Thomas. J. Kim New York, Clarence .T. Te Gelin, • Charles Whitmer, and Lowell small * L. Wood, filing date of May 13, 2008, the co-pending application in its current state, or following an application, namely: a current co-pending application entitled to the benefit of the application of its filing date.

[0013] 为了USPTO法规之外的要求的目的,本申请构成了名称为“具有至少一个带有通孔的热反射层的多层绝热复合材料、使用了其的储存容器及相关方法(MULT1-LAYERINSULATION COMPOSITE MATERIAL HAVING AT LEAST ONE THERMALLY-REFLECTIVE LAYERWITH THROUGH OPENINGS, STORAGE CONTAINER USING SAME, AND RELATED METHODS)” 的第12/220,439号美国专利申请的一个部分继续申请,该申请的发明人为罗德里克.A.海德、穆里尔.Y.伊什克瓦、乔丁.T.卡勒、和小洛厄尔.L.伍德,申请日期为2008年7月23日,该申请处于当前共同未决的状态、或者是如下的一份申请,即:该申请的一份当前共同未决的申请有权享有其申请日期的利益。 [0013] For purposes of the USPTO regulatory requirements than present application constitutes entitled "having at least one multilayer insulation composite thermally reflective layer with a hole, using its storage container and an associated method (MULT1- a portion LAYERINSULATION COMPOSITE MATERIAL HAVING AT LEAST ONE THERMALLY-REFLECTIVE LAYERWITH THROUGH OPENINGS, STORAGE CONTAINER USING SAME, AND RELATED METHODS) "No. 12 / 220,439 U.S. Patent application No. continuation application, inventor of this application Roderick. A. Hyde, Muriel .Y. Ish Waseem, Jordin .T. Calle, small and Lowell .L. Wood, filing date of July 23, 2008, which is currently in co-pending application state, or following an application, namely: a current co-pending application is entitled to apply for the benefit of its filing date.

[0014] 为了USPTO法规之外的要求的目的,本申请构成了名称为“具有至少一个热反射层的绝热复合材料(INSULATION COMPOSITE MATERIAL HAVING AT LEAST ONETHERMALLY-REFLECTIVE LAYER)”的第PCT/US2008/013642号美国专利申请的一个部分继续申请,该申请的发明人为罗德里克.A.海德、穆里尔.Y.伊什克瓦、乔丁.T.卡勒、和小洛厄尔.L.伍德,申请日期为2008年12月11日,该申请处于当前共同未决的状态、或者是如下的一份申请,即:该申请的一份当前共同未决的申请有权享有其申请日期的利益。 [0014] For purposes of the USPTO outside regulatory requirements, the present application constitutes entitled "insulating composite material having at least one heat reflecting layer (INSULATION COMPOSITE MATERIAL HAVING AT LEAST ONETHERMALLY-REFLECTIVE LAYER)" of PCT / US2008 / 013642 a part of U.S. Patent application No. continuation application, the inventor of this application Roderick .A. Hyde, Muriel .Y. Ish Coi, Jordin .T. Calle, and small Lowell .L. Wood, filing date of December 11, 2008, the co-pending application in its current state, or as an application, namely: a current co-pending application is entitled to the application of its filing date interest.

[0015] 为了USPTO法规之外的要求的目的,本申请构成了名称为“温度稳定的储存系统(TEMPERATURE-STABILIZED STORAGE SYSTEMS)” 的第PCT/US2008/013643 号美国专利申请的一个部分继续申请,该申请的发明人为罗德里克.A.海德、爱德华.Κ.Υ.荣格、威廉•盖茨、内森.P.米佛德、克拉伦斯.T.特格林、查尔斯.惠特默、以及小洛厄尔.L.伍德,申请日期为2008年12月11日,该申请处于当前共同未决的状态、或者是如下的一份申请,即:该申请的一份当前共同未决的申请有权享有其申请日期的利益。 [0015] For purposes of the USPTO outside regulatory requirements, the present application constitutes entitled "temperature-stabilized storage system (TEMPERATURE-STABILIZED STORAGE SYSTEMS)" of PCT / US2008 U.S. Patent No. 013,643 a part of a continuation application /, the inventors of this application Roderick .A. Hyde, Edward .Κ.Υ. Jung, William • Gates, Nathan .P. Mi Fode, Clarence .T. Te Gelin, Charles Whitmer , as well as small .L Lowell Wood, filing date of December 11, 2008, the co-pending application in its current state, or as an application, namely: a copy of the current co-pending application the application is entitled to the filing date of its benefits.

[0016] 为了USPTO法规之外的要求的目的,本申请构成了名称为“具有直接访问的温度稳定的储存容器(TEMPERATURE-STABILIZED STORAGE CONTAINERS WITH DIRECTEDACCESS)”的第PCT/US2008/013648号美国专利申请的一个部分继续申请,该申请的发明人为罗德里克.A.海德、爱德华.KY荣格、内森.P.米佛德、克拉伦斯.T.特格林、威廉.盖茨、查尔斯.惠特默、以及小洛厄尔.L.伍德,申请日期为2008年12月11日,该申请处于当前共同未决的状态、或者是如下的一份申请,即:该申请的一份当前共同未决的申请有权享有其申请日期的利益。 [0016] For purposes of the USPTO outside regulatory requirements, the present application constitutes the name of PCT / US2008 / 013648 US Patent Application No. "stable storage tank temperature having direct access (TEMPERATURE-STABILIZED STORAGE CONTAINERS WITH DIRECTEDACCESS)" in a continuation of application, inventor of the application Roderick .A. Hyde, Edward .KY Jung, Nathan .P. Mi Fode, Clarence .T. Te Gelin, William Gates, Charles. . Whitmer, and Lowell small .L Wood, filing date of December 11, 2008, the co-pending application in its current state, or as an application, namely: a copy of the current application co-pending application is entitled to the filing date of its benefits.

[0017] 为了USPTO法规之外的要求的目的,本申请构成了名称为“温度稳定的医疗品储存系统(TEMPERATURE -STABILIZED MEDICINAL STORAGE SYSTEMS)” 的第PCT/US2009/001715号美国专利申请的一个部分继续申请,该申请的发明人为罗德里克.A.海德、爱德华.KY荣格、内森.P.米佛德、克拉伦斯.T.特格林、威廉.盖茨、查尔斯.惠特默、以及小洛厄尔*L.伍德,申请日期为2009年3月16日,该申请处于当前共同未决的状态、或者是如下的一份申请,即:该申请的一份当前共同未决的申请有权享有其申请日期的利益。 A portion [0017] USPTO purposes other than the regulatory requirements, the present application constitutes a continuation of PCT / / 001715 US2009 U.S. Patent Application No., entitled "medical supplies temperature-stabilized storage system (TEMPERATURE -STABILIZED MEDICINAL STORAGE SYSTEMS)" is continue to apply, inventor of the application Roderick .A. Hyde, Edward .KY Jung, Nathan .P. Mi Fode, Clarence .T. Te Gelin, William Gates, Charles Whitmer and small * L Lowell Wood, date for applications is March 16, 2009, the co-pending application in its current state, or as an application, namely: a copy of the current co-pending application the application is entitled to the filing date of its benefits.

[0018] 为了USPTO法规之外的要求的目的,本申请构成了名称为“温度稳定的储存系统(TEMPERATURE-STABILIZED STORAGE SYSTEMS)” 的第12/658,579 号美国专利申请的一个部分继续申请,该申请的发明人为杰弗里.F.迪恩、劳伦斯.摩根.福勒、威廉.盖茨、子宏.郭、罗德里克.A.海德、爱德华.KY荣格、乔丁.T.卡勒、内森.P.米佛德、内森.皮格勒姆、内尔斯.R.彼得森、克拉伦斯.T.特格林、查尔斯.惠特默、以及小洛厄尔*L.伍德,申请日期为2010年2月8日,该申请处于当前共同未决的状态、或者是如下的一份申请,即:该申请的一份当前共同未决的申请有权享有其申请日期的利益。 [0018] For purposes of the USPTO outside regulatory requirements, the present application constitutes a portion of the No. 12 U.S. Patent Application 658,579 continuation application entitled "temperature-stabilized storage system (TEMPERATURE-STABILIZED STORAGE SYSTEMS)" a /, the inventors of this application Jeffrey .F. Dean, Lawrence Morgan Fowler, William Gates, sub-macro. Guo, Roderick .A. Hyde, Edward .KY Jung, Jordin .T. Calle, Nathan .P. Mi Fode, Nathan Pigg Salem, Niles .R. Peterson, Clarence .T. Te Gelin, Charles Whitmer, and Lowell small * L. Wood, filing date of February 8, 2010, the co-pending application in its current state, or as an application, namely: a current co-pending application is entitled to the application of his application interest date.

[0019] 为了USPTO法规之外的要求的目的,本申请构成了名称为“具有挠性连接器的温度稳定的储存系统(TEMPERATURE-STABILIZED STORAGE SYSTEMS WITH FLEXIBLECONNECTORS)”的第12/927,981号美国专利申请的一个部分继续申请,该申请的发明人为方-利•周、杰弗里.F.迪恩、威廉•盖茨、子宏•郭、罗德里克.A.海德、爱德华.KY荣格、内森.P.米佛德、内尔斯.R.彼得森、克拉伦斯.T.特格林、查尔斯.惠特默、以及小洛厄尔.L.伍德,申请日期为2010年11月29日,该申请处于当前共同未决的状态、或者是如下的一份申请,即:该申请的一份当前共同未决的申请有权享有其申请日期的利益。 [0019] For purposes of the USPTO regulatory requirements outside, the present application constitutes entitled "temperature-stabilized storage system (TEMPERATURE-STABILIZED STORAGE SYSTEMS WITH FLEXIBLECONNECTORS) having a flexible connector" in / U.S. No. 12 927,981 a part of the patent application for a continuation of the application of human invention party - Lee • week, Jeffrey Dean .F, William Gates •, • sub-macro Guo, Roderick .A Hyde, Edward .KY wing. grid, Nathan .P. Mi Fode, Niles .R. Peterson, Clarence .T. Te Gelin, Charles Whitmer, and Lowell small .L. Wood, the filing date for the 2010 November 29, the co-pending application in its current state, or as an application, namely: a current co-pending application is entitled to apply for the benefit of its filing date.

[0020] 为了USPTO法规之外的要求的目的,本申请构成了名称为“包含被配置用于模块单元互换储存的储存结构的温度稳定的储存系统(TEMPERATURE-STABILI ZED STORAGESYSTEMS INCLUDING STORAGE STRUCTURES CONFI⑶RED FOR INTERCHANGEABLE STORAGE OFMODULAR UNITS)”的第12/927,982号美国专利申请的一个部分继续申请,该申请的发明人为杰弗里.F.迪恩、劳伦斯.摩根.福勒、威廉.盖茨、詹妮.艾祖.胡、罗德里克.A.海德、爱德华.KY荣格、乔丁.T.卡勒、内森.P.米佛德、内森.皮格勒姆、内尔斯.R.彼得森、克拉伦斯.T.特格林、查尔斯.惠特默、以及小洛厄尔.L.伍德,申请日期为2010年11月29日,该申请处于当前共同未决的状态、或者是如下的一份申请,即:该申请的一份当前共同未决的申请有权享有其申请日期的利益。 [0020] For purposes other than the USPTO regulatory requirements, the present application constitutes entitled "comprising storage structure configured for interchangeable module units stored in the storage system stable temperature (TEMPERATURE-STABILI ZED STORAGESYSTEMS INCLUDING STORAGE STRUCTURES CONFI⑶RED FOR a portion INTERCHANGEABLE STORAGE OFMODULAR UNITS) "No. 12 / 927,982 U.S. Patent application No. continuation application, inventor of this application Jeffrey .F. Dean, Lawrence Morgan. Fowler, William Gates, Jenny. Aizu Hu, Roderick .A. Hyde, Edward .KY Jung, Jordin .T. Calle, Nathan .P. Mi Fode, Nathan Pigg Salem, Niles .R. Peterson, Clarence .T. Te Gelin, Charles Whitmer, and Lowell small .L. Wood, date for applications is November 29, 2010, the co-pending application in its current state, or following an application, namely: a current co-pending application is entitled to apply for the benefit of its filing date.

[0021] 为了USPTO法规之外的要求的目的,本申请构成了名称为温度稳定的储存系统“ (TEMPERATURE-STAB I LI ZED STORAGE SYSTEMS ) ”的第PCT/US2011 /000234 号美国专利申请的一个部分继续申请,该申请的发明人为方-利.周、杰弗里.F.迪恩、劳伦斯.摩根.福勒、威廉.盖茨、子宏.郭、詹妮.艾祖.胡、罗德里克.A.海德、爱德华.KY荣格、乔丁.T.卡勒、内森.P.米佛德、内森.皮格勒姆、内尔斯.R.彼得森、克拉伦斯.T.特格林、查尔斯.惠特默、以及小洛厄尔.L.伍德,申请日期为2011年2月8日,该申请处于当前共同未决的状态、或者是如下的一份申请,即:该申请的一份当前共同未决的申请有权享有其申请日期的利益。 A portion [0021] For purposes of the USPTO regulations than required, the name of the present application constitutes a temperature-stabilized storage system "(TEMPERATURE-STAB I LI ZED STORAGE SYSTEMS)" of PCT / US2011 / 000234 U.S. Patent Application No. continue to apply, human side to the invention of the application - Li Zhou, .F Jeffrey Dean Morgan Lawrence Fowler, William Gates, son Guo Hong, Hu Jenny Aizu, Rodrigo........ g .A. Hyde, Edward .KY Jung, Jordin .T. Calle, Nathan .P. Mi Fode, Nathan Pigg Salem, Niles .R. Peterson, Clarence. T. Te Gelin, Charles Whitmer, and Lowell small .L. Wood, filing date of February 8, 2011, the co-pending application in its current state, or as an application, namely : a list of current co-pending application of the application is entitled to the filing date of its interests.

[0022] 为了USPTO法规之外的要求的目的,本申请构成了名称为“温度稳定的储存系统的内部空间内低气压的建立和维持(Establishment and Maintenance of Low GasPressure within Interior Spaces of Temperature-Stabilized Storage Systems),,的第13/200,555号美国专利申请的一个部分继续申请,该申请的发明人为方-利.周、威廉.盖茨、罗德里克.A.海德、爱德华.KY荣格、内森.P.米佛德、克拉伦斯.T.特格林、查尔斯.惠特默、以及小洛厄尔.L.伍德,申请日期为2011年9月23日,该申请处于当前共同未决的状态、或者是如下的一份申请,即:该申请的一份当前共同未决的申请有权享有其申请日期的利益。 [0022] For purposes of the USPTO regulatory requirements than present application constitutes the establishment and maintenance of the interior space, entitled "temperature stable low pressure storage system (Establishment and Maintenance of Low GasPressure within Interior Spaces of Temperature-Stabilized Storage Systems) ,, No. 13 / 200,555 U.S. patent application a continuation in part of application, the invention of this application side artificially - Li weeks, William Gates, .A Roderick Hyde, Edward .KY Jung. , Nathan .P. Mi Fode, Clarence .T. Te Gelin, Charles Whitmer, and Lowell small .L. Wood, date for applications is September 23, 2011, which application is currently in common pending state, or following an application, namely: a current co-pending application is entitled to apply for the benefit of its filing date.

[0023] 为了USPTO法规之外的要求的目的,本申请构成了名称为“被配置用于模块单元的储存及稳定的温度稳定的储存系统(TEMPERATURE-STAB ILI ZED STORAGE SYSTEMSCONFI⑶RED FOR STORAGE AND STABILIZATION OF MODULAR UNITS)”的第13/135,126号美国专利申请的一个部分继续申请,该申请的发明人为杰弗里.F.迪恩、劳伦斯.摩根.福勒、威廉.盖茨、詹妮.艾祖.胡、罗德里克.A.海德、爱德华.KY荣格、乔丁.T.卡勒、马克.K.凯珀、内森.P.米佛德、内森.皮格勒姆、内尔斯.R.彼得森、克拉伦斯.T.特格林、迈克.威尔豪尔、查尔斯.惠特默、小洛厄尔.L.伍德、以及奥祖尔.埃梅克.伊尔迪里姆,申请日期为2011年6月23日,该申请处于当前共同未决的状态、或者是如下的一份申请,即:该申请的一份当前共同未决的申请有权享有其申请日期的利益。 [0023] For purposes other than the USPTO regulatory requirements, the present application constitutes entitled "Temperature is configured to store and stable modular unit stable storage system (TEMPERATURE-STAB ILI ZED STORAGE SYSTEMSCONFI⑶RED FOR STORAGE AND STABILIZATION OF MODULAR UNITS) "No. 13 / 135,126 U.S. Patent application No. a continuation in part application, inventor of this application Jeffrey .F. Dean, Lawrence Morgan. Fowler, William Gates, Jenny Ai Zu Hu, Roderick .A. Hyde, Edward .KY Jung, Jordin .T. Calle, Mark .K. Kuiper, Nathan .P. Mi Fode, Nathan Pigg Salem, Niles .R. Peterson, Clarence .T. Te Gelin, Mike Weir Hall, Charles Whitmer, Lowell small .L. Wood, as well as Ozourt. Emek. Iraq Jordi Ream, filing date June 23, 2011, the co-pending application in its current state, or as an application, namely: a current co-pending application is entitled to the enjoyment of their application the date of application for benefits.

[0024] 为了USPTO法规之外的要求的目的,本申请构成了名称为“温度稳定的储存容器的制造方法(METHODS OF MANUFACTURING TEMPERATURE-STAB ILI ZED STORAGECONTAINERS)”的第13/199,439号美国专利申请的一个部分继续申请,该申请的发明人为罗德里克.A.海德、爱德华.KY荣格、内森.P.米佛德、克拉伦斯.T.特格林、威廉•盖茨、查尔斯.惠特默以及小洛厄尔*L.伍德,申请日期为2011年8月29日,该申请处于当前共同未决的状态、或者是如下的一份申请,即:该申请的一份当前共同未决的申请有权享有其申请日期的利益。 [0024] For purposes of the USPTO outside regulatory requirements, the present application constitutes a No. 13 / 199,439 U.S. patent application entitled "Method for producing a temperature stable storage container (METHODS OF MANUFACTURING TEMPERATURE-STAB ILI ZED STORAGECONTAINERS)" in a continuation application, inventor of the application Roderick .A. Hyde, Edward .KY Jung, Nathan .P. Mi Fode, Clarence .T. Te Gelin, • William Gates, Charles Hui . Termeer and small * L Lowell Wood, date for applications is August 29, 2011, the co-pending application in its current state, or as an application, namely: a copy of the current co-pending application the application must be entitled to the benefit of its filing date.

[0025] 美国专利局(USPTO)已经发布了一个通知,其效力为:美国专利局的计算机程序要求,专利申请人们既要引用一个序列号也要说明一份申请是否为一个继续申请、部分继续申请、或专利申请的分案申请。 [0025] United States Patent Office (USPTO) has issued a notice of its effectiveness: the United States Patent Office computer programs require that patent application it is necessary to reference a serial number should also explain whether an application is a continuation-continuation application, or patent application is a divisional application. Stephen G.Kunin, “在先提交的申请的权益(Benefit ofPrior-Filed Application)”, 2003年3月18日的USPTO公报。 Stephen G.Kunin, "the interests of the previously filed application (Benefit ofPrior-Filed Application)", USPTO Gazette March 18, 2003 of. 本申请人实体(以下简称“本申请人”)在上文中提供了对这个或这些申请的具体引用,从中依法要求了优先权。 The present Applicant Entity (hereinafter referred to as "the applicant") provides specific reference to this application, or those in the above, which claims priority law. 本申请人理解,该法规在其确切的引用语言中是毫不含糊的、并且出于对美国专利申请要求优先权的目的并未要求提供一个序列号或者任何特征性说明(诸如“继续申请”或者“部分继续申请”)。 The Applicant has appreciated that this regulation (such as "application to continue" in reference to its exact language is unambiguous, and for purposes of U.S. patent application claims priority does not require a serial number or any of the features described exemplary or "continuation application"). 话虽如此,申请人仍理解,USPTO的计算机程序有某些数据录入方面的要求,并且因此本申请人提供了对本申请与其一份或多份原申请(如以上所列出)之间的关系的指定,但本申请人明确地指出如下:此一项或多项指定不得以任何方式解释为对于本申请是否还包含了在其一份或多份原申请的内容之外的任何新内容的、任何形式的解说和/或承认。 Having said that the relationship between the applicant is still understood, the USPTO's computer programs required by certain aspects of the entered data, and therefore the applicant of the present application provides one or more parts of its parent application (as listed above) between specified, but the applicant clearly states the following: this one or more designated shall not be construed in any way as to whether the present application also includes any new content in addition to its content in one or more of the initial application any form of commentary and / or admission.

[0026] 概要 [0026] Summary

[0027] 在此描述了一种用于与实质上热密封的储存容器一起使用的设备,该设备包括:一个储存材料模块,该储存材料模块包括被配置成用于储存多个医疗品单元的多个储存单元,该储存材料模块包括被配置成用于可逆地匹配一个实质上热密封的储存容器内的储存结构的表面的一个表面、并且包括被配置成用于可逆地匹配一个稳定器单元的表面的一个表面;被配置成用于可逆地匹配该储存材料模块的该表面的一个储存稳定器单元;被配置成用于可逆地匹配该储存材料模块内的该多个储存单元中的至少一个的表面并且被配置成用于可逆地匹配该至少一个稳定器单元的表面的一个储存材料模块盖;以及被配置成用于可逆地匹配该储存材料模块盖的表面的一个中央稳定器单元,其中该中央稳定器单元具有一定的大小和形状以便实质上填充该实质上热密封的 [0027] Here is described an apparatus for use with a substantially thermally sealed storage container, the apparatus comprising: a module storage material, the storage material comprises a module configured to store a plurality of units of medical supplies a plurality of storage units, the storage material comprises a module configured to store one of the surfaces of the structure within a substantially matching reversibly thermally sealed storage container, and including a reversibly configured to match a stabilizer unit one of the surfaces; is configured to reversibly mate with the surface of the stored material module of a storage-stable unit; the plurality of storage units configured to match the stored material reversibly within the module at least and a surface configured to reversibly mate with the at least one surface stabilizer unit of a storage module cover material; and configured to reversibly mate with a central stabilizer unit of the storage surface of the module cover material, wherein the central stabilizer unit of a size and shape to substantially fill the substantially thermally sealed 存容器中的一个通道。 A channel storage container.

[0028] 在此还描述了具有的尺寸与一个带有挠性通道的实质上热密封的储存容器相对应的运输稳定器单元,该运输稳定器单元包括:具有一定大小和形状的一个盖子,这个盖子被配置成用于实质上覆盖在一个包含挠性连接器的实质上热密封的储存容器的外壁中的一个外部开口,这个盖子包括一个表面,该表面被配置成用于在该外壁中的外部开口附近可逆地匹配该实质上热密封的储存容器的外表面;在这个盖子中的一个孔;一个壁,该壁实质上限定了具有的截面直径小于该实质上热密封的储存容器的该挠性连接器的最小直径的一个管状结构,该管状结构的一端可操作地附接在这个盖子上;在该壁中的一个孔,其中该孔包括一个边缘,该边缘在该管状结构上位于从该管状结构的可操作地附接至这个盖子上的末端起小于该挠性连接器的最大长度的一个位置 [0028] Also described herein has a size substantially thermally sealed storage container having a flexible transport channel corresponding to the stabilizer unit, which transported stabilizer unit comprising: a cover having a certain size and shape, the cover is configured to substantially cover the outer wall of a substantially thermally external flexible connector comprising a sealed storage container in the opening, the cover includes a surface which is configured to the outer wall in the vicinity of the outer opening reversibly mate with the outer surface of the substantially thermally sealed storage container; a hole in the lid; and a wall that defines a cross section having a diameter substantially less than the substantially thermally sealed storage container a tubular structure minimum diameter of the flexible connector, one end of the tubular structure is operatively attached to the cover; a hole in the wall, wherein one edge of the aperture comprises, on the edge of the tubular structure from a location in the tubular structure is operatively attached to the end of the cap from the flexible connector is less than the maximum length of ;一个定位轴,该定位轴具有的截面直径小于这个盖子的中央孔的截面直径,该定位轴具有的长度大于这个盖子的厚度同这个盖子的表面与该壁中的孔的边缘之间的壁长度的结合;该壁的一个内表面,该内表面实质上限定了一个实质上热密封的区域;一个枢转单元,该枢转单元可操作地附接至该定位轴中间区域上并且被定位在该实质上热密封的区域内;一个可操作地附接至该枢转单元上的支撑单元,该支撑单元具有一定的大小和形状以便当该枢转单元在一个方向转动时配合在该实质上热密封的区域内、并且以便当该枢转单元在另一个方向上转动约90度时伸出而穿过该壁中的孔;一个具有一定大小和形状的末端区域,该末端区域被配置成用于可逆地匹配该实质上热密封的储存容器内的一个储存结构中的一个凹陷的内表面;一个在该末端区域的终端处 ; A positioning shaft, the positioning shaft having a cross-sectional diameter smaller than the cross-sectional diameter of the cap center hole, the positioning shaft having a length greater than the thickness of the lid with the wall surface of the cover and the edge of the hole between the wall of the binding length; an inner surface of the wall, the inner surface substantially defining a substantially thermally sealed region; a pivoting unit, which unit is operatively pivotally attached to the intermediate region and the positioning shaft is positioned in the substantially thermally sealed region; operably attached to a support unit on the pivoting unit, the supporting unit is of a size and shape to fit the substantially when the pivoting unit is rotated in a direction heat sealing the inner region, and so as to protrude when the pivoting unit is rotated about 90 degrees in the other direction through the hole of the wall; end region having a certain size and shape, which end region is arranged the inner surface of a recess in a storage structure for reversibly to match the substantially thermally sealed storage container; a terminal end region of the 底座抓柄;以及一个用于该底座抓柄的张紧单元,该张紧单元被配置成用于在该底座抓柄上对抗一个内壁而维持在基本上垂直于这个盖子的表面的一个方向上的压力。 Grip base; and a tensioning means for the base of the grip, the tensioning unit is configured to against an inner wall of a grip on the base is maintained in a direction substantially perpendicular to the surface of the cover pressure.

[0029] 在此描述的设备包括但不限于:一个由热敏材料制成的结构区域,该结构区域包括一个外壁和一个内壁以及在该外壁与该内壁之间的一个气密性空隙;一个由耐热材料制成的激活区域,该激活区域包括一个或多个吸气剂;一个被附接至该结构区域并且附接至该激活区域上的连接器,该连接器包括一个挠性区域以及一个被配置成用于将该结构区域相对于该激活区域进行密封和拆离的区域;以及一个可操作地附接至该连接器上的真空栗。 [0029] The apparatus described herein include, but are not limited to: a structure made of a heat sensitive material area, the structure comprises a region and an outer wall and an inner wall of an airtight space between the outer wall and the inner wall; a active region made of refractory material, the active region includes one or more getter; a is attached to the structure area and attached to the connector on the active region, the connector includes a flexible region and a region configured for the region with respect to the structure of the active region and the sealing detached; and operably attached to a vacuum Li on the connector.

[0030] 在此描述的方法包括但不限于:在一个气密性的设备内建立真空,该设备包括由耐热材料制成的至少一个激活区域、由热敏材料制成的一个结构区域,以及在这些区域之间的一个连接器;将该至少一个激活区域加热至适合于将该至少一个激活区域内的一个或多个吸气剂激活的一个激活温度并持续适合的一段激活时间,同时维持该气密性设备内的已经建立的真空;允许该至少一个激活区域和该一个或多个吸气剂冷却至与该热敏材料的结构稳定性兼容的一个温度;将这些经冷却的一个或多个吸气剂从该经冷却的至少一个激活区域中穿过该连接器转移至该结构区域,同时维持该设备内的已建立的真空;并且将这些区域之间的连接器分开,同时维持该包括经冷却的一个或多个吸气剂的结构区域内的真空。 [0030] In the method described herein include, but are not limited to: establishing a vacuum in a gas-tight, the apparatus comprising at least one active region made of a heat-resistant material, a structure made of a heat sensitive material region, and a connector between these areas; the at least one active region adapted to heat the at least one or more of a getter in the region of the activation and activation of an activation temperature for a suitable activation time period, while maintaining a vacuum within the airtight device has been established; and allowing the at least one region of the one or more getter was cooled to a temperature structural stability of the heat-sensitive material is compatible with the active; one of these cooled or more from the getter cooled through at least one of the active region of the connector structure is transferred to the region, while maintaining the vacuum has been established within the device; and the separate connector between these regions, while the vacuum is maintained by the structure comprises a region or a plurality of cooling the getter. 在储存装置内建立并维持真空的方法还包括但不限于:将储存装置的实质上所有的结构部件进行组装,这些结构部件包括实质上限定了一个气密性空隙的一个外壁和一个内壁;将该储存装置附接至一个气密性设备上,该气密性设备包括含有一个或多个吸气剂的一个吸气剂激活区域、一个真空泵、以及一个将该储存装置可操作地连接至该气密性设备上的连接器;激活该真空泵以便在该储存装置的气密性空隙内建立一个低于大气压的气压;将该储存装置加热至一个预定温度并持续一段预定时间;将该吸气剂激活区域以及该一个或多个吸气剂加热至适合于激活该吸气剂激活区域内的一个或多个吸气剂的一个激活温度并持续适合的一段激活时间,同时维持在该储存装置的气密性空隙内已建立的低于大气压的气压;使该连接器进行挠曲以便将该储存装置和该吸 Established within the storage device and the method further comprises maintaining a vacuum but are not limited to: substantially all of the structural components of the storage device is assembled, the structural member comprises an outer wall defining a substantially airtight gap and an interior wall; and the storage device attached to the device a airtight, the airtight device comprises an active region containing one or more getter the getter, a vacuum pump, and a storage device operatively connected the to the airtight connected on the device; activating the pump in order to establish a pressure below atmospheric pressure in the airtight interspace of the storage device; heated to a storage device and a predetermined temperature for a predetermined period of time; the intake agents active region and the one or more getter is heated to a suitable suction to activate the agent in the active region or a plurality of getter activation temperature and for a suitable activation time period, while maintaining in the storage device airtightness subatmospheric pressure within the void established; the flexural connector to the storage device and the suction 气剂激活区域移动至一个相对位置,在该相对位置中该吸气剂激活区域位于该储存装置上方并且该连接器是基本上直线的;允许该一个或多个吸气剂沿着该连接器内部下落至该储存装置的气密性空隙中,同时维持该储存装置的气密性空隙内的已建立的低于大气压的气压;在该储存装置附近的位置处将该连接器分开,同时维持该储存装置的气密性空隙内的已建立的低于大气压的气压。 Aerosol active region is moved to a relative position in which the relative position of the getter activation region located above the storage means and the connector is substantially straight; allowing the getter along one or more of the connector airtight internal voids to drop the storage device, while maintaining a subatmospheric pressure has been established within the voids of the airtight storage device; separated from the connector at a position near the storage device, while maintaining the subatmospheric pressure has been established in the airtightness of the void of the storage device. 除以上内容之外,在形成了本披露的一部分的权利要求书、附图以及文字中描述了其他的方法方面。 In addition to the above, formed in the right part of the present disclosure claims, drawings, and text other aspects methods are described.

[0031] 上述概要只是说明性的,并且不旨在以任何方式进行限制。 [0031] The foregoing summary is illustrative only, and are not intended to be limiting in any way. 除以上描述的这些说明性的方面、实施例及特征之外,其他的方面、实施例及特征通过参照附图及下述的详细说 In addition to the above-described illustrative aspects, embodiments, and features, other aspects, features and embodiments of the accompanying drawings and described below by referring to the detailed

明将变得清楚。 Ming will become clear. [0032] 附图的简要说明 [0032] BRIEF DESCRIPTION

[0033] 图1描绘了一个实质上热密封的储存容器的截面。 [0033] Figure 1 depicts a cross section of a substantially thermally sealed storage container.

[0034] 图2以截面示出了一个实质上热密封的储存容器的多个方面。 [0034] FIG. 2 shows in cross-section various aspects of a substantially thermally sealed storage container.

[0035] 图3描绘了用于一个实质上热密封的储存容器内的一个储存结构及多个可互换的模块单元的多个方面。 [0035] FIG. 3 depicts aspects of a plurality of the storage structure for a substantially thermally sealed storage containers and a plurality of interchangeable modular unit.

[0036] 图4以截面展示了用于一个实质上热密封的储存容器内的一个储存结构及多个可互换模块单元的多个方面。 [0036] Figure 4 shows a cross-sectional aspect for a plurality of substantially thermally sealed storage container in a storage structure and a plurality of interchangeable modular units.

[0037] 图5描绘了被配置成用于一个实质上热密封的储存容器的一个储存材料模块及一个中心稳定器。 [0037] FIG. 5 depicts a storage container configured for a substantially thermally sealed storage material of a center module and a stabilizer.

[0038] 图6展示了如图5所描绘的一个储存材料模块及中央稳定器,其中的两个储存单元被定位成允许触及该储存材料模块内的一个第三储存单元的内部。 [0038] FIG. 6 shows a depicted in FIG. 5 stored material stabilizer and a central module, wherein the two storage unit is positioned to allow access to the interior of a third storage unit of the stored material within the module.

[0039] 图7示出了被配置成用于一个实质上热密封的储存容器的一个储存材料模块及一个中心稳定器。 [0039] FIG. 7 shows a storage container is configured for a substantially thermally sealed storage material of a center module and a stabilizer.

[0040] 图8展示了如图7所描绘的一个储存材料模块及中央稳定器,其中的两个储存单元被定位成允许触及该储存材料模块内的一个第三储存单元的内部。 [0040] FIG. 8 shows the Figure 7 module depicted in a stored material and a central stabilizer, wherein the two storage unit is positioned to allow access to the interior of a third storage unit of the stored material within the module.

[0041] 图9描绘了一个储存单元的多个方面。 [0041] FIG. 9 depicts aspects of a plurality of storage units.

[0042] 图10展示了如图9所描绘的一个储存单元的多个方面。 [0042] FIG 10 shows various aspects of a storage unit depicted in FIG. 9.

[0043] 图11示出了一个储存材料模块的多个方面。 [0043] FIG. 11 illustrates aspects of a stored material module.

[0044] 图12描绘了被附接至两个稳定器单元上的一个储存材料模块盖。 [0044] FIG. 12 depicts a stabilizer attached to the two units of a stored material module cover.

[0045] 图13展示了一个储存材料模块盖的多个方面。 [0045] FIG 13 shows various aspects of a stored material module cover.

[0046] 图14描绘了如图13所展示的一个储存材料模块盖的多个部分。 [0046] Figure 14 depicts portions of a plurality of stored material of the module cover 13 illustrated in FIG.

[0047] 图15示出了如图13所展示的一个储存材料模块盖的截面。 [0047] FIG. 15 shows a cross section of FIG. 13 shows a module cover of the stored material.

[0048] 图16展示了一个储存材料模块盖的多个部分的内部视图。 [0048] FIG. 16 shows an interior view of a portion of the plurality of stored material module cover.

[0049] 图17描绘了被附接至一个稳定器单元上的一个储存材料模块盖的部分截面。 [0049] FIG. 17 depicts a partial cross section of a module cover of the stored material a stabilizer is attached to the unit.

[0050] 图18示出了一个中央稳定器单元。 [0050] FIG. 18 illustrates a central stabilizer unit.

[0051] 图19展示了如图18所示出的一个中央稳定器单元。 [0051] Figure 19 shows a central stabilization unit 18 shown in FIG.

[0052] 图20描绘了一个中央稳定器单元的截面。 [0052] Figure 20 depicts a cross-section of a central stabilization unit.

[0053] 图21不出了一个储存材料模块、一个储存材料模块盖以及一个稳定器单兀。 [0053] FIG. 21 Wu not a single material storage module, a storage module cover material and a stabilizer.

[0054] 图22以截面展示了如图21所示出的一个储存材料模块、一个储存材料模块盖以 [0054] FIG. 22 shows in cross-section as shown in a stored material module 21 shown, to a storage module cover material

及一个稳定器单元。 And a stabilizer unit.

[0055] 图23以截面描绘了如图22所展示的一个储存材料模块、一个储存材料模块盖以及一个稳定器单元,其中的两个储存单元被定位成允许触及该储存材料模块内的一个第三储存单元的内部。 [0055] FIG. 23 depicts a cross-section of a stored material module illustrated in FIG. 22, a module cover and a stored material stabilizer unit, wherein the two storage unit is positioned to allow access of a material within the storage module three internal storage unit.

[0056] 图24不出了一个储存材料模块、一个储存材料模块盖以及一个稳定器单兀。 [0056] FIG. 24 Wu not a single material storage module, a storage module cover material and a stabilizer.

[0057] 图25展不了一个储存材料模块、一个储存材料模块盖以及一个稳定器单兀。 [0057] FIG. 25 can not show a stored material module, a storage module cover material and a single stabilizer Wu.

[0058] 图26描绘了一个中央稳定器、一个储存材料模块、一个储存材料模块盖以及一个稳定器单元的实施例。 [0058] FIG. 26 depicts a central stabilizer, a material storage module, a storage module cover EXAMPLES Materials and a stabilizer unit.

[0059] 图27不出了如图26所描绘的一个中央稳定器、一个储存材料模块、一个储存材料模块盖以及一个稳定器单元的实施例的多个方面。 [0059] FIG. 27 is not a central stabilizer depicted in FIG. 26, a material storage module, storing a plurality of aspects of an embodiment of the module cover material and a stabilizer unit. [0060] 图28展不了一个中央稳定器、一个储存材料模块、一个储存材料模块盖以及一个稳定器单元的一个实施例,其中该中央稳定器及该稳定器单元被定位成允许触及一个储存单元。 [0060] FIG 28 show not a central stabilizer, a stored material module, a stored material module cover, and a stabilizer unit according to an embodiment, wherein the central stabilizer and the stabilizer unit is positioned to allow access to a storage unit .

[0061] 图29描绘了图28所展示的实施例的多个方面。 [0061] FIG. 29 depicts various aspects of the embodiment 28 shown in FIG.

[0062] 图30示出了一个储存单元的多个方面。 [0062] FIG. 30 illustrates a plurality of storage units aspect.

[0063] 图31展示了如图30所示出的一个储存单元的多个方面。 [0063] FIG 31 shows various aspects of a storage unit 30 shown in FIG.

[0064] 图32以截面描绘了具有一个挠性通道和一个稳定器单元的一个实质上热密封的储存容器。 [0064] FIG. 32 depicts a cross section having a passage and a flexible stabilizer unit of a substantially thermally sealed storage container.

[0065] 图33不出了一个运输稳定器单兀的截面。 [0065] FIG. 33 a section not transport a single stabilizer Wu.

[0066] 图34展示了如图33所示出的一个运输稳定器单元的多个方面。 [0066] FIG 34 shows various aspects of a stable transport unit 33 shown in FIG.

[0067] 图35描绘了如图33所示出的一个运输稳定器单元的多个方面。 [0067] FIG. 35 depicts aspects of a transport unit of the stabilizer 33 shown in FIG.

[0068] 图36示出了如图33所示出的一个运输稳定器单元的多个方面。 [0068] FIG. 36 illustrates several aspects of a transport unit of the stabilizer 33 shown in FIG.

[0069] 图37以截面展示了如图33所示出的一个运输稳定器单元的多个方面。 [0069] FIG. 37 illustrates in cross-section various aspects of a stable transport unit 33 shown in FIG.

[0070] 图38描绘了如图33所示出的一个运输稳定器单元的多个方面。 [0070] FIG. 38 depicts aspects of a transport unit of the stabilizer 33 shown in FIG.

[0071] 图39示出了如图33所示出的一个运输稳定器单元的多个方面。 [0071] FIG. 39 illustrates several aspects of a transport unit of the stabilizer 33 shown in FIG.

[0072] 图40A展示了具有一个运输稳定器单元的一个实质上热密封的储存容器。 [0072] FIG. 40A shows a substantially thermally sealed storage stabilizer unit having a transport container.

[0073] 图40B描绘了如图40A所展示的具有一个运输稳定器单元的一个实质上热密封的储存容器。 [0073] FIG. 40B depicts one substantially thermally sealed storage shown in FIG. 40A having a stable transport unit of the container.

[0074] 图41是一个设备的示意图。 [0074] FIG. 41 is a schematic view of a device.

[0075] 图42是如图41所展示的设备的示意图。 [0075] FIG. 42 is a device 41 shown in schematic in FIG.

[0076] 图43是如图41和图42所描绘的设备的示意图。 [0076] FIG. 43 is a schematic diagram in FIG. 41 and FIG. 42 depicted apparatus.

[0077] 图44是如图41、图42和图43所描绘的设备的示意图。 [0077] FIG. 44 is a schematic view of 41, 42 and 43 as depicted in the device of FIG.

[0078] 图45是一种方法的流程图。 [0078] FIG. 45 is a flowchart of a method.

[0079] 图46展示了一种方法的流程图。 [0079] FIG. 46 shows a flowchart of a method.

[0080] 图47示出了如图46所展示的方法的流程图。 [0080] FIG. 47 shows a flowchart of a method 46 illustrated in FIG.

[0081] 图48描绘了如图46所展示的方法的流程图。 [0081] FIG. 48 depicts a flowchart of a method 46 illustrated in FIG.

[0082] 图49展示了如图46所展示的方法的流程图。 [0082] FIG. 49 shows a flowchart of a method 46 illustrated in FIG.

[0083] 图50示出了如图46所展示的方法的流程图。 [0083] FIG. 50 shows a flowchart of a method 46 illustrated in FIG.

[0084] 图51描绘了如图46所展示的方法的流程图。 [0084] FIG. 51 depicts a flowchart of a method 46 illustrated in FIG.

[0085] 图52展示了如图46所展示的方法的流程图。 [0085] FIG. 52 shows a flowchart of a method 46 illustrated in FIG.

[0086] 图53示出了如图46所展示的方法的流程图。 [0086] FIG. 53 shows a flowchart of a method 46 illustrated in FIG.

[0087] 图54描绘了如图46所展示的方法的流程图。 [0087] FIG. 54 depicts a flowchart of a method 46 illustrated in FIG.

[0088] 图55展示了如图46所展示的方法的流程图。 [0088] FIG. 55 shows a flowchart of a method 46 illustrated in FIG.

[0089] 图56展示了一种方法的流程图。 [0089] FIG. 56 shows a flowchart of a method.

[0090] 图57示出了如图56所展示的方法的流程图。 [0090] FIG. 57 shows a flowchart of a method 56 illustrated in FIG.

[0091] 图58描绘了如图56所展示的方法的流程图。 [0091] FIG. 58 depicts a flowchart of a method 56 illustrated in FIG.

[0092] 图59展示了如图56所展示的方法的流程图。 [0092] FIG. 59 shows a flowchart of a method 56 illustrated in FIG.

[0093] 图60示出了如图56所展示的方法的流程图。 [0093] FIG. 60 shows a flowchart of a method 56 illustrated in FIG.

[0094] 图61描绘了如图56所展示的方法的流程图。 [0094] FIG. 61 depicts a flowchart of a method 56 illustrated in FIG. [0095] 图62展示了如图56所展示的方法的流程图。 [0095] FIG. 62 shows a flowchart of a method 56 illustrated in FIG.

[0096] 图63是一个储存容器的示意图。 [0096] FIG. 63 is a schematic view of a storage container.

[0097] 详细说明 [0097] Detailed Description

[0098] 在下面的详细说明中参考了附图,这些附图形成了该详细说明的一部分。 [0098] with reference to the accompanying drawings in the following detailed description, the accompanying drawings which form a part of the detailed description. 在这些附图中,类似的符号典型地表示类似的部件,除非上下文另外指出。 In the drawings, similar symbols typically identify similar components, unless context dictates otherwise. 在不同的附图中使用相同的符号典型地表示类似或相同的事项。 Typically represent similar or identical items with the same symbols in different drawings. 在详细说明、附图以及权利要求中所描述的展示性实施例不意在进行限制。 Illustrative examples are not intended in the detailed description, drawings and claims are described in embodiments to be limiting. 在不背离在此提出的主题的精神或者范围的情况下,可以使用其他的实施例,并且可以进行其他的改变。 Without departing from the subject matter presented herein spirit or scope of other embodiments may be used, and other changes may be made.

[0099] 如在此描述的容器和设备具有多种潜在的用途。 [0099] The containers and apparatus described herein have a variety of potential uses. 具体而言,如在此描述的容器和设备对于以下方面是有用的:将储存材料稳定地维持在一个预定的温度范围内而不依赖于外部电源来维持该储存区域内的温度范围。 Specifically, containers and equipment as described herein is useful in the following areas: the storage material stably maintained within a predetermined temperature range without relying on external power to maintain a temperature within the range of the storage area. 例如,如在此描述的容器和设备适合用于在具有最小市政电力或不可靠的市政电源的地方(例如在遥远的地方)或在紧急情况下将储存材料维持在一个预定温度范围内。 For example, the container and devices as described herein are suitable for local municipal power utilities have minimal or unreliable (e.g. in remote locations), or in an emergency case stored material maintained within a predetermined temperature range. 如在此描述的容器和设备可能适用于运输和储存对于在装运和储存过程中可能发生的温度变化敏感的材料。 The containers and apparatus described herein may be suitable for transportation and storage may occur at the temperature during storage and shipping sensitive material changes. 例如,在此描述的这些储存系统适用于装运和储存医疗剂品,包括疫苗。 For example, these storage systems described herein are useful agents for shipping and storage of medical products, including vaccines. 目前经常使用的许多医疗剂品(包括疫苗)是对温度变化高度敏感的并且必须被维持在一个温度范围内以便保持效能。 Many medical materials currently commonly used agent (including vaccine) is highly sensitive to temperature changes and must be maintained within a temperature range in order to maintain performance. 例如,许多疫苗必须被储存在2摄氏度和8摄氏度之内以便保持效能。 For example, a vaccine must be stored in a number of 2 degrees and 8 degrees Celsius in order to maintain performance. 在一个温度范围内(例如在2摄氏度和8摄氏度之内)储存和运输医疗剂品(包括疫苗)通常被称为“冷链”。 Within a temperature range (e.g., within 2 degrees and 8 degrees C) storage and transport of medical products agent (including vaccine) it is commonly referred to as "cold chain." 定期使用疫苗的保健提供者和诊所必须遵循已建立的协议和程序来维持该冷链,包括在运输过程中以及在紧急情况和电力故障的情况下,以确保疫苗的效能。 Regular use of vaccines care providers and clinics must follow protocols and procedures have been established to maintain the cold chain, including during transport and in the case of emergency and power failure to ensure the effectiveness of the vaccine. 参见=Rodgers等人,“疫苗冷链第I部分-疫苗的正确处理和储存[Vaccine Cold Chain PartlProper Handling and Storage of Vaccine],,,美国职业保健护士协会志[AAOHN Journal],58 (8),第337-344页,2010年;Rodgers等人,“疫苗冷链第2部分-培训人员及程序管理[Vaccine Cold Chain Part2:TrainingPersonnel and Program Management] ”,美国职业保健护士协会志[AAOHN Journal],8 (9),第391-402 页,201·0 年;Magennis 等人,“药品冷链-最后的差距[PharmaceuticalCold Chain:A Gap in the Last Mile] ”,药品及医疗包装新闻[Pharmaceutical&MedicalPackaging News],第44-50页,2010年9月;以及Kendal等人,“美国公共健康计划对适用于疫苗分配的冷链程序的批准[Validation of Cold Chain Procedures Suitablefor Distribution of Vaccines by Public Health Program sin the USA],,,疫苗[Vaccine], 15 (12/13),第1459-1465页(1997年),这些文件通过引用结合在此。 See = Rodgers et al., "Vaccine cold chain, Part I - proper handling and storage of vaccines [Vaccine Cold Chain PartlProper Handling and Storage of Vaccine] ,,, American Association of Occupational Health Nurses Chi [AAOHN Journal], 58 (8), pp. 337-344, 2010; Rodgers et al., "vaccine cold chain - part 2 - training personnel and program management [vaccine Cold Chain Part2: TrainingPersonnel and program management]", American Association of occupational health nurses Chi [AAOHN Journal], 8 (9), pp. 391-402, 201 1.0 years; Magennis et al, "pharmaceutical cold chain - the final gap [PharmaceuticalCold Chain: a gap in the last Mile]", medicines and medical packaging news [pharmaceutical & MedicalPackaging News] , pp. 44-50, September 2010; and Kendal et al., "US public health programs approved vaccine cold chain procedures applicable to the distribution of the [Validation of Cold Chain procedures suitablefor distribution of vaccines by public health program sin the USA ] ,,, vaccine [vaccine], 15 (12/13), pp. 1459-1465 (1997), which documents are incorporated by reference herein. 然而,即使在发达国家中的正常使用期间,未能按照已制定的协议和程序维持冷链由于疫苗暴露在过高和过低的温度下而导致了疫苗的大量浪费。 However, even during normal use in developed countries, it failed to maintain the vaccine cold chain due to the exposure to high and low temperatures led to a lot of wasted vaccine in accordance with protocols and procedures have been established. 参见:Thakker和Woods,“社区中的疫苗储存:冷链的薄弱环节? [Storage of Vaccines in the Community:Weak Link in theCold Chain ?)”,英国医学杂志[British Medical Journal]304,第756-758 页,1992 年;Matthias等人,“在疫苗冷链中的冻结温度:系统的文献综述[Freezing Temperatures inthe Vaccine Cold Chain: A Systematic Literature Review],,,疫苗[Vaccine], 2007 年第25期,第3980-3986页;Edsam等人,“在运输至蒙古的农村卫生中心过程中乙型肝炎疫苗暴露在冻结温度下[Exposure of Hepatitis B Vaccine to Freezing TemperaturesDuring Transport to Rural Health Centers in Mongolia],,,予页防医学[PreventativeMedicine], 2004年第39期,第384-388页;Techathawat等人,“泰国的疫苗冷链中暴露于热和冻结[Exposure to Heat and Freezing in the Vaccine Cold Chain in Thailand],,,疫苗[Vaccine],2007年第25期,第1328-1333页;以及Setia等人,“疫苗浪费的频率和原因[Frequency a See also: Thakker and Woods, "community stockpile of vaccines:? Weak link in the cold chain [Storage of Vaccines in the Community: Weak Link in theCold Chain)?", The British Medical Journal [British Medical Journal] 304, the first 756-758 , 1992; Matthias et al., "freezing temperatures in the vaccine cold chain: systematic review of the literature [freezing temperatures inthe vaccine Cold Chain: a systematic literature review] ,,, vaccine [vaccine], 2007, No. 25, pp. 3980-3986; Edsam et al., "in transportation to Mongolia's rural health center during the hepatitis B vaccine is exposed to freezing temperatures [exposure of hepatitis B vaccine to freezing TemperaturesDuring transport to rural health centers in Mongolia] ,,, to page anti Medicine [PreventativeMedicine], 2004, No. 39, pp. 384-388; Techathawat et al., "vaccine cold chain in Thailand, exposure to heat and freezing [exposure to heat and freezing in the vaccine Cold Chain in Thailand] ,,, vaccine [vaccine], 2007, 25, pp. 1328-1333 page; and Setia et al., "the frequency and causes of vaccine wasted [frequency a nd Causes of Vaccine Wastage],,,疫苗[Vaccine], 2002 年第20 期,第1148-1156页;这些文件通过引用结合在此。 nd Causes of Vaccine Wastage] ,,, vaccine [Vaccine], 2002, No. 20, pp. 1148-1156; these documents are incorporated by reference herein. 虽然由于温度不当而造成的在冷链维持中的一些破坏(例如冻结的疫苗小瓶及包含沉淀剂的小瓶)可能是容易表现出的,但是由于冷链维持中的破坏而降低了效能的疫苗可能不容易被检测到。 Although some damage in the cold chain due to improper maintenance of temperature caused (such as the freezing of vaccine vial and the vial containing the precipitating agent) it may be easy to show, but because of the cold chain to maintain the effectiveness of the destruction of the vaccine may reduce It is not easily detected. 参见:陈(Chen)等人,“乙型肝炎疫苗的冻结敏感特性[Characterization of the Freeze Sensitivity of a HepatitisB Vaccine] ”,人类疫苗[Human Vaccines],2009年第5卷第I期,第26-32页,该文件通过引用结合在此。 See also: Chen (Chen) et al., "Freeze the sensitive nature of the hepatitis B vaccine [Characterization of the Freeze Sensitivity of a HepatitisB Vaccine]", human vaccines [Human Vaccines], 2009 Vol 5, Part I, pp. 26- page 32, which is incorporated by reference herein. 由于暴露于过高的温度而降低了效能的疫苗库存可能不是立即可识别的并且灵敏度取决于具体的疫苗而广泛地变化。 Due to exposure to excessive temperatures decreases the effectiveness of the vaccine vary widely inventory may not immediately be identified and the sensitivity depends on the specific vaccine. 任何给定的医药剂品的温度敏感性都取决于具体的剂品、或例如取决于具体的疫苗制剂而广泛地变化。 Any given temperature-sensitive products are pharmaceutical agents depending on the particular agent product, or depending upon the particular vaccine formulation, for example, vary widely. 在某些情况下,在适当的温度范围之外几分钟就可以显著地影响装有医疗剂品的特定容器的生物学有效性。 In some cases, outside the range of a few minutes to an appropriate temperature can significantly affect the biological effectiveness of the particular container containing the medical agent product. 参见:Kristensen 和Chen, “疫苗的稳定化:经验教训[Stabilization of Vaccines:LessonsLearned] ”,人类疫苗[Human Vaccines], 2010年第6卷第3期,第229-230页,该文件通过引用结合在此。 See also: Kristensen and Chen, "stabilization of the vaccine: Lessons Learned [Stabilization of Vaccines: LessonsLearned]", human vaccines [Human Vaccines], 2010 Vol. 6, No. 3, pp. 229-230, which is incorporated by reference here. 与冷链的维持相关的问题是在世界上较不发达地区更为显著。 The problems associated with the maintenance of the cold chain in the world's less developed regions is more significant. 参见=Wirkas等人,“气候炎热的国家PNC重点技术需求中的疫苗冷链冻结研究[A Vaccines Cold ChainFreezing Study in PNG Highlights Technology Needs for Hot Climate Countries],,,疫苗[Vaccine],2007年第25期,第691-697页;以及Nelson等人,“印尼冷链中的乙型肝炎疫苗冻结:证据和解决方案[Hepatitis B Vaccine Freezing in the Indonesian ColdChain:Evidence and Solutions] ”,世界卫生组织通报[Bulletin of the World HealthOrganization], 2004年第82卷第2期,第99-105页;这些文件通过引用结合在此。另外,针对冷链的需要较少能源的途径对持续增长的成本及气候考虑而言可能是理想的。参见Halldorsson和Kovdcs,“可持续议程和能源效率:气候变化时代的物流解决方案及供应链[The Sustainable Agenda and Energy Efficiency:Logistics Solutions and SupplyChains in Times of Climate Change] ”,国际物资流通与物流管理杂志[InternationalJournal of Physical Dist See = Wirkas et al., "Study vaccine cold chain frozen hot countries PNC key technical requirements in the [A Vaccines Cold ChainFreezing Study in PNG Highlights Technology Needs for Hot Climate Countries] ,,, vaccine [Vaccine], 2007 25 , pp. 691-697; and Nelson et al, "hepatitis B vaccine freezing in the Indonesian cold chain: evidence and solutions [hepatitis B vaccine freezing in the Indonesian ColdChain: evidence and solutions]", World Health Organization Bulletin [ Bulletin of the World HealthOrganization], 2004, Vol. 82, No. 2, on pages 99-105; these documents are incorporated by reference herein in addition, less energy is required for cold chain approach to growing costs and climate considerations. see terms may be ideal Halldorsson and Kovdcs,. "sustainable agenda and energy efficiency: the era of climate change, logistics solutions and supply chain [the sustainable agenda and energy efficiency: logistics solutions and SupplyChains in Times of climate change]", international Journal of Physical Distribution and logistics management [InternationalJournal of Physical Dist ribution&Logisties Management], 2010 年第40 卷第1/2 期,第5-13页,该文件通过引用结合在此。用于冷链之外的医疗剂品(例如,疫苗)的热稳定化包括经济、物流、管理、采购和政策问题(参见Kristensen及Chen, “疫苗的稳定化:经验教训[Stabilization of Vaccines: Lessons Learned],,,人类疫苗[Human Vaccines], 2010年3月第6卷第3期,第229-231页,该文件通过引用结合在此)。 ribution & Logisties Management], 2010 Vol 40, No. 1/2, pp. 5-13, which is incorporated by reference herein. agents used in medical products outside of the cold chain (eg, vaccines) of thermal stabilization of the economy, including , logistics, management, procurement and policy issues (see Kristensen and Chen, "stabilization of the vaccine: lessons learned [stabilization of vaccines: lessons learned] ,,, human vaccines [human vaccines], 2010 Nian 3 Yue Vol. 6, No. 3 , pp. 229-231, which is incorporated by reference herein).

[0100] 在此描述的方法和设备可用于在一个容器的内部气密性区域内建立并维持一个稳定且极低的气压。 [0100] The method and apparatus described herein can be used to establish and maintain a stable and low gas pressure within the interior region of an airtight container. 如在此描述的方法和设备在以下容器的制造中具有多种潜在的用途,这些容器包括具有低于大气压的持久气压(例如,接近真空的气压)的内部气密性区域,而不将气体主动泵出这些内部气密性区域。 The method and apparatus described herein have a variety of potential use in the manufacturing container the following, these containers includes an inner airtight region having a pressure less than atmospheric pressure persistent (e.g., close to the vacuum pressure), without the gas these active pump inner airtight region. 在此描述的方法和设备可以被用来建立并且维持在一个容器结构内部的一个持久低气压区域,并且对于由在低于许多吸气材料所需的激活温度的温度下丧失其结构稳定性的材料制成的容器是特别有用的。 In the method and apparatus described herein can be used to establish and maintain a persistent low pressure area in the interior of a container structure, and for which a loss of structural stability at a temperature below the activation temperature required for many getter material container made of a material are particularly useful. 例如,如在此描述的方法和设备可以被用来在一个全部或部分地由铝制成的较大装置的一部分之内的一个内部气密性空腔内建立并且维持一个低于大气压的稳定气压,例如接近真空的气压。 For example, a method and apparatus as described herein may be used in a hermetically inside cavity within a portion of a whole or part of a larger device made of aluminum to establish and maintain a stable below atmospheric pressure pressure, such as near a vacuum pressure. 例如,如在此描述的方法和设备可以适用于由金属-塑料复合材料制成的容器的制造和耐久性,该容器包括具有低于该容器周围环境的气压的内部不透气空间,例如实质上抽空的不透气的内部空间。 For example, a method and apparatus as described herein may be applied to a metal - manufacture and durability of a container made of a plastic composite material, the gas-impermeable container having an interior space comprising a pressure lower than the surroundings of the container, for example, substantially airtight space inside evacuated.

[0101 ] 具有低气压的内部气密性区域可以被结合到容器的结构中作为该容器的绝热物的一部分。 [0101] airtight interior region having a low pressure may be incorporated into the structure of the vessel as part of the thermal insulation of the container. 被结合到容器的结构中作为该容器的部分绝热层的这些具有低气压的内部气密性区域可以包括其他材料或特征,例如该容器的绝热材料、电子装置或结构特征。 It is incorporated into the structure of the container as a part of the insulating layer of the inner container hermetically region having a low pressure may comprise other materials or features, such as the container of a heat insulating material, an electronic device or structural features. 例如,被结合到容器的结构中的具有低气压的内部气密性区域可以包括多层绝热材料(MLI)。 For example, it is incorporated into the structure of the container in the interior of the hermetic region having a low pressure may include multiple layers of insulation material (MLI). 例如,被结合到容器结构中的具有低气压的内部气密性区域可以包括将被可操作地附接至该容器的不同区域上的电子部件进行连接的导线或通道。 For example, is incorporated into the interior of the hermetic vessel structure having a low pressure region may be comprise operably attached to the electronic components on the different areas of the container is connected to a wire or channel. 具有低气压的内部气密性区域还可以将结合到该装置中的电子装置与外界因素(例如化学活性材料、磁活性材料、水、热量和冷度)隔离。 Inner airtight region having a low pressure may also be incorporated into the device, an electronic device isolated external factors (e.g. chemically active material, a magnetically active material, water, heat and cold degrees). 例如,被结合在容器的结构中的具有低气压的内部气密性区域可以包括多个结构元件,例如凸缘、支撑件、支柱以及其他提高该容器的结构稳定性的特征。 For example, in the structure of the container it is incorporated in the inner airtight region having a low pressure may comprise a plurality of structural elements, such as a flange, a support member, struts and other structural features to improve the stability of the container. 具有低压力的内部气密性区域在最终的制成装置中具有低重量及低成本的优点。 Inner airtight region having a low pressure has the advantage of low weight and cost in the final device is made. 在此描述的方法和设备可以被用来制造实质上热密封的储存装置,例如适用于将储存材料稳定地维持在一个预定温度范围内而不依赖于外部电源来在该储存区域内维持该温度范围。 The method and apparatus described herein can be used to make substantially thermally sealed storage device, such as storage material adapted to be stably maintained within a predetermined temperature range without relying on external power to maintain the temperature within the storage region range. 例如,多种容器和装置(例如用在此描述的方法和设备制造的这些)适合用于在具有最小市政电力或不可靠的市政电源的地方(例如遥远的地方)或在紧急情况下将储存的材料维持在一个预定温度范围内。 For example, a variety of containers and devices (e.g. manufactured by the method and apparatus described herein these) are suitable places for the municipal power utilities have minimal or unreliable (e.g., distant place) or stored in an emergency the material is maintained within a predetermined temperature range. 例如,多种容器和装置(例如用在此描述的方法和设备制造的这些)可能适合用于运输和储存对于在运输和储存过程中可能发生的温度变化敏感的材料。 For example, a variety of containers and devices (e.g., for use in the method and apparatus described herein for producing these) may be suitable for use for the transport and storage temperature may occur during transport and storage sensitive material changes. 例如,在此描述的这些储存系统适用于装运和储存医疗剂品,包括疫苗。 For example, these storage systems described herein are useful agents for shipping and storage of medical products, including vaccines.

[0102]目前经常使用的许多医疗剂品(包括疫苗)是对温度变化高度敏感的并且必须被维持在一个特定的温度范围内以便保持这些医疗剂品的稳定性以及效能和功效。 [0102] Many medical materials currently commonly used agent (including vaccine) is highly sensitive to temperature changes and must be maintained in order to maintain stability and potency and efficacy of these agents medical goods within a specific temperature range. 用于维持储存中的稳定性的这个温度范围是具体的制剂和医疗剂品所固有的。 The temperature range for maintaining the storage stability of specific formulations and products inherent in medical agent. 例如,许多医疗剂品(包括疫苗)必须被储存在一个预定温度范围内,例如在2摄氏度与8摄氏度之间、或在O摄氏度与10摄氏度之间、或在10摄氏度与15摄氏度之间、或在15摄氏度与25摄氏度之间、或在-15摄氏度与-5摄氏度之间、或在-50摄氏度与-15摄氏度之间,以便保持该医疗剂品的效能。 For example, many medical products agents (including vaccines) must be stored in a predetermined temperature range, for example between 2 and 8 degrees Celsius, or between O ° C or between 10 degrees Celsius and 10 degrees Celsius and 15 degrees Celsius, or between 15 degrees Celsius and 25 degrees Celsius, or between -15 degrees and -5 degrees, or between -50 degrees Celsius and -15 degrees Celsius, in order to maintain the performance of the medical agent product. 例如,在一个温度范围内,例如在2摄氏度与8摄氏度之间、或在O摄氏度与10摄氏度之间、或在10摄氏度与15摄氏度之间、或在15摄氏度与25摄氏度之间、或在-15摄氏度与-5摄氏度之间、或在-50摄氏度与-15摄氏度之间,储存并且运输医疗剂品(包括疫苗)通常被称作“冷链”。 For example, within a temperature range, for example between 2 and 8 degrees Celsius, or between O and 10 degrees Celsius, or between 10 degrees Celsius and 15 degrees Celsius, or between 15 ° and 25 ° C, or between -15 and -5 degrees Celsius, or between -50 degrees Celsius and -15 degrees Celsius, storage and transport of medical products agent (including vaccine) is commonly referred to as "cold chain."

[0103] 多种容器和储存装置(例如使用在此描述的方法和设备制作的这些)可以被设计成多种大小和形状,这取决于其实施例。 [0103] and a variety of storage containers (e.g., using the methods and apparatus described in these production) can be designed in a variety of sizes and shapes, depending on the embodiment. 例如,多种容器和储存装置可以用多种不同的大小、形状和材料来制造,这取决于该容器或储存装置的既定用途。 For example, a variety of containers and storage means can be manufactured in many different sizes, shapes and materials, depending on the intended use of the container or storage device. 储存容器的代表性实例在图63中示出并且用相关的文字(参见下文)进行描述。 Representative examples of the storage container shown in FIG. 63 and described with the relevant text (see below). 例如,通过使用在此描述的方法和设备而制造的容器和储存装置可以具有携带方便的形状和大小,例如不超过I千克(kg)、2kg、5kg、7kg或10kg。 For example, by using a storage container and method and apparatus described herein may be produced having a shape and size convenient to carry, for example, no more than I kilogram (kg), 2kg, 5kg, 7kg or 10kg. 例如,通过使用在此描述的方法和设备而制造的容器和储存装置可以具有容易由个人直接携带或用载体携带的大小和形状,该载体是例如书包、行李袋、帆布背包、旅行提袋、手提袋、背袋、背囊、包、袋、旅行箱、手提包、旅行袋或背包。 For example, the container and the storage device by using the methods and apparatus described herein may have manufactured directly carried by a person or a carrier carrying the size and shape easily, for example, the carrier bags, duffel bags, rucksacks, travel bags, bag, backpack, rucksacks, bags, bags, suitcase, handbag, bag or backpack. 例如,容器和储存装置可以被制造成使用单人操作的小型轮式运输工具进行运输的形状和大小,例如其质量不超过15kg、20kg、或25kg。 For example, the container and the storage device may be manufactured using single small wheeled vehicle operation performed transportation shape and size, such as its mass is not more than 15kg, 20kg, or 25kg. 例如,通过使用在此描述的方法和设备而制造的容器和储存装置可以具有容易由人通过使用手推车、人力车、轮床、自行车或摩托车进行携带的大小和形状,例如在鞍囊、载体或机架中。 For example, by using a storage container and method and apparatus described herein may be produced having a size and shape to be easily carried by a cart is used, rickshaw, gurney, bicycle or motorcycle by a person, for example in the saddlebags, carrier, or rack. 例如,容器和储存装置可以被制造成使用卡车、旅行轿车、皮卡车、货车或其他机动运载车辆进行运输的大小和形状,例如其质量不超过30kg、35kg、40kg、45kg、50kg或55kg。 For example, the container and the storage device may be manufactured by truck, wagon, pick-up truck, van or other motor vehicle size and shape of the carrier transport, such as its mass is not more than 30kg, 35kg, 40kg, 45kg, 50kg or 55kg. 例如,容器和储存装置可以被制造成用于实质上固定使用的形状和大小,例如具有大于IOOkg的质量。 For example, the container and the storage device may be manufactured substantially fixed shape and size for use, for example, having a mass of greater than IOOkg.

[0104] 现在参照图1,示出了一个实质上热密封的储存容器100的一个实例,该容器可以充当对在此说明的一个或多个设备进行介绍的背景。 [0104] Referring now to FIG. 1, shows a substantially thermally sealed storage container 100 in one example, the container may serve as a background to one or more devices described herein will be described. 在图1中为了展示的目的,以截面描绘了该容器100以便观察内部的多个方面。 In Figure 1 for purposes of illustration, it is depicted in cross-section of the container 100 in order to observe the inside of the plurality of aspects. 图1描绘了一个竖立式的实质上热密封的储存容器100,该容器包括一个外壁105、一个内壁110以及一个连接器115。 1 depicts a erection of substantially thermally sealed storage container 100, the container 105 includes an outer wall, an inner wall 110 and a connector 115. 图1描绘了该容器100包括一个带有挠性区段160的连接器115,该连接器被配置成用于形成一个挠性连接器。 Figure 1 depicts a container 100 which includes a connector 115 having a flexible segment 160, the connector is configured to form a flexible connector. 在一个给定的实施例中,如图1所展示的带有挠性区段160的连接器115是用足够支撑该内壁110和该内壁110内部的任何材料的质量的多种材料制成。 In a given embodiment, illustrated in FIG. 1 with the connector 115 of the flexible segment 160 is enough to support a variety of materials of the inner wall 110 and the quality of any material in the interior of the inner wall 110 is made. 然而,在一些实施例中,一个实质上热密封的储存容器100可以包括一个不具有挠性区段的连接器115或具有多个固定区段的一个连接器115。 However, in some embodiments, a substantially thermally sealed storage container 100 may not include a flexible section having a connector 115 or connector 115 having a plurality of fixed sections.

[0105] 同样如图1所展示,一个实质上热密封的储存容器100包括至少一个实质上热密封的储存区域130,该区域具有极低的导热性以及在该容器的外部环境与该至少一个实质上热密封的储存区域130内部的区域之间极低的热辐射传递。 [0105] Also illustrated in FIG. 1, a substantially thermally sealed storage container 100 includes at least one substantially thermally sealed storage region 130, the region has a very low thermal conductivity and an external environment of the container in the at least one low heat radiation transfer between the interior region substantially thermally sealed storage region 130. 一个实质上热密封的储存容器100被配置成具有极低的导热性以及在该实质上热密封的储存容器100的外部环境与一个实质上热密封的储存区域130的内部之间极低的热辐射传递。 A substantially thermally sealed storage container 100 is configured to have a very low thermal conductivity and the substantially thermally sealed storage container 100 and the external environment a substantially low heat between the interior 130 of the thermally sealed storage region radiative transfer. 例如,在一些实施例中,当该实质上热密封的储存容器100的外部处在大约40摄氏度(C)的温度并且一个实质上热密封的储存区域130被维持在0摄氏度与10摄氏度之间的温度时,在该实质上热密封的储存区域与该容器的外部之间的热量泄露是少于I瓦特(W)。 For example, in some embodiments, the substantially thermally sealed when the external storage container 100 is at a temperature of about 40 degrees Celsius (C), and a substantially thermally sealed storage region 130 is maintained at between 0 degrees and 10 degrees at a temperature in the substantially thermally sealed storage region and the heat leakage between the exterior of the vessel it is much less than I watts (w). 例如,在一些实施例中,当该实质上热密封的储存容器100的外部处在大约40摄氏度的温度并且一个实质上热密封的储存区域130被维持在0摄氏度与10摄氏度之间的温度时,在该实质上热密封的储存区域与该容器的外部之间的热量泄露是少于700mW。 For example, in some embodiments, when the exterior of the substantially thermally sealed storage container 100 at a temperature of about 40 degrees Celsius and a substantially thermally sealed storage region 130 is maintained between 0 degrees and 10 degrees centigrade , the substantially thermally sealed storage region and the heat leakage between the exterior of the container is less than 700mW. 例如,在一些实施例中,当该实质上热密封的储存容器100的外部处在大约40摄氏度的温度并且一个实质上热密封的储存区域130被维持在0摄氏度与10摄氏度之间的温度时,在该实质上热密封的储存区域与该容器的外部之间的热量泄露是少于600mW。 For example, in some embodiments, when the exterior of the substantially thermally sealed storage container 100 at a temperature of about 40 degrees Celsius and a substantially thermally sealed storage region 130 is maintained between 0 degrees and 10 degrees centigrade , the substantially thermally sealed storage region and the heat leakage between the exterior of the container is less than 600mW. 例如,在一些实施例中,当该实质上热密封的储存容器10的外部处在大约40摄氏度的温度并且一个实质上热密封的储存区域130被维持在0摄氏度与10摄氏度之间的温度时,在该实质上热密封的储存区域与该容器的外部之间的热量泄露是约500mW。 For example, in some embodiments, when the exterior of the substantially thermally sealed storage container 10 at a temperature of about 40 degrees Celsius and a substantially thermally sealed storage region 130 is maintained between 0 degrees and 10 degrees centigrade , the substantially thermally sealed storage region and the leakage of heat between the exterior of the container is approximately 500mW.

[0106] 一个实质上热密封的储存容器100可以被配置成用于在没有主动冷却动作或主动冷却单元的情况下将材料在预定的温度范围内在一个实质上热密封的储存区域130内运输并储存一个时间段。 [0106] a substantially thermally sealed storage container 100 may be configured to transport material within a predetermined temperature range within a substantially thermally sealed storage region 130 in the absence of active or active cooling operation of the cooling unit case and a storage period. 例如,在外部温度为大约40摄氏度的环境中的一个实质上热密封的储存容器100可以被配置成用于将材料在0摄氏度和10摄氏度之间的温度范围内在一个实质上热密封的储存区域130内运输并储存长达三个月的时间。 For example, at an external temperature of a substantially thermally sealed storage container 100 may be configured to be about 40 degrees Celsius environment for the material temperature in the range between 0 degrees and 10 degrees of a substantially thermally sealed storage region 130 transport and storage for up to three months. 例如,在外部温度为大约40摄氏度的环境中的一个实质上热密封的储存容器100可以被配置成用于将材料在0摄氏度和10摄氏度之间的温度范围内在一个实质上热密封的储存区域130内运输并储存长达两个月的时间。 For example, at an external temperature of a substantially thermally sealed storage container 100 may be configured to be about 40 degrees Celsius environment for the material temperature in the range between 0 degrees and 10 degrees of a substantially thermally sealed storage region 130 transport and storage for up to two months. 例如,在外部温度为大约40摄氏度的环境中的一个实质上热密封的储存容器100可以被配置成用于将材料在0摄氏度和10摄氏度之间的温度范围内在一个实质上热密封的储存区域130内运输并储存长达一个月的时间。 For example, at an external temperature of a substantially thermally sealed storage container 100 may be configured to be about 40 degrees Celsius environment for the material temperature in the range between 0 degrees and 10 degrees of a substantially thermally sealed storage region 130 transport and storage for up to a month. 一个实质上热密封的储存区域130 —个最小热梯度。 A substantially thermally sealed storage region 130 - of a minimum thermal gradient. 一个实质上热密封的储存区域130的内部本质上是相同的温度,例如具有的内部热梯度(例如,顶部到底部或侧面到侧面)不超过5摄氏度、或不超过3摄氏度、或不超过I摄氏度。 A substantially thermally sealed storage region 130 is essentially the same as the inside temperature, for example with internal thermal gradient (e.g., the top in the end portion or side to side) does not exceed 5 degrees Celsius, 3 degrees Celsius or no more than, or no more than I degrees Celsius.

[0107] —个实质上热密封的储存容器100的具体的热性能及储存能力取决于其实施例而变化。 [0107] - a specific thermal properties and storage capacity substantially thermally sealed storage container 100 varies depending on its embodiment. 例如,在制造该实质上热密封的储存容器100过程中所使用的材料可能取决多个因素,这些因素包括:该容器100的设计、该储存区域130内所需要的温度范围、以及该容器100使用时的预期外部温度。 For example, the material 100 during manufacture of the substantially thermally sealed storage container used may depend on several factors, these factors include: the design of the container 100, 130 to the desired temperature range storage region, and the container 100 when the outside temperature is expected to use. 如在此描述的一个实质上热密封的储存容器100包括一个储存结构,该储存结构被配置成用于接收并储存至少一个散热器模块和至少一个储存材料模块。 The one substantially thermally sealed storage 100 described herein comprises a container storage structure, which storage structure is configured for receiving and storing at least one heat sink module and at least one material storage module. 该一个或多个散热器模块以及该一个或多个储存材料模块的数量及类型的选择将决定一个实质上热密封的储存容器100在给定的温度范围内、给定的储存长度下、对于给定的预期时间而言的具体热性能及储存能力。 The one or more heat sinks or more modules and a number and type of stored material selection module 100 will determine a substantially within a given temperature range, given the length of the heat storage sealed storage container, for to specific thermal performance and storage capacity in terms of anticipated given time. 例如,如果希望在0摄氏度到10摄氏度之间的温度范围内的长的储存时间,该储存结构可以包括相对更多的散热器模块并且可以包括相对更少的储存材料模块。 For example, if long storage time in a temperature range between 0 degrees Celsius to 10 degrees Celsius desired, the storage structure may comprise a relatively more radiator module and may include a relatively less material storage module. 例如,如果希望在0摄氏度到10摄氏度之间的温度范围内较短的储存时间,则该储存结构中可以包括相对更少的散热器模块并且可以包括相对更多的储存材料模块。 For example, if a shorter storage time in a temperature range between 0 degrees Celsius to 10 degrees Celsius desired, the storage structure may comprise a relatively less radiator module and may comprise a material relatively more storage modules.

[0108] 该实质上热密封的储存容器100可以具有便携的大小和形状,例如在对于个人而言合理的便携性估量范围之内的大小和形状。 [0108] The substantially thermally sealed storage container 100 may have a portable size and shape, such as size and shape for the individual within a reasonable measure of cellular range. 该实质上热密封的储存容器100可以被配置成用于材料的运输以及储存二者。 The substantially thermally sealed storage container 100 may be configured for both material and transport and storage. 该实质上热密封的储存容器100可以被配置成具有用于个人来搬动、提举或移动的尺寸和形状。 The substantially thermally sealed storage container 100 may be configured to have a personal move, size and shape provide lifting or mobile. 例如,在某些实施例中,该实质上热密封的储存容器100以及任何内部结构具有的质量是小于约50千克(kg)、或者小于约30千克,或者小于约20千克。 For example, in certain embodiments, the substantially thermally sealed storage container 100 having an internal configuration as well as any mass is less than about 50 kilograms (kg), or less than about 30 kg, or less than about 20 kg. 例如,在某些实施例中,一个实质上热密封的储存容器100具有的长度和宽度是小于约I米U)。 For example, in certain embodiments, a substantially thermally sealed storage container 100 has a length and a width of less than about I m ​​U). 例如,一个实质上热密封的储存容器100的实现方式可以具有直径在45厘米(cm)并且高度在70cm量级上的外部尺寸。 For example, a substantially thermally sealed storage container 100 may be an implementation of 45 centimeters (cm) in diameter and height outer dimensions on the order of 70cm. 例如,在某些实施例中,一个实质上热密封的储存容器包括多个外部把手、钩、紧固件或其他伸出物以便协助该容器的移动。 For example, in certain embodiments, a substantially thermally sealed storage container comprises a plurality of exterior handle, hook, fastener, or other projection to assist movement of the container. 例如,在某些实施例中,一个实质上热密封的储存容器包括多个外部条带、衣带、背带或绳索以便协助该容器的运输。 For example, in certain embodiments, a substantially thermally sealed storage container comprises a plurality of outer strips, pine, straps or cords to assist in transporting the container. 在某些实施例中,一个实质上热密封的储存容器包括多个外部紧固件,这些紧固件被配置成用于将该容器固定在一个表面上,例如是凸缘、支架、支柱或夹紧件。 In certain embodiments, a substantially thermally sealed storage container comprises a plurality of external fasteners, the fasteners being configured for attachment to the upper surface of a container, such as flanges, brackets, struts or clamping member. 如图1所示的该实质上热密封的储存容器100被大致配置成长椭圆形的形状,然而取决于其实施例,多种形状都是可能的。 1 in the substantially thermally sealed storage container 100 is a substantially elliptical shape arranged growth, however, depending on the embodiment thereof, various shapes are possible. 例如,取决于该实质上热密封的储存容器100的预期用途,在某些实施例中可以利用矩形形状或者不规则形状。 For example, the substantially thermally sealed depending on the intended use of the storage container 100, in some embodiments may utilize a rectangular or irregular shape. 例如,在某些实施例中可以利用一个基本上圆形的或球状形状的实质上热密封的储存容器100。 For example, in certain embodiments, may utilize a substantially circular or spherical shape of substantially thermally sealed storage container 100.

[0109] 如在此所描述的实质上热密封的储存容器在日常使用中包括零个主动冷却单元。 [0109] As described herein substantially thermally sealed storage container comprises zero active cooling units in daily use. 例如,图1未描述主动冷却单元。 For example, FIG. 1 is not active cooling units described. 如在此使用的术语“主动冷却单元”包括需要来自外部源的电力来运行的传导式和辐射式冷却机构。 As used herein the term "active cooling unit" includes a conductive cooling means and radiated power required to run from an external source. 例如,主动冷却单元可以包括以下一项或者多项:主动供电的风扇、主动泵送的制冷剂系统、热电系统、主动式热泵系统、主动式蒸汽压缩制冷系统及主动式热交换器系统。 For example, active cooling means may include one or more of: active power fan, active pumping of the refrigerant system, a thermoelectric system, active heat pump system, the vapor compression refrigeration system active and active heat exchanger system. 运行这些机构所需的外部能量可以例如源自市政电力供应或者电池。 External energy required to run these means may, for example, derived from municipal electricity supply or a battery. 如在此所描述的实质上热密封的储存容器在如在此所描述的经常使用过程中不包括主动冷却单元。 As described herein substantially thermally sealed storage container does not include an active cooling unit, such as is often used in the process described herein.

[0110] 如图1所描述,一个实质上热密封的储存容器100包括一个外组件,该外组件包括一个外壁105。 [0110] depicted in Figure 1, a substantially thermally sealed storage container 100 comprises an outer component, the outer component comprises an outer wall 105. 该外壁105实质上限定了该实质上热密封的储存容器100,并且该外壁105实质上限定了一个单一的外壁孔150。 The outer wall 105 substantially defines the substantially thermally sealed storage container 100, 105 and the outer wall substantially defining a single aperture 150 of the outer wall. 如图1所展示,该实质上热密封的储存容器100包括一个内壁110。 Illustrated in FIG. 1, the substantially thermally sealed storage container 100 includes an inner wall 110. 该内壁110实质上限定了一个单一的内壁孔140。 The inner wall 110 substantially defining a single inner wall aperture 140. 如图1所展不,一个实质上热密封的储存容器100包括位于该内壁110与该外壁105之间的一个空隙120。 It does not show in FIG. 1, a substantially thermally sealed storage container 100 includes the inner wall 110 and a gap 105 between the outer wall 120. 该内壁110和该外壁105间隔了一段距离并且实质上限定了一个空隙120。 The inner wall 110 and the outer wall 105 and substantially spaced some distance defining a gap 120. 当该容器处于其通常位置时,该内壁110的表面与该外壁105的表面不相交或者不横过该空隙120产生热接触。 When the container is in its normal position, and the outer wall surfaces 105 of the inner wall 110 does not intersect or traverse the void 120 is generated in thermal contact. 该空隙120中包括至少一个超高效绝热材料部分。 The void 120 comprises at least one ultra efficient insulation material. 该空隙120中可以包括实质上抽空的空间,其中这些容器区段被充分的密封以便将从该容器外部的区域向空隙120中的气体泄露最小化。 The gap 120 may comprise a substantially evacuated space, wherein the container sections are fully sealed to the outside of the container from the region to minimize leakage of the gas void 120. 该容器100包括一个连接器115,该连接器形成了将该单一的外壁孔150与该单一的内壁孔140进行连接的一个通道125。 The container 100 includes a connector 115, the connector is formed of a single channel 125 of the outer wall of the hole 150 for connection with the inner wall of the single hole 140. 尽管图1所展示的连接器115是一个挠性连接器,但是在某些实施例中该连接器115可以不是一个挠性连接器。 The connector 115 shown in FIG. Although a flexible connector 1 is, in some embodiments, the connector 115 may not be a flexible connector. 该容器100包括通向该实质上热密封的储存区域130的一个单一的进入孔,其中该单一的进入孔是由该连接器115的一个末端形成的。 The leads 100 comprises a substantially thermally sealed storage region of the container of a single access hole 130, wherein the single access aperture is formed by one end of the connector 115. 在某些实施例中,该容器100包括一个外组件,该外组件包括实质上限定了至少一个热密封的储存区域的一个或多个超高效绝热材料部分,其中该外组件和该一个或多个超高效绝热材料部分实质上限定了通向该至少一个热密封的储存区域的一个单一的进入孔。 In certain embodiments, the container 100 includes an outer assembly, which substantially defines the outer assembly comprising one or more ultra efficient insulation material of at least one thermally sealed storage region, wherein the outer assembly and the one or more ultra efficient insulation material substantially defining a single access hole leading to the at least one thermally sealed storage region. 如将在以下附图中展示,该容器100包括位于该实质上热密封的储存区域130内的一个内组件,该内组件包括被配置成用于接收并储存至少一个散热器模块及至少一个储存材料模块的一个储存结构。 As will be shown in the following figures, the container 100 includes an inner assembly 130 within the storage region located substantially thermally sealed, the inner assembly includes being configured to receive and store the at least one heat sink and the at least one storage module a storage module of the structural material.

[0111] 如图1所展示,该实质上热密封的储存容器100可以被配置成使得在该容器的使用过程中该外壁孔150是位于该容器的顶部。 [0111] FIG. 1 shows, the substantially thermally sealed storage container 100 may be configured such that during use of the container aperture 150 is located in the outer wall of the top of the container. 该实质上热密封的储存容器100可以被配置成使得在该容器的日常储存或者使用过程中该外壁孔150是位于该外壁105的顶部边缘处。 The substantially thermally sealed storage container 100 may be configured such that the container daily during storage or use of the outer wall aperture 150 is located at the top edge of the outer wall 105. 该实质上热密封的储存容器100可以被配置成使得在该容器100的储存过程中,连接到该通道125上的在该容器外部中的一个孔是位于该容器100的顶部边缘处。 The substantially thermally sealed storage container 100 may be configured such that during storage of the container 100, is connected to a hole in the outer container 125 is on the channel at the top edge of the container 100. 该实质上热密封的储存容器100可以被配置成使得一个外壁孔150是处于该容器100上相对于该容器100的底座或者底部支撑结构而言的一个相对的面处。 The substantially thermally sealed storage container 100 may be configured such that a hole 150 is in the outer wall of the container 100 relative to an opposed face of the base or bottom support for the structure of the container 100. 该实质上热密封的储存容器100被配置成使得在该容器的日常储存或者使用过程中一个外壁孔150是处于外壁105的顶部边缘处的这些实施例,可以被配置成用于将来自容器外部的区域的热能的被动传递最小化。 The substantially thermally sealed storage container 100 is configured such that the container is stored or used daily during a 150 hole is in the outer wall of these embodiments at the top edge of the outer wall 105, it can be configured from the outer container passive heat transfer area is minimized. 例如,被配置成使得外壁孔150处于该容器100上的作为该容器100的底座或者底部支撑结构的一个相反面处的这样一个实质上热密封的储存容器100,还可以被配置成使得从该容器100下面的一个地板或者表面辐射的热能不直接辐射进入外壁105中的孔内。 For example, the hole is configured such that the outer wall 150 such as in a substantially thermally sealed storage container at a side opposite to the base or bottom of the container 100. The support structure 100 on the container 100, may also be configured such that from the thermal container 100 below the floor or a surface of the radiator is not directly radiated into the outer wall 105 of the bore.

[0112] 在一些实施例中,该内壁110实质上限定了在该实质上热密封的储存容器100内的一个实质上热密封的储存区域130。 [0112] In some embodiments, the inner wall 110 substantially defining a substantially thermally sealed storage 100 within the region of substantially thermally sealed storage container 130. 尽管图1描绘的该实质上热密封的储存容器100包括一个单一的实质上热密封的储存区域130,但在一些实施例中,一个实质上热密封的储存容器100可以包括多个实质上热密封的储存区域。 Although 100 comprises a single substantially thermally sealed storage region depicted in Figure 1 the substantially thermally sealed storage container 130, in some embodiments, a substantially thermally sealed storage container 100 may include a plurality of substantially thermally sealed storage region. 在一些实施例中,可能有一种实质上热密封的储存容器100在该容器内包括多个储存区域(如,130)。 In some embodiments, there may be a substantially thermally sealed storage region over 100 storage containers within the container comprises a (e.g., 130). 在该容器内包括多个储存区域(如,130)的实施例中,它们可能与通向该容器外部区域的单一通道是相关联的。 In the container comprises a plurality of storage areas (e.g., 130) in the embodiment, they may be associated with a single channel leading to the external region of the container is associated. 在该容器内包括多个储存区域(如,130)的实施例中,它们可能与通向该容器外部区域的多个通道是相关联的。 Comprising a plurality of storage areas (e.g., 130) in the embodiment, a plurality of channels which may lead to the outer region of the container is associated within the container. 例如,这多个储存区域中的每一个可能与一个单一的独特的通道是相关联的。 For example, the plurality of storage areas may be associated with each of a single unique channels are associated. 例如,多于一个储存区域可以与通向该实质上热密封的储存容器100外部的区域的一个单一通道是相关联的。 For example, more than one storage region may lead to the substantially thermally sealed storage container 100 outside of the area of ​​a single channel is associated.

[0113] 多个储存区域可以例如具有可比的大小及形状,或者它们可以具有适合于该实施例的不同的大小及形状。 [0113] for example, a plurality of storage regions may be of comparable size and shape, or they may be of different sizes and shapes suitable for this embodiment. 不同的储存区域可以包括例如不同的可移除的插入件、在一个储存区域的内表面上的包含至少一种金属的至少一个层、或者在该内表面上的至少一层无毒材料,是以任何组合或分组的形式。 Different storage regions may comprise, for example, different removable inserts, comprising at least one metal of the at least one layer on the inner surface of a storage area, or at least one layer of nontoxic material on the inner surface, is or a combination of any form of packets. 尽管图1所描绘的该实质上热密封的储存区域130大致是圆柱形的形状,但一个实质上热密封的储存区域130可以具有适合于具体实施例的大小和形状。 Although this is substantially as depicted in FIG thermally sealed storage region 130 is generally cylindrical in shape, a substantially thermally sealed storage region 130 may have a size and shape adapted to the specific embodiments. 例如,一个实质上热密封的储存区域130可以是长椭圆形的、圆形的、矩形的、正方形的或者不规则形状的。 For example, a substantially thermally sealed storage region 130 may be oblong, circular, rectangular, square or irregular shape. 取决于其实施例及该容器100的总尺寸,一个实质上热密封的储存区域130的总体积可以变化。 The total volume of the storage area depends on the overall size of the container 100 of the embodiment and embodiment thereof, a substantially thermally sealed 130 may vary. 例如,一个被配置成个人便携式的实质上热密封的储存容器100可以包括一个总体积小于30升(L)的、例如25L体积或者20L体积的单一的实质上热密封的储存区域130。 For example, a portable configured to substantially thermally sealed storage container 100 individuals may comprise a total volume of less than 30 liters (L), for example, or a single volume of 25L 20L volume substantially thermally sealed storage region 130. 例如,被配置成在车辆上运输的一个实质上热密封的储存容器100可以包括总体积大于30L、例如35L或40L的一个单一的实质上热密封的储存区域130。 For example, is configured as a substantially thermally sealed storage container on a transport vehicle 100 may include a storage area 130 is greater than the total volume of 30L, 35L, for example, a single or 40L substantially thermally sealed. 一个实质上热密封的储存区域130可以包括适合于具体实施例的其他结构。 A substantially thermally sealed storage region 130 may include other structures adapted to the specific embodiments. 例如,一个实质上热密封的储存区域可以包括稳定结构、绝热物、封装材料、或者其他被配置成便于材料的使用或稳定储存的额外部件。 For example, a substantially thermally sealed storage region may include a stabilizing structure, thermal insulation, packaging materials, or other components additionally facilitate the use or storage stabilizing material is arranged.

[0114] 在一些实施例中,一个实质上热密封的储存容器100包括在一个或者多个实质上热密封的储存区域130的内表面上的至少一层无毒材料。 [0114] In some embodiments, a substantially thermally sealed storage container 100 includes one or more substantially thermally sealed storage region of at least one layer of nontoxic material on the inner surface 130. 无毒材料可以包括例如:不产生可能对该至少一个实质上热密封的储存区域130内的内容物造成毒害的残留物的那些材料、或者不产生可能对该至少一个实质上热密封的储存区域130内的内容物的未来用户造成毒害的残留物的那些材料。 Nontoxic material may include, for example: a material that does not generate content in the at least one substantially thermally sealed storage region 130 may be the cause of toxic residue, or may not produce the at least one substantially thermally sealed storage region future users of the contents of those materials resulting in a 130 residue poisoned. 无毒材料可以包括维持了该至少一个实质上的热密封的储存区域130内的内容物的化学结构的材料,例如,无毒材料可以包括化学惰性的或者无反应性的材料。 Nontoxic material may include maintaining the contents of the chemical structure of the material within the at least one substantially thermally sealed storage region 130, for example, may include a non-toxic material chemically inert or non-reactive materials. 无毒材料可以包括被开发用于例如医疗、制药或者食物储存应用中的材料。 Nontoxic material may include material developed for medical, pharmaceutical or food storage applications, for example. 无毒材料可以包括可以被清洁或者消毒过的材料,例如可以被照射、高压处理、或者杀菌过的材料。 Nontoxic material may include, may be cleaned or sterilized material can be irradiated e.g., high pressure treatment, or the sterilized materials. 无毒材料可以包括那些包含一种或多种抗细菌的、抗病毒的、抗微生物的或者抗病原的试剂的材料。 Nontoxic material may include those that contain one or more anti-bacterial, anti-viral, anti-microbial materials or pathogenic agents. 例如,无毒材料可以包括醛、次氯酸盐、氧化剂、酚醛树脂、季铵型化合物、或者银。 For example, non-toxic materials may include aldehydes, hypochlorite, an oxidizing agent, a phenolic resin, a quaternary ammonium compound, or a silver. 无毒材料可以包括在一种或多种清洁或者消毒化合物或者放射物的存在下是结构稳定的材料,如,在照射之后仍保持其结构整体性的塑料、或者在一种或多种清洁或者消毒化合物的存在下不发生氧化的金属。 Nontoxic material may include the presence of one or more cleaning or sterilizing compounds or radiation is a structurally stable material, such as plastic maintained its structural integrity after irradiation, or one or more cleaning or metal oxide sterilization does not occur in the presence of compound. 无毒材料可以包括那些由多个层组成的材料,其中这些层是可去除的以用于清洁或者消毒,例如用于该至少一个实质上热密封的储存区域的重复利用。 Nontoxic material may include materials which are composed of a plurality of layers, wherein the layers are removable for cleaning or disinfecting of, for example, for recycling the at least one substantially thermally sealed storage region. 无毒材料可以包括例如含金属、织物、纸或者塑料的材料。 Nontoxic material may include, for example, a metal-containing material, fabric, paper or plastic.

[0115] 在一些实施例中,一个实质上热密封的储存容器100包括在至少一个实质上热密封的储存区域130的内表面上的包括至少一种金属的至少一个层。 [0115] In some embodiments, a substantially thermally sealed container 100 includes at least one layer comprising at least one metal on an inner surface at least one substantially thermally sealed storage region 130 are stored. 例如,该至少一种金属可以包括金、铝、铜、或者银。 For example, the at least one metal may include gold, aluminum, copper, or silver. 该至少一种金属可以包括至少一种金属复合材料或合金,例如钢、不锈钢、金属基质复合材料、金合金、招合金、铜合金、或者银合金。 The at least one metal may include at least one metal alloy or composite material, such as steel, stainless steel, a metal matrix composite, a gold alloy, strokes alloy, copper alloy, or silver alloy. 在一些实施例中,该至少一种金属包括金属箔,如钛箔、铝箔、银箔、或者金箔。 In some embodiments, the at least one metal comprises a metal foil, such as titanium foil, aluminum, silver, or gold. 金属箔可以是例如与聚酯膜相关的复合材料的组分,如聚对苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)聚酯膜中。 For example, the metal foil may be associated with the component of the composite polyester film, such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET) polyester film. 在至少一个储存区域130的内表面上的该包括至少一种金属的至少一个层可以包括至少一种可以是可灭菌的或者被消毒过的金属。 On the inner surface of the at least one storage region 130 of the at least one layer comprising at least one metal may include at least one may be sterilized or be sterilized metal. 例如,该至少一种金属可以是使用等离激元可灭菌的或者消毒过的。 For example, the at least one metal may be used plasmon sterilizable or sterilized. 例如,该至少一种金属可以是用高压、热学方法、或者化学方法可灭菌的或者消毒过的。 For example, the metal may be at least one of high pressure, thermal methods, or chemically sterilizable or sterilized. 取决于其实施例,在至少一个储存区域的内表面上的该包括至少一种金属的至少一个层可以包括至少一种具有特定的热传递性能、如热辐射特性的金属。 Depending on its embodiment, the inner surface of the at least one storage region of the at least one layer comprising at least one metal may comprise at least one specific heat transfer properties, such as a metal having heat radiation characteristics.

[0116] 在一些实施例中,该容器100可以被配置成用于将一个或者多个医疗品(medicinal)单元储存在一个储存区域130之内。 [0116] In some embodiments, the container 100 may be configured for one or more medical products (Medicinal) unit stored in a storage region of 130. 例如,一些医疗品单元最佳地被储存在大约0摄氏度和大约10摄氏度之间的温度范围内。 For example, some medical product unit is optimally stored in a temperature range between about 0 degrees Celsius and about 10 degrees Celsius. 例如一些医疗品单元最佳地被储存在大约2摄氏度和大约8摄氏度之间的温度范围内。 For example some medical product unit is optimally stored in a temperature range of between about 2 degrees and about 8 degrees Celsius. 例如一些医疗品单元最佳地被储存在大约5摄氏度和大约15摄氏度之间的温度范围内。 For example some medical product unit is optimally stored in a temperature range between about 5 degrees and about 15 degrees Celsius. 例如一些医疗品单元最佳地被储存在大约0摄氏度和大约-10摄氏度之间的温度范围内。 For example some medical product unit is optimally stored in a temperature range between about 0 degrees and about -10 degrees Celsius. 参见:Chen和Kristensen, “开发热稳定性疫苗的机遇和挑战[Opportunities and Challenges of Developing ThermostableVaccines] ”,疫苗专家评论[Expert Rev.Vaccines],2009 年第8 卷第5 期,第547-557 页;Matthias等人疫苗冷链中的冻结温度-系统文件综述[Freezing Temperatures in theVaccine Cold Chain: A Systematic Literature Review]”,疫苗[Vaccine], 2007 年第25卷,第3980-3986页;Wirkas等人,“气候炎热国际PNC重点技术需求中的疫苗冷链冻结研究[A Vaccines Cold Chain Freezing Study in PNG Highlights Technology Needs forHot Climate Countries] ”,疫苗[Vaccine],2007 年第25 卷,第691-697 页;WHO 出版物,名称为“防止疫苗的冻结损伤[Preventing Freeze Damage to Vaccines] ”,出版号WHO/IVB/07.09 (2007) ;WH0 出版物,名称为“疫苗的温度敏感性[Temperature Sensitivityof Vaccines]”,出版号WH0/IVB/06.10 (2006);以及Setia等人,“疫苗浪费的频率和原因[Frequency and Ca See also: Chen and Kristensen, "thermal stability of the vaccine development opportunities and challenges [Opportunities and Challenges of Developing ThermostableVaccines]", a vaccine expert commentary [Expert Rev.Vaccines], 2009 Vol. 8 No. 5, pp. 547-557 page ; freezing temperature Matthias et al vaccine cold chain - a system file review [freezing temperatures in theVaccine Cold Chain: a Systematic Literature review] ", vaccine [vaccine], 2007, Vol. 25, pages 3980-3986 on; Wirkas et al. "Research vaccine cold chain frozen hot climate international PNC key technical requirements in the [a vaccines Cold Chain freezing Study in PNG Highlights technology needs forHot climate Countries]", vaccine [vaccine], Vol. 25, 2007, on page 691-697 ; WHO publication entitled "to prevent freezing damage to the vaccine [preventing freeze damage to vaccines]", publication No. WHO / IVB / 07.09 (2007); WH0 publication, entitled "temperature-sensitive vaccines [temperature Sensitivityof vaccines] "publication WH0 / IVB / 06.10 (2006); and Setia et al.," vaccine wasted frequency and causes [frequency and Ca uses of Vaccine Wastage] ”,疫苗[Vaccine], 2002 年第20 卷,第1148-1156页;上述文件皆通过引用结合在此。本文中所用的术语“医疗品”包括旨在用于医学或者治疗用途的一种药物、组合物、制剂、材料或者混合物。例如,一种医疗品可以包括处于任何的形式、组合或构型的药物、疫苗、治疗剂、维生素、药剂、药品、顺势治疗剂、自然治疗剂、或者治疗形式。例如,一种医疗品可以包括疫苗,例如:包装成口服混合物的疫苗、在预装注射器内的疫苗、含疫苗的容器或者小瓶、uni jet装置内的疫苗、或者外部可传送的单元(如,用于经皮肤施用的疫苗贴布)内的疫苗。例如,一种医疗品可以包括治疗形式,例如:任何形式、组合或构型的抗体治疗剂、小分子化合物、抗炎剂、治疗药物、维生素或药剂。 uses of Vaccine Wastage] ", vaccine [Vaccine], 2002, Vol. 20, pp. 1148-1156; these documents are incorporated herein by reference herein the term." medical supplies "includes intended for medical or treatment a pharmaceutical use, a composition, formulation, material, or mixtures thereof. For example, in a medical article may comprise any form, combination or configuration of drugs, vaccines, therapeutic agents, vitamins, medicaments, drugs, homeopathic agents, natural therapeutic agent or treatment modality for example, a medical product may comprise a vaccine, such as: oral vaccine packaged into the mixture, the pre-vaccine in the syringe, container or vial containing vaccine, the vaccine in the uni jet means, or external unit may transmit (e.g., via a vaccine for administration to the skin patch) in the vaccine, for example, a medical treatment products may include, for example: any form, combination or configuration of antibody therapeutic, a small molecule compound , anti-inflammatory agents, drugs, vitamins or medicaments. 一种医疗品可以是液体、凝胶、固体、半固体、蒸气、或者气体的形式。 A medical product may be a liquid, gel, solid, semi-solid, vapor, or gas form. 在一些实施例中,医疗品可以是复合物。 In some embodiments, the medical article can be a composite. 例如,医疗品可以包括注射有抗生素、抗炎剂、凝结剂、神经营养剂、血管新生剂、维生素、药物制剂的绷带。 For example, a medicinal may include injection antibiotic, anti-inflammatory agents, coagulants, neurotrophic agents, angiogenic agents, vitamins, pharmaceutical formulation of the bandage.

[0117] 在一些实施例中,该容器100可以被配置成用于将一个或者多个食品单元储存在一个储存区域130之内。 [0117] In some embodiments, the container 100 may be configured for a plurality of food units or stored in a storage region of 130. 例如,一个容器100可以被配置成用于在储存过程中维持-4摄氏度与-10摄氏度的范围内的温度,并且可以包括一个储存结构,该储存结构被配置成用于储存一种或多种食物产品,如雪糕、单份包装的冷冻饭菜、冷冻肉产品、冷冻水果产品或者冷冻蔬菜产品。 For example, a container 100 may be configured to maintain a temperature in the range of -4 ° C and -10 ° C during storage, and may include a storage structure, which storage structure is configured to store one or more food products such as ice cream, single serving packaged frozen meals, frozen meat products, frozen fruit products or frozen vegetable products. 在一些实施例中,该容器100可以被配置成用于将一个或者多个饮料单元储存在一个储存区域130之内。 In some embodiments, the container 100 may be configured for a plurality of beverage or cells stored in a storage region of 130. 例如,一个容器100可以被配置成用于在储存过程中维持2摄氏度和10摄氏度范围内的温度,并且可以包括一个储存结构,该储存结构被配置成用于储存一种或多种饮料产品,如葡萄酒、啤酒、水果汁、或者软饮料。 For example, a container 100 may be configured to maintain the temperature within 2 degrees Celsius of 10 degrees Celsius and during storage, and may include a storage structure, which storage structure is configured to store one or more beverage products, such as wine, beer, fruit juices or soft drinks.

[0118] 在图1所展示的实施例中,该实质上热密封的储存容器100包括位于该内壁110与该外壁105之间的一个空隙120。 [0118] In the embodiment shown in FIG. 1, the substantially thermally sealed storage container 100 includes the inner wall 110 and a gap 105 between the outer wall 120. 如图1所示,该内壁110与该外壁105间隔了一段距离并且实质上限定了一个空隙120。 As shown in FIG. 1, the inner wall 110 and the outer wall 105 and substantially spaced some distance defining a gap 120. 在图1所展示的实施例中,当该容器处于直立位置中时、或者处于被配置成用于该容器100的正常使用的位置中时,空隙120内没有不规则性或者额外物来跨过空隙120在内壁110与外壁105之间进行热连接或创造热连接。 In the embodiment shown in FIG. 1, when the container is in an upright position or in a position when it is configured for normal use of the container 100, no irregularities or additionally thereof across the gaps 120 120 thermally connected voids or creating a thermal connection between the inner wall 110 and outer wall 105. 如图1所示,当该容器100处于直立位置中时,该内壁110和外壁105彼此不直接产生接触。 As shown in FIG. 1, when the container 100 in an upright position, the inner wall 110 and outer wall 105 does not produce direct contact with each other. 此外,当该容器100处于直立位置中时,该空隙内没有会跨过空隙120在内壁110和外壁105之间的热连接物起作用的添加物、联结点、凸缘,或者其他固定物。 Further, when the container 100 in an upright position, will not cross the gap 120 between the thermal additive inner wall 110 and outer wall 105 acting linker, connection point, flange, or other fixtures within the gap.

[0119] 如图1所示,该连接器115支撑该内壁及该储存区域130的任何内容物的质量。 [0119] As shown in FIG. 1, the connector 115 supporting quality of any contents of the inner wall and the storage region 130. 在一些实施例中,空隙120内可以包括额外支撑单元,用以向内壁110提供该连接器115所提供的支撑以外的额外支撑。 In some embodiments, the void 120 may include additional support means for providing additional support other than the support provided by the connector 115 to the inner wall 110. 例如,该外壁105的面向空隙120的表面上可以附接一根或者多根不导热的索条,其中这些不导热的索条被配置成围绕该内壁110的面向空隙120的表面延伸、并且在内壁110上并通过延伸而在该实质上热密封的储存区域130内的内容物上提供额外的支撑或者移动限制。 For example, can be attached or a plurality of thermally non-conductive streaks on a surface facing the outer wall 105 of the gap 120, wherein the thermally non-conductive streaks is configured to extend facing the inner wall surface 120 of the gap 110 around, and and the inner wall 110 to provide additional support or limited in movement of the contents 130 in the substantially thermally sealed storage region by extending. 在一些实施例中,该多根索条的多个中心区域以不同的角度缠绕在该内壁110上,其中该多根索条中的每根索条的相应末端在多个位置处被固定至外壁105的面向空隙120的表面上。 In some embodiments, the plurality of lacing a plurality of different angles at a central region wound on the inner wall 110, wherein a respective end of each of the plurality of lacing cord strips are secured at a plurality of positions to an outer wall 105 facing the upper surface 120 of the gap. 一根或者多根不导热的索条可以由例如玻璃纤维索条或者绳索制成的。 A plurality of thermally non-conductive or streaks may be formed, for example, glass fibers or cords made of streaks. 一根或者多根不导热的索条可以由例如对位芳族聚酰胺合成纤维如Kevlar™制成。 A plurality of thermally non-conductive or streaks may be formed, for example, para-aramid synthetic fiber such as Kevlar ™ made. 可在两端处在外壁105的面向空隙120的表面上附接多根不导热的索条,其中这些索条的中心缠绕在该内壁110的面向空隙120的表面周围。 May be in the outer wall 105 at both ends of an upper surface facing the gap 120 is attached a plurality of thermally non-conductive streaks, wherein the central strip wound around the cable surface facing the inner wall 110 of the gap 120. 例如,可在两端处在外壁105的面向空隙120的表面上附接多根由不锈钢绳索制成的索条,其中这些索条的中心缠绕于该内壁110的面向空隙120的表面周围。 For example, attachment may be at the root causes of multiple stainless steel ropes 105 of the outer wall surface of the gap facing the cable 120 across the strip, wherein the central strip wound around the cable surface facing the inner wall 110 of the void 120.

[0120] 在一些实施例中,一个实质上热密封的储存容器100可以包含一个或多个超高效绝热材料部分。 [0120] In some embodiments, a substantially thermally sealed storage container 100 may comprise one or more sections of ultra efficient insulation material. 在一些实施例中,在空隙120内存在至少一个超高效绝热材料部分。 In some embodiments, the voids 120 in the memory at least one ultra efficient insulation material. 本文中使用的术语“超高效绝热材料”可以包括一种或多种类型的、具有极低的导热性并且在该绝热材料的这些表面之间具有极低的热辐射传递的绝热材料。 The term used herein "ultra efficient insulation material" may include one or more types, have a very low thermal conductivity and heat insulating material having a low heat radiation transfer between the surfaces of the insulation material. 该超高效绝热材料可以包括例如一个或多个层的热反射膜、高真空、气凝胶、低导热性珠状单元、分层不规则的晶体、低密度固体、或者低密度泡沫。 The ultra efficient insulation material may comprise for example a heat reflecting coating or a plurality of layers, high vacuum, airgel, low thermal conductivity bead-like units, irregular layered crystalline, low density solids, or low density foam. 在一些实施例中,该超高效绝热材料包括一种或多种低密度固体,如气凝胶,如以下文章中所述的那些:Fricke和E_erling, “气凝胶-制备、性能、应用[Aerogels-preparation, properties, applications],,,结构与结合[Structure andBonding],77:37-87 (1992);以及Pekala,“来自间苯二酚与甲醛的缩聚反应的有机气凝胶[Organic aerogels from the polycondensation of resorcinol with formaldehyde]”,材料科学杂志[Journal of Materials Science],24:3221-3227 (1989),这些文件各自通过引用结合在此。如在此使用的,“低密度”可以包括密度从约0.01g/cm3至约0.1Og/cm3的材料以及密度从约0.005g/cm3至约0.05g/cm3的材料。在一些实施例中,该超高效绝热材料包括一层或多层分层不规则的晶体,如以下文章中所述的那些=Chiritescu等人,“不规则的分层的WSe2晶体中的超低导热性[Ultralow thermal conductivity indisordered, layered WSe2crystals In some embodiments, the ultra efficient insulation material includes one or more low density solids, such as aerogels, such as those described in the following articles: Fricke and E_erling, "airgel - Preparation, Properties, Applications [ aerogels-preparation, properties, applications] ,,, binding structure [structure andBonding], 77: 37-87 (1992); and Pekala, "aerogels from the polycondensation reaction of resorcinol and formaldehyde [organic aerogels from the polycondensation of resorcinol with formaldehyde] ", Journal of materials Science [Journal of materials Science], 24: 3221-3227 (1989), each of these documents is incorporated herein by reference as used herein,." density "may include the material density from about 0.01g / cm3 to about 0.1Og / cm3 and the density of the material is from about 0.005g / cm3 to about 0.05g / cm3 in some embodiments, the ultra efficient insulation material includes one or more points layer irregular crystals such as those described in the following articles = Chiritescu et al., "irregular layered crystal WSe2 ultra low thermal conductivity [ultralow thermal conductivity indisordered, layered WSe2crystals ],,,科学[Science], 315:351-353 (2007),该文件通过引用结合在此。 ] ,,, Science [Science], 315: 351-353 (2007), which document is incorporated herein by reference. 在一些实施例中,该超高效绝热材料包括至少两层热反射膜,它们被以下至少一项环绕,例如:高真空、低导热性的间隔单元,低导热性的珠状单元,或者低密度泡沫。 In some embodiments, the ultra efficient insulation material includes at least two layers of thermal reflective film, which are surrounded by at least one, for example: high vacuum, low thermal conductivity spacer units, low thermal conductivity bead-like units, or a low density foam. 参见:例如,Mikhalchenko等人,“在基于复合间隔材料的多层绝热中的热传递的研究[Study of heat transfer in multilayer insulation based on composite spacermaterials] ”,低温学[Cryogenics], 1983年,309-311页,该文件通过引用结合在此。 See: e.g., Mikhalchenko et al., "Study of the heat transfer based on a multilayer heat insulating composite material in the interval [Study of heat transfer in multilayer insulation based on composite spacermaterials]", cryogenics [Cryogenics], 1983 years 309 page 311, which is incorporated by reference herein. 在一些实施例中,该超高效绝热材料可以包括至少两层热反射材料以及位于这些热反射材料层之间的至少一个间隔单元。 In some embodiments, the ultra efficient insulation material may include at least two layers of thermal reflective material, and at least one spacer element located between the heat reflective material layer. 例如,该超高效绝热材料可以包括至少一种多层绝热复合材料,如在授予Smith等人的名称为“多层绝绝复合材料[Multilayer insulationcomposite] ”的第6,485,805号美国专利中所描述的,该专利通过引用结合在此。 U.S. Patent No. 6,485,805, for example, the ultra efficient insulation material may include at least one multilayer insulation composite, as issued to Smith et al., Entitled "multilayer insulating composite insulating [Multilayer insulationcomposite]" in It described, which is incorporated by reference herein. 例如,该超高效绝热材料可以包括至少一个金属片绝热系统,如在授予Reed等人的名称为“金属片绝热系统[Metallic sheet insulation system] ”的第5,915,283号美国专利中所述,该专利通过引用结合在此。 For example, the ultra efficient insulation material may include at least one metal sheet adiabatic system, as issued to Reed et al., Entitled "Metal heat insulating system [Metallic sheet insulation system]" U.S. Patent No. 5,915,283 in the , which is incorporated by reference herein. 例如,该超高效绝热材料可以包括至少一个绝热系统,如在授予Augustynowicz 等人的名称为“绝热系统[Thermal insulation systems] ”的第6,967, 051号美国专利中所述,该专利通过引用结合在此。 For example, the ultra efficient insulation material may include at least one adiabatic system, as described in Grant et al Augustynowicz entitled "adiabatic system [Thermal insulation systems]" of 6,967, 051 US Patent, which is incorporated by reference incorporated herein. 例如,该超高效绝热材料可以包括至少一种用于热绝缘的刚性多层材料,如在授予Maignan等人的名称为“用于热绝缘的刚性多层材料[Rigid multilayer material for thermal insulation],,的第7,001,656 号美国专利中所述,该专利通过引用结合在此。另见:Li等人,“液面对于向立式低温容器内的热量泄漏的影响研究[Study on effect of liquid level on the heat leak into verticalcryogenic vessels] ”,低温学[Cryogenics], 2010 年第50 卷,367-372 页;Barth 等人,“关于高品质工业超级绝热的测试结果[Test results for a high quality industrialsuper insulation] ”,低温学[Cryogenics],1988 年第28 卷,607-609 页;以及Eyssa 和Okasha, “用于低温设备的热福射屏障的热力学优化[Thermodynamic optimization ofthermal radiation shields for a cryogenic apparatus],,,低温学[Cryogenics], 1978年,305-307页;这些文件各自通过引用结合在此。 For example, the ultra efficient insulation material may include at least one rigid multilayer material for thermal insulation, as described in granted Maignan et al., Entitled "Multilayer rigid material for thermal insulation [Rigid multilayer material for thermal insulation], , U.S. Patent No. 7,001,656 described, which is incorporated by reference herein see:. Li et al., "Study of the influence level of heat leaking to the vertical cryocontainer [Study on effect of liquid level on the heat leak into verticalcryogenic vessels] ", cryogenics [cryogenics], 2010 Vol. 50, pages 367-372; Barth et al.," test results for high-quality industrial super-insulated [test results for a high quality industrialsuper insulation] ", cryogenics [cryogenics], 1988 Vol. 28, pages 607-609; and Eyssa and Okasha," Fu thermodynamic heat emitted barrier device optimized for cryogenic [thermodynamic optimization ofthermal radiation shields for a cryogenic apparatus] ,,, cryogenics [cryogenics], 1978 years 305-307 pages; each of these documents are incorporated by reference herein. 例如,该超高效绝热材料可以包括多层绝热材料或“MLI”。 For example, the ultra efficient insulation material may include multiple layers of insulation material or "MLI". 例如,一种超高效绝热材料可以包括多层绝热材料,如在太空项目运载火箭中使用的多层绝热材料,包括NASA所使用的。 For example, an ultra efficient insulation material may include multiple layers of insulation material, such as a multilayer insulation material used in the space program launch vehicles, including NASA used. 参见,例如Daryabeigi,“用于再入气动加热装置的多层绝热的热分析及设计优化[Thermal analysis and design optimizationof multilayer insulation for reentry aerodynamic heating],,,航天器及火箭杂志[Journal of Spacecraft and Rockets], 39:509-514(2002),该文件通过引用结合在此。例如,该超高效绝热材料可以包括具有的气体分压低于该容器100外部的大气压的空间。例如,该超高效绝热材料可以包括具有的气压低于该气密性空隙120外部的大气压的空间。参见,例如Nemanic, “真空绝热板[Vacuum insulating panel]”,真空[Vacuum], 1995 年第46卷第8-10期,839-842页,该文件通过引用结合在此。在一些实施例中,该超高效绝热材料可以实质上覆盖内壁110的面向该空隙120的表面。在一些实施例中,该超高效绝热材料可以实质上覆盖外壁105的面向该空隙120的表面。 See, e.g. Daryabeigi, "multilayer insulation for reentry aerodynamic heating apparatus of thermal analysis and design optimization [Thermal analysis and design optimizationof multilayer insulation for reentry aerodynamic heating] ,,, Journal of Spacecraft and Rockets [Journal of Spacecraft and Rockets ], 39: 509-514 (2002), which document is incorporated herein by reference, e.g., the ultra efficient insulation material may include a gas having a partial pressure in the space 100 outside the container, for example atmospheric pressure, the ultra efficient insulation material. may include a space 120 is lower than the pressure outside the airtight void atmospheric pressure. see, e.g. Nemanic, "vacuum insulation panel [vacuum insulating panel]", vacuum [vacuum], Vol. 46, 1995, of 8 to 10 , pages 839-842, which is incorporated by reference herein. in some embodiments, the ultra efficient insulation material may substantially cover the inner wall 110 facing the surface 120 of the gap. in some embodiments, the ultra efficient insulation material covering the outer wall 105 may be substantially facing surface 120 of the gap.

[0121] 在一些实施例中,在该气密性空隙120内存在至少一层的多层绝热材料(“MLI”)。 [0121] In some embodiments, the memory 120 in an airtight void least one multilayer insulation material ( "MLI"). 该至少一层的多层绝热材料可以实质上环绕该内壁110的表面。 The at least one layer of a multilayer insulation material may substantially surround the inner wall surface 110. 在一些实施例中,在该空隙120内存在多个层的多层绝热材料,其中这些层可以不是均质的。 In some embodiments, the gap 120 in the memory in a plurality of layers of a multilayer insulation material, wherein the layers may not be homogeneous. 例如,该多个层的多层绝热材料可以包括具有不同厚度的层、或具有和不具有相关联的间隔元件的层。 For example, the plurality of layers having a multilayer insulation material may comprise layers of different thicknesses, with and without a layer or spacing element is associated. 在一些实施例中,在该超高效绝热材料内或者除了该超高效绝热材料之外,可以存在一个或者多个额外层,如,一个外部结构层或者一个内部结构层。 In some embodiments, in the ultra efficient insulation material or in addition to the ultra efficient insulation material, there may be one or more additional layers, e.g., a structural outer layer or an inner structural layer. 一个内部或者外部结构层可以由任何适合于该实施例的材料制成,例如,一个内部或者外部结构层可以包括:塑料、金属、合金、复合材料、或者玻璃。 Internal or external structure of a layer may be made of any material suitable for this embodiment, for example, an internal or external structure layer may include: plastics, metals, alloys, composites, or glass. 参见,例如,授予Nowobilski等人的名称为“真空绝热板[Vacuuminsulation panel] ”的第4,726,974号美国专利,该专利通过引用结合在此。 See, for example, granted Nowobilski et al, entitled "Vacuum insulation panel [Vacuuminsulation panel]" U.S. Patent No. 4,726,974, which is incorporated by reference herein. 在一些实施例中,在多个层的热反射膜之间存在一个或多个层的高真空。 In some embodiments, the presence of high vacuum or a plurality of layers between a plurality of layers of thermal reflective film. 在一些实施例中,空隙120包括一个相对于该容器100外部的大气压力而言实质上排空的气体压力。 In some embodiments, the void 120 with respect to the gas pressure comprising a substantially evacuated outside the container 100 in terms of atmospheric pressure. 相对于该容器100外部的大气压而言的一个实质上排空的气体压力可以包括在多个MLI层周围的、例如在这些层之间和周围的、实质上排空的气体压力。 With respect to the outer container 100 is a substantially evacuated atmospheric gas pressure MLI may include a plurality of layers around, and surrounding, the gas pressure is substantially evacuated, for example, between the layers. 相对于该容器100外部的大气压而言的一个实质上排空的气体压力可以包括在空隙的一个或多个部分中的实质上排空的气体压力。 With respect to a gas pressure is substantially evacuated in terms of the outer container 100 may include an atmospheric pressure or a gas pressure in the gap is substantially evacuated plurality of portions. 例如,在一些实施例中,空隙120包括具有小于或者等于lxl0_2托的压力的实质上排空的空间。 Substantially evacuated space, for example, in some embodiments, the void 120 comprises a pressure less than or equal lxl0_2 Torr. 例如,在一些实施例中,空隙120包括具有小于或者等于5xl0_4托的压力的实质上排空的空间。 Substantially evacuated space, for example, in some embodiments, the void 120 comprises a pressure less than or equal 5xl0_4 Torr. 例如,在一些实施例中,空隙120包括在该空隙120内具有小于或者等于1X10_2托的压力的实质上排空的空间。 Substantially evacuated space, for example, in some embodiments, the void 120 comprises a pressure less than or equal 1X10_2 Torr in the space 120. 例如,在一些实施例中,空隙120包括在该空隙120内具有小于或者等于5xl0_4托的压力的实质上排空的空间。 Substantially evacuated space, for example, in some embodiments, the void 120 comprises a pressure less than or equal 5xl0_4 Torr in the space 120. 在一些实施例中,空隙120包括具有小于IxKT2托的压力(例如小于5xl0_3托、小于5xl0_4托、小于5xl0_5托、小于5xl(T6托或5xl0_7托)的实质上排空的空间。例如,在一些实施例中,空隙120包括多个层的多层绝热材料、以及具有小于或者等于lxl0_2托的压力的实质上排空的空间。例如,在一些实施例中,空隙120包括多个层的多层绝热材料、以及具有小于或者等于5xl0_4托的压力的实质上排空的空间。 In some embodiments, the void comprises less than IxKT2 120 Torr (e.g., less than 5xl0_3 torr, less than 5xl0_4 torr, less than 5xl0_5 torr, less space is substantially evacuated 5xl (T6 Torr or 5xl0_7 torr). For example, in some substantially evacuated space in the embodiment, a plurality of voids 120 comprising a multilayer insulation material layer, and having a pressure less than or equal lxl0_2 torr. For example, in some embodiments, the void 120 comprises a plurality of layers of a multilayer a heat insulating material, and substantially evacuated space having a pressure less than or equal 5xl0_4 Torr.

[0122] 取决于其实施例,一个实质上热密封的储存容器100可以由多种多样的材料制成的。 [0122] depends on the embodiment, a substantially thermally sealed storage container 100 may be made of a wide variety of materials. 例如,一个实质上热密封的储存容器100可以由具有适合于给定实施例的特征的金属、玻璃纤维或者塑料制成。 For example, a substantially thermally sealed storage container 100 may have to be made suitable for a given embodiment wherein metal, fiberglass or plastic. 例如,一个实质上热密封的储存容器100可以包括具有合适的强度、硬度、耐久性、成本、可获得性、热传导特征、气体排放性能、或者其他适合于给定实施例的考虑因素的这些材料。 For example, a substantially thermally sealed storage container 100 may include a suitable strength, hardness, durability, cost, availability, thermal conduction characteristics, emissions performance, or other materials suitable for these considerations to the embodiment given . 在一些实施例中,用于制造该容器100的单独区段的材料是与在这些区段之间形成一个不透气的密封相容的。 In some embodiments, the material used for producing the individual sections of container 100 is formed with a hermetic seal between the segments compatible. 在一些实施例中,外壁105是由不锈钢制成的。 In some embodiments, the outer wall 105 is made of stainless steel. 在一些实施例中,外壁105由铝制成的。 In some embodiments, the outer wall 105 made of aluminum. 在一些实施例中,该内壁110是由不锈钢制成的。 In some embodiments, the inner wall 110 is made of stainless steel. 在一些实施例中,该内壁110是由铝制成的。 In some embodiments, the inner wall 110 is made of aluminum. 在一些实施例中,该连接器115的整体或部分是由不锈钢制成的。 In some embodiments, the whole or part of the connector 115 is made of stainless steel. 在一些实施例中,该连接器115的整体或部分是由铝制成的。 In some embodiments, the whole or part of the connector 115 is made of aluminum. 实施例包括这样一个容器,该容器具有由不锈钢制成的一个内壁110和一个外壁105,以及具有由不锈钢制成的多个区段和由铝制成的多个区段的一个连接器115。 Embodiments include a container 110 having an inner wall made of stainless steel and an outer wall 105, and a connector 115 having a plurality of sections made of stainless steel and a plurality of sections made of aluminum. 在一些实施例中,该连接器115是由玻璃纤维制成的。 In some embodiments, the connector 115 is made of fiberglass. 在一些实施例中,一个实质上热密封的储存容器100的多个部分或部件可以是由复合材料或者分层的材料制成的。 In some embodiments, a plurality of substantially thermally sealed storage container 100 parts or components may be a layered composite material or steel. 例如,一个外壁105实质上可以由不锈钢制成,外部覆盖了塑料,例如用以保护该容器的外表面不被刮花。 For example, an outer wall 105 may be substantially made of stainless steel, plastic outer covering, for example for protecting the outer surface of the container is not scratched. 例如,一个内壁110实质上可以是由不锈钢制成的,在该实质上热密封的储存区域130内具有一个涂层,该涂层是塑料、橡胶、泡沫或其他适合于向该实质上热密封的储存区域130内储存的材料提供支撑及绝热性的材料。 For example, an inner wall 110 may be substantially made of stainless steel, in the substantially thermally sealed storage region 130 having a coating that is plastic, rubber, foam or other suitable heat-sealed to this substantially stored in the storage region 130 and the heat insulating material is provided support material.

[0123] 图1展示了一个实质上热密封的容器100,该容器包括一个外壁105及一个内壁110,其中一个挠性连接器115位于外壁105与该内壁110之间。 [0123] Figure 1 shows a substantially thermally sealed container 100, the container 105 includes an outer wall and an inner wall 110, wherein a flexible connector 115 is positioned between the outer wall 105 and the inner wall 110. 如图1所示,该内壁110大致限定了一个实质上热密封的储存区域130。 As shown in FIG. 1, the inner wall 110 generally defines a substantially thermally sealed storage region 130. 当该容器100处于直立位置中时,如图1所示,该连接器115被配置成用于完全支撑该内壁110的及该实质上热密封的储存区域130的所有内容物的质量。 When the container 100 in an upright position, shown in Figure 1, the connector 115 is configured to fully support the inner wall 110 and the substantially thermally sealed storage region 130 of the mass of all contents. 另外,在空隙120包括显著小于大气压的气体压力(例如,小于或者等于lxl0_2托、小于或者等于lxl0_3托、小于或者等于lxl0_4托、或者小于或者等于5xl0_4托)的实施例中,如图1所示的该连接器115抵抗该空隙120内的分压的力而支撑了该内壁110的及该实质上热密封的储存区域130的任何内容物的质量。 Further, 120 include significant void gas pressure less than atmospheric (e.g., less than or equal lxl0_2 torr, less than or equal lxl0_3 torr, less than or equal lxl0_4 torr, or less than or equal 5xl0_4 Torr) embodiment, shown in Figure 1 the connector 115 against the force of the partial pressure within the space 120 and the mass of the support wall and the substantially thermally sealed storage region 110 of the contents of any 130. 例如,在该连接器115包括一个直径大约272英寸的通道125并且空隙120的分压为5xl0_4托的一个实施例中,由于空隙120内的分压,在该内壁110的与通道125的末端直接相对的这个区域上的向下的力是约等于在该位置处的100镑重量。 For example, the connector 115 comprises a diameter of about 272 inches of channels 125 and dividing the void 120 is 5xl0_4 Torr one embodiment, since the partial pressure in the space 120, the inner wall of the end of the channel 125 directly 110 opposing downward force on the area equal to about 100 pounds in weight at that location. 如图1所示,当该容器100处于直立位置中时,在空隙120内没有额外支撑元件的情况下,该连接器115实质上支撑了该内壁110的及该实质上热密封的储存区域130的任何内容物的质量。 Next, when the upright position in the container 100, no additional support elements within the void 120 in FIG. 1, the connector 115 which is substantially the support wall and the substantially thermally sealed storage region 130 110 the quality of any contents. 例如,如图1所示的实施例中,该内壁110与该连接器115相连接,并且当该容器100处于直立位置中时,该内壁110不与任何其他支撑单元相接触。 For example, the embodiment shown in Figure 1, the inner wall 110 is connected to the connector 115, and 100 when the container is in the upright position, the inner wall 110 is not in contact with any other supporting unit. 如图1所示,在内壁110完全由连接器115自由地支撑并且其中该连接器115是挠性连接器的多个实施例中,该内壁110可能响应于该容器100的移动而在空隙120内摇摆或者以其他方式移动。 1, the inner wall 110 is supported by a complete freedom of connector 115 and connector 115 wherein the flexible connector is a plurality of embodiments, the inner wall 110 may be in response to movement of the container 100 and the void 120 a rocking or otherwise moved. 例如,当运输该容器100时,该挠性连接器115可能响应于运输运动而产生弯曲或者挠曲,并且该内壁110可能在空隙120内相应地摇摆或移动。 For example, when transporting the container 100, the flexible connector 115 may be in response to the movement of the transport bending or distortion, and the corresponding inner wall 110 may swing or move within the gap 120.

[0124] 图2描绘了一个实质上热密封的容器100的一些实施例的多个方面。 [0124] FIG. 2 depicts a plurality of aspects of some embodiments of a substantially thermally sealed container 100. 图2以截面描绘了一个内壁110与一个连接器115相连接。 Figure 2 depicts a cross section of the inner wall 110 and a connector 115 is connected. 虽然展示的是一个具有挠性区段160的连接器115,但连接器115在一些实施例中可以是非挠性的。 Although shown is a connector 115 having a flexible segment 160, the connector 115 in some embodiments may be non-flexible. 该连接器115的内部实质上限定了在该容器外部与一个储存区域130的内部之间的一个通道125。 The internal connector 115 substantially defining a passageway 125 between the interior of the outer container with a storage region 130. 如图2所示,该连接器115的挠性区段160的多个凸缘在该连接器115的表面上形成了一个长形的热通道,该热通道在该储存区域130与该容器外部的区域之间形成了该通道125的这些边缘。 As shown, the connector section 115 of the plurality of flexible flanges 160 are formed on the surface 2 of the connector 115 is an elongate channel heat, the thermal channel 130 in the exterior of the container storage area the edges formed between the channel region 125. 该通道125的长形热通道与一个光滑的(例如,无凸缘的)连接器115相比沿着该通道125提供了减小的热能传递。 An elongate channel of the thermal channel 125 and a smooth (e.g., non-flanged) connector 115 provides reduced compared to thermal energy transfer along the channel 125.

[0125] 如图2所展示的连接器115包括实质上环绕了该挠性区段160的一端的一个第一压缩单元250以及实质上环绕了该该挠性区段160的另一端的一个第二压缩单元240。 [0125] FIG. 2 shows the connector 115 comprises a substantially surrounds the first 250 and the other end of the flexible substantially surrounds the end of a section 160 of the flexible segment 160 of the first compression unit second compression unit 240. 虽然图2的视图中仅展示了一个单一的压缩绞线230,但是在一个实际的实施例中,多个压缩绞线230被定位在该挠性区段160的圆周周围。 While the view of FIG. 2 shows only a single compression strands 230, but in a practical embodiment, a plurality of compression strands 230 are positioned around the circumference of the flexible segment 160. 该多个压缩绞线230被附接至该第一压缩单元250和该第二压缩单元240 二者上,从而实质上固定了在该第一压缩单元250和该第二压缩单元240之间可允许的最大距离。 The plurality of compression strands 230 are attached to the both the first compression unit 250 and the second compression unit 240, and thus may be substantially fixed between the first compression unit 250 and the second compression unit 240 the maximum distance allowed. 一个连接单元270将该连接器115与该容器100的内壁110连接。 A connecting unit 270 is connected to the connector 115 of the inner wall 110 of container 100.

[0126] 在内壁110和/或外壁105是由一种或多种材料制成的并且连接器115是由一种或多种不同的材料制成的多个实施例中,在该实质上热密封的储存容器100中可以包括一个或者多个连接单元270,以确保在该内壁110与该连接器115之间和/或在外壁105与该连接器115之间的适当强的、耐久的和/或不透气的连接作用。 [0126] In a plurality of inner walls 110 and / or the outer wall 105 are made of one or more materials and the connector 115 is composed of one or more different materials in the embodiment, the substantially heat sealed storage container 100 may comprise one or a plurality of connection units 270, in order to ensure that the inner wall 110 between the connector 115 and / or a suitable strong, durable, and between the outer wall 105 and the connector 115 / or ligation airtight. 如在此所用的“连接单元”包括一个被配置成用于连接到该容器100的两个不同部件上的单元,从而在这些不同部件之间形成一种连接。 As used herein, the "tether" is configured to include a means to connect to the two different parts of the container 100, thereby forming a connector between these different components. 一个实质上热密封的储存容器100可以包括在该连接器115的第一末端和该外壁孔的边缘处的外壁之间的一种不透气的连接。 A substantially thermally sealed storage container 100 may include one between the outer edge of the first end and the outer wall of the connection hole 115 connected to the gas-impermeable. 一个实质上热密封的储存容器100可以包括在该通道的该第二末端和该内壁孔的边缘处的内壁之间的一种不透气的连接。 A substantially thermally sealed storage container 100 may include one airtight connection between the inner edge of the second end and the inner walls of the passage hole. 一些实施例中包括在该通道的该第二末端和该实质上热密封的储存区域130之间的一种不透气的连接,该不透气的连接实质上环绕了该实质上热密封的储存区域130中的孔。 Some embodiments include a gas-impermeable connection 130. In one between the second end of the channel and the substantially thermally sealed storage region, connected to the gas-impermeable substantially surrounds the substantially thermally sealed storage region 130 holes. 例如,在内壁110和/或外壁105是由铝制成的并且连接器115是由不锈钢制成的多个实施例中,在该实质上热密封的储存容器100中可以包括一个或者多个连接单元270,以确保在该内壁110与该连接器115之间和/或在外壁105与该连接器115之间的一种适当强的并且不透气的附连作用。 For example, a plurality of the inner wall 110 and / or the outer wall 105 are made of aluminum and the connector 115 is made of stainless steel embodiment, the substantially thermally sealed storage container 100 may include one or a plurality of connection unit 270, in order to ensure and / or between the outer wall 105 with one of the connector 115 and attached appropriately strong acting between the inner wall 110 of the connector 115 in the gas impermeable. 一些实施例中包括在该通道的该第一末端和该实质上热密封的储存容器100的外部之间的一种不透气的连接,该不透气的连接实质上环绕了在该外部中的孔。 Some embodiments include one airtight connection between the first end of the outer channel and the substantially thermally sealed storage container 100, the gas-impermeable junction substantially encircling the aperture in the outer . 例如,可以包括一个实质上环状的连接单元以便功能性地连接该连接器115的顶部边缘及外壁105中的孔的边缘。 For example, comprise a substantially annular connecting means functionally connected to the edge of the hole and the top edge of the outer wall of the connector in 105,115. 例如,图2展示了位于该连接器115的底部边缘与该内壁110中的孔的边缘之间的一个实质上环状的连接单元270。 For example, Figure 2 shows a substantially annular connection unit 270 is located between the bottom edge of the edge connector 115 and the inner wall 110 of the hole. 如图2所示的270的这些连接单元可以由辊压结合的包覆金属制成,例如辊压结合的过渡插入件,像从斯波工业股份有限公司(SpurIndustries Inc.)(斯波坎市华盛顿(Spokane WA))可获得的那些。 The connection unit 270 as shown in FIG. 2 can be made of roll bonded metal coated, such as a transition insert roll bonding, like from Crespo Industrial Co., Ltd. (SpurIndustries Inc.) (Spokane, Washington ( Spokane WA)) those available. 例如,包括一个不锈钢层结合到一个铝层上的一种辊压结合的过渡插入件是用于制作铝质外壁105或内壁110与不锈钢连接器115之间的连接单元270的合适基体。 For example, comprising a stainless steel layer bonded to the transition insert one kind of roll pressure on a bonded aluminum layer suitable for an outer wall of the base body made of aluminum or the connection unit 105 between the inner wall 110 and the connector 115 stainless steel 270. 在这样一个实施例中,一个连接单元270被定位成使得相同的材料被放在彼此附近、并且然后使用常用的方法(如焊接)而该可操作地密封在一起。 In such an embodiment, a connection unit 270 is positioned such that the same material is placed near each other, and then using a common method (e.g., welding) which is operably sealed together. 例如,在容器100包括一个铝质外壁105和一个不锈钢连接器115的实施例中,包括一个不锈钢层结合到一个铝层上的一种辊压结合的过渡插入件可被用在一个第一连接单元中,该第一连接单元被适当地定位成使得该招外壁105可以被焊接到该第一连接单元的铝部分上。 For example, in the aluminum outer wall 100 includes a connector 105 and a stainless steel embodiment of the container 115, comprising a stainless steel layer bonded to the transition insert one kind of a roll on the aluminum layer can be used in conjunction with a first connection unit, the first connection unit is properly positioned to move so that the outer wall 105 may be welded to the aluminum portion of the first connecting unit. 同样,该连接单元的不锈钢部分可以被焊接到该不锈钢连接器115的顶部边缘上。 Also, the stainless steel portion of the connector unit may be welded to the top edge of the connector 115 stainless steel. 一个第二连接单元270可以类似地用于将该不锈钢连接器115的底部边缘可操作地附接至该铝内壁110中的孔的边缘上。 A second connection unit 270 may similarly be used for the bottom edge of the stainless steel connector 115 operatively attached to the edge of the hole on the inner wall 110 of aluminum. 在没有使用连接单元270的实施例中,可以使用钎焊方法以及适当的填充剂材料来可操作地附接由不同于制造外壁105和/或内壁110所用材料的材料制成的一个连接器115。 In an embodiment without using the connection unit 270 may be used brazing method and a suitable filler material operably attached is different from the manufacturing of the outer wall 105 and / or connector 115 made of a material of the inner wall 110 of the materials .

[0127] 如图2所展示的,该储存区域130的内部包含一个储存结构200。 [0127] FIG. 2 shows, the region 130 inside the storage comprises a storage structure 200. 该储存结构200被固定到该内壁110的内表面上。 The storage structure 200 is secured to the inside surface of the inner wall 110. 图2中所展示的储存结构200包含具有相等大小与形状的多个孔220、210。 FIG 2 shows a storage structure 200 comprises a plurality of holes 220, 210 of equal size and shape. 在图2的截面图中,这些孔220、210中的一些被完全绘出并且一些仅被局部绘出。 In the sectional view of FIG. 2, the holes 220, 210, some of which are completely drawn and some of the depicted only partially. 该储存结构200包含一个平面结构,该平面结构包含多个孔220、210,其中该平面结构位于该热密封的储存区域130的一个壁的附近,该壁是与该单一进入孔相对的并且实质上与该单一进入孔的直径平行。 The storage structure 200 comprises a planar structure, the planar structure comprises a plurality of holes 220, 210, wherein a wall of the storage region near the planar structure of the heat seal 130 is located, which is the wall opposite the access aperture and a single substance of on the diameter of the bore parallel to a single entry. 包含在该储存结构200内的该多个孔220、210包含多个实质上圆形的孔。 The plurality of apertures contained within the storage structure 220, 210, 200 comprises a plurality of substantially circular apertures. 包含在该储存结构200内的该多个孔220、210包括围绕该储存结构200的外周定位的多个孔220、以及位于该储存结构200的中心的一个单一孔210。 A single aperture the plurality of apertures 210 contained within the storage structure comprises a plurality of apertures 220, 210, 200, 220 about the outer periphery 200 of the storage structure positioned, and located in the center of the storage structure 200. 如图2所示,包含在该储存结构200内的这些孔220、210具有实质上相似的大小和形状,从而允许这些散热器单元和这些储存材料模块在不同的孔220、210中互换。 These holes 2, contained in the storage structure 220, 210, 200 has a substantially similar size and shape, thereby allowing the heat sink units and storage of these materials interchangeable modules 220, 210 in different holes.

[0128] 虽然图2中描绘的是一个实质上平面的储存结构200,但在一些实施例中一个储存结构可以包含支架、钩、弹簧、凸缘、或其他适合用于可逆地储存该实施例的这些散热器模块以及储存材料模块的多种构型。 [0128] Although Figure 2 depicts the storage structure 200 is a substantially planar, in some embodiments, a storage structure may comprise a bracket, a hook, a spring, a flange, or other suitable embodiment for reversibly storing the Example these various configurations of the radiator module and a storage module material. 例如,一个储存结构可以包含多个支架和/或钩。 For example, a storage structure may comprise a plurality of brackets and / or hooks. 例如,一个储存结构可以包含带有开口的多个支架,这些开口被配置成用于使多个散热器模块以及储存材料模块滑移进入该结构中。 For example, the storage structure may comprise a bracket having a plurality of openings, the openings are configured to cause a plurality of heat sink modules and modules slide into the stored material in the structure. 例如,一个储存结构可以包含多个悬挂柱体和/或带有开口的圆盘传送器状的结构,这些开口被配置成用于使多个散热器模块以及储存材料模块滑移进入该结构中。 For example, the storage structure may comprise a plurality of suspension posts and / or carousel-like structure with openings, which openings are arranged for the plural radiator modules and modules slide into the stored material in the structure . 一些实施例包含带有以下特征(aspect)的储存结构,这些特征被配置成用于辅助多个散热器模块和/或储存材料模块(如滑动结构和/或定位引导结构)的插入、定位以及移除。 Some embodiments include a storage structure with the following characteristics (Aspect), and these features are configured for insertion into a plurality of secondary heat sink modules and / or modules stored material (e.g., slide structure and / or positioning guide structure), the positioning and removed. 一些实施例包含在一个长形竿柱上的一个外部插入和移除装置,如钩、环或支架,其被配置成辅助多个散热器模块和/或储存材料模块的插入、定位以及移除。 Some embodiments include an elongated rod in a column outside of the insertion and removal device, such as hooks, loops or brackets, which are configured to assist a plurality of radiator modules and / or module into the storage material, positioning and removal of .

[0129] 在一些实施例中,一个实质上热密封的储存容器100包含在至少一个热密封的储存区域130内部中的一个或多个储存结构200。 [0129] In some embodiments, a substantially thermally sealed storage structure storing one or more containers 100 contained within the at least one thermally sealed storage region 130 200. 一个储存结构200被配置成用于接收并且储存至少一个散热器模块以及至少一个储存材料模块。 A storage structure 200 is configured for receiving and storing at least one heat sink module and at least one material storage module. 一个储存结构200被配置成用于至少一个散热器模块以及至少一个储存材料模块的可互换的储存。 A storage structure 200 is configured to store the at least one heat sink module and at least one interchangeable module stored material. 例如,一个储存结构可以包含框架(rack)、货架、容器、热绝缘物、隔震物、或被配置成将材料储存在该储存区域130内的其他结构。 For example, a storage structure may comprise a frame (Rack), pallets, containers, thermal insulation, isolation thereof, or other structure configured to materials stored in the storage region 130. 在一些实施例中,一个储存结构包含至少一个支架,该支架被配置成可逆地附接至少一个散热器模块或至少一个储存材料模块。 In some embodiments, a storage structure comprises at least one bracket is configured to reversibly attach the at least one heat sink module or the at least one stored material module. 在一些实施例中,一个储存结构包含至少一个框架,该框架被配置成可逆地附接至少一个散热器模块或至少一个储存材料模块。 In some embodiments, a storage structure comprises at least one frame which is configured to reversibly attach the radiator module or the at least one module comprising at least one storage material. 在一些实施例中,一个储存结构包含至少一个夹具,该夹具被配置成可逆地附接至少一个散热器模块或至少一个储存材料模块。 In some embodiments, a storage structure comprising at least one clamp, the clamp being configured to reversibly attach the radiator module or the at least one module comprising at least one storage material. 在一些实施例中,一个储存结构包含至少一个紧固件,该紧固件被配置成可逆地附接至少一个散热器模块或至少一个储存材料模块。 In some embodiments, a storage structure comprises at least one fastener is configured to reversibly attach the at least one heat sink module or the at least one stored material module. 在一些实施例中,一个实质上热密封的储存容器100包含在至少一个热密封的储存区域130内部中的一个或多个可移除的插入件。 In some embodiments, a substantially thermally sealed storage container insert 100 includes at least one heat sealed interior storage region 130, one or more removable. 这些可移除的插入件可以由适合于该实施例的任何材料制成,包含无毒材料、金属、合金、复合材料、或塑料。 These may be made of any material the insert can be removed to a suitable embodiment of this embodiment, comprising a non-toxic materials, metals, alloys, composites, or plastics. 该一个或多个可移除的插入件可以包括可被再使用或再修复的插入件。 The one or more removable inserts may include inserts can then be reused or repaired. 该一个或多个可移除的插入件可以包括如对该实施例而言是适合的可以被清洁、杀菌或消毒的插入件。 The one or more removable inserts may include, for example this embodiment may be suitable in terms of cleaning, sterilizing or disinfecting insert. 在一些实施例中,一个储存结构包含至少一个支架,该支架被配置成可逆地附接至少一个散热器模块或至少一个储存材料模块。 In some embodiments, a storage structure comprises at least one bracket is configured to reversibly attach the at least one heat sink module or the at least one stored material module. 在一些实施例中,一个储存结构被配置成用于多个模块的可互换的储存,其中这些模块包括至少一个散热器模块以及至少一个储存材料模块。 In some embodiments, a storage structure is configured to store a plurality of interchangeable modules, wherein the modules include at least one heat sink module, and the at least one stored material module.

[0130] 在一些实施例中,该实质上热密封的储存容器可以包括热连接到一个或者多个储存区域130上的一个或者多个散热器单元。 [0130] In some embodiments, the substantially thermally sealed container may include a heat storage connected to one or more heat sink units or on a plurality of storage region 130. 在一些实施例中,该实质上热密封的储存容器100可以不包括散热器单元。 In some embodiments, the substantially thermally sealed storage container 100 may not include a heat sink unit. 在一些实施例中,该实质上热密封的储存容器100可以包括在该容器100内部、例如在一个储存区域130之内的多个散热器单元。 In some embodiments, the substantially thermally sealed storage container 100 may be included in the interior of the container 100, for example, in a storage region 130 of the plurality of radiator units. 散热器单元可以是模块式的并且被配置成是可移除的并且可互换的。 Radiator unit may be modular and configured to be removable and interchangeable. 在一些实施例中,散热器单元被配置成与多个储存材料模块是可互换的。 In some embodiments, the radiator unit is configured with a plurality of interchangeable modules are stored material. 取决于其实施例,散热器模块可以由多种材料制成。 Depending on its embodiment, the heat sink module may be made of various materials. 用于包含在一个散热器模块中的材料可以基于多种特性进行选择,例如导热性、随时间的耐久性、材料在经历特殊温度时的稳定性、以及材料在经历冻结及融化的重复循环时的稳定性、成本、重量、密度及可获得性。 Contained in a material for the heat spreader module may be selected based on various characteristics, such as thermal conductivity, durability over time, when the stability of the material when subjected to a particular temperature, and the material is subjected to freezing and thawing cycle was repeated stability, cost, weight, density and availability. 在一些实施例中,散热器模块是由金属制成的。 In some embodiments, the heat sink block is made of metal. 例如,在一些实施例中,散热器模块是由不锈钢制成的。 For example, in some embodiments, heat sink modules are made of stainless steel. 例如,在一些实施例中,散热器模块是由铝制成的。 For example, in some embodiments, heat sink modules are made of aluminum. 在一些实施例中,散热器模块是由塑料制成的。 In some embodiments, heat sink modules are made of plastic. 例如,在一些实施例中,散热器模块是由聚乙烯制成的。 For example, in some embodiments, heat sink modules are made of polyethylene. 例如,在一些实施例中,散热器模块是由聚丙烯制成的。 For example, in some embodiments, heat sink modules are made of polypropylene. 散热器单元可以被制造成是耐久的并且可重复使用的,例如,散热器单元可以由不锈钢和水构成。 Radiator unit can be made to be durable and reusable, e.g., the heat sink unit may be formed of stainless steel and water. 散热器单元在放入储存区域130中之前可以被带到一个合适的温度,例如,散热器单元在容器100的外部在-20摄氏度下可能被冻结、并且然后在放入储存区域130内之前在该容器100的外部被带到0摄氏度。 Before being placed in the storage area of ​​the radiator unit can be brought to a suitable temperature prior to 130, for example, a radiator means outside the container 100 may be frozen at -20 ° C, and then placed in the storage region 130 the outer container 100 is brought to 0 ° C. [0131] 如在此所用的术语“散热器单元”包括一个或者多个吸收热能的单元。 [0131] As used herein the term "radiator element" comprises a plurality of units or absorbing thermal energy. 例如,参见授予Voorhes等人的名称为“散热器[Heat Sink] ”的第5,390,734号美国专利;授予Ruka等人的名称为“散热器[Heat Sink] ”的第4,057,101号美国专利;授予Best等人的名称为“热量或者热能储存结构[Heat or Thermal Energy Storage Structure] ”的第4,003, 426号美国专利;以及授予Faghri的名称为“热能储存热交换器[Thermal EnergyStorage Heat Exchanger] ”的第4,976,308号美国专利,还有Zalba等人,“具有相变的热能储存回顾:材料、热传递分析和应用[Review on thermal energy storage withphase change !materials, heat transfer analysis and applications],,,应用热力工程[Applied Thermal Engineerin], 2003年第23卷,251-283页,这些文件各自通过引用结合在此。在此描述的这些实施例中,包含在一个实质上热密封的储存容器100内的所有散热材料都位于特定的散热器单元内,如以下附图所展示的。在此描述的 For example, See U. Voorhes et al entitled "Radiator [Heat Sink]" U.S. Patent No. 5,390,734; granted to Ruka et al entitled "Radiator [Heat Sink]" of 4,057, U.S. Patent No. 101; grant et al., Best, entitled "heat or thermal energy storage structure [heat or thermal Energy storage structure]" of 4,003, 426 U.S. Patent No.; and granted Faghri name is "the thermal energy storage heat exchanger [thermal EnergyStorage heat Exchanger] "U.S. Patent No. 4,976,308, there Zalba et al.," phase change thermal energy storage review:! material, a heat transfer analysis and applications [review on thermal energy storage withphase change materials , heat transfer analysis and applications] ,,, thermal Engineering applications [applied thermal Engineerin], 2003, vol. 23, pages 251-283, each of these documents is incorporated herein by reference. the embodiments described herein are contained in a substantially thermally sealed storage container of all the heat sink material 100 are located within a particular radiator unit, as illustrated in the following drawings. described herein 有实施例都包括仅位于密封的散热器单元内的散热材料,这些材料被维持成与储存区域130内的任何储存材料在物理上不同并且分开。这个物理距离在该储存材料不过度冷却的情况下允许热能从该储存区域130的内部传递至该散热器,过度冷却可能损坏该储存材料例如,许多医疗品必须被储存在一个接近但高于冻结点的温度(例如,约2摄氏度至约8摄氏度)下。参见Wirkas等人,“气候炎热国家的PNC重点技术需求中的疫苗冷链冻结研究[A VaccinesCold Chain Freezing Study in PNG Highlights Technology Needs for Hot ClimateCountries]”,疫苗[Vaccine],2007年第25卷,691-697页。散热器单元可以包括,例如:包含冻结水或者其他类型的冰的单元;包含在环境温度及压力下通常为气态的冻结材料-如冻结的二氧化碳(CO2)的单元;包含在环境温度及压力下通常为气态的液体材料如液氮的单元;包 There are embodiments include heat dissipation material are located only within the radiator unit seal, these materials are maintained in any storage material within the storage region 130 physically distinct and separated. In the case where the physical distance of the cooling of the stored material, but allowing the transfer of heat energy from the interior of the storage region 130 to the heat sink, excessive cooling may damage the stored material, for example, many medical products must be stored at a point close to but above the freezing temperature (e.g., from about 2 to about 8 degrees under degrees Celsius). see Wirkas et al., "PNC freeze the vaccine cold chain research focused on the technology needs hot countries in the [a VaccinesCold Chain freezing Study in PNG Highlights technology needs for hot ClimateCountries]", vaccine [vaccine], the first in 2007 . volume 25, pages 691-697 radiator unit may include, for example: comprising frozen water ice or other type of unit; comprising normally gaseous material to freeze at ambient temperature and pressure - such as frozen carbon dioxide (CO2) cells ; comprising normally gaseous material, such as a liquid nitrogen unit at ambient temperature and pressure; package 具有散热性能的人造凝胶或者复合材料的单元;包含相变材料的单元;以及包含制冷剂的单元。 Artificial gel or a composite material having a heat radiation unit performance; unit comprises a phase change material; and means comprising a refrigerant. 参见,例如:授予Kitahara等人的名称为“制冷剂[Refrigerant] ”的美国专利5,261, 241 ;授予Bivens等人的名称为“用于制冷剂用途的齒代烃共混物[HalocarbonBlends for Refrigerant Use] ”的美国专利4,810,403 ;授予Enjo等人的名称为“用于吸收制冷系统中的吸收制冷剂组合物[Absorption Refrigerant Compositions for Usein Absorption Refrigeration Systems] ” 的美国专利4,428,854 ;以及授予Gray 名称为“经_齒经制冷剂共混物[Hydr ocarbon-Halocarbon Refrigerant Blends]” 的美国专利4,482,465,这些专利各自通过引用结合在此。 See, for example: granting Kitahara et al entitled "refrigerants [Refrigerant]" U.S. Patent 526.1, 241; grant Bivens et al., Entitled "Use of teeth for the refrigerant hydrocarbon blend [HalocarbonBlends for refrigerant Use] "U.S. Patent No. 4,810,403; granted to Enjo et al, entitled" absorption refrigeration system refrigerant composition for absorbing [absorption refrigerant compositions for usein absorption refrigeration systems] "U.S. Patent No. 4,428 , 854; Gray and grant entitled "_ by tooth by refrigerant blend [Hydr ocarbon-Halocarbon refrigerant blends]" U.S. Patent No. 4,482,465, each of these patents is incorporated herein by reference. 在一些实施例中,散热器材料包括十四烷和十六烷二元混合物(参见,例如,Bo等人,“十四烷和十六烷二元混合物作为相变材料(PCM)用于在区域冷却系统中冷度储存[Tetradecane and hexadecane binary mixturesas phase change materials (PCMs) for cool storage in district cooling systems],,,能量[Energy],1999年第24卷,1015-1028页,该文件通过引用结合在此)。在一些实施例中,散热材料包括从明尼苏达州普利茅斯市的统一溶解公司(Entropy SolutionsInc., Plymouth, Minnesota)可获得的市售材料,例如PureTemp™相变材料。 In some embodiments, the heat sink material comprises tetradecane and hexadecane binary mixtures (see, e.g., Bo et al., "Tetradecane and hexadecane as a binary mixture of a phase change material (PCM) for district cooling system of the cold storage [tetradecane and hexadecane binary mixturesas phase change materials (PCMs) for cool storage in district cooling systems] ,,, energy [energy], 1999, volume 24, pages 1015-1028, reference the file by incorporated herein.) in some embodiments, the heat sink material comprises a material commercially available from Minnesota Plymouth uniform dissolution company (Entropy SolutionsInc., Plymouth, Minnesota), e.g. PureTemp ™ phase change material.

[0132] 用于给定实施例的这些散热材料可以根据以下因素而变化:该储存区域130的所希望的内部温度和既定使用长度、以及其他因素,例如该散热材料的成本、重量和毒性。 [0132] The heat dissipating material for a given embodiment may vary based on the following factors: the desired storage region 130 of the internal temperature and the length of intended use, and other factors such as the heat dissipating material costs, weight and toxicity. 虽然在此描述的这些实施例中这些散热材料仅旨在用于密封的散热器单元内,但是散热材料的毒性对于制造或处置目的而言可能是有关的。 Although the embodiments described herein are merely intended to be within the heat sink material for sealing radiator unit, but the toxicity of manufacturing a heat dissipating material for disposal purposes, or may be related. 作为一个实例,对于该储存区域130旨在维持在约2度至约8摄氏度之间持续30天或更长时间的多个实施例而言,可以将水冻冰块或冰水组合物用作散热材料。 As an example, for the intended storage region 130 is maintained at between about 2 degrees to about 8 degrees Celsius for 30 more days or more embodiments, the water may be frozen as ice or ice composition heat dissipating material.

[0133] 在此描述的这些实施例中,该实质上热密封的储存容器包含一个或多个储存材料模块。 [0133] The embodiments described herein, the substantially thermally sealed storage container comprises one or more modules stored material. 该实质上热密封的储存容器100可以包括在储存区域130内的、与一个储存结构200相关联的多个储存材料模块。 The substantially thermally sealed storage container 100 may include storage areas 130, 200 associated with the storage structure of a plurality of modules stored material. 储存材料模块可以被配置成用于可逆地匹配该储存结构200中的孔220、210的边缘,如图3所示。 Material storage modules may be configured to reversibly mate with the edge of the hole 200 in storage structure 220, 210, as shown in FIG. 储存材料模块可以被配置成与一个给定大小的容器100及具有特定尺寸的孔220、210的储存结构200 —起使用。 Material storage modules may be configured to communicate with a given size of container 100 and having a specific pore size of the storage structure 220, 210 200-- used together. 例如,一个储存材料模块可以具有这样的高度:在直立位置中时适合于匹配一个储存区域130内的储存结构200而不与该储存区域130的内表面产生接触。 For example, a material storage module may have a height: a storage adapted to fit within the storage structure 200 without generating region 130 in contact with the inner surface of the storage region 130 when in the upright position. 例如,储存材料模块可以是圆柱形的并且与储存结构130的孔220、210内的最小额外空间相匹配。 For example, the storage material may be a hole module and cylindrical structure 130 with minimal additional storage space within the 220, 210 match.

[0134] 如在此所使用的“储存材料模块”是指被配置成用于在一个实质上热密封的储存容器100内储存材料的模块式单元。 [0134] As "stored material module" as used herein refers configured for a modular unit substantially thermally sealed storage container 100 inside the storage material. 储存材料模块是模块式的并且被配置成是可移除的并且可互换的。 Material storage modules are modular and configured to be removable and interchangeable. 储存材料模块被配置成是可移除的并且是与彼此以及与例如相似大小和形状的散热器单元可互换的。 Material storage module is configured to be removable and with each other and with the heat sink of similar size and shape, for example, interchangeable units. 如在此描述的储存材料模块被配置成用于以最小开放空间匹配一个储存结构200内的孔220、210内。 The storage materials described herein module is configured to match a minimum of open space within the storage structure 200 within the aperture 220, 210. 储存材料模块可以包含多个储存单元。 Material storage module may include a plurality of storage units. 例如,一个储存材料模块可以包含多个杯状物、抽屉、插入件、凹陷、空洞、或内室,其中的每一个都可以是被配置成用于材料的储存的一个储存单元。 For example, a module may comprise a plurality of stored material cup, drawer insert, a recess, cavity, or chambers, each of which may be configured to be a storage unit for storing the material. 在一些实施例中,多个储存材料模块被配置成是与多个散热器单元可互换的。 In some embodiments, the plurality of modules stored material is configured to be interchangeable with a plurality of heat sink units. 储存材料模块可以被配置成有待用一个储存结构200而在储存区域130内被固定在位。 Material storage modules may be configured to be used a storage structure 200 is secured in place within the storage area 130. 取决于其实施例,储存材料模块可以是由不同材料制成的。 Depending on its embodiment, the storage module may be a material made of different materials. 用于包含在一个储存材料模块中的材料可以基于多种特性进行选择,例如导热性、随时间的耐久性、材料在经力特殊温度时的稳定性、稳定性、强度、成本、重量、密度、以及可获得性。 Materials for inclusion in a module stored material may be selected based on various characteristics, such as thermal conductivity, durability over time, stability over time forces material in a special temperature stability, strength, cost, weight, density, , as well as availability. 在一些实施例中,散热器模块是由金属制成的。 In some embodiments, the heat sink block is made of metal. 例如,在一些实施例中,散热器模块是由不锈钢制成的。 For example, in some embodiments, heat sink modules are made of stainless steel. 例如,在一些实施例中,散热器模块是由铝制成的。 For example, in some embodiments, heat sink modules are made of aluminum. 在一些实施例中,散热器模块是由塑料制成的。 In some embodiments, heat sink modules are made of plastic. 例如,在一些实施例中,散热器模块是由聚乙烯制成的。 For example, in some embodiments, heat sink modules are made of polyethylene. 例如,在一些实施例中,散热器模块是由聚丙烯制成的。 For example, in some embodiments, heat sink modules are made of polypropylene.

[0135] 图3展示了一个储存结构200以及多个模块300的多个方面,包括多个散热器模块310以及储存材料模块320。 [0135] FIG. 3 shows a plurality of modules 300 and a plurality of aspects of a storage structure 200, comprising a plurality of radiator modules 310 and modules 320 stored material. 如图3所展示的,储存结构200被配置成用于接收并且储存多个模块300,其中这些模块包括至少一个散热器模块310以及至少一个储存材料模块320。 3 shows, the storage structure 200 is configured for receiving and storing a plurality of modules 300, wherein the module includes at least one heat sink module 310 and at least one material storage module 320. 如图3所展示的,该储存结构200被配置成用于多个模块300的可互换的储存,其中这些模块包括至少一个散热器模块310以及至少一个储存材料模块320。 Illustrated in FIG. 3, the storage structure 200 is configured to store a plurality of interchangeable modules 300, wherein the module includes at least one heat sink module 310 and at least one material storage module 320. 如图3所展示的储存结构200包含一个平面结构,该平面结构包含多个圆形孔220、210(见图2)。 3 shows the storage structure 200 comprises a planar structure as shown, the planar structure comprises a plurality of circular holes 220, 210 (see FIG. 2). 图3中展示的该多个模块300被配置成可逆地匹配这些圆形孔220、210的表面。 The plurality of modules 300 shown in Figure 3 is configured to reversibly mate with the surface 220, 210 of the circular hole. 该多个模块300被配置成在该储存结构200内的不同位置上是可互换的。 The plurality of modules 300 are arranged in different positions on the storage structure 200 is interchangeable. 该储存结构200包含具有实质上相等的大小与间隔的多个圆形孔220、210,这些圆形孔被配置成用于促进该多个模块300的模块化版式。 220, 210, 200 comprising the storage structure, the circular hole configured to facilitate layout of the plurality of modules has a modular size with a plurality of substantially equal spaced circular apertures 300. 尽管该容器100的外部未在图3中展示,但该储存结构200以及该多个模块300被配置成用于包含在一个容器100的储存区域130内。 While the exterior of the container 100 is not shown in FIG. 3, the storage structure 200 and the plurality of modules 300 are configured for inclusion in a storage region 130 of container 100.

[0136] 如图3所展示的一个储存材料模块320包含多个储存单元330。 [0136] Figure 3 shows a module 320 comprises a plurality of stored material storage unit 330. 在图3中所展示的实施例中,这些储存单元330在该储存材料模块320内被安排成柱状结构。 In the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, the storage unit 330 which is arranged in a columnar structure in the storage module 320 material. 每个储存模块320包含被定位成一个柱状阵列的多个储存单元。 Each storage module 320 comprises a columnar array is positioned to the plurality of storage units. 在一些实施例中,该多个储存单元330可以具有如图3所描述的实质上相等的大小和形状。 In some embodiments, the plurality of the storage unit 330 in FIG. 3 may have a substantially equal size and shape described. 在一些实施例中,该多个储存单元330可以被定位成柱状阵列并且其中这些储存单元330具有实质上相等的水平尺寸并且其中,该多个储存单元330包含具有至少两个相异竖直尺寸的多个单独储存单元330。 In some embodiments, the plurality of the storage unit 330 may be positioned in a columnar array and wherein the storage unit 330 has a horizontal dimension substantially equal and wherein the storage unit 330 comprises a plurality of at least two distinct vertical dimension a plurality of individual storage unit 330. 具有固定的水平尺寸的多个储存单元330可以被堆叠成一个线性阵列。 A plurality of storage units having a fixed horizontal dimension 330 may be stacked into a linear array. 然而,具有固定的宽度或直径的多个储存单元330不需要具有相同的高度。 However, a plurality of storage units having a fixed width or diameter 330 need not have the same height. 在一些实施例中,具有不同高度的储存单元330可以是储存具有不同的尺寸或高度的材料所期望的。 In some embodiments, having different heights of the storage unit 330 may be a storage material having different sizes or a desired height. 例如,在被配置成用于储存医疗品小瓶如疫苗小瓶的实施例中,具有不同高度的储存单元330可以被配置成用于储存不同大小的疫苗小瓶。 For example, the vaccine vial is configured for storing medical supplies vial embodiment, having different heights of the storage unit 330 may be configured to store the vaccine vials of different sizes. 一个储存单元330可以被配置成用于例如储存标准大小的2cc的疫苗小瓶、或标准大小的3cc的疫苗小瓶。 A storage unit 330 may be configured for use in vaccine vials e.g. 3cc of standard size storage 2cc vial vaccine, or standard size. 一个储存材料模块320还包含一个盖340。 A material storage module 320 further comprises a cover 340. 这个盖340可以被配置成包围相邻的储存单元330。 The cover 340 may be configured to surround the adjacent storage unit 330. 这个盖可以是可移除的以及可重现的。 The cover can be removed and reproducible. 一个中央稳定器350可以被附接到一个储存材料模块320上。 A central stabilizer 350 may be attached to a material storage module 320 on. 一个中央稳定器350可以可逆地被附接到一个盖340上,例如通过该中央稳定器350上的螺钉,该螺钉被配置成用于与这个盖340的表面上的一个螺纹孔相配合。 A central stabilizer 350 may be reversibly attached to a cover 340, such as by bolts on the central stabilizer 350, which is configured for a screw threaded bore and the upper surface 340 of the cover cooperates.

[0137] 取决于其实施例,多个储存材料模块320以及相关联的多个储存材料单元330可以是由多种材料制成的。 [0137] depending on its embodiment, the plurality of stored material 320 and a plurality of modules associated with the storage material units 330 may be made of various materials. 例如,这些储存材料模块320以及储存材料单元330可以是由一种低热质量的塑料或刚性泡沫材料制造的。 For example, the stored material modules 320 and 330 may be manufactured from a low thermal storage material unit mass or rigid plastic foam. 在一些实施例中,这些储存材料模块320以及储存材料单元330可以由丙烯腈丁二烯苯乙烯(ABS)塑料制成。 In some embodiments, the stored material module 320 and a storage unit 330 may be made of a plastic material, acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS). 在一些实施例中,这些储存材料模块320可以包含金属部件。 In some embodiments, the storage module 320 may comprise a metal material member.

[0138] 在一些实施例中,一个储存结构200以及多个模块300 (包括散热器模块310以及储存材料模块320)可以被配置成用于散热器模块310以及储存材料模块320的可互换的储存。 [0138] In some embodiments, a storage structure 200, and a plurality of modules 300 (module 310 includes a heat sink material, and storage module 320) may be configured for interchangeable radiator module 310 and module 320 stored material store. 对散热器模块310以及储存材料模块320的类型与数目的选择可以针对该容器100的任何特定用途而改变。 It may vary with the type and the number of stored material selection module 320 of the radiator module 310 for any particular use of the container 100. 例如,在这些储存材料模块320被要求在一个预定的温度范围内储存更长一段时间的实施例中,可以包括相对更少的储存材料模块320以及相对更多的散热器模块310。 For example, in the storage module 320 is required to store the material embodiment of the longer period of time within a predetermined temperature range, it may include a relatively less storage module 320, and a material relatively more radiator module 310. 例如,在如图3所描述的一个实施例中,在该储存结构200的外圈中可以包括总计九个散热器模块,并且在这个圈的中心可以包括单一的储存材料模块320。 For example, in one embodiment, depicted in Figure 3, the outer race 200 of the storage structure may include a total of nine radiator module, in the center of this circle and may comprise a single module 320 of the stored material. 如图3中所描述的一个实施例可以例如被配置成用于将单一的储存材料模块320以及总计九个散热器模块310 (包括水冻冰块)在0摄氏度与10摄氏度之间的一个温度下储存至少三个月。 In one embodiment described in FIG. 3, for example, embodiments can be configured for a single module 320 and stored material total nine radiator module 310 (including ice cold water) at a temperature between 0 ° C and 10 ° C storage for three months at least. 如图3中所描述的一个实施例可以例如被配置成用于将两个储存材料模块320以及总计八个散热器模块310 (包括水冻冰块)在0摄氏度与10摄氏度之间的一个温度下储存至少两个月。 FIG one embodiment may be configured for two modules stored material 320 and a total of eight radiator module 310 (including ice cold water), for example, a temperature between 0 ° C and 10 ° C as described in embodiment 3 under stored for at least two months.

[0139] 可以利用其他构型和相对数目的储存材料模块320和散热器模块310,这取决于具体的容器100以及在一个特定的温度范围内所期望的储存时间。 [0139] Other configurations may be utilized and the relative number of stored material module 320 and the radiator module 310, depending on the particular vessel 100 and within a particular temperature range the desired storage time. 在一个特定的容器100内可以包含其他构型以及比率的储存材料模块320以及散热器模块310,这取决于在一个特定的温度范围内所期望的储存时间。 In a particular container 100 can include other configurations and the ratio of the stored material module 320 and the heat sink block 310, depending upon a particular temperature within the desired range of storage time. 在一个特定的容器100内可以包含其他构型以及比率的储存材料模块320和散热器模块310,这取决于在一个特定的温度范围内的所期望的储存时间内进入事件的次数。 In a particular container 100 can include other configurations and the ratio of the stored material and the radiator module 310 module 320, depending on the number of entries into the event within a particular temperature range within the desired storage time. 可以估计一个包含处于特定温度下的、特定容积的散热材料的散热器模块310将具有特定量的能量储存,如以焦耳计的能量。 Can be estimated in a contained at a specific temperature, heat radiator module 310 specific material having a specific volume of the amount of energy stored as energy in joules. 假设在该容器100内存在恒定的热泄漏,则可以计算单位储存时间的增量值,例如焦耳数。 Suppose the time increment value stored in the memory 100 of the container at a constant heat leakage, the unit may be calculated, for example, several joules. 假设对容器内的一个储存区域而言存在恒定的进入能量损失,则可以计算每次进入储存区域的能量增量值,如焦耳数。 Suppose for a storage region in the container into the constant presence of energy loss, the energy can be calculated for each increment value into the storage area, as Joules. 对于特定的用途,可以包括具有对应能量储存值(例如焦耳数)的一个或多个散热器模块310,如按单位储存时间进行计算的。 For a particular purpose, it may include a value corresponding to an energy storage (e.g., joules) one or more heat sink modules 310, such as storage per unit time calculated. 对于特定的用途,可以包括具有对应能量储存值(例如焦耳数)的一个或多个散热器模块310,如按每次进入储存区域(如移除和/或插入所储存的材料)所计算的。 For a particular purpose, it may include one or more modules corresponding to the energy storage radiator value (e.g., joules) 310, such as by entering each storage region (e.g., removal and / or insertion of the stored material) calculated .

[0140] 图4展示了包含多个储存材料模块310、320的一个实质上热密封的储存容器100的多个方面。 [0140] FIG. 4 shows various aspects of a container 100 substantially thermally sealed storage modules 310, 320 comprises a plurality of stored material. 图4以截面描绘了一个内壁110及一个附接的连接器115。 Figure 4 depicts a cross-sectional inner wall 110 and a connector 115 attached. 为了展示该容器100的内部件,在图4中没有描绘该容器的外壁105和其他方面。 In order to show the interior of the container member 100, not depicted in the outer wall of the container 105 and the other aspects in Fig. 该内壁110内的储存区域130包括多个储存模块310、320。 Storage region 130 within the inner wall 110 includes a plurality of storage modules 310, 320. 图4以截面展示了两个散热器模块310。 Figure 4 shows two sectional radiator module 310. 在该截面图中明显的是,这两个散热器模块310各自包含两个散热器单元,相对于图4的取向是一个上部散热区域以及一个下部散热区域。 In this sectional view is evident that the two radiator modules 310 each comprises two radiator unit, with respect to the orientation of FIG. 4 is an upper region and a lower heat dissipation area. 这些散热器模块310各自包含一个盖360。 The radiator modules 310 each include a cover 360. 这个盖360可以被配置成是可移除的,例如通过螺旋型螺纹,该螺纹被配置成用于匹配该散热器单元的一个边缘。 The cover 360 may be configured to be removable, for example by a screw type thread which is configured to match one edge to the radiator unit. 在一些实施例中,一个散热器单元或模块可以不包含盖360,而是在结构上被密封。 In some embodiments, a heat sink unit or module may not comprise a cover 360, but the structure is sealed. 在一些实施例中,这个盖360可以包含凸缘、把手、旋钮或轴,其被配置成能够实现向该容器100插入和移除该散热器模块310。 In some embodiments, the cover 360 may comprise a flange, a handle, knob or shaft that is configured to enable insertion and the container 100 to remove the radiator module 310. 例如,盖360在这个盖的外部可以包括一种薄的挠性弧形材料,该弧形材料具有合适的强度以便允许其用作一个把手来向该储存区域130插入和移除该散热器模块310。 For example, the cover 360 in the outer cover may comprise a thin flexible material arc, the arc-shaped material having suitable strength so as to allow its use as a handle to insert and remove the heat sink 130 to the storage region module 310. 散热器模块310可以是圆柱形的,如图4所展示。 Radiator module 310 may be cylindrical, shown in Figure 4. 散热器模块310可以包含例如水、水冻冰块、和/或空气。 Radiator module 310 may comprise for example, water, cold water, ice, and / or air. 一个散热器模块310可以包含可被再装入的散热材料,例如水(即,通过再冷却或再冻结)。 A heat sink module 310 may comprise a heat sink material may be re-loaded, such as water (i.e., by re-cooling or refreezing). 一个散热器模块310可以包含可能被更换(即,通过打开一个盖360)的一种散热材料。 310 may comprise a heat sink module may be replaced (i.e., by opening a lid 360) a heat sink material. 所展示的散热器模块310在形状上是实质上圆柱形的并且包含多个被配置成用于可逆地打开该散热器模块310的盖360。 The illustrated radiator module 310 is substantially cylindrical in shape and comprises a plurality of reversibly configured to open the cover 360 of the heat sink block 310. 例如,这些散热器模块310可以被打开以用于在这些散热器模块310内进行散热材料的再装入或更换。 For example, the heat sink module 310 may be opened for reloading or replacing the heat sink material in the heat sink modules 310. 在一些实施例中,这些散热器模块310可以被密封关闭(如,通过焊接接缝)并且不被配置成用于可逆地打开。 In some embodiments, the heat sink module 310 may be sealed closed (e.g., by welding seam) and is not configured to reversibly opened. 这些散热器模块310可以包含两个或更多个散热器单元(如,相对于图4在顶部或底部)。 The radiator module 310 may comprise two or more heat sink units (e.g., with respect to the top or bottom of FIG. 4). 多个散热器单元可以通过模块连接(例如通过粘性附接、焊接附接、或螺钉型可逆附接)而附接以便形成一个散热器模块310。 Units may be connected by a plurality of radiator modules (e.g., attached by adhesive, welding attachment, screw-type or reversible attachment) is attached so as to form a radiator module 310.

[0141] 一些实施例包括如图3以及图4所描绘的具有实质上圆柱形状的多个散热器模块310。 [0141] Some embodiments of FIGS. 3 and 4 comprises depicted having a plurality of radiator modules 310 is a substantially cylindrical shape. 在这些散热器单元的制造中使用的材料可能取决于例如在这些散热器模块310中储存的该散热材料的热性能。 Materials used in the manufacture of the heat sink units may depend on the thermal properties of the heat storage material, for example, 310 in the heat sink modules. 在这些散热器模块310的制造中使用的材料可能取决于例如成本、重量、可获得性、以及耐久性。 Materials used in the manufacture of the heat sink modules 310 may depend, for example cost, weight, availability, and durability. 这些散热器模块310可以是由适合于该实施例的类型以及厚度的不锈钢制成。 The radiator module 310 may be of a suitable type of stainless steel and the thickness of the embodiment is made. 这些散热器模块310可以包含作为散热材料而储存在内部的水。 The radiator module 310 may comprise a material as a heat sink in the water stored inside. 例如,实质上圆柱形的散热器模块310可以由不锈钢制成并且约90%是由水填充的。 For example, substantially cylindrical radiator module 310 may be made of stainless steel and is about 90% filled with water. 那么,这些散热器模块310可以被水平放置并且在设定为约-20摄氏度的环境中(例如,标准的冷冻库)冰冻。 Then, the heat sink modules 310 may be disposed horizontally and set to about -20 ° C environment (e.g., a standard freezer) freezing. 在足以使这些散热器模块310内的水冻结的一段时间后,这些散热器模块可以被移除并且放置在约20摄氏度下(例如,平均室温)直到一些水转为冰。 After a period of time sufficient to freeze water within the radiator module 310, the heat sink modules may be removed and placed at about 20 degrees Celsius (e.g., mean temperature) until some water into ice. 参见例如“防止疫苗的冰冻损坏[Preventing Freeze Damage to Vaccines] ”, WHO 出版号WH0/IVB/07.09 ;以及Magennis等人药品冷链:最后的差距[Pharmaceutical Cold Chain:a Gap in the LastMile]”,医药及医疗包装新闻-供应链管理补充[Pharmaceutical&Medical PackagingNews, Supply Chain Management Supplement], 2010 年9 月,第44-50 页,上述文件通过引用结合在此。一旦这些散热器模块310同时包含冰与液态水,则它们准备好在具有大约在0摄氏度到10摄氏度之间的温度范围的一个实质上热密封的储存容器100内的储存区域130中使用。 See, for example, "a vaccine to prevent freezing damage [Preventing Freeze Damage to Vaccines]", WHO publication WH0 / IVB / 07.09; and pharmaceutical cold chain Magennis et al: The last gap [Pharmaceutical Cold Chain: a Gap in the LastMile] ", pharmaceutical and medical packaging News - supply chain management supplement [pharmaceutical & medical PackagingNews, supply chain management supplement], 2010 in September 2009, pp. 44-50, the above documents are incorporated by reference herein, once the heat sink modules 310 contain both ice and liquid. water, they are ready to have a temperature range between about 0 degrees Celsius to 10 degrees Celsius in a substantially thermally sealed storage region 130 within the storage container 100 in use.

[0142] 图4以截面描绘了在该储存区域130的中心内的一个储存材料模块320。 [0142] FIG 4 depicts in cross-section a material storage module 320 in the central region 130 of the storage. 该储存材料模块320包含被安排成柱状阵列的一系列储存材料单元330。 The storage module 320 comprises a material in a columnar array is arranged in a series of stored material unit 330. 这些储存材料单元330各自包括一个侧面区域440以及一个被定位成相对于该侧面区域440实质上成直角的底部区域430。 These materials storage unit 330 each comprise a side region 440 and a bottom region is positioned with respect to the side surface 440 is substantially at right angles to the region 430. 这些储存材料单元330各自包含在该储存材料单元330的底部内的多个孔410。 A plurality of holes 330 are each stored material units contained in the base unit 330 of the storage material 410. 这样的孔可以被配置成用于改进在该储存材料单元330内的储存材料周围的热循环。 Such holes may be configured to improve heat cycle around the stored material in the material storage unit 330. 这样的孔可以被配置成改进在该储存材料单元330内的储存材料周围的空气流。 Such holes may be configured to improve the flow of air around the material stored in the material storage unit 330. 该储存材料模块320包括在该模块320的下端处的一个底座420,该底座具有一个外表面,该外表面被配置成用于可逆地匹配该储存结构200中的中央孔210的内表面。 The stored material module 320 includes a base 420 in the module 320 at the lower end, the base having an outer surface, said outer surface being configured to reversibly mate with the inner surface of the storage structure 200 in the central aperture 210.

[0143] 储存材料模块320可以被配置成用于可逆地匹配该储存结构中的孔(例如参见图9、图10和图11)。 [0143] stored material module 320 may be configured to reversibly mate with holes (e.g. see FIG. 9, FIG. 10 and FIG. 11) of the storage structure. 该储存材料模块320包含多个储存材料单元330。 The module 320 comprises a plurality of stored material unit 330 stored material. 虽然在图3和图4中描绘的这些储存材料单元330各自具有相似的竖直尺寸或高度,但在一些实施例中,这些储存材料单元330可以具有多种竖直尺寸或高度。 Although the stored material units depicted in FIGS. 3 and 4, 330 each have a similar height or vertical dimension, in some embodiments, the stored material units 330 may have a variety of vertical dimension or height. 这些储存材料单元330各自被配置成杯状的形状。 These materials storage unit 330 are each configured into a cup shape. 这些储存材料单元330各自包括一个侧面区域440以及一个被定位成相对于该侧面区域440实质上成直角的底部区域430。 These materials storage unit 330 each comprise a side region 440 and a bottom region is positioned with respect to the side surface 440 is substantially at right angles to the region 430. 这些储存材料单元330各自包含在该杯状单元的底部内的多个孔410。 A plurality of holes 330 are each stored material units contained in the bottom of the cup unit 410. 这些储存材料单元330被排列成柱状堆叠,其中这些储存材料单元330中的多数是搁置在一个下部储存材料单元330的顶上。 These materials storage unit 330 are arranged in stacked columnar, most of the stored material unit 330 is resting on top of the material storage unit 330 in a lower portion. 在这一列储存材料单元330的底部,最下方的储存材料单元330位于一个储存材料模块底座420的顶上。 At the bottom of this column material storage unit 330, the stored material unit 330 in a lowermost stored material atop the base module 420. 在这一列储存材料单元330的顶端,最高的储存材料单元330被一个盖340覆盖。 In this unit the top of the column 330 of the storage material, the storage material of the highest unit 330 is covered with a cover 340. 这个盖340包含一个附接区域370。 The cover 340 comprises a attachment region 370. 尽管图3和图4中未作说明,但在一些实施例中,一个储存材料模块320包含凸缘、旋钮、把手或轴,其被配置成能够实现将该储存材料模块320移除并且插入一个储存区域130内。 Although not illustrated in FIG. 3 and FIG. 4, in some embodiments, a material storage module 320 comprises a flange, a knob, a handle or shaft that is configured to enable the stored material module 320 is removed and inserted into a the storage area 130. 尽管图3和图4中未作说明,但在一些实施例中,一个储存材料模块320包含沿着至少一个竖直侧边的一个凹陷,该凹陷被配置成用于插入并且支撑作为一个信息系统的一部分的导线。 Although not illustrated in FIG. 3 and FIG. 4, in some embodiments, module 320 includes a stored material to a side edge along at least one vertical recess, the recess and is configured for insertion as a supporting information system part of the wire. 尽管在图3和图4中未作说明,但在一些实施例中,一个储存材料模块320包含沿着至少一个竖直侧边的一个凹陷,该凹陷被配置成用于插入并且支撑作为一个传感器系统的一部分的导线。 Although not illustrated in FIG. 3 and FIG. 4, in some embodiments, module 320 includes a stored material to a side edge along at least one vertical recess, the recess and is configured for insertion as a sensor support wire part of the system.

[0144] 在以截面展示的该储存材料模块320的顶端,图4描绘了被配置成用于将一个中央稳定器单元350可逆地附接到该储存材料模块320上的一个附接区域370。 [0144] In cross-section shown at the top of the stored material module 320 is depicted in FIG. 4 is configured for a central stabilizer unit 350 reversibly attached to an attachment region on the stored material modules 320,370. 例如,该附接区域370可以包含一个螺纹区域,该螺纹区域被配置成用于可逆地匹配一个中央稳定器单元350上的螺纹区域。 For example, the attachment region 370 may comprise a threaded region, the threaded region is configured to reversibly mate with the threaded region on a central stabilizer unit 350. 该中央稳定器单元350可以由一种具有低导热性的材料(例如低热质量的塑料、或刚性泡沫材料)来构造。 The central stabilizer unit 350 may have a low thermal conductivity material (e.g. plastic low thermal mass, or rigid foam) constructed from a. 该中央稳定器单元350可以被配置成实质上填充该连接器115内的通道125。 The central stabilizer unit 350 may be configured to substantially fill the channel 125 within the connector 115. 该中央稳定器单元350可以被配置成对所附接的储存材料模块320提供侧面稳定化和/或支撑作用。 The central stabilizer unit 350 may be configured to stored material attached module 320 provides side stabilization and / or support effect. 如图4所展示,一个中央稳定器单元350的远端可以伸出到该连接器115的一端之外。 Illustrated in FIG. 4, a distal end of the central stabilizer unit 350 may protrude beyond an end of the connector 115.

[0145] 图5展示了用于一个实质上热密封的储存容器的一种设备的多个方面。 [0145] Figure 5 illustrates aspects of an apparatus for a substantially thermally sealed storage container. 如图5所展示的一种设备包括:一个储存材料模块,该储存材料模块包括被配置成用于储存多个医疗品单元的多个储存单元,该储存材料模块包括被配置成用于可逆地匹配一个实质上热密封的储存容器内的储存结构的表面的一个表面、并且包括被配置成用于可逆地匹配一个稳定器单元的表面的一个表面;被配置成用于可逆地匹配该储存材料模块的表面的一个储存稳定器单元;被配置成用于可逆地匹配该储存材料模块内的多个储存单元中的至少一个的表面并且被配置成用于可逆地匹配该至少一个储存稳定器单元的表面的一个储存材料模块盖;以及被配置成用于可逆地匹配该储存材料模块盖的表面的一个中央稳定器单元,其中该中央稳定器单元具有一定的大小和形状以便实质上填充该实质上热密封的储存容器中的一个通道。 An apparatus shown in FIG. 5 comprises: a module stored material, the material storage module comprises a plurality of storage units configured to store a plurality of units of medical supplies, the storage material comprises a module configured to reversibly a surface substantially matching a surface structure in the heat storage sealed storage container, and including a reversibly configured to match a surface of the stabilizer unit of a surface; configured to reversibly mate with the stored material a storage-stable unit of surface of the module; configured to reversibly mate with the at least one surface of the plurality of storage units within the storage module material and is configured to reversibly mate with the at least one storage stable unit a stored material to the surface of the module cover; and configured to reversibly mate with a central stabilizer surface material of the storage unit of the module cover, wherein the central stabilizer unit of a size and shape to substantially fill the substantive thermally sealed storage container of a channel. 该设备的大小和形状取决于该设备所用于的这个特定容器100。 The size and shape of the device depends on the device 100 for this particular vessel. 例如,该储存材料模块底座420被配置成用于可逆地匹配该储存结构200中的孔的表面,而这个盖子500被配置成位于该容器100的外部。 For example, the storage material of the base module 420 is configured to reversibly mate with the surface of the hole 200 in the storage configuration, and the lid 500 is configured to be positioned outside of the container 100. 因此,该设备必须具有一个适当的长度(例如,沿着该储存材料模块底座420与这个盖子把手510之间的轴线)以便允许该储存材料模块底座420可逆地匹配该储存结构200中的孔的表面,同时允许这个盖子500停留在该容器100的外部。 Thus, the device must have an appropriate length (e.g., the cover 420 and the handle 510 along the axis between the stored material of the base module) to allow the base module 420 stored material reversibly mating holes 200 in the storage configuration surface, while allowing the cover 500 to stay outside the container 100. 同样,该设备的储存材料模块底座420、储存材料模块320以及中央稳定器350均被配置成有待可逆地穿过该通道125向该容器100的内部插入并且移出。 Similarly, the storage device of the base material of the module 420, storage module 320, and a central stabilizer material 350 are configured to be reversibly inserted through the passageway 125 to the interior of container 100 and removed. 因此,该设备必须具有一个横跨该储存材料模块底座420、储存材料模块320以及中央稳定器350的直径(例如,相对于图5是大致水平的)以便配合在该通道125内。 Thus, the device must have a stored material across the base module 420, modules 320 stored material diameter and a central stabilizer 350 (e.g., with respect to FIG. 5 is substantially horizontal) so as to fit within the passage 125. 优选地,该中央稳定器350具有类似于该通道125的最小直径的一个直径,这样使得当该设备在该容器100内使用时,在该中央稳定器350的外表面与该连接器115的表面之间存在一个最小的空气空间。 Preferably the central stabilizer 350 having a diameter similar to the smallest diameter of the channel 125, such that when the device is used within the container 100, the surface of the outer surface of the central stabilizer 350 and the connector 115 there is a minimum air space between. 如图5所展示的设备还应该具有适合人掌控的重量和尺寸。 Apparatus shown in FIG. 5 should also have suitable for human control of weight and size. 例如,该设备应该被配置成允许个人容易地用一只手将该设备从该容器100中部分地拉出并且用另一只手从储存单元330中移出所储存的材料。 For example, the device should be configured to allow individuals to easily pulled out and the stored material is removed with the other hand from the storage unit 330 in the device with one hand from the vessel 100 partially. 例如,如图5所展示的整个设备在与这些储存单元330A-1内包含的储存材料一起使用时应该不超过3kg、或不超过5kg、或不超过7kg、或不超过10kg。 For example, the entire apparatus shown in Figure 5 when used with the storage material contained in the storage units 330A-1 should not exceed 3kg, or no more than 5kg, or no more than 7kg, or no more than 10kg.

[0146] 该设备的多个部件可以由多种材料制成,这取决于其实施例。 A plurality of [0146] the components of the device may be made of various materials, depending on the embodiment. 例如,多个部件可以由针对多种属性所选定的材料制成,这些属性是例如成本、强度、密度、重量、耐久性、低热传递特性、耐腐蚀性、和热稳定性。 For example, the plurality of members may be made from a variety of attributes for the selected materials, which are attributes such as cost, strength, density, weight, durability, low heat transfer characteristics, corrosion resistance, and thermal stability. 一些部件可以由一种刚性塑料材料例如聚甲醛(POM)或Delrin™制成。 Some components may be, for example, polyoxymethylene (POM) or Delrin ™ made of a rigid plastic material. 一些部件可以由不锈钢制成。 Some components may be made of stainless steel. 一些部件可以由铝制成。 Some components may be made of aluminum. 一些部件可以由玻璃增强塑料(GRP)或玻璃纤维制成。 Some components may be made of glass reinforced plastic (GRP) or glass fiber.

[0147] 如图5所示,一个储存材料模块320包含多个储存材料单元,330A、330B、330C、330D、330E、330F、330G、330H、以及3301。 [0147] 5, a storage module 320 comprises a plurality of material storage material units, 330A, 330B, 330C, 330D, 330E, 330F, 330G, 330H, and 3301. 这些储存单元330A-1在该储存材料模块320中被定位成一个柱形阵列。 These storage units 330A-1 is positioned in a cylindrical array module 320 in the stored material. 这些储存单元330A-1在该储存材料模块320内被定位成一个竖直堆叠。 These storage units 330A-1 is positioned in a vertical stack module 320 of the stored material. 如图所示,这些储存单元330A-1被配置成在该储存材料模块320内是可互换的。 As shown, the storage units 330A-1 is arranged in the stored material module 320 is interchangeable. 例如,可以在该储存材料模块320不损失功能并且总体大小和形状没有显著改变的情况下将储存单元330B和储存单元330D从该储存材料模块320中移出并且在该储存材料模块320内切换位置(例如,使得储存单元的顺序将是A、D、C、B、E、F、G、H、I)。 For example, in a case where the stored material module 320 without loss of function and does not significantly change the overall size and shape of the storage unit 330B, and the storage unit 330D is removed from the stored material module 320 and the switching positions within the stored material module 320 ( For example, the storage unit so that the sequence will be a, D, C, B, E, F, G, H, I). 如图所示,储存单元330A-1具有实质上类似的大小和形状。 As illustrated, the storage unit 330A-1 has a substantially similar size and shape. 在一些实施例中,可能有至少两个储存单元330具有相对于这一列储存材料模块320的相似直径,但是具有相对于图5所展示的储存材料模块320而言不同的长度或高度。 In some embodiments, there may be at least two storage unit 330 with respect to the diameter of the column similar material storage module 320, but having a different length or height with respect to FIG. 5 shows the storage module 320 in terms of material. 这样的大小不同的储存单元330可能适合将不同尺寸的材料储存在一个单一的储存材料模块320内。 Such different sizes of the storage unit 330 may be adapted to different sizes of a single material stored in the material storage module 320. 例如,不同高度的医疗品小瓶(例如,疫苗小瓶)可以被储存在一个单一的储存材料模块320内的具有不同高度的不同储存单元330中。 For example, medical supplies vials of different heights (e.g., a vaccine vial) may be stored in a single storage module 320 of material 330 having different storage units of different heights.

[0148] 这些储存单元330A-1各自被配置成用于储存多个药用单元,更具体而言这些储存单元330A-1各自被配置成用于储存具有设定大小和形状的多个医疗品小瓶,例如疫苗小瓶。 [0148] The storage units 330A-1 are each configured to store a plurality of pharmaceutical units, and more specifically, the storage units 330A-1 are each configured to store a plurality of medical products having a set size and shape vial, such as a vaccine vial. 这些储存单元330A-1疫苗小瓶被配置成用于储存一定数目的疫苗小瓶,这取决于这些疫苗小瓶的大小(例如,2cc或3cc的小瓶)。 These storage units 330A-1 vaccine vial is configured for storing a number of vaccine vials, depending on the size of these vaccine vials (e.g., 2cc or 3cc vials). 给定了可用空间时,这些储存单元330A-1各自被配置成用于储存最大数目的医疗品小瓶,例如少于30个医疗品小瓶、少于20个医疗品小瓶、少于10个医疗品小瓶。 Given the available space, the storage units 330A-1 are each configured to store the maximum number of vials medical supplies, medical supplies such as less than vial 30, vial was less than 20 medical supplies, medical supplies less than 10 vial. 在一些实施例中,该多个储存单元330A-1中的一个或多个被配置成用于储存多个预装医疗品注射器以及相关联的包装,例如含疫苗的预装注射器。 In some embodiments, the plurality of storage units 330A-1 of one or more pre-configured to store a plurality of medical supplies and packaging syringes associated, for example, prefilled syringe containing the vaccine. 给定了可用空间和与预装注射器相关联的包装时,这些储存单元330A-1各自可以被配置成用于储存最大数目的预装医疗品注射器,例如少于25个药用注射器、少于20个药用注射器、少于15个药用注射器、少于10个药用注射器或者少于5个药用注射器。 Given the available space and pre-packaged with the syringe when the associated storage units 330A-1 may each be configured to store the maximum number of syringes pre-medical products, such as syringes for administration of less than 25, less than 20 medicinal syringes, syringes for administration less than 15, less than 10 or less than 5 pharmaceutically acceptable syringe syringe. 额外的包装、衬垫或限制污染的材料可以被添加至一个或多个储存单元330A-1中,如对于储存材料的具体实施例和类型所希望的。 Additional packaging, liner or limit pollution material may be added to one or more storage units 330A-1, as stored for a particular type and material of Example desired. 一个或多个储存单元330A-1在该容器的使用过程中还可以被留空,这取决于用户的需要。 One or more storage units 330A-1 may also be left empty during use of the container, depending on the needs of the user.

[0149] 该储存材料模块320包括被配置成用于可逆地匹配一个实质上热密封的储存容器内的储存结构的表面的一个表面。 [0149] The storage module 320 comprises a material configured to store one of the surfaces of the structure within a substantially matching reversibly thermally sealed storage container. 更确切而言,该储存材料模块320包括一个储存材料模块底座420,该底座在该储存材料模块上远离该储存材料模块盖的一端处可操作地附接至该储存材料模块上。 Rather, the stored material storage module 320 includes a module base material 420, at an end remote from the base of the module cover the stored material on the storage material module operably attached to the stored material module. 储存材料模块底座420的外表面被配置成用于可逆地匹配该储存结构200中的孔220、210的边缘表面(图5中未显示)。 Outer surface of the storage material of the base module 420 is configured to reversibly mate with the hole 200 in the edge surface 220, 210 of the storage structure (not shown in FIG. 5). 在一些实施例中,如图26-31所展示的并且如在与之相关联的文字中更充分地讨论的,一个储存材料模块底座420包括一个或多个孔,这些孔具有被配置成用于可逆地匹配一个稳定器单元的外表面的边缘。 , A stored material base module 420 comprises one or more apertures are configured to have used, in some embodiments, illustrated in FIG. 26-31 and as discussed more fully in the text associated therewith on the edge of a stabilizer reversibly mate with the outer surface of the unit.

[0150] 图5所描绘的设备还包括一个储存稳定器单元570,该储存稳定器单元被配置成用于可逆地匹配该储存材料模块320的一个表面。 [0150] FIG. 5 depicts the apparatus further comprises a storage stabilizer unit 570, the storage stable unit is configured to reversibly mate with the stored material surface 320 of a module. 该储存材料模块320内的多个储存单元330A-1中的每一个包括被配置成用于可逆地匹配该储存稳定器单元570的外表面的一个表面。 The stored material module 320 of the plurality of storage units each configured to include a reversibly mate with the outer surface of the storage stable unit 570 of a surface 330A-1. 另参见图9-11及与之相关的文字。 See also 9-11 and related text of FIG. 如图5所示,具有实质上杆状形状的一个单一的储存稳定器单元570是沿着该储存材料模块320的表面的外边缘定位的。 5, unit 570 has a storage-stable substantially a single rod-like shape is along the outer peripheral surface of the stored material module 320 is positioned. 在一些实施例中,可以存在两个或更多储存稳定器单元570。 In some embodiments, there may be two or more storage stable unit 570. 对储存稳定器单元570的数目和位置的选择将取决于一个实质上热密封的储存容器的既定用途,例如该实质上热密封的储存容器在运输或使用过程中的预期运动。 Storage stable for selection of the number and position unit 570 will depend on the intended use of a substantially thermally sealed storage container, for example, the substantially thermally sealed storage container of intended motion during transportation or during use. 储存稳定器单元570被配置成用于对该储存材料模块320柱提供侧向支撑,从而在使用过程中维持该储存材料模块320的结构。 Stable in storage unit 570 is configured to provide lateral support to the stored material module column 320, thereby maintaining the structure of the module 320 is stored material during use. 取决于其实施例,储存稳定器单元570可以由例如不锈钢、塑料、或玻璃增强塑料等材料制成。 Depending on its embodiment, the storage unit 570 may enhance the stabilizer such as stainless steel, plastic, glass, or plastic like material. 对耐久性而言,储存稳定器单元570可以由耐腐蚀的并且维持其在给定的既定用途中的性能的一种材料制成。 For durability, storage stable unit 570 may be a corrosion-resistant and which is made of a material to maintain a given performance in the intended use. 例如,在既定用途包括将容器100的内部储存区域130维持在0摄氏度与10摄氏度之间的多个实施例中,储存稳定器单元570可以由一种预期在该温度范围内会维持其强度和结构的材料制成。 For example, the intended use comprises 130 maintained between 0 and 10 degrees Celsius plurality of internal storage region 100 in the embodiment of the container, storage-stable unit 570 may consist of one expected to maintain its strength in this temperature range and made of a material structure. 例如,在该既定用途包括潮湿条件的多个实施例中,储存稳定器单元570可以由一种在这些条件下具有低腐蚀性的材料制成。 For example, the use of a plurality of predetermined conditions comprising moisture embodiment, the storage unit 570 may stabilizer made of a material having a low corrosion under these conditions from a. 图11、图12和图21-29以及与之相关联的文字进一步描述了储存稳定器单元570。 Figures 11, 12 and 21-29, and the text associated therewith is further described in the storage unit 570 stabilizer.

[0151] 如图5所示,该设备包括一个储存材料模块盖340,该储存材料模块盖被配置成用于可逆地匹配该储存材料模块320内的多个储存单元中的至少一个储存单元(如图5所展示的330A)的表面并且被配置成用于可逆地匹配该至少一个储存稳定器单元570的一个表面。 [0151] As shown in FIG. 5, the apparatus includes a material storage module cover 340, the stored material module cover configured to reversibly mate with the plurality of storage units within the storage module 320 in the material of at least one storage unit ( surface 330A in FIG. 5) of the display and is configured to reversibly mate with a surface of the at least one stabilizer unit 570 is stored. 该储存材料模块盖340被配置成定位在一个储存材料模块320内的储存材料单元330的柱状阵列的一端处。 The stored material at one end of the module cover 340 is configured to be positioned within a material storage module 320 of the columnar cell array stored material 330. 一个储存材料模块盖340可以包括至少一个孔,该孔具有被配置成用于可逆地匹配一个储存材料单元330的接片的表面的一个表面。 340 may comprise a porous material at least one storage module cover, the bore having a surface configured to reversibly mate with the surface of a material storage unit 330 of the tabs. 一个储存材料模块盖340可以包括至少一个孔,该孔被配置成用于附接在该储存材料模块320与该储存材料模块盖340之间的一个紧固件。 Storage 340 may comprise a porous material at least one module cap, the aperture being configured to a fastener 340 between the stored material attached to the cover module 320 with the stored material module. 取决于其实施例,一个储存材料模块盖340可以由一定数目的具有低热密度以及足够的强度和耐久性的材料制成。 Depending on its embodiment, the storage 340 may be made of a low thermal density, and have sufficient strength and durability of the material of the cover by a certain number of modules. 例如,储存材料模块盖340可以由低热密度塑料或玻璃增强塑料制成。 For example, the cover module 340 may be stored material reinforced plastics or glass, a low thermal density plastic.

[0152] 一个储存材料模块盖340被配置成用于可逆地匹配一个中央稳定器单元350的一个表面。 [0152] a module stored material is reversibly mate with a central stabilizer unit configured to cover a surface 340 350. 这个盖可以包括一个连接区域370,如图13-17中更详细描述的。 The cover may comprise a connection region 370, as shown in more detail 13-17. 一个连接区域370可以包括一个底座和一个轮缘,其中该连接区域370的一个表面被配置成用于可逆地匹配该中央稳定器350的一个表面。 A connection region 370 may comprise a base and a rim, wherein a surface of the connecting region 370 is configured to reversibly mate with the central surface 350 of a stabilizer. 连接区域370被配置成允许用户在该设备的使用过程中可逆地滑动该储存材料模块320和该中央稳定器单元350并且维持它们的相对位置。 Connection region 370 is configured to allow a user to slide the storage module 320 and the material of the central unit 350 and the stabilizer maintain their relative positions during use of the device reversibly. 一个储存材料模块盖340可以包括一个包括孔的连接区域370、以及在该孔内的一个电路连接器,该电路连接器被配置成用于可逆地匹配在该中央稳定器350的表面上的一个相应的电路连接器。 A stored material may comprise a module cover 340 comprises a connection region of the bore 370, and a circuit connector in the hole, the circuit connector is configured for reversibly to a match on the surface of the central stabilizer 350 respective circuit connector. 例如,一个储存材料模块盖340中的孔可以被配置成允许一个电路连接器位于该孔内,该电路连接器被定位成匹配一个中央稳定器单元350上的一个相应的连接器。 For example, a porous material in the storage module cover 340 may be configured to allow one circuit connector is positioned within the bore, the circuit connector is positioned to mate on a central stabilizer unit 350 of a corresponding connector. 一个储存材料模块盖340可以包括一个表面区域,该表面区域被配置成用于可逆地匹配位于该储存材料单兀盖340与中央稳定器350之间的一个紧固件的一个表面。 A stored material 340 may comprise a module cover surface region, the surface region is configured to reversibly mate with the reservoir material positioned Wu single cover 340 and a center of one surface of the stabilizer between the fastener 350.

[0153] 图5所展示的设备还包括一个中央稳定器单元350。 [0153] FIG. 5 shows the apparatus further comprises a central stabilizer unit 350. 该中央稳定器单元350被配置成用于可逆地匹配该储存材料模块盖340的一个表面,其中该中央稳定器单元350具有一定的大小和形状以便实质上填充该实质上热密封的储存容器100中的一个通道125。 The central stabilizer unit 350 is configured to reversibly mate with a surface of the stored material module cover 340, wherein the central stabilizer unit 350 of a size and shape to substantially fill the substantially thermally sealed storage container 100 one channel 125. 该中央稳定器单元350在经常使用过程中被定位成使得一条中央轴线与由该储存材料模块340形成的柱实质上相同。 The central stabilizer unit 350 is often used in the process of being positioned such that a central axis of the column from the storage module 340 is formed of a material substantially the same. 该中央稳定器单兀350包括一个底座560,其中该底座560包括被配置成用于可逆地匹配该储存材料模块盖340的表面的一个表面。 The single central stabilizer 350 comprises a base 560 Wu, wherein the base includes a surface 560 configured to reversibly mate with the stored material surface 340 of the module cover. 该中央稳定器单元350可以包括一个孔550,该孔被配置成用于使得用户触及一个紧固件释放件,该紧固件释放件是用于在该中央稳定器单元350与该储存材料模块340之间的一个紧固件。 The central unit 350 may stabilizer 550 includes an aperture, the aperture being configured to enable a user touches a fastener release member, the release member is a fastener in the central stabilizer unit module 350 with the stored material between a fastener 340. 该中央稳定器单元350可以包括被定位成将该中央稳定器单元可逆地附接至该储存材料模块盖340上的一个紧固件。 The central unit 350 may include a stabilizer be positioned to the central stabilizer unit reversibly stored material attached to the cover module 340 on a fastener. 该中央稳定器单元350可以包括一个可操作地附接至该紧固件上的机械释放件,该释放件被定位成从该中央稳定器单元350的外表面来触及,例如,穿过一个孔550。 The central unit 350 may include a stabilizer operably attached to a mechanical release of the fastener member, the release member is positioned to the outer surface of the stabilizer from the central unit 350 to reach, for example, through a hole 550.

[0154] 如图5所展示的设备包括一个盖子500,这个盖子被附接至该中央稳定器单元350上的在远离该储存材料模块盖340的一个位置处的一端上。 [0154] FIG. 5 shows the device comprises a lid 500, the lid is attached to the center of the stabilizer unit 350 on one end remote from the stored material at a position of the module cover 340. 这个盖子500被附接至在远离该中央稳定器单兀350的这端的一个表面上的一个把手510上。 The lid 500 is attached to a handle 510 on one surface of which the end remote from the central stabilizer 350 is a single Wu. 这个盖子500可以包括一个显示器520,例如一数目字显示单元,如一个监视器、屏幕或者视频显示装置。 The lid 500 may include a display 520, a display unit such as a number of words, such as a monitor, display screen or a video device. 该显示器520可以与这个盖子500是一体的。 The display 520 and the cover 500 may be integral. 显不器520可以是一个IXD显不器。 Not significant 520 may not be a significant IXD device. 这个盖子还可以包括一个机电用户输入装置530,例如可操作地附接至电路上的按钮。 The lid may further comprise an electromechanical user input device 530, such as a button operatively attached to the circuit. 在一些实施例中,该用户输入装置530及相关联的电路被可操作地附接至该显示器520上,例如这样使得当用户操作该用户输入装置530时信号被发送至显示器520上。 In some embodiments, the user input device 530 and associated circuitry is operatively attached to the display 520, for example, such that when the user operates the user input device 530 when a signal is sent to the display 520. 例如,人可以按压一个按钮型用户输入装置530并且将信号发送至该电路系统,从而导致该系统通过发送一个信号而作出响应,以便在该显示器520上显示最新的传感器读数。 For example, a person can press a button type user input device 530 and sends a signal to the circuitry, causing the system responds by transmitting a signal to show the latest sensor readings on the display 520. 这个盖子500可以包括一个进入孔540,该进入孔用于触及被可操作地连接至定位在这个盖子500下方的电路上的一个连接器。 The lid 500 may include one access port 540 is accessible for the access aperture operatively connected to the circuit 500 positioned below the lid a connector. 在多个实施例中,这个盖子500可以由具有低导热性及适当的耐久性、硬度及强度的多种不同的材料制成。 In various embodiments, the cover 500 may be formed of a low thermal conductivity and having a plurality of suitable durability, hardness and strength of different materials. 例如,这个盖子可以由一种合适的塑料、玻璃浸溃的塑料或铝制成。 For example, the lid may be made of a suitable plastic, glass impregnated plastic or aluminum. [0155] 虽然未在图5中示出,但是在一些实施例中这个盖子500用作一个位于这个盖子下方及该容器100外部的空间中的电路系统的覆盖物。 [0155] Although not shown in FIG. 5, in some embodiments, the cover 500 of the circuit as a system of the underside of the lid 100 and the outer space of the container cover. 例如,一个电路系统可以包括一个全球定位装置(即,GPS)并且被配置成以所设定的时间间隔、或当用户操作一个用户输入装置530时响应于一个输入信号,将信号发送至显不器520上。 For example, a circuit system may include a global positioning device (i.e., the GPS) and is configured to set time interval, or a user when the user operates the input device 530 in response to an input signal, it sends a signal to not significant a 520. 例如,一个电路系统可以被可操作地连接至定位在储存材料模块320上或稳定器单元570内的一个温度传感器上,该电路系统被配置成用于以所设定的时间间隔、或当用户操作一个用户输入装置530时响应于一个输入信号,将信号发送至显不器520上。 For example, a circuit system may be operatively connected to the storage material positioned on the module 320 temperature sensor or a stabilizer unit 570, the circuitry is configured to set time intervals, or when the user an input signal in response to a user operation input device 530, sends a signal to the 520 is not significant. 在一些实施例中,一个电路系统可以被可操作地连接至位于这个盖子500的表面上的一个区域内的一个机电开关,这个区域被配置成用于在这个盖子500被定位在容器100上时可逆地匹配一个实质上热密封的容器100的表面。 In some embodiments, a circuit system may be operatively connected to an electromechanical switch located on the cover in an area on the surface 500, the area is configured for the cover 500 is positioned on the container 100 reversibly mate with a surface of a substantially thermally sealed container 100. 这样的机电开关可以配备有相关联的电路以便当该开关被接合(即,被容器100的表面抵在这个盖子500上的压力所压下)时维持一个闭合电路。 In this way a closed circuit to maintain electromechanical switch may be provided with associated circuitry such that when the switch is engaged (i.e., the surface of the container 100 against this pressure cap 500 is depressed). 位于这个盖子500的一个表面上的一个电路系统以及相关联的机电开关可以被配置成响应于该机电开关未接合并且相关联的闭合电路被断开而响起警报,例如该显示器520上的特定信号。 This circuitry is located in a lid on one surface 500 and the associated electromechanical switch may be configured to respond to the electromechanical switch is not engaged and the associated circuit is closed off and an alarm sounds, such as a particular signal on the display 520 . 一个电路系统可以被配置成用于记录例如来自传感器的随时间推移的数据。 A circuit system may be configured for recording data, for example, the passage time from the sensor. 一个电路系统可以被配置成响应于该设备的用户在操作该用户输入装置530而在该显示器520上显示数据。 A circuit system may be configured to respond to a user of the apparatus in operation the user input device 530 and display data on the display 520. 一个电路系统可以被配置成响应于一个所附接的传感器检测到预定参数(例如,一个预先设定的GPS坐标)或检测到一个预设温度而在该显示器520上显示数据。 A circuit system may be configured to respond to a sensor attached to a detected predetermined parameter (e.g., a predetermined GPS coordinates) is detected or a predetermined temperature data displayed on the display 520.

[0156] 一个电路系统可以包括至少一个电源。 [0156] A circuit may include at least one power supply system. 一个电源可以源自例如市政电力供应、电池、或发电装置。 Power may be derived from, for example, a municipal power supply, battery or power generating device. 一个电源可以包含被配置成与市政电力供应相连接(例如通过与盖子500中的进入孔540相关联的连接)的一个电连接器。 It may comprise a power source configured to be connected to municipal power supply (e.g., via the connection 540 associated with the access hole in the cover 500) an electrical connector. 一个电源可以可以包含一个电池组。 A power source may comprise a battery can. 一个电源可以包含一个发电机,例如太阳能发电机。 A power supply may comprise a generator, such as a solar generator. 在一些实施例中,该设备内的多个传感器还可以被可操作地连接至位于这个盖子500下方的电源上。 In some embodiments, a plurality of sensors within the apparatus may also be operatively connected to the cover 500 located on the bottom of the power supply. 例如,电源(例如电池组)可以通过导线被可操作地连接至位于稳定器单元内的温度传感器上,这些导线延伸穿过该稳定器单元、穿过该储存材料模块盖340中的孔、穿过该中央稳定器350中的孔而到达位于这个盖子500下方的电路。 For example, the power supply (e.g., battery pack) may be operatively connected by wires to the temperature sensor located within the stabilizer unit, these leads extend through the stabilizer unit, the stored material through the apertures in the module cover 340, through through the central hole 350 of the circuit stabilizer 500 reaches the bottom of the cover. 例如,电源(例如电池组)可以被可操作地连接至与这个盖子500的表面相关联的显示器520上。 For example, the power supply (e.g., battery pack) may be operatively connected to the lid surface associated with the display 500 to 520.

[0157] 电路系统可以被可操作地连接在一个计算装置上,例如通过有线连接(例如穿过这个盖子500中的进入孔540而连接)或者无线连接。 [0157] circuitry may be operatively connected to a computing device, such as via a wired connection (e.g., through the access hole 540 is connected to the cover 500) or a wireless connection. 该计算装置可以包括一个显示器,例如一个监视器、屏幕或者视频显示装置。 The computing device may include a display, such as a monitor, display screen or a video device. 该计算装置可以包括一个用户界面,例如键盘、小键盘、触摸屏或者计算机鼠标。 The computing device may include a user interface, such as a keyboard, a keypad, a touchscreen or a computer mouse. 计算装置可以是一个台式系统,或者它可以包括被配置用于移动的计算装置,如一个PDA、平板型装置、便携机或者移动电话。 The computing device may be a desktop system, or it may comprise such as a PDA, a tablet device, a mobile telephone or portable computing device is configured to move. 系统用户可以使用该计算装置来获得关于该电路系统和设备的信息、询问该电路系统、或者设置关于该电路系统的预定参数。 The system user may use the computing device to obtain information about the devices and circuitry, the circuitry query or set parameters on the predetermined circuitry. 例如,远程系统用户(例如操作远程计算装置的个人)可以向该电路系统发送信号,这些信号带有用于设置一个温度传感器的可接受温度读数的参数的指令、以及用于在温度读数与这些可接受参数偏离时将信号传送至该显示器520的指令。 For example, the remote system users (e.g., operation of the remote personal computing device) may transmit a signal to the circuitry, the instruction parameter is provided a temperature sensor acceptable temperature readings for these signals with, and for these temperature readings can be accepting parameter deviates from the transmission signal to the display 520 of the instruction.

[0158] 一个电路系统可以包括一个控制器。 [0158] A system may comprise a controller circuit. 一个电路系统可以包括一个配电单元。 A power distribution circuitry may comprise a unit. 该配电单元可以被配置成例如用于随时间过去而保证该系统的能量使用。 The power distribution unit may be configured, for example over time is ensured for the energy usage of the system. 该配电单元可以被配置成例如用于将容器100内的该实质上热密封的储存区域130内的总能量最小化,例如是通过将向位于该储存材料模块320或稳定器单元570内的一个或多个传感器的电力分配最小化。 The power distribution unit may be configured, for example for the total energy in the substantially thermally sealed storage region in the container 100,130 minimized, for example by means of the stored material will be located in the module 320 or the stabilizer unit 570 the power distribution of the one or more sensors is minimized. 该配电单元可以包括一个电池容量监视器。 The power distribution unit may include a battery capacity monitor. 该配电单元可以包括一个配电开关。 The power distribution unit may include a power distribution switch. 该配电单元可以包括充电电路。 The power distribution unit may include a charging circuit. 该配电单元可以被可操作地连接到一个电源上。 The power distribution unit may be operably connected to a power source. 例如,该配电单元可以被配置成用于监视该电源与该电路系统内的其他部件之间的电力流动。 For example, the power distribution unit may be configured to flow between the power monitors the other components of the power supply to the circuit system. 导线连接可以将配电单元可操作地连接到电源上。 Wire connecting the power distribution unit may be operatively connected to a power source.

[0159] 取决于其实施例,该电路系统可以包括额外的部件。 [0159] depending on its embodiment, the circuitry may include additional components. 例如,该电路系统可以包括至少一个指示器,如一个LED显示器或者一个显示指示器。 For example, the circuitry may comprise at least one indicator, such as a display or a LED display indicator. 例如,该电路系统可以包含提供了听觉指不器的至少一个指不器,如被配置成产生嘟嘟声、音调、声音信号或警报的一个声音发射器。 For example, the circuitry may comprise means not provide an auditory filter is not at least one finger, such as being configured to generate a beep, a tone, a sound signal or an alarm sound emitter. 例如,该电路系统可以包括至少一个天线。 For example, the circuitry may comprise at least one antenna. 天线可以被配置成从传感器网络发送和/或接收信号。 Antenna from the sensor may be configured to send and / or receive signals. 一个天线可以被配置为从外部网络发送和/或接收信号,例如从细胞网络、或者作为一种ad-hoc系统的一部分,该系统被配置成用于提供关于一组实质上热密封的容器100的信息。 An antenna may be configured to transmit from the external network and / or receive signals, for example, from a cellular network, or as a portion of one of the ad-hoc system, the system is configured to provide on a set of substantially thermally sealed container 100 Information. 该电路系统可以包括一个或多个全球定位装置(例如,GPS)。 The circuitry may include one or more global positioning device (e.g., GPS). 该电路系统可以包括一个或多数目据储存单元,如计算机DRAM、硬盘驱动器、或者光盘驱动器。 The circuitry may comprise one or more of the number of data storage units, a DRAM such as a computer, a hard drive, or optical disk drives. 该电路系统可以包括被配置成用于处理来自传感器网络的数据的电路。 The circuitry may be configured to include data from the circuit for processing the sensor network. 该电路系统可以包括逻辑系统。 The system may include logic circuitry. 该电路系统可以包括其他适合于特定实施例的部件。 The circuitry may include other embodiments adapted to the specific embodiments of the member.

[0160] 该电路电子系统可以包括一个或多个外部网络连接装置。 [0160] The electronic circuit system may include one or more external network connection device. 一个外部网络连接装置可以包括一个蜂窝电话网络收发器单元。 An external network connection means may include a cellular telephone network transceiver unit. 一个外部网络连接装置可以包括一个WiFi™网络收发器单元。 An external network connection means may include a WiFi ™ network transceiver unit. 一个外部网络连接装置可以包括一个以太网收发器单元。 An external network connection means may include an Ethernet transceiver unit. 一个外部网络连接装置可以被配置为用短信息服务(SMS)协议进行传输。 An external network connection device may be configured to transmit a Short Message Service (SMS) protocol. 一个外部网络连接装置可以被配置为传输到通用分组无线业务(GPRS)上。 An external network connection device may be configured to transmit to the General Packet Radio Service (GPRS). 一个外部网络连接装置可以被配置为传输到ad-hoc网络系统上。 An external network connection device may be configured to transmit to the ad-hoc network system. 一个外部网络连接装置可以被配置为传输到ad-hoc网络系统上,如一个同级到同级通信网络、一个自我实现的网状网络,或者一个ZigBee™网络。 An external network connection device may be configured to transmit to the ad-hoc network system, such as a peer to peer communications network, a mesh network of self realization, or a ZigBee ™ network.

[0161] 图6展示了如图5所示出的一个设备的使用的多个方面。 [0161] FIG. 6 illustrates the use of a plurality of apparatus shown in FIG. 5. 图6展示了该设备的多个部件可以如何相对于彼此偏移以便触及该储存单元330A-1内的储存材料。 Figure 6 shows how a plurality of components of the apparatus may be offset relative to one another so as to contact the stored material in the storage unit 330A-1. 在图6的视图中,该多个储存材料单元330A-1中的一些已经相对于该储存材料模块320柱移动过。 In the view of Figure 6, the plurality of material storage units 330A-1 has been described with respect to some of the stored material moved module 320 column. 储存材料单元330A和330B已经相对于该储存材料模块320柱的其余部分竖直地或向上(如图6所示)移动过,该储存材料模块柱包括储存材料单元330C-1和底座420。 Material storage units 330A and 330B has been described with respect to the stored material column module 320 rest vertically or upwardly (as shown in FIG. 6) through the material storage module includes a storage column material cells 330C-1 and the base 420. 这些储存材料单元330A和330B的相对移动允许了该设备的用户触及被储存在该储存材料单元330B中的材料,例如通过用户的手指抓住其中的一个存储医疗品小瓶。 These materials storage units 330A and 330B relative to the movement of the device allows the user touches the material stored in the material storage unit 330B, for example a catch of which stores the medical article by a user's finger vial. 同样,这些储存材料单元330A和330B的相对移动允许了该设备的用户将材料插入储存材料单元330B中,例如通过将用户手中的医疗品小瓶放在储存材料单元330B中。 Similarly, the stored material units 330A and 330B allows the relative movement of the user of the device material into the material storage unit 330B, for example by the user's hand vial on medical supplies in the storage material unit 330B. 取决于其实施例,这些储存材料单元(例如图6所示的330A和330B)的相对移动应该足以允许触及这些储存材料单元内的储存材料。 Depending on its embodiment, the relative movement of the stored material units (e.g., 330A and 330B shown in FIG. 6) should be sufficient to permit access to the stored material in the storage of these material units. 例如,之前彼此相接触的多个储存材料单元(例如图5中的330B和330C)应该移动分开至少3厘米、至少4厘米、或至少5厘米,这取决于该储存材料的大小。 For example, a plurality of previously stored material units (e.g. FIG. 5 330B and 330C) contact with each other to be moved apart at least 3 cm, at least 4 cm, or at least 5 centimeters, depending on the size of the storage material. 例如,之前彼此相接触的多个储存材料单元(例如图5中的330B和330C)应该至少移动到彼此相距将从中去除材料的这个单元(例如图6中的330C)的壁的高度那样远。 For example, a plurality of previously stored material units (e.g., 5 in FIG. 330B and 330C) contact with each other should be moved at least as far as the height of the wall from which material is removed from each other in this unit (e.g., 330C in FIG. 6).

[0162] 如图6所描绘,在一些实施例中存在多个储存稳定器单元570A、570B。 [0162] As depicted in FIG. 6, there are a plurality of storage stabilizer unit 570A In some embodiments, 570B. 这些储存稳定器单元570A、570B各自被配置成用于可逆地匹配该储存材料模块320内的多个储存单元330A-1中至少一个储存单元的一个表面并且被配置成用于可逆地匹配这些储存稳定器单元330A-1中各自的表面。 These storage stable units 570A, 570B are each configured to reversibly mate with the plurality of storage units 320 within the storage module 330A-1 material at least one surface of a storage unit and configured to reversibly mate with the reservoir a respective surface stabilizer unit 330A-1. 例如,如图6所示,这些储存稳定器单元570A、570B被配置为多个管状结构,并且这些储存单元330A-1配备有可逆地匹配这些管状结构的表面的一个圆形表面区域。 For example, as shown in FIG 6, the storage stable unit 570A, 570B is configured to a plurality of tubular structures, and storage units 330A-1 is equipped with a circular surface region reversibly mate with surfaces of the tubular structure. 如图6所示,不同的储存稳定器单元570A、570B可以具有不同的相对直径。 6, different stable storage units 570A, 570B may have different relative diameters. 例如,储存稳定器单元570A可以具有为储存稳定器单元570B直径的约双倍的直径。 For example, storage stable unit 570A reservoir may have a diameter of about twice the stabilizer unit 570B diameter. 例如,储存稳定器单元570A可以具有约一厘米的直径,而储存稳定器单元570B可以具有约半厘米的直径。 For example, storage stable unit 570A may have a diameter of about one centimeter, and storage stable unit 570B may have a diameter of about half a centimeter. 在一些实施例中,该多个储存单元330A-1被配置成用于沿着由一个或多个储存稳定器单元570A、570B实质上限定的一条轴线滑动。 In some embodiments, the plurality of storage units 330A-1 is configured to slide along one or more storage stable units 570A, 570B defining an axis substantially. 如图6所示,这些储存稳定器单元570A、570B被配置为多个管状结构,并且在这些储存单元330A-1配备有一个对应的表面区域,该对应的表面区域可逆地匹配这些管状结构的表面并且可以沿着这些管状结构的表面滑动。 6, the storage stable unit 570A, 570B is configured to a plurality of tubular structures, and is provided with a surface region corresponding to the storage units 330A-1, corresponding to the surface area of ​​the reversibly mate with the tubular structure surface and slidable along the surface of the tubular structure. 在存在多个具有不同相对直径的不同储存稳定器单元570A、570B中,被配置成用于匹配这些稳定器单元570A、570B的表面的这些对应的储存单元330A-1表面类似地具有不同尺寸(参见图9-11及相关文字)。 Storage stable in the presence of a plurality of different units having different relative diameters of 570A, 570B are configured to match these stabilizer unit 570A, the surface 330A-1 corresponding to the surface of the storage unit 570B similarly having different sizes ( 9-11 and related text). 如图6所展示的实施例包括两个储存稳定器单元570A、570B,然而,在一些实施例中可以存在一个单一的储存稳定器单兀或多于两个的储存稳定器单元。 As shown in Example 6 comprises two storage-stable display units 570A, 570B, however, in some embodiments, there may be a single reservoir Wu single stabilizer or more than two storage stable unit. 储存稳定器单元的数目和相对位置的选择取决于特定容器100的既定用途。 Selecting the number and relative position of the storage stable unit depends on the particular intended use of the container 100. 例如,被设置用于相对稳定的设施中的一个容器100可以比被设计用于在使用中频繁运输或搬迁的容器100需要更少的储存稳定器单元570A、570B。 For example, a container is provided for relatively stable facility 100 may require less than the container 100 is designed for frequent use, transport or storage stable relocation unit 570A, 570B. 取决于该容器100的既定用途,稳定器单元570A、570B可以由多种材料制成。 Depending on the intended use of the container 100, stabilizer unit 570A, 570B can be made of various materials. 材料的选择可以涉及多个考虑因素,例如耐久性、热性能、耐腐蚀性及成本。 The choice of material may involve a plurality of considerations such as durability, thermal properties, corrosion resistance and cost. 在一些实施例中,稳定器单元570A、570B可以由不锈钢制成。 In some embodiments, the stabilizer unit 570A, 570B can be made of stainless steel. 在一些实施例中,稳定器单元570A、570B可以由塑料、或玻璃增强塑料制成。 In some embodiments, the stabilizer unit 570A, 570B may be reinforced by a plastic, glass or plastic.

[0163] 图7以全侧视图展示了如图5所示的一个设备。 [0163] FIG. 7 shows an apparatus shown in Figure 5 in full side view. 图7展示的构型中的设备适合用于一个实质上热密封的容器100并且适合放置在其中。 7 shows the configuration of the device is adapted for a container 100 substantially thermally sealed and adapted to be placed therein. 如图7所示的设备包括一个盖子500,这个盖子具有一个一体式把手510和一个用户输入装置530,例如一个机电开关。 Apparatus shown in Figure 7 comprises a lid 500, the lid having an integral handle 510 and a user input device 530, for example, an electromechanical switch. 这个盖子500在与一个中央稳定器单元350的底座560相反的一端处被附接至该中央稳定器单元350上。 The lid 500 is attached to the central stabilizer unit 350 at one end opposite to the base with a central stabilizer 560 of the unit 350. 该中央稳定器单元350包括一个孔550,该孔被配置成允许该设备的用户触及在该中央稳定器单元350内的一个紧固件,例如被配置成用于将该中央稳定器单元相对于一个储存材料模块盖340可逆地固持在位的一个紧固件。 The central stabilizer unit 350 includes an aperture 550, the aperture is configured to allow a user touches the device in the central stabilizer unit 350 a fastener, for example configured to the central unit with respect to the stabilizer a stored material reversibly module cover 340 holding a fastener in place. 该孔包括一个储存材料模块320,该储存材料模块在该储存材料模块盖340上与该中央稳定器单元350相反的一个面上被附接至该储存材料模块盖340上。 The aperture includes a material storage module 320, the stored material in the storage module is a module cover material on the opposite side to the central unit 350 on stabilizer 340 is attached to the cover module 340 stored material. 该储存材料模块320包括被排列成一个竖直堆叠的多个储存单元(例如330),其中该堆叠中的每个储存单元的顶部边缘与相邻储存单元的对应下部边缘相接触。 The storage module 320 includes a plurality of material storage units (e.g., 330) are arranged in a vertically stacked, wherein the top of each stack in the storage unit corresponding to an edge in contact with the lower edges of the adjacent storage unit. 该储存材料模块320的底部包括一个储存材料模块底座420。 The stored material of the base module 320 comprises a base module 420 stored material. 在图7的视图中,该储存材料模块320内的所有储存单元(例如330)均处于储存位置上,而在这些储存单元之间没有实质性的空隙或距离。 In the view of FIG. 7, all of the storage units (e.g., 330) within the module 320 are stored material in the storage position, without substantial voids or the distance between the storage units. 虽然图7中没有示出,但该设备还可以包括在该视图中位于这些储存单元后面的一个或多个储存稳定器单元。 Although not shown in FIG. 7, but the device may also include storage units located behind one or more storage stabilizer unit in this view.

[0164] 图8以类似的全侧视图描绘了如图7所示的一种设备。 [0164] FIG 8 depicts an apparatus shown in Figure 7 a side view similar to the full. 图8所示的设备包括与图7中相同的特征,除此之外这些储存单元中的两个(330A和330B)与该储存单元堆叠中的其余部分(330C-1)分开。 Apparatus shown in Figure 8 comprises the same features as in FIG. 7, in addition to these two storage units (330A and 330B) separated from the rest (330C-1) of the storage cell stack. 这种构型将允许触及被储存在标注为330C的这个储存单元内的材料。 This configuration would allow access to be stored in the storage unit labeled 330C in the material. 如图8所示,这些储存单元330A和330B与剩余单元的分离是沿着由两个储存稳定器单元570A和570B实质上限定的一条轴线。 As shown, the storage units 330A and 330B are separated from the remaining cells along a storage stable two units 570A and 570B defining an axis 8 substantially. 对应于这些储存单元的相对移动,该设备的两端、把手510以及该储存材料模块底座420在图8中相对于图7中而言彼此分开了储存单元330B与330C之间的距离的长度。 These storage units corresponding to the relative movement of the ends of the device, the handle 510 and the base 420 to the stored material module of FIG. 7 in terms of the length of the storage unit 330B are separated and the distance between 330C in FIG. 8 with respect to each other. [0165] 图9展示了一个储存材料单元330的多个方面。 [0165] FIG. 9 illustrates aspects of a stored material unit 330. 所展示的储存材料单元330包括一个侧壁440。 The display unit 330 includes a stored material sidewall 440. 该侧壁440是由一个实质上圆柱形结构的弯曲屏幕形成的。 The sidewall 440 is composed of a curved screen substantially cylindrical structure is formed. 该侧壁440的下边缘包括至少一个凹陷940。 The lower edge 440 of the side walls includes at least one recess 940. 该凹陷940的这些边缘被配置成用于可逆地匹配在一个相邻的储存材料单元330上的一个或多个对应接片900的表面。 These edges of the recess 940 are configured to reversibly mate with an adjacent storage in a material unit 330 or more corresponding contact surface 900 of the sheet. 一个储存材料单元330可以包括在该杯状结构的一个上边缘上的至少一个接片结构900。 A material storing unit 330 may include a cup-like structure of the at least one tab 900 on the edge of the structure. 一个储存材料单元330可以包括至少一个凹陷940,其中,该凹陷940被配置成可逆地在匹配一个相邻储存材料单元330上的一个接片结构900。 A material storing unit 330 may include at least one recess 940, wherein the recess 940 is configured to reversibly matching a tab adjacent a stored material structure unit 330 900 例如,一系列的接片结构900以及相应的凹陷940可以帮助使在一个储存材料模块320内的一个柱状阵列的储存材料单元330稳定。 For example, a series of tabs 900 and corresponding recesses structure 940 can help make a columnar cell array of stored material in the material module 320 is a storage stable 330. 一系列的接片结构900以及相应的凹陷940可以被配置成使在一个储存材料模块320内这些储存材料单元330的潜在移位最小化。 A series of tab structure 900 and corresponding recesses 940 may be configured so that the stored material units 330 to minimize the potential shift within a material storage module 320. 一系列的接片结构900以及相应的凹陷940可以被配置成用于在向一个或多个储存材料单元320添加或移除储存材料的过程中使得在一个储存材料单元330内的这些储存材料单元330的稳定性增加。 A series of tab structure 900 and corresponding recesses 940 may be configured such that the stored material units in a storage unit 330 in the material added or removed storage material stored material to one or more process unit 320 330 increased stability. 一个储存材料单元330包括一个底部430,该底部实质上是平面的并且实质上以直角被附接至该侧壁440上。 A storage unit 330 includes a base material 430, the base is substantially planar and is attached substantially at right angles to the side wall 440 connected. 该储存材料单元底部430可以包括一个或多个孔410,这些孔被配置成允许穿过该储存材料单元进行空气循环,例如在储存过程中或者当该设备正被插入一个实质上热密封的容器中或从中移出时。 The bottom of the material storage unit 430 may include one or more apertures 410, the apertures being configured to allow stored material through the air circulating means, for example during storage or when the device is being inserted into a substantially thermally sealed container or from out of time. 该侧壁440包括至少一个空隙910,该空隙被配置为该侧壁440上短于其他区域的一个区域。 The sidewall 440 includes at least one gap 910, the gap is arranged on a side wall 440 that is shorter than the other region of a. 空隙910可以被定向并且被配置成允许该设备的用户观察该储存材料单元330的内部,例如储存在该储存材料单元330内的任何材料。 Gap 910 may be oriented and configured to allow a user to observe the inside of the device unit 330 of the stored material, such as material stored in the storage unit 330 any material. 空隙910可以被定向并且被配置成更加允许该设备的用户触及被储存在该储存材料单元330内的任何材料,例如当该储存材料单元是远离一个相邻的储存材料单元时(如图8)。 Gap 910 may be oriented and configured to allow a user of the apparatus more touch any material stored in the material storage unit 330 is, for example when the unit is away from a stored material adjacent the material storage unit (FIG. 8) . 空隙910可以被配置成允许穿过一个储存材料单元330进行热循环。 Void 910 may be configured to allow material storage unit 330 through a thermal cycle. 空隙910可以被配置成允许空气流动穿过该储存材料单元330。 Void 910 may be configured to allow air to flow through the material storage unit 330. 空隙910可以被配置成允许视觉识别该储存材料单元330内的储存材料。 Void 910 may be configured to allow visual recognition of the stored material within the material storage unit 330.

[0166] 一个储存材料单元330包括至少一个稳定器单元附接区域920、930。 [0166] unit 330 a stored material comprises at least one stabilizer unit attachment regions 920, 930. 如图9所示,该储存材料单元330包含两个稳定器单元附接区域920、930。 9, the storage unit 330 comprises two material stabilizer unit attachment regions 920, 930. 如图9所示,这些稳定器单元附接区域920、930各自配备有一个表面,该表面具有一定的大小和形状以便可逆地匹配一个稳定器单元570的一个表面。 9, the stabilizer unit attachment area 920, 930 are each provided with a surface which is of a size and shape to reversibly mate with a surface of a stabilizer unit 570. 例如,稳定器单元附接区域920被配置成用于可逆地匹配图5所展示的实施例中的稳定器单元570B的表面。 For example, the stabilizer unit attachment area 920 is configured to reversibly mate embodiment the stabilizer embodiment shown in FIG. 5 of the surface of the unit 570B. 例如,稳定器单元附接区域930被配置成用于可逆地匹配图5所展示的实施例中的稳定器单元570A的表面。 For example, the stabilizer unit attachment area 930 is configured to reversibly mate with the surface stabilizer unit 570A in the embodiment shown in Figure 5. 虽然图9所展示的稳定器单元附接区域920、930是被配置成用于可逆地匹配图5中的管状稳定器单元570A、570B的表面的、实质上圆柱形的区域,但是在一些实施例中稳定器单元附接区域可以具有另外的形状。 Although FIG. 9 shows the stabilizer unit attachment area 920, 930 is configured to be substantially cylindrical region for reversibly mate with the tubular stabilizer unit 570A in FIG. 5, the surface 570B, in some embodiments Examples of the stabilizer unit attachment area may have another shape. 例如,稳定器单元附接区域可以被配置成一个实质上长椭圆形、矩形、三角形或为了使该表面可逆地匹配对应稳定器单元的表面所需要的其他形状。 For example, the stabilizer attachment means may be configured to be a region substantially oblong, rectangular, triangular, or in order to make the surface corresponding to reversibly mate with other shapes of the surface stabilizer unit required. 如图9所示,这些稳定器单元附接区域920、930具有被配置成允许该稳定器单元相对于该储存材料单元330的表面进行滑动的表面。 9, the stabilizer unit having attachment regions 920, 930 is configured to allow the stabilizer unit with respect to the surface of the material storage unit 330 is slidable surface. 这些稳定器单元附接区域920、930具有的长度短于一个对应稳定器单元的表面的长度。 The length of the stabilizer unit having attachment regions 920, 930 is shorter than a corresponding surface stabilizer unit length. 这些稳定器单元附接区域920、930被配置成用于当这些表面相对于彼此移动时可逆地匹配一个对应稳定器单元的表面的实质性区域。 The stabilizer unit attachment area 920, 930 is configured to, when these surfaces relative to each other reversibly mate with a substantial area of ​​the surface of the stabilizer unit corresponds.

[0167] 图10展示了一个储存材料单元330的多个方面。 [0167] FIG 10 shows various aspects of a stored material unit 330. 图10所展示的视图是一个储存材料单元330 (如图9所展示的一个)的“俯视”视图。 FIG 10 is a view shows the stored material unit 330 (shown in FIG. 9 a) of the "plan" view. 一个储存材料单元330包括一个侧壁440以及一个底部区域430。 A material storing unit 330 includes a sidewall 440 and a bottom region 430. 该底部区域可以包括多个孔410,例如用以促进空气流动穿过该储存材料单元330。 The base region may comprise a plurality of apertures 410, for example, to facilitate air flow through the material storage unit 330. 该侧壁440可以包括一个或多个接片结构900。 The sidewall 440 may include one or more tab structure 900. 该储存材料单元330可以包括至少一个稳定器单元附接区域920、930。 The material storage unit 330 may include at least one stabilizer unit attachment regions 920, 930. 在该储存材料单元包括多于一个稳定器单元附接区域920、930的多个实施例中,这些区域可以具有不同的大小和形状,例如用以促进维持该设备的方向性的稳定性或作为适合其他设计的要求。 A plurality of the stored material comprises more than one cell stabilizer unit attachment regions 920, 930 embodiment, these regions may have different sizes and shapes, for example, to promote stability of the apparatus is maintained as a directivity or for other design requirements. 例如,稳定器单元570A、570B包括其内部之内的多个其他特征,如图11进一步所展示的。 For example, the stabilizer unit 570A, 570B includes a plurality of other features within the interior thereof, as further illustrated in FIG. 11.

[0168] 图11以水平截面描绘了一个储存材料单元330同与之相关联的稳定器单元570A、570B及柱状阵列中的下部储存材料一起的多个方面。 [0168] Figure 11 depicts a horizontal cross section of a plurality of aspects of the storage unit 330 with a material with stabilizer unit 570A associated with the lower portion of the storage material 570B and the column in the array. 图11所描绘的视图类似于图10所展示的视图,仅具有额外的多个下部储存材料单元以及与之相关联的稳定器单元570A、570B。 10 shows a view in FIG. 11 depicted in a view similar to FIG., Only the additional material unit and a plurality of lower storage stabilizer unit associated therewith 570A, 570B. 一个储存材料单元330包括一个侧壁440,以及一个底部区域430。 A material storing unit 330 includes a sidewall 440, 430 and a bottom region. 该侧壁440可以包括一个或多个接片结构900。 The sidewall 440 may include one or more tab structure 900. 该底部区域可以包括多个孔410,例如用以促进空气流动穿过该储存材料单元330。 The base region may comprise a plurality of apertures 410, for example, to facilitate air flow through the material storage unit 330. 如图11中可见,相邻的储存材料单元(例如,图5中的330A、330B以及330C)中的这些孔410不需要对齐或以穿过该柱的线性阵列相对应。 11 seen in neighboring storage material units (e.g., FIG. 5 330A, 330B and 330C) in the aligned apertures 410 need not pass through or in a linear array corresponding to the column.

[0169] 图11所示的储存材料单元330包括稳定器单元附接区域920、930。 Material storage unit 330 shown in [0169] FIG stabilizer unit 11 comprises an attachment region 920, 930. 在图11所示的实施例中,这些稳定器单元附接区域920、930具有不同直径的相似曲线形状。 In the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 11, the stabilizer unit attachment regions 920, 930 having a similar curved shape with different diameters. 这些稳定器单元附接区域920、930各自具有可逆地匹配稳定器单元570A、570B的这些外表面的表面。 Each having a reversibly mate stabilizer unit 570A, the surfaces of these stabilizer unit attachment regions 920,930 570B of the outer surface. 这些稳定器单元570A、570B各自包括具有不同内部直径的一个内管以及至少一个外管,这些管被定位成相对于彼此而言的至少一个内管及至少一个外管,这些管的大小被确定成用于相对于彼此滑动。 These stabilizers units 570A, 570B each comprising a tube having a different internal diameter and at least one of the outer tube, the tubes are positioned relative to each other in at least one of the at least one inner tube and the outer tube, the size of the tubes is determined for sliding relative to each other. 每个稳定器单元570A、570B中包括的这些管沿着这些稳定器单元570A、570B的长度形成了一个伸缩结构。 Each stabilizer unit 570A, 570B are included along these tubes stabilizer unit 570A, 570B is formed of a length of a telescopic structure. 同样参见图12。 See also FIG. 12. 每个稳定器单元570A、570B中包括的这些内管各自形成了一个内孔,这些内孔包括在每个稳定器单元570A、570B内的内部空间。 Each stabilizer unit 570A, 570B included in the inner tubes each formed of a bore, the bore including means in each of the stabilizers 570A, inner space 570B. 稳定器单元570A、570B内的内部空间可以包括额外的部件。 Stabilizer unit 570A, 570B in the inner space may include additional components. 如图11所示,稳定器单元570A内的内部空间包括一个电路连接器1110,例如在多个导线与多个电路部件之间的多个普通连接器。 As shown, the inner space 570A stabilizer unit comprises a circuit connector 1110, for example, a plurality of connectors in common between a plurality of wires 11 and the plurality of circuit components. 一个电路连接器1110可以包括例如一个电缆连接器、一个快速断开件、一个键控连接器、一个插头和插座连接器、或适合特定实施例的其他类型的电气连接器。 A circuit connector 1110 may comprise, for example, a cable connector, a quick disconnect member, a keyed connector, a plug and socket connector or other type of suit a particular embodiment of an electrical connector embodiment. 如图11所展示的,该稳定器单元570B内的内部空间包含一个保持单元1100。 11 shows, the inner space of the stabilizer unit 570B comprises a holding unit 1100. 该保持单元1100被配置成用于维持一个杆上的张力,如图17进一步所展示的。 The holding unit 1100 is configured to maintain a tension rod, 17 is further illustrated in FIG. 在一些实施例中,稳定器单元570A、570B内的内部空间可以是空的或包括适用于给定实施例的其他部件。 In some embodiments, the stabilizer unit 570A, 570B in the inner space may be empty or include other components suitable for a given embodiment.

[0170] 图12展示了一个储存材料模块盖340以及两个相关联的稳定器单元570A、570B而没有储存材料模块320。 [0170] FIG. 12 illustrates a cover module 340 stored material stabilizer unit 570A and two associated, 570B without the material storage module 320. 虽然一个储存材料模块盖340以及两个相关联的稳定器单元570A.570B 一般是与储存材料模块320以组合方式实施的,但是出于展示的目的,该储存材料模块320已经从图12中移除。 Although a material storage module cover 340, and two associated stabilizer is generally a storage unit 570A.570B material in combination module 320 of the embodiment, but for illustrative purposes, the stored material 320 has been removed from the module 12 in FIG. except. 如图12所示,一个储存材料模块盖340包括一个附接区域370。 12, a material storage module 340 comprises a cover attachment region 370. 同样如图12所示,稳定器单元570A、570B各自包括具有不同内部直径的一个内管以及至少一个外管。 Also shown in Figure 12, the stabilizer unit 570A, each comprising a tube having a different internal diameter of the outer tube and at least one 570B. 例如,图12展示了稳定器单元570A包括一个内管1200和一个外管1220,其中该内管1200的外表面被定位成可逆地匹配该外管1220的内表面。 For example, FIG. 12 shows the stabilizer unit 570A includes an inner tube and an outer tube 1200 1220, wherein the outer surface of the inner tube 1200 is positioned to reversibly mate with the inner surface of the outer tube 1220. 该内管1200被定位成以伸缩形式相对于该外管1220滑动,这样使得该内管1200在该外管1220内可逆地滑动。 The inner tube 1200 is positioned to form a telescopic slide with respect to the outer tube 1220, such that the inner tube 1200 is reversibly slidably within the outer tube 1220. 该内管1200的末端可以被可操作地附接至该储存材料模块盖340的一个表面上,如果在具体的实施例中需要的话。 End of the inner tube 1200 may be operably attached to the stored material on a surface of the module cover 340, if desired in a particular embodiment it. 图12还展示了稳定器单元570B包括一个外管1210和一个内管1230。 FIG 12 also shows a stabilizer unit 570B comprises an outer tube 1210 and inner tube 1230. 该内管1230的外表面被定位成可逆地匹配该外管1210的内表面。 The outer surface of the inner tube 1230 is positioned to reversibly mate with the inner surface of the outer tube 1210. 该内管1230被定位成以伸缩形式相对于该外管1210滑动,这样使得该内管1230在该外管1210内可逆地滑动。 The inner tube 1230 is positioned to form a telescopic slide with respect to the outer tube 1210, such that the inner tube 1230 is reversibly slidably within the outer tube 1210. 该外管1210的末端可以被可操作地附接至该储存材料模块盖340的一个表面上,如果在具体的实施例中需要的话。 End of the outer tube 1210 may be operably attached to the stored material on a surface of the module cover 340, if desired in a particular embodiment it. 这些稳定器单元570A、570B各自还可以包括一个保持单元,该保持单元被可操作地附接至内管1200、1230上并且被定位成在对应的外管1220、1210中的孔内滑动。 The stabilizer unit 570A, 570B can each further comprise a holding means, the holding means is operatively attached to the inner tube 1200,1230 and positioned in a corresponding bore of the outer tube sliding 1220,1210. 这些保持单元进一步详见图24和图25。 The holding unit 24 is further detailed in FIG. 25 and FIG.

[0171]图13描绘了一个储存材料模块盖340的多个方面。 [0171] Figure 13 depicts a plurality of the module cover 340 stored material aspects. 该储存材料模块盖340包含连接区域370。 The stored material of the module cover 340 comprises connection region 370. 该连接区域370具有被配置成用于可逆地匹配一个中央稳定器350的表面(例如一个中央稳定器350的底座的一个附接区域560)的一个表面。 The connection region 370 having a surface configured to reversibly mate with a surface (e.g. an attachment region 560 of the base a central stabilizer 350) of the central stabilizer 350. 该储存材料模块盖340被配置成可逆地附接至一个中央稳定器单元350上。 The stored material on the module cover 340 is configured to be reversibly attached to a central unit 350 stabilizer. 被配置成有待置于一个储存结构200的边缘区域中的孔220 (例如参见图2)内的储存材料模块320可以包括适合于其构型的一个储存材料模块盖340的不同实施例。 Is configured to be placed in the edge region of a storage structure 200 in the holes 220 (e.g. see FIG. 2) stored material within the module 320 may include a configuration suitable for its material storage module 340 of various embodiments of a cover. 被配置成有待置于一个储存结构200的边缘区域中的孔220 (例如参见图2)内的储存材料模块320还可以包括图13中所展示的储存材料模块盖340,以便为储存结构200内的这些储存材料模块320的构型提供可互换性和灵活性。 Is configured to be disposed within the storage area of ​​the edge structure 200 is a hole 220 in storage structure 200 stored material within the module 320 may further comprise (e.g. see FIG. 2) in Figure 13 shows the module cover 340 of the stored material, so as these stored material module 320 configuration provides flexibility and interchangeability. 图13所展示的连接区域370包括被配置成用于可逆地匹配中央稳定器350的表面的一个表面(包括该连接区域的底座1350以及一个连接区域的轮缘1340)。 Figure 13 shows the connection region 370 comprises a surface configured to reversibly mate with the center of the surface of the stabilizer 350 (the connecting region includes a base rim and a connecting region 1350 1340). 如图13所展示的该连接区域的底座1350以及一个连接区域的轮缘1340形成了一个喇叭状结构,该喇叭状结构被配置成沿着一个中央稳定器350的对应表面进行滑动。 FIG 13 shows the base connection region and a rim region 1350 of a connector 1340 is formed trumpet-shaped configuration, the horn-like structure is configured to slide along a corresponding surface 350 of the central stabilizer. 图13所展示的连接区域370还包括一个凹陷1330。 Connection region 370 shown in FIG. 13 further includes a recess 1330. 如图13所描绘的,凹陷1330可以具有一定的大小和形状以便容纳一个电路连接器1310,例如通用串行总线(USB)连接器。 Depicted in FIG. 13, the recess 1330 may have a size and shape to accommodate a circuit connector 1310, such as a Universal Serial Bus (USB) connector. 一个电路连接器1310还可以包括例如一个电缆连接器、一个快速断开件、一个键控连接器、一个插头和插座连接器、或适合特定实施例的其他类型的电气连接器。 A circuit connector 1310 may further include one cable connector, a quick disconnect member, a keyed connector, a plug and socket connector or other type of suit a particular embodiment of an electrical connector embodiment. 如图13所示,凹陷1330可以具有一定的大小和形状以便暴露出该储存材料模块盖340内的一个轴1320。 13, the recess 1330 may have a size and shape to expose a shaft 1320 inside the module cover 340 of the stored material.

[0172] 该储存材料模块盖340的下部区域被配置成用于可逆地附接一个储存材料模块320中最顶部的储存模块单元330的上部面。 [0172] The lower region of the stored material module cover 340 is configured for reversibly attaching an upper surface of the topmost material module 320 storage unit 330 of the storage module. 例如,该储存材料模块盖340可以包括一个孔1360,该孔具有被配置成用于可逆地匹配一个储存材料单元330上的接片结构900的表面的一个表面。 For example, the stored material 340 may comprise a module cover aperture 1360, the aperture having configured to reversibly mate with a surface of a structure on the surface of the tab material 900 storage unit 330. 例如,一个储存材料模块盖340可以包括一个或多个孔1300,这些孔被配置成用于固持在该储存材料模块340与一个相邻储存材料单元330之间的一个紧固件。 For example, a material storage module cover 340 may comprise one or more apertures 1300, which holes are arranged for holding the material between the storage unit of the stored material 340 of an adjacent module 330 of a fastener. 一个储存材料模块盖340还可以包括一个表面区域1370,该表面区域被配置成提供与一个储存材料单元330中的空隙910的最小重叠。 A module cover material 340 may further comprise a surface area of ​​1370, the surface region is configured to provide a minimum overlap with the stored material unit 330 voids 910 storage. 被配置成提供与一个储存材料单元330中的空隙910的最小重叠的一个表面区域1370可以被配置成用于将该系统的用户为触及该储存材料单元330中的储存材料而可用的空间最大化,例如通过用手指来移出储存材料。 It is configured to provide a user with a surface area of ​​the storage unit 330 in material void 1370 minimal overlap 910 may be configured to reach the system for storing the stored material in the material units 330 and to maximize the space available , for example with a finger out of the stored material. 在一些实施例中,该系统的用户可以使用一个装置,例如杆、夹具、镊子、夹子、钳子或类似装置。 In some embodiments, the user of the system may use a device, such as rods, clamps, forceps, clamps, forceps or the like.

[0173] 图14以成角度的截面展示了如图13所展示的一个储存材料模块盖340的多个方面。 [0173] Figure 14 shows an angled cross-section of a stored material module 13, a plurality of cap 340 illustrated aspects. 该储存材料模块盖340包括一个具有底座区域1350及轮缘区域1340的一个连接区域370。 The stored material comprises a module cover 340 a connection region 370 of the base region of the rim region 1350 and 1340 have. 该储存材料模块盖340包括一个下部区域,该下部区域被配置成可逆地附接至一个储存材料模块320中的最顶部储存材料单元330的上部面上。 The stored material module cover 340 includes a lower region, the lower region is configured to be reversibly attached to an upper surface of the material of the topmost storage module 320 in the storage unit 330. 该下部区域包括一个1300,该孔被配置成用于夹持在该储存材料模块盖340与一个相邻储存材料单元330之间的一个紧固件。 The lower portion includes a region 1300, the aperture configured to clamp the material in the storage module between the fastener cap 330 a stored material 340 of an adjacent unit. 该下部区域包括一个表面区域1370,该表面区域被配置成提供与一个储存材料单元330中的空隙910的最小重叠。 The lower region includes a surface region 1370, which surface region is configured to provide a material storage unit 330 is minimal overlap 910 of voids. 如图14所示,该储存材料模块盖340包括一个孔1330。 As shown, the stored material module cover 340 includes an aperture 133 014. 该孔1330具有足够的尺寸以便为电路连接器1310提供空间。 The hole 1330 of sufficient size to provide space for electrical connectors 1310. 该电路连接器1310和该储存材料模块盖340的对应区域可以包括多个孔,这些孔被配置成用于使一个紧固件1430将该电路连接器1310附接至该储存材料模块盖340上。 The circuit connecting material 1310 and the storage area corresponding to the cover module 340 may include a plurality of apertures configured to cause a fastener 1430 the circuit connector 1310 attached to the cover module 340 stored material . 图14所展示的电路连接器1310是一个通用串行总线(USB)型连接器,但是其他类型的电路连接器可以被用于不同实施例中,按照一个实施例的具体电路所需要的。 Figure 14 shows circuit 1310 is connected to a universal serial bus (USB) connector, but other types of electrical connectors may be used in different embodiments, according to a particular embodiment of circuitry required. 该电路连接器1310包括一个孔1400,该孔被定位成可逆地匹配一个中央稳定器350上的对应电路连接器。 The circuit connector 1310 includes an aperture 1400, the aperture is positioned to reversibly mate with a corresponding circuit connector 350 on the central stabilizer.

[0174] 图14所描绘的储存材料模块盖340包括多个内部结构,这些内部结构被配置成响应于一个中央稳定器350的表面与该储存材料模块盖340的表面相接触,而将力传输跨过该储存材料模块盖340。 [0174] FIG. 14 depicts a stored material module cover 340 comprises a plurality of internal structure, the internal structure is configured to respond to a central surface of the stabilizer 350 with the stored material module contact surface 340 of the cover, and a force transmission across the module cover 340 stored material. 如将在随后的附图中进一步示出,通过多个机械零件进行的这种力传递导致一个或多个稳定器单元(例如570A、570B,在图14中未示出)被夹持在相对于该储存材料模块盖340的一个固定位置中。 As will be further illustrated in subsequent figures, the force is transmitted by a plurality of mechanical parts result in one or more stabilizing units (e.g., 570A, 570B, not shown in FIG. 14) is clamped at the opposite in the storage module cover material 340 in a fixed position. 如图14所示,该储存材料模块盖340包括一个凹陷1330,该凹陷可以具有一定的大小和形状以便暴露出包封在该储存材料模块盖340的内孔之中的一个轴1320。 As shown, the storage module cover material 14 comprises a recess 340 1330, which may have a recess sized and shaped to expose the stored material encapsulated in a module 1320 into the inner bore axis 340 of the cover. 该轴1320包括相对于该轴的直径而言具有变化的宽度的多个侧面区域。 With respect to the shaft 1320 comprises a plurality of side regions having a width varying in terms of the diameter of the shaft. 该轴包括多个侧面区域,这些侧面区域具有相对于该轴的长度轴线而言变化的直径、或者与该连接区域370 (如图13和图14所展示的)的顶表面大致平行的直径。 The shaft comprising a plurality of side regions, side regions with respect to the diameter of the top surface of the longitudinal axis of the shaft diameter in terms of changes, or the connection region 370 (FIGS. 13 and 14 shown) substantially parallel. 该轴1320沿着该轴1320的轴线、关于来自所附接的弹簧1450的压力的这个力具有一个平衡位置。 1320 along the shaft 1320 of the shaft axis, a force from the pressure on the spring 1450 is attached to having a balanced position. 该轴1320被配置成响应于由中央稳定器350的表面与该储存材料模块盖340的表面(包括该轴1320的末端)相接触而产生的压力,而沿着该轴1320的轴线传输力。 The shaft 1320 is configured to respond to the pressure by the surface 340 of the cover surface of the central stabilizer 350 and the stored material module (including the end of the shaft 1320) to produce the contact, along the axis of the shaft 1320 of the transmission power. 中央稳定器350与该储存材料模块盖340的表面在该轴1320的末端处相接触导致该轴1320在相关联的孔内移动,从而导致具有不同的并且较大的直径的一个侧面区域被置于一个附接至旋转板1420上的杆1410的附近。 Central stabilizer 350 with the stored material module cover surface 340 at the distal end of the shaft 1320 of the shaft 1320 causes the contact associated with the movement in the bore, resulting in a different and larger diameter side region is set in the vicinity of a lever 1410 attached to the upper rotating plate 1420. 该轴1320的这个不同的并且较大直径的区域致使该旋转板1420移动。 The different regions and the larger diameter of the shaft 1320 causes the rotational movement of plate 1420. 如图14所示,该储存材料模块盖340的内部包括一个孔1440,该孔足以允许该旋转板1420运动。 14, the stored material inside the cover module 340 includes an aperture 1440, the aperture plate 1420 is sufficient to allow the rotational movement. 以下附图展示了多个内部结构的另外的方面,这些内部结构被配置成响应于一个中央稳定器350的表面与该储存材料模块盖340的表面相接触而将力传输跨过该储存材料模块盖340。 The following drawings illustrate additional aspects of the plurality of internal structures, the internal structure is configured to respond to a central surface of the stabilizer 350 with the stored material surface of the module cover 340 and the contact force is transmitted across the storage material module cover 340.

[0175] 图15以全截面视图展示了如图14所展示的一个储存材料模块340的另外的多个方面。 [0175] FIG. 15 is a full sectional view showing further aspects of FIG. 14 shows a module 340 stored material. 该储存材料模块盖340包括具有底座区域1350及轮缘区域1340的一个连接区域370。 The module cover 340 comprises a storage material having a connection region 370 of the base region of the rim region 1350 and 1340. 如图15所示,该底座区域1350及轮缘区域1340形成了一个带凸缘的区域以便可逆地匹配一个中央稳定器350的相应表面。 15, the base region of the rim region 1350 and region 1340 is formed of a flanged central to reversibly mate with a corresponding surface 350 of the stabilizer. 该储存材料模块盖340包括一个下部区域,该下部区域被配置成可逆地附接一个储存材料模块320中的最顶部储存模块单元330的上部面。 The stored material module cover 340 includes a lower region, the lower region is configured to be reversibly attached to an upper surface of the material module 320 topmost storage unit 330 the storage module. 该下部区域包括一个1300,该孔被配置成用于夹持在该储存材料模块盖340与一个相邻储存材料单元330之间的一个紧固件。 The lower portion includes a region 1300, the aperture configured to clamp the material in the storage module between the fastener cap 330 a stored material 340 of an adjacent unit. 该储存材料模块盖340包括一个孔1330。 The stored material module cover 340 includes an aperture 1330. 该孔1330具有足够的尺寸以便为电路连接器1310提供空间。 The hole 1330 of sufficient size to provide space for electrical connectors 1310. 该电路连接器1310和该储存材料模块盖340的对应区域可以包括多个孔,这些孔被配置成用于使一个紧固件1430将该电路连接器1310附接至该储存材料模块盖340上。 The circuit connecting material 1310 and the storage area corresponding to the cover module 340 may include a plurality of apertures configured to cause a fastener 1430 the circuit connector 1310 attached to the cover module 340 stored material . 该电路连接器1310包括一个孔1400,该孔被定位成可逆地匹配一个中央稳定器350上的对应电路连接器。 The circuit connector 1310 includes an aperture 1400, the aperture is positioned to reversibly mate with a corresponding circuit connector 350 on the central stabilizer.

[0176] 该储存材料模块盖340包括多个内部结构,这些内部结构被配置成响应于一个中央稳定器350的表面与该储存材料模块盖340的表面相接触,而将力传输跨过该储存材料模块盖340。 [0176] The storage module cover material 340 includes a plurality of internal structure, the internal structure is configured to respond to a central surface of the stabilizer 350 with the stored material module contact surface 340 of the cover, while the power transmission across the reservoir the module cover 340 material. 该储存材料模块盖340包括一个具有一定的大小和形状的内部孔以便包含一个被包封在该储存材料模块盖340内的轴1320。 The module cover 340 stored material comprises an inner bore of a size and shape have to include a shaft 1320 is encapsulated within the material 340 in the storage module cover. 在所展示的构型中,该轴1320末端伸出到该孔1330的下部边缘之上。 In the illustrated configuration, the end of the shaft 1320 extends above the lower edge of the hole 1330. 可逆地附接至该储存材料模块盖340上的中央稳定器350将向该轴1320末端施加压力,从而迫使该轴相对于图15的视图向下。 Reversibly attached to the stored material on the module cover 340 will center the stabilizer 350 apply pressure to the end of shaft 1320, thereby forcing the shaft 15 relative to the view of FIG downward. 可逆地附接至该储存材料模块盖340上的中央稳定器350将向该轴1320末端施加压力,从而压靠在位于该轴1320的底座处的一个弹簧1450。 Reversibly attached to the stored material on the module cover 340 will center the stabilizer 350 apply pressure to the end of shaft 1320, thereby against a spring located at the base of the shaft 1320 1450. 该轴1320包括具有相对于该轴1320的直径而言变化的宽度的多个侧面区域。 The shaft 1320 comprises a plurality of side regions with respect to the diameter of the shaft 1320 in terms of the change in width. 例如,该轴1320包括一个具有相对小的宽度的区域1510。 For example, the shaft 1320 comprises a relatively small region having a width of 1510. 该轴1320沿着该轴1320的轴线具有关于来自所附接的弹簧1450的压力的这个力的一个平衡位置。 The shaft 1320 has an equilibrium position with respect to the pressure force from the spring 1450 is attached along the axis of the shaft 1320. 在该平衡位置处,该具有小宽度的区域1510与一个相邻的杆1410的末端相邻。 At the equilibrium position, the region 1510 has a small width of an adjacent end of the rod adjacent to 1410. 当该轴1320由于该轴1320的末端与该中央稳定器350的表面相接触而被迫向下或沿着其轴线向下时,轴1320的临近该杆1410的这个侧面区域具有与该小宽度的区域1510相比而言不同的并且更大的直径。 When this region of the shaft side end 1320 of the shaft 1320 due to the contact with the surface of the central stabilizer 350 is forced downward or downward along its axis, adjacent to the shaft 1320 of the lever 1410 has a smaller width region 1510 compared different and larger diameter. 该杆1410上的压力造成该旋转板1420运动。 Pressure on the lever 1410 causes the rotational motion of plate 1420. 该储存材料模块盖340的内部包括一个孔1440,该孔足以允许该旋转板1420运动。 The stored material inside the cover module 340 includes an aperture 1440, the aperture plate 1420 is sufficient to allow the rotational movement.

[0177] 图16示出了具有附接的稳定器单元570A、570B的一个储存材料模块盖340的内部结构(例如之前的附图中所展示的)。 [0177] FIG. 16 shows a stabilizer attached unit 570A, 570B of a stored material inside the module cover structure 340 (e.g., in the previous figures shown). 该储存材料模块盖340的内部结构被配置成响应于一个中央稳定器350的表面与该储存材料模块盖340的表面相接触而将力传输跨过该储存材料模块盖340。 The internal structure of the stored material module 340 is configured to respond to cover a surface of the center of the stabilizer 350 with the stored material surface of the module cover 340 and the contact force is transmitted across the module cover 340 stored material. 在图16示出的视图中,以俯视截面视图展示了一个储存材料模块盖340,该视图实质上垂直于图15所展示的视图。 In the FIG. 16 view shown, in a top view showing a cross-sectional view of the module cover 340 stored material, which is substantially perpendicular to the view shown in FIG. 15.

[0178] 图16示出了包括孔1360的一个储存材料模块盖340,这些孔具有被配置成用于可逆地匹配一个相邻储存材料单元330上的对应接片900的这些表面的多个边缘。 [0178] FIG. 16 illustrates configured to reversibly mate with a corresponding one of the adjacent surfaces of the upper material storage unit 330 of the tabs 900 includes a plurality of edges of aperture 1360 of the module cover 340 a stored material, having apertures . 在图16所展示的实施例中,所附接的稳定器单元570A的中心区域包括电路1110。 In the embodiment shown in FIG. 16, a central region attached stabilizer unit 570A includes a circuit 1110. 图16所展示的实施例对应于图11所描绘的实施例,但是该视图在图16中相对于图11中旋转了180度。 Figure 16 shows the embodiment corresponds to the embodiment depicted in FIG. 11, but with the view in FIG. 16 rotated by 180 degrees in respect to FIG. 11. 储存材料模块盖340的与所附接的稳定器单元570A相邻的这个区域可以包括一个缝隙1610,该缝隙被配置成用于为连接至该附接的稳定器单元570A的中心区域中的电路1110上的额外电路或导线(图16未示出)提供空间。 Storage module cover material and attached stabilizer unit 570A adjacent to the region 340 may include a slot 1610, the slits are configured to be connected to the attachment of the stabilizer unit 570A in the central region of the circuit the additional circuitry 1110 or the wires (not shown in FIG. 16) to provide space. 该附接的稳定器单元570B的中心区域包括一个保持单元1100。 The attachment of the central region of the stabilizer unit 570B includes a holding unit 1100. 该保持单元1100被配置成用于与通过该旋转板1420的移动而传输的力相反,来将力传输至一个杆1600的被附接至该旋转板1420上的末端上。 The holding unit 1100 is configured to be transmitted by the rotating movement of the force plate 1420 opposite to a force transmitted to the shaft 1600 is attached to the upper end of the rotating plate 1420. 响应于轴1320在一个基本上垂直于该旋转板1420平面的方向上的移动(参见图14和图15),力从该轴1320传输至该相邻杆1410上并且相应地传输至该旋转板1420上。 1320 in response to an axis substantially perpendicular to the moving direction of the plane of the rotating plate 1420 (see FIG. 14 and FIG. 15), the force transmitted from the shaft to the neighboring rods 1320 and 1410 respectively transmitted to the rotating plate 1420. 这个力的传输引起了该旋转板1420的运动,如图16的双箭头所展示的。 This force causes the transmission of the rotary movement of the plate 1420, the double arrow 16 illustrated in FIG. 该旋转板1420的移动受到一个附接的旋转插销1620的限制,该旋转插销被配置成用于限制该旋转板1420沿着其平面的移动,如图16的双箭头所展示的。 The rotational movement of plate 1420 attached to a limited rotation of the latch 1620, the rotary latch is configured to limit the rotation plate 1420 to move along the plane of the double arrow 16 illustrated in FIG. 该旋转板1420的移动还受到该孔1440的边缘所限制。 Movement of the rotating plate 1420 is also affected by the edge of the aperture 1440 is limited. 响应于该旋转板1420的移动,该杆1600的末端相对于该稳定器单元570B和保持单元1100被移动。 In response to movement of the rotating plate 1420, the end 1600 of the lever relative to the stabilizer unit 570B and a holding unit 1100 is moved. 这导致了该稳定器单元570B相对于该储存材料模块盖340的定位,如图17另外所展示的。 This leads to the stabilizer unit 570B with respect to the stored material positioning module cover 340, as shown in FIG 17 further exhibited.

[0179] 图17描绘了附接至储存材料单元330和相关联的稳定器单元570B上的一个储存材料模块盖340的一个实施例。 [0179] FIG. 17 depicts attached to the storage unit 330 and a material storage material 570B on the stabilizer unit associated with a module cover 340 of the embodiment. 该储存材料单元330的侧边中的空隙910在图17所展示的实施例中是可见的。 Sides of the storage unit 330 of the material 910 in the voids in the embodiment shown in FIG. 17 is visible. 该储存材料模块盖340包括被配置成用于可逆地匹配一个中央稳定器单元350 (图17中未描绘)的表面的一个底座区域1350和一个轮缘区域1340。 The stored material of the module cover 340 comprises a seating area configured to reversibly mate with a central stabilizer unit 350 (not depicted in FIG. 17) of a surface region of the rim 1340 and 1350. 该储存材料模块盖340包括一个孔1330以及在该孔1330内的一个电路连接器1310。 The stored material module cover 340 includes an aperture 1330 and a circuit connector within the bore 1330 1310. 另一个孔1440位于该储存材料模块盖340的内部。 Another hole 1440 is located interior of the stored material module cover 340. 该内部孔1440具有一定的大小和形状以便容纳该旋转板1420。 The internal bore 1440 of a size and shape to accommodate the rotating plate 1420. 该旋转板1420的移动受到一个附接的旋转插销1620的限制,该旋转插销被配置成允许该旋转板1420在一个相对于图17而言基本上水平的方向上移动。 The rotational movement of plate 1420 attached to a limited rotation of the latch 1620, which is configured to permit rotation of the plug 1420 relative to the horizontal direction of movement of the rotary plate 17 to a substantially purposes. 该旋转板1420的移动还受到与之相关联的孔1440的边缘所限制。 The rotation plate 1420 is moved further by the hole edge associated with the 1440 limit. 该旋转板1420具有一个附接的杆1600。 The rotation plate 1420 has a shaft 1600 attached.

[0180] 响应于该旋转板1420的移动,杆尖1710移动穿过在该稳定器单元570B的外杆1210和内杆1230中形成的孔1700。 [0180] In response to the rotational movement of plate, rod tip 1710 through 1420 in moving the outer rod stabilizer unit 570B 1230 1210 and inner rod hole 1700 formed. 该外杆1210和该内杆1230 二者包括具有相似大小和形状的孔,这些杆被定位成当这些杆1210、1230处于特定的相对位置中时在该稳定器单元570B中形成孔1700。 Both the outer and the inner stem 1210 comprises a rod 1230 having a hole of similar size and shape, these bars are positioned such that when the bars 1210,1230 in the hole 1700 formed in the stabilizer unit 570B in a particular relative position. 在所展示的实施例中,当该稳定器单元570B处于其最短位置时(即,当这些杆1210、1230具有最大接触表面积时),这些杆1210、1230在该稳定器单元570B中形成孔1700。 In the embodiment shown, when the stabilizer unit 570B is in its minimum position (i.e., when the rods 1210,1230 has a maximum contact surface area), the bars 1210,1230 hole 1700 is formed in the stabilizer unit 570B in . 该杆尖1710在该孔1700内的位置受到来自该保持单元1100的表面的压力所限制。 The tip of the pin 1710 within the bore 1700 in the position under pressure from the surface of the holding unit 1100 is limited. 在图17所展示的构型中,该稳定器单元570B处于相对于该储存材料模块盖340受限制的一个位置中。 In Figure 17 the illustrated configuration, the stabilizer unit 570B with respect to the stored material in the cover module 340 by a position-limiting. 在图17所展示的位置中,该杆尖1710在该孔1700内的位置防止了该外杆1210和该内杆1230的相对移动。 In the position shown in FIG. 17, the position of the tip of the pin 1710 within the bore 1700 prevents relative movement of the outer stem 1210 and the inner stem 1230. 该杆尖1710在该孔1700内的位置防止了该稳定器单元570B的伸缩式伸展。 The tip of the pin 1710 within the bore 1700 in the position prevents the stabilizer unit 570B is telescopically extendible.

[0181] 如从以上附图以及相关文字的组合中可以设想,所展示的实施例是如下进行操作的。 [0181] As can be envisioned from the combination and associated text above figures, the illustrated embodiment is operated as follows. 中央稳定器350的物理压力将被定位在该储存材料模块盖340内的一个轴1320的末端压下。 Physical stress central stabilizer 350 will be located at the end of a shaft of the module cover 340 stored material 1320 is depressed. 该轴1320包括具有变化的直径或宽度的多个区域,这些区域对一个杆1410上提供了变化程度的力,这个杆被附接至位于该储存材料模块盖340中的内孔1440内的一个旋转板1420上。 The shaft 1320 comprises a plurality of varying diameter or width of the area, these areas of a lever 1410 provided on the degree of change in force, the lever is attached to the inner bore of the stored material 1440 located in module cover 340 of a rotating the plate 1420. 该旋转板附接了一个第二杆1600,并且该第二杆1600的杆尖1710被定位成可逆地匹配在一个稳定器单元570B的外杆1210和内杆1230两者中形成的一个孔1700内。 The rotating plate is attached a second lever 1600, and 1600 of the second lever 1710 is positioned toe to reversibly mate with both the outer rod in a stable unit 1210 and inner rod 570B formed in a hole 1230 1700 Inside. 位于该内杆1230内的一个保持单元1100防止该杆尖1710实质性地进入该内杆1230的内部。 A holding unit located within the inner rod to prevent the rod tip 12301100 1710 substantially into the interior of the inner rod 1230. 通过阻碍该外杆1210的内表面和该内杆1230的外表面的相对移动,该杆尖1710在该孔1700内的位置防止了该稳定器单元570B的伸展。 By blocking the outer shaft and the inner surface 1210 of the inner lever 1230 moves relative to the outer surface of the tip of the pin 1710 within the bore 1700 in the position prevents the stabilizer unit 570B is extended. 如从附图和相关文字中还可以设想,从一个相邻的储存材料模块盖340中移出该中央稳定器350允许了可操作地附接至该轴1320上的这个弹簧1450在该储存材料模块盖340的表面上方延伸该轴1320的表面。 As can also be contemplated from the drawings and accompanying text, from a neighboring storage material out of the module cover 340 to allow the central stabilizer 350 operably attached to the spring 1450 on the shaft 1320 of the stored material module extends above the surface of the cover 340 of the shaft surface 1320. 这造成了轴1320的具有一个相对小宽度1510的一个区域与附接至一个旋转板1420上的一个杆1410的表面相接触。 This results in the shaft 1320 has a relatively small width of a region of attachment 1510 is coupled to a rotating plate on the surface of a rod 1410 of the contact 1420. 于是该旋转板1420移动而使得附接的第二杆1600的杆尖1710不再处于该稳定器单元570B中的孔1700内。 Thus movement of the rotary plate 1420 such that the toe of the second rod attachment 1600 1710 1700 is no longer within the bore of the stabilizer unit 570B. 在附接的第二杆1600的杆尖1710不位于该稳定器单元570B中的孔1700内的情况下,该稳定器单元570B的外管1210和内杆1230可以相对于彼此滑动,从而创造一个伸缩式稳定器单元570B。 Attachment of the toe of the second lever 1600 in the case 1710 is not located within the bore 1700 in the stabilizer unit 570B, the outer tube 1210 and inner rod 570B of the stabilizer unit 1230 can slide relative to each other, thereby creating a telescopic stabilizer unit 570B. 这种机构导致该稳定器单元570B相对于该储存材料模块盖340被夹持在一个固定位置中。 This mechanism causes the stabilizer unit 570B with respect to the stored material module cover 340 is held in a fixed position. 虽然本领域的技术人员可以设想其他实施例,但是当该设备被配置成用于储存材料时,在此描述的机构的功能发挥作用而保持一个稳定器单元相对于一个储存材料模块盖的位置和相对长度。 While those skilled in the art can envision other embodiments, but when the device is configured for storing materials, function mechanism described herein to function while maintaining a stable position of the unit with respect to a material storage module cover and relative length.

[0182] 同样如图17所示,一个或多个稳定器单元570A、570B可以包括多个内部保持单元1720,这些内部保持单元在一个稳定器单元570A、570B的外杆1210和内杆1230的相对位置方面建立了限制。 [0182] Also shown in Figure 17, one or more stabilizing units 570A, 570B may include a plurality of internal holding unit 1720, the interior of a holding unit in the stabilizer bar outer and inner rod 1210 1230 unit 570A, 570B of the relative position of establishing the limit. 如图17所示,稳定器单元570B的内杆1230包括一个附接至该内杆1230的内表面上的保持单元1720。 As shown in FIG. 17, in the stabilizer unit 570B comprises a lever 1230 attached to the inner surface of the inner shaft 1230 holding unit 1720. 该保持单元1720包括一个伸出部1750,该伸出部被配置成用于配合在该外杆1210和该内杆1230两者中的缝隙状孔(图17中不可见)内。 The holding unit 1720 comprises a projecting portion 1750, the projecting portion is configured to fit in both the slit-shaped hole of the outer stem 1210 and the inner stem 1230 (not visible in FIG. 17) inside. 在该外杆1210和该内杆1230两者中的缝隙状孔的长度建立了在该伸出部1750位于该缝隙状孔的末端处而防止这些杆1210、1230的进一步相对移动之前,该内杆可以相对于该外杆移动的最大和最小距离。 Before both the length of the outer stem 1210 and the inner rod in a slit-shaped aperture 1230 established in 1750 at the end of the projecting portion of the slit-shaped aperture is located to prevent further relative movement of the rods 1210,1230 of the inner the rod relative to the maximum and the minimum distance of the outer rod movement. 以下附图中,尤其是图21-25中展示了内部保持单元1720的另外方面。 In the following drawings, in particular FIG 21-25 show the inside of the holding unit 1720 further aspect.

[0183] 图18展示了一个中央稳定器单元350的多个方面。 [0183] Figure 18 shows aspects of a central stabilizer unit 350. 一个中央稳定器单元350包括一个底座区域560,该底座区域具有一个表面,该表面被配置成用于可逆地匹配一个储存材料模块盖340 (图18中未描绘)的对应表面。 A central stabilizer unit 350 includes a base region 560, the base region having a surface which is configured to reversibly mate with a corresponding surface of the module cover material (not depicted in FIG. 18) 340 storage. 该底座区域560包括一个或多个凸缘1850,这些凸缘被配置成用于可逆地匹配一个储存材料模块盖340的对应表面并且将该中央稳定器单元350和该储存材料模块盖340相对于彼此夹持在一个稳定位置中。 The base region 560 includes one or more flanges 1850, flanges configured to reversibly mate with a corresponding surface 340 of the storage material and the module cover 350 and the central stabilizer unit of the stored material module cover 340 with respect to holding each other in a stable position. 如在此所展示的,该一个或多个凸缘1850被配置成用于可逆地匹配一个储存材料模块盖340中的附接区域370的轮缘1340及底座1350。 As illustrated, the one or more flanges 1850 are configured to reversibly mate with a rim 340 of the module cover material attachment region 370 of the base reservoir 1340 and 1350. 该底座区域560包括一个孔1830,该孔被配置成用于容纳一个储存材料模块盖340中的附接区域370。 The base region 560 includes an aperture 1830, the aperture configured to receive a module cover 340 stored material attachment region 370. 该底座区域560可以包括一种类型的电路连接器1840以便匹配一个储存材料模块盖340的附接区域370中的对应电路连接器1310。 The base region 560 may include one type of circuit 1840 connect to match a stored material 340 of the module cover attachment region 370 corresponding electrical connectors 1310. 例如,如在此展示的,电路连接器1840是一个USB连接器,然而,可以采用其他类型的连接器,这取决于其实施例。 For example, as illustrated herein, the circuit connector is a USB connector 1840, however, may be other types of connectors, depending on the embodiment. 该电路连接器1840在孔1830内的一个位置处被附接至该底座区域560上,以便可逆地匹配一个储存材料模块盖340的附接区域370中的对应电路连接器1310。 The circuit is connected at 1840 within the bore 1830 is attached to a position on the base region 560, to match a stored material reversibly module cover 340 of the attachment region 370 corresponding electrical connectors 1310. 该中央稳定器单元350和该储存材料模块盖340 (图18中未示出)的稳定的定位使这些对应的电路连接器1310、1840相配合。 The central unit 350, and the stabilizer material storage module cover 340 (not shown in FIG. 18) of stable positioning of these circuits corresponding mating connectors 1310,1840.

[0184] 同样如图18所示,该中央稳定器单元350包括一个外壁1810。 [0184] Also shown in Figure 18, the central unit 350 includes a stabilizer outer wall 1810. 该外壁1810可以由具有对于该实施例而言足够的耐久性和强度的一种材料制成。 The outer wall 1810 may be made having regard for this embodiment of a material sufficient durability and strength. 用来制造该外壁1810的材料还应该具有低的导热性。 The materials used to manufacture the outer wall 1810 also should have a low thermal conductivity. 例如,一些类型的刚性塑料、或玻璃浸溃过的塑料是用于中央稳定器单元350的外壁1810的适当材料。 For example, some types of rigid plastic, glass or plastic is impregnated through suitable material for the outer wall of the central stabilizer unit 1810 350. 中央稳定器单元350的外表面尺寸具有一定的大小和形状以便配合在一个连接器115内。 The outer surface dimensions of the central stabilizer unit 350 of a size and shape so as to fit in a connector 115. 如在此描述的中央稳定器单元350应该具有一定的大小和形状以便在使用中实质上填充一个实质上热密封的容器100中的通道125的内部空间。 The internal space of the central stabilizer unit 350 described herein should be of a size and shape to substantially fill a substantially thermally sealed, in use, the container 100 in the channel 125. 该中央稳定器单元350包括一个内部区域1800,如由该中央稳定器单元350的外壁1810的内表面所限定的。 The central unit 350 includes a stabilizer interior region 1800, such as by the inner surface of the central stabilizer unit 1810 of the outer wall 350 defined. 该内部区域1800可以用一种低密度、低导热性的材料(低密度塑料泡沫)实质上填充。 The inner region 1800 may be in a low density, low thermal conductivity material (low density plastic foam) is substantially filled. 虽然图18中未展示,但是在一些实施例中多个电路连接器和/或电路可以位于该内部区域1800内。 Although not shown in FIG. 18, in the embodiment, a plurality of electrical connectors and / or circuitry may be located in the inner region 1800 of some embodiments. 例如,在该内部区域1800中可以存在一个或多个导线连接件,用于跨过该中央稳定器350连接多个电路单元。 For example, there may be one or more wires connecting member 1800 in the inner region, the central stabilizer 350 for connection across a plurality of circuit units. 例如,导线可以位于该内部区域1800中以便将该连接连接器1840连接至该容器100的外部上或盖子500 (参见图5_8)上的一个显不器单兀上(例如图5中的520)。 For example, the wire may be located in the inner region 1800 so as not to a significant Single Wu on the connection of the connector 1840 is connected to the outside of the container 100 or the lid 500 (see FIG 5_8) (e.g., 520 in FIG. 5) . 该中央稳定器单兀350可以包括一个内部稳定器1820。 The central stabilizer 350 may comprise a single internal Wu 1820 stabilizer. 一个内部稳定器1820在一些实施例中可能是必须包括的,以便进一步加强并稳定该中央稳定器单元350的结构。 An internal stabilizer 1820] In some embodiments, may be necessary to include in order to further strengthen and stabilize the central configuration unit 350 stabilizer. 在图18所展示的实施例中,该内部稳定器1820是一个由具有合适刚度和低导热性的材料(例如刚性塑料材料)制成的空心管。 In the embodiment shown in FIG. 18, the inner stabilizer 1820 is made of a hollow tube having a suitable stiffness and low thermal conductivity material (e.g. rigid plastic material). 虽然未显示在图18中,但是该内部稳定器1820还可以被附接至盖子500 (参见图5-8)上。 Although not shown in FIG. 18, but the inner stabilizer 1820 may also be attached to the lid 500 (see FIG. 5-8) on.

[0185] 如图18所示,该中央稳定器单元350还包括在该外壁1810中的一个孔550。 [0185] As shown in FIG. 18, the central stabilizer unit 350 further includes an aperture 550 in the outer wall 1810. 该孔550可以包括一个紧固件释放把手1860,该把手被配置成用于控制在该中央稳定器单元350内的一个紧固件。 The fastener holes 550 may include a release handle 1860, which handle is configured to control the stabilizer in the central unit 350 of a fastener. 该紧固件可以被配置成用于稳定该中央稳定器单元350与一个储存材料模块盖340的可逆的附接作用。 The fastener may be configured to attach stabilizing effect reversible storage material 340 and a module cover 350 of the central stabilizer unit.

[0186] 图19展示了一个中央稳定器单元350的外部视图。 [0186] FIG. 19 shows an external view of a central unit 350 stabilizer. 图19所呈现的视图类似于图18所呈现的视图,仅仅是处于不同的角度以便呈现该中央稳定器单元350的特征的多个方面。 The presented view similar to Figure 18 a view presented in FIG. 19, only at different angles so as to present a plurality of features of aspects of the central unit 350 stabilizer. 如图19所展示,以水平视图描绘了一个中央稳定器单元350的外部。 Shown in FIG. 19, in a horizontal view depicting an external central unit 350 stabilizer. 所示出的中央稳定器单元350包括一个外壁1810。 Central stabilizer unit 350 illustrated comprises an exterior wall 1810. 该外壁1810的内表面实质上限定了一个内部区域1800。 The inner surface of the outer wall 1810 defines an interior region substantially 1800. 一个内部稳定器1820位于该内部区域1800内。 An internal stabilizer positioned within the inner region 1820 1800. 如图所示,该内部稳定器1820的末端被定位在该外壁1810的边缘上方。 As shown, the inner end of the stabilizer 1820 is positioned over the edge of the outer wall 1810. 这种定位可能是有利的,例如用以将一个盖子500 (参见图5-8)附接至该中央稳定器单元350上。 Such targeting may be advantageous, for example, a cover 500 (see FIG. 5-8) is attached to the central unit 350 stabilizer. 图19还展示了在外壁1810中的一个孔550以及位于该孔550内的一个紧固件释放把手1860。 FIG 19 also shows a hole 550 in the outer wall 1810, and a fastener positioned within the bore 550 of the release handle 1860.

[0187] 该中央稳定器单元350的下端或被配置成有待插入一个实质上热稳定的容器100的通道之中的末端,包括一个底座区域560。 [0187] The lower central stabilizer unit 350 or configured to be inserted into the end of a passage in a substantially thermally stable container 100, including a base region 560. 该底座区域560配备有具有一定大小和形状的表面以便可逆地匹配一个储存材料模块盖340上的对应表面(图19中未示出)。 The base region 560 is provided with a surface having a size and shape to reversibly mate with a corresponding surface (not shown in FIG. 19) on the module cover 340 storage material. 该底座区域560包括一个或多个凸缘1850,这些凸缘被配置成用于可逆地匹配一个储存材料模块盖340的对应表面并且将该中央稳定器单元350和该储存材料模块盖340相对于彼此夹持在一个稳定位置中。 The base region 560 includes one or more flanges 1850, flanges configured to reversibly mate with a corresponding surface 340 of the storage material and the module cover 350 and the central stabilizer unit of the stored material module cover 340 with respect to holding each other in a stable position. 该底座区域560包括一个孔1830,该孔被配置成用于容纳一个储存材料模块盖340的一个连接区域370。 The base region 560 includes an aperture 1830, the aperture being configured to receive a stored material to a connection region 340 of the module cover 370. 该底座区域还包括一个电路连接器1840。 The base region further comprises a circuit connector 1840.

[0188] 图20展示了如图18与图19所描会的一个中央稳定器单元350的一个截面视图。 [0188] Figure 20 shows a cross-sectional view of FIG. 18 and FIG. 19 will be described in a central stabilizer unit 350. 该中央稳定器单兀350包括一个外壁1810和一个内部区域1800。 The central stabilizer 350 comprises a single Wu an outer wall 1810 and an interior region 1800. 一个内部稳定器1820位于该内部区域1800内。 An internal stabilizer positioned within the inner region 1820 1800. 该内部稳定器1820的一端被附接至该中央稳定器单元350的底座区域560上并且另一端伸出该外壁1810的边缘之外。 One end of the inner stabilizer 1820 is attached to the central base region 560 stabilizer unit 350 and the other end extends beyond the edge of the outer wall 1810. 该内部稳定器1920可以是空心的并且包括被配置成用于容纳电路和电路连接器(例如导线)的一个内部区域2000。 The internal stabilizer 1920 may be hollow and configured to include an interior region receiving circuit 2000 and the circuit connector (e.g., wire) is. 该底座区域560还可以包括至少一个孔2010,该孔被配置成用于容纳电路和电路连接器(例如导线)。 The base region 560 may further comprise at least one aperture 2010, the aperture configured to receive circuitry and connectors (e.g., wire). 该底座区域560的下部区域包括一个凸缘1850,该凸缘具有一个表面,该表面被配置成用于可逆地匹配一个储存材料模块盖340 (未示出)的对应表面。 The lower region of the base region 560 includes a flange 1850, the flange having a surface which is configured to reversibly mate with a corresponding surface 340 of the module cover material (not shown) is stored. 该底座区域560的下部中的一个孔1830被配置成用于容纳一个储存材料单元盖340 (未示出)。 A lower bore 560 in the base region 1830 is configured to receive a stored material unit cover 340 (not shown). 一个电路连接器1840被定位成可逆地匹配一个储存材料单元盖340上的一个对应的电路连接器(例如1310,在图20中未示出)。 A circuit connector 1840 is positioned to reversibly mate with a corresponding one storage unit cover 340 on the circuit-connecting material (e.g. 1310, not shown in FIG. 20).

[0189] 图20展示了一个中央稳定器单元350,该中央稳定器单元可以包括在该外壁1810中的一个孔550。 [0189] Figure 20 shows a central stabilizer unit 350, the central unit may include a stabilizer in an aperture 550 in the outer wall 1810. 该孔550允许用户触及位于该孔550内的一个紧固件释放把手1860。 The aperture 550 allows the user to reach a fastener positioned within the bore 550 of the release handle 1860. 例如,用户可以将一个或多个手指插入该孔550中以便操作该紧固件释放把手1860。 For example, a user may be one or more fingers inserted into the hole 550 so as to operate the release handle fastener 1860. 该紧固件释放把手被连接至一个紧固件2020上。 The release handle is connected to a fastener on a fastener 2020. 该紧固件2020被配置成用于在一个相邻的储存材料单元盖340 (未示出)的表面上可逆地提供张力,例如在连接区域370的表面上和/或在轴1320的末端上。 The fastener 2020 is configured to provide tension on the surface of reversibly stored material adjacent a unit cover 340 (not shown), for example, on the surface of the connecting region 370 and / or on the end of shaft 1320 . 如图20所示,一个紧固件2020与一个紧固件稳定器2040相邻。 As shown, a fastener and a fastener 2020 2040 adjacent to the stabilizer 20. 该紧固件稳定器2040被附接至该外壁1810的内表面上。 The stabilizer fastener 2040 is attached to the inner surface of the outer wall 1810. 被定位在该紧固件2020与紧固件稳定器2040的相邻表面之间的一个弹簧2030在该紧固件表面上提供了在背离该紧固件稳定器2040的相邻表面的方向上的力。 Is positioned between adjacent surfaces of the fastener with the fastener 2020 of the stabilizer 2040 to 2030 provides a spring in a direction away from the adjacent surface stabilizer fastener 2040 on the upper surface of the fastener of force. 在图20所示的视图中,由该弹簧2030所提供的力是在一个基本上竖直的或向下的位置中。 In the view shown in FIG. 20, the force of the spring 2030 is provided in a substantially vertical or downward position. 由此,该紧固件2020被移动而与一个相邻的储存材料单元盖340 (未显示)的表面相接触。 Thus, the fastener 2020 is moved to the stored material adjacent a surface of the unit 340 (not shown) in contact with the cover. 该紧固件2020可以被配置成用于按压一个轴1320并且由此用于保持一个稳定器单元570相对于储存材料模块盖340 (图20中未描绘)的位置和相对长度。 The fastener 2020 may be configured for pressing a shaft 1320 and thus the stabilizer for holding a head unit 570 with respect to the stored material module 340 (not depicted in FIG. 20) and a relative length position. 该紧固件2020可以被配置成用于在一个相邻的储存材料单元盖340的表面上提供张力并且由此稳定该中央稳定器单元350和该相邻的储存材料单元盖340的相对位置。 The fastener 2020 may be configured to provide tension on the adjacent surface 340 of a stored material unit cover 340 and thereby stabilize the relative position of the central stabilization unit 350 and the adjacent storage unit cover material. 该设备的用户可以在该紧固件释放把手I860上施加压力(例如,用手指)以便逆转该紧固件2020相对于该相邻的储存材料单元盖340表面的移动,从而释放相关联的张力并且使该紧固件2020与该相邻的储存材料单元盖340表面解除连接。 The user device may release the fastener applying pressure (e.g., finger) in order to reverse the fastener 2020 with respect to the adjacent storage unit movement of the cover material 340 on the surface of the handle I860, thereby releasing tension associated the fastener 2020 and release the connection to the adjacent surface of the cover unit 340. the stored material. 在一些实施例中,使该紧固件2020与该相邻的储存材料单元盖340表面解除连接还将释放该中央稳定器单元350以及该相邻的储存材料单元盖340的之前已被稳定的相对位置(参见以上附图和文字)。 In some embodiments, the fastener 2020 so that the stored material adjacent to the cover unit 340 is also connected to the release surface of the release of the stabilizer has stabilized the central unit 350 and before the stored material adjacent to the cover unit 340 the relative position (see the above text and drawings).

[0190]图21展示了与一个储存材料模块盖340相关联的一个储存材料模块320的多个方面。 [0190] FIG. 21 shows a plurality of aspects 340 320 is associated with a stored material to a storage module cover material module. 图21示出的组装后的设备描绘了该储存材料模块320及其底座420相对于一个附接的储存材料模块盖340的相对定位和关联。 Assembled apparatus shown in FIG. 21 depicts the storage module 320 and base material 420 with respect to the stored material attached to a module cover 340 and the associated relative positioning. 该储存材料模块盖340在远离附接至该储存材料模块盖340上的这个表面的一个表面上包括一个孔1330。 The stored material on the module cover 340 is attached to a surface remote from the stored material on the surface of the module cover 340 includes an aperture 1330. 该孔1330包括一个电路连接器1310。 The aperture 1330 comprises a connector 1310 circuit. 该组件还包括与该储存材料模块盖340和该储存材料模块320两者相关联的一个稳定器单元570A。 The assembly further includes a module cover with the stored material a stabilizer unit 570A 340 and the stored material module 320 associated with both.

[0191] 图22描绘了图21的设备的一个内部截面视图。 [0191] FIG. 22 depicts an internal device 21 is sectional view of FIG. 图22展示了与一个储存材料模块盖340和两个稳定器单元570A、570B相关联的一个储存材料模块320的多个方面。 Figure 22 shows a module cover and a stored material 340 and two stabilizer unit 570A, a plurality of stored material 320 aspects associated module 570B. 该储存材料模块320包括一个底座420。 The storage module 320 includes a base material 420. 该储存材料模块320包含被定位成一个竖直阵列的多个储存材料单元330A-330I。 The module 320 comprises a stored material into a vertically positioned array of a plurality of material storage units 330A-330I. 虽然图22所描绘的该多个储存材料单元330A-330I具有相对于该储存材料模块320的竖直阵列而言实质上相似的高度,但一些实施例可以包括具有不同高度但具有实质上相似的宽度或直径的多个储存材料单元。 Although the plurality of stored material units depicted in FIG. 22 330A-330I substantially similar with respect to the height of the stored material module array 320 vertically terms, but some embodiments may include a different height but with a substantially similar the plurality of units stored material width or diameter. 该设备包括一个储存材料模块盖340,这个盖至在储存材料单元330A的上部边缘处被附接该储存材料模块320的顶部。 The apparatus includes a top cover material module 340, the cover is attached to the stored material at the upper edge of the module stored material storage unit 320 330A. 该储存材料模块盖340在这一列储存材料单元330A-330I的顶部处被附接至该储存材料单元330A的侧壁的上部边缘的顶部。 The storage module cover material 340 is attached to the top of the side wall 330A of the unit of the stored material is stored at the top of this column material units 330A-330I of the upper edge. 该储存材料模块盖340包括一个电路连接器1310。 The module cover 340 stored material comprises a circuit connector 1310. 该储存材料模块盖340包括一个旋转板1420和一个附接的杆1600。 The stored material 340 comprises a rotary module cover plate 1420 and a shaft 1600 attached. 如图22所示,该杆1600与一个保持单元1100相接触并且处于一种构型中以便防止该稳定器单元570B的外杆和内杆的相对移动。 22, the stem 1600 in contact with a holding unit 1100 and are in a configuration so as to prevent relative movement of the outer rod stabilizer unit 570B and the inner rod. 位于该稳定器单元570B的内杆内的一个保持单元1720及其相关联的伸出部1750被固定在该内杆内的一个设定位置处。 At a holding unit located in the inner shaft 570B of the stabilizer unit 1720 and the associated projecting portion 1750 is fixed to the inner rod in a set position. 被定位在该设备的相对侧面处的稳定器单元570A包括一个保持单元2210,该保持单元具有被附接在该稳定器单元570A的内杆内的一个位置处的一个伸出部(不可见)。 Unit is positioned in the stabilizer 570A at opposite sides of the apparatus comprises a holding unit 2210, the holding means having a projecting portion at a position attached to the inner shaft 570A of the stabilizer unit (not visible) . 被附接在稳定器单元570A内的伸出部(不可见)为该稳定器单元570A内的这些管的相对移动提供了最大和最小限值,如随后的附图中所描绘。 Is attached in a stable unit projecting portions 570A (not visible) provides the maximum and minimum limits relative movement of the tubes in that the stabilizer unit 570A, as depicted in subsequent figures.

[0192] 同样位于该稳定器单元570A的内杆内的是被固定至该内杆的内表面上的一系列传感器2200。 [0192] Also located in the inner shaft 570A of the stabilizer unit is a series of sensor 2200 is fixed to the inner surface of the inner rod. 在一些实施例中,传感器可以被附接至一个或多个稳定器单元(例如570A和570B)上,包括在稳定器单元内表面上。 In some embodiments, the sensor may be attached to one or more of the stabilizer unit (e.g., 570A and 570B), comprising on the inner surface stabilizer unit. 在一些实施例中,传感器可以被附接至该容器的其他区域上。 In some embodiments, the sensor may be attached to the other regions of the container. 这些传感器2200可以根据一个特定的实施例所希望的来放置。 These sensors 2200 may be placed in a desired According to a particular embodiment. 例如,在该设备用于一个实质上热密封的容器100时,图22所描绘的这些传感器2200被定位成大致处于该容器100内的一个储存区域130的顶部、中心和底部区域处。 For example, when the device is used in a substantially thermally sealed container 100, the sensors depicted in FIG. 22 2200 is positioned substantially at the top, center and bottom of the region in a storage region 100 of the vessel 130. 在一些实施例中,该一个或多个传感器包含至少一个温度传感器。 In some embodiments, the one or more sensors comprise at least one temperature sensor. 在一些实施例中,至少一个传感器可以包含温度传感器,例如像化学传感器、温度计、双金属条、或热电偶。 In some embodiments, the at least one sensor may comprise a temperature sensor, such as for example chemical sensors, thermometers, bimetallic strips, or thermocouples. 在一些实施例中,该一个或多个传感器包括在该至少一个储存区域中一个或多个之内的气压的至少一个传感器、在该至少一个储存区域中一个或多个之内的质量的传感器、在该至少一个储存区域中一个或多个之内的储存体积的传感器、在该至少一个储存区域中一个或多个之内的温度的传感器、或在该至少一个储存区域中一个或多个之内的物件身份的传感器。 In some embodiments, the one or more sensors comprises a sensor of the at least one region or at least a pressure sensor within a plurality of storage, the at least one mass within the region of one or more of the stored in a region of the at least one region of the storage volume or a plurality of sensors within the storage, the at least one temperature in the region of one or more of the sensors is stored, or stored in the at least one or more of the identity of the object within the sensor.

[0193] 一个实质上热密封的容器100和相关联的设备可以包括一个传感器网络。 [0193] a substantially thermally sealed container 100 and the associated device may comprise a sensor network. 被附接至一个储存材料模块、一个储存材料模块盖和/或一个稳定器单元上的一个或多个传感器可以作为该网络的一部分起作用。 Is attached to a material storage module, a storing one or more sensors on the module cover material and / or a stabilizer unit may function as part of the network. 图22描绘了连接这些传感器2200的一个电路链路2220,例如有线链路。 22 depicts a circuit connecting the sensor link 2220 to 2200, for example, a wired link. 该电路链路2220还可以被连接至一个电路连接器1310上。 The link circuit 2220 may also be connected to a circuit connector 1310. 来自这些传感器2200的数据可以通过该电路链路2220被传输至该容器100的外部,例如被传输至附接至盖子500上的显示器520上。 Data from these sensors can be 2200 by the link circuit 2220 is transmitted to the outside of the container 100, for example, it is transmitted to the display 520 attached to the upper cover 500. 可操作地附接到该至少一个实质上热密封的容器上的一个传感器网络可以包含如物理传感器部件的一个或多个传感器,诸如在授予Petroovic等人的名称为“物理传感器部件[Physical sensor component] ”的美国专利6,453,749中所描述的,该专利通过引用结合在此。 Operably attached to the at least one substantially thermally sealed container on a sensor network may comprise one or more sensors, such as a physical sensor element, such as a name is granted Petroovic et al "physical sensor component [Physical sensor component ] "U.S. Patent No. 6,453,749 described, which is incorporated by reference herein. 可操作地附接到该至少一个实质上热密封的容器上的一个传感器网络可以包含如压力传感器的一个或多个传感器,如在授予Baba等人的名称为“压力传感器[Pressure sensor] ”美国专利5,900, 554中所描述,该专利通过引用结合在此。 Operably attached to the at least one sensor network on a substantially thermally sealed container may include a pressure sensor of one or more sensors, as issued to Baba et al., Entitled "Pressure Sensor [Pressure sensor]" U.S. Patent No. 5,900, 554 described, which is incorporated by reference herein. 可操作地附接到该至少一个实质上热密封的容器上的一个传感器网络可以包含如竖直整合的传感器结构的一个或多个传感器,诸如在授予Sooriakumar等人的名称为“竖直整合的传感器结构与方法[Vertically integrated sensor structure andmethod] ”的美国专利5,600, 071中所描述的,该专利通过引用结合在此。 Operably attached to the at least one sensor network on a substantially thermally sealed container may include one or more sensors such as a vertically integrated sensor structure, such as a "vertical integration granted in the name of Sooriakumar et al. the method and sensor structure [Vertically integrated sensor structure andmethod] "U.S. Patent No. 5,600, 071 described, which is incorporated by reference herein. 可操作地附接到该至少一个实质上热密封的容器上的一个传感器网络可以包含诸如用于确定容器内的液体或流体量的系统的一个或多个传感器,如授予Kuehl等人的名称为“用于测量液体质量的系统与方法[System and method for measuring liquid mass quantity],,的美国专利5,138,559 ;授予Upton的名称为“监测封闭容器内的流体质量及密度的装置与方法、以及结合了此装置的车载气囊系统[Apparatus for and method of monitoring the massquantity and density of a fluid in a closed container, and a vehicular air bagsystem incorporating such apparatus] ”的美国专利6,050,598 ;以及授予Clarke 等人的名称为“用于监测储箱内的流体量的高精度质量传感器[High accuracy mass sensor formonitoring fluid quantity in storage tanks] ” 的美国专利5,245,869 中所描述的,这些专利各自通过引用结合在此。可操作地附接到该至少一个实 Operably attached to the at least one sensor network on a substantially thermally sealed container may comprise one or more such sensors to determine system liquid or the amount of fluid in the container, such as granting Kuehl et al., Entitled "U.S. Patent system and method for measuring the liquid mass for [system and method for measuring liquid mass quantity] ,, of 5,138,559; Upton granted entitled" apparatus and method for mass and density of the fluid in the container closure monitoring and combinations of the vehicle airbag device of this system [apparatus for and method of monitoring the massquantity and density of a fluid in a closed container, and a vehicular air bagsystem incorporating such apparatus] "U.S. Patent No. 6,050,598; and grant "high-precision mass sensor for monitoring the amount of fluid in the reservoir tank [High accuracy mass sensor formonitoring fluid quantity in storage tanks]" clarke et al., U.S. Patent No. 5,245,869 entitled as described, each of these patents incorporated by reference herein. operably attached to the at least one solid 上热密封的容器上的一个传感器网络可以包含一个或多个射频识别(“RFID”)标签传感器以便识别在该至少一个实质上热密封的储存区域内的材料。RFID标签在本领域内是熟知的,如在授予Blama的名称为“射频识别标签以及方法[Radio frequency identification tag and method]”的美国专利5,444,223”中,该专利通过引用结合在此。 A sensor network on the thermally sealed container may include one or more radio frequency identification ( "RFID") tag sensor to identify the at least one material within the tag .RFID substantially thermally sealed storage region are well known in the art , as the name Blama granted as "radio frequency identification tag and a method [radio frequency identification tag and method]" U.S. Patent No. 5,444,223 ", which is incorporated by reference herein.

[0194] 图23描绘了类似于图22所示出的设备和视图。 [0194] FIG. 23 depicts a view of the apparatus shown and similar to FIG. 22. 图23展示了当该设备处于允许该稳定器单兀570A和570B的外杆和内杆相对移动的一种构型中时,与一个储存材料模块盖340及两个稳定器单元570A和570B相关联的一个储存材料模块320的多个方面。 Figure 23 shows when the device is in the stabilizer allows the single Wu 570A and 570B inner rod and outer rod relative movement one configuration, two stabilizing units 340 and 570A with a lid and stored material module 570B associated a plurality of aspects of the associated module 320 stored material. 该储存材料模块320包括一个底座420。 The storage module 320 includes a base material 420. 该储存材料模块320包含被定位成一个竖直阵列的多个储存材料单元330A-330I。 The module 320 comprises a stored material into a vertically positioned array of a plurality of material storage units 330A-330I. 在图23所展示的构型中,稳定器单元570A和570B的外杆和内杆处于一种“解锁”构型或被允许相对于彼此滑动。 In Figure 23 the illustrated configuration, the outer stabilizer unit 570A and 570B of the rod and the rod in a "unlocked" configuration or allowed to slide relative to each other. 这允许了该储存材料模块320中的这些单独的储存材料单元330A-330I竖直移动或沿着该稳定器单元570A和570B的轴线移动。 This allows the individual unit of the stored material in the storage material module 320 330A-330I or vertically moving units 570A and moving along the axis of the stabilizer 570B. 使用该设备的个体可以移动一个或多个单独的储存材料单元330A-330I以便触及被储存在这些单独的储存材料单元330A-330I内的材料。 An individual using the apparatus can move one or more separate material storage units 330A-330I to the material within the individual cells 330A-330I stored material is stored touches. 例如,如图23所示,储存材料单元330A和330B已经被定位在这些稳定器单元570A和570B的顶部,在储存材料单元330B的下部面与相邻的储存材料单元330C的上部面之间存在一个空间。 For example, as shown in FIG. 23, the stored material units 330A and 330B has been positioned at the top of the stabilizer unit 570A and 570B, there is between the upper surface of the lower surface of the stored material adjacent unit cell 330B 330C stored material is a space. 这个空间将允许该系统的用户触及被储存在该储存单元330C内的材料。 This space will allow the user of the system reach the material is stored in the storage unit 330C. 该设备包括一个储存材料模块盖340,这个盖在该储存材料单元330A的上部边缘处被附接至该储存材料模块320的顶部。 The apparatus includes a material storage module cover 340, the cover material at the upper edge 330A of the storage unit is attached to the top module 320 of the stored material. 该储存材料模块盖340在这一列储存材料单元330A-330I的顶部处被附接至该储存材料单元330A的侧壁的上部边缘的顶部。 The storage module cover material 340 is attached to the top of the side wall 330A of the unit of the stored material is stored at the top of this column material units 330A-330I of the upper edge. 该储存材料模块盖340包括一个电路连接器1310。 The module cover 340 stored material comprises a circuit connector 1310. 该储存材料模块盖340包括一个旋转板1420和一个附接的杆1600。 The stored material 340 comprises a rotary module cover plate 1420 and a shaft 1600 attached. 如图23所示,该杆1600不与一个保持单元1100相接触并且处于一种允许该稳定器单元570B的外杆和内杆的相对移动的构型中。 23, 1600 of the rod 1100 does not remain in contact with one unit and in the stabilizer unit for allowing relative movement of the rod 570B of the outer and the inner rod configuration. 位于该稳定器单元570B的内杆内的一个保持单元1720及其相关联的伸出部1750被固定在该内杆内的一个设定位置处。 At a holding unit located in the inner shaft 570B of the stabilizer unit 1720 and the associated projecting portion 1750 is fixed to the inner rod in a set position. 被定位在该设备的相对侧面处的稳定器单元570A包括一个保持单元2210,该保持单元具有一个附接在该稳定器单元570A的内杆内的一个位置处的伸出部(不可见)。 Unit is positioned in the stabilizer 570A at opposite sides of the apparatus comprises a holding unit 2210, the holding means having a projecting portion (not visible) at a location within the one attachment rod 570A of the stabilizer unit is. 被附接在稳定器单元570A内的这个伸出部(不可见)为该稳定器单元570A内的这些管的相对移动提供了最大和最小限值,如随后的附图中所描绘。 Is attached in a stable unit 570A of the projecting portion (not visible) provides the maximum and minimum limits relative movement of the tubes in that the stabilizer unit 570A, as depicted in subsequent figures. 位于稳定器单元570A内的这些传感器2200和该电路链路2220被定位在相对于稳定器单元570A的内管的内表面和该保持单元2210而言的固定位置处。 These sensors are located in the stabilizer unit 570A circuit 2200 and the link 2220 is positioned in a fixed position in terms of the unit 2210 relative to the inner surface of the inner tube stabilizer unit 570A and the holding.

[0195] 图24展示了如图21-23中所描绘的一个设备的外部侧视图。 [0195] FIG. 24 shows an external side view of a device as depicted in FIG. 21-23. 该设备包括一个储存材料模块盖340、一个储存材料模块320以及一个稳定器单元570B。 The apparatus comprises a storage module cover material 340, a material storage module 320 and a stabilizer unit 570B. 在图24所描绘的构型中,该储存材料模块320处于一种“关闭”位置中,其中在这些储存材料单元330A-330I之间具有最小空间。 Depicted in FIG. 24 configuration, the stored material module 320 in a "closed" position, which has a minimum space between the stored material units 330A-330I. 该储存材料模块320还包括一个底座420。 The stored material module 320 further includes a base 420. 该设备包括沿着该储存材料模块320的侧面定位的一个稳定器单元570B,其中该稳定器单元570B的轴线基本上与该储存材料模块320的轴线平行。 The apparatus comprises a stabilizing unit 570B positioned along the side surface 320 of the module the stored material, wherein the axis of the stabilizer unit 570B is substantially parallel to the axis 320 of the stored material module. 该稳定器单元570B包括一个外管1210和一个内管1230,这些管被成形并定位成以一种相对于彼此伸缩的方式进行滑动。 The stabilizer unit 570B includes an outer tube 1210 and a tube 1230, these tubes are shaped and positioned in a way relative to one another telescopically slides. 该外管1210包括沿着该外管1210的外边缘的长度定位的一个缝隙状孔2400。 The outer tube 1210 includes a slit-shaped aperture 2400 is positioned along the length of the outer edge of the outer tube 1210. 该内管1230包括一个伸出部1750,该伸出部具有一定大小和形状以便配合在该孔2400内。 The inner tube 1230 includes a projecting portion 1750, the projected portion having a size and shape to fit within the bore 2400. 该伸出部1750被附接至图24中未描述的一个保持单元1720 (例如,参见图17)上。 The projecting portion 1750 is attached to a holding unit 1720 (e.g., see FIG. 17) in FIG. 24 are not depicted. 该保持单元1720被附接在一个相对于该内管1230而言的固定位置处。 The holding unit 1720 is attached at one with respect to the fixed position 1230 of the inner tube. 孔2400和伸出部1750的构型为该外管1210相对于该内管1230的相对滑动定位创建了一个最小和最大距离。 Holes 2400 and 1750 projecting portion with respect to the configuration of the relative sliding of the inner tube 1230 is positioned to create a minimum and maximum distances for the outer tube 1210.

[0196] 图25展示了如图21-24中所描绘的一个设备的外部侧视图。 [0196] Figure 25 shows an external side view of a device as depicted in FIG. 21-24. 该设备包括一个储存材料模块盖340、一个储存材料模块320以及一个稳定器单元570A。 The apparatus comprises a storage module cover material 340, a material storage module 320 and a stabilizer unit 570A. 在图25所描绘的构型中,该储存材料模块320处于一种“关闭”位置中,其中在这些储存材料单元330A-330I之间具有最小空间。 In the configuration of Figure 25 depicted, the stored material module 320 in a "closed" position, which has a minimum space between the stored material units 330A-330I. 该储存材料模块320还包括一个底座420。 The stored material module 320 further includes a base 420. 该设备包括沿着该储存材料模块320的侧面定位的一个稳定器单元570A,其中该稳定器单元570A的轴线基本上与该储存材料模块320的轴线平行。 The apparatus comprises a storage material along the side of the module 320 is located a stabilizer unit 570A, wherein the axis of the stabilizer unit 570A of the stored material substantially parallel to the axis 320 of the module. 该稳定器单元570A包括一个外管1220和一个内管1200,这些管被成形并定位成以一种相对于彼此伸缩的方式进行滑动。 The stabilizer unit 570A includes an outer tube 1220 and a tube 1200, these tubes are shaped and positioned in a way relative to one another telescopically slides. 该外管1220包括沿着该外管1220的外边缘的长度定位的一个缝隙状孔2500。 The outer tube 1220 includes a slit-shaped aperture 2500 is positioned along the length of the outer edge of the outer tube 1220. 该内管1200包括一个伸出部2510,该伸出部具有一定大小和形状以便配合在该孔2500内。 The inner tube 1200 includes a projecting portion 2510, the projected portion having a size and shape to fit within the bore 2500. 该伸出部2510被附接至图25中未描述的一个保持单元2210 (例如,参见图22)上。 The projecting portion 2510 is attached to a holding unit 2210 (e.g., see FIG. 22) of FIG. 25 are not described. 该保持单元2210被附接在一个相对于该内管1200而言的固定位置处。 The holding unit 2210 is attached at one with respect to the fixed position 1200 of the inner tube. 孔2500和伸出部2510的构型为该外管1220相对于该内管1200的相对滑动定位创建了一个最小和最大距离。 Holes 2500 and 2510 projecting portion of the outer tube 1220 configuration that slides relative to the inner tube 1200 is positioned to create a minimum and maximum distances.

[0197] 图26描绘了设备的一个实施例。 [0197] FIG. 26 depicts one embodiment of the apparatus. 图26示出一种设备,该设备包括一个中央稳定器350、一个储存材料模块320以及一个稳定器单兀2600。 Figure 26 shows an apparatus, the apparatus comprising a central stabilizer 350, a storage module 320, and a stabilizer material Single Wu 2600. 在这个构型中,该设备处于一种“关闭”或“锁定”的位置中,其在该储存材料模块内的储存材料的周围具有最小开放空间。 In this configuration, the device is in a "closed" or "locked" position, around which the material stored in the material storage module having a minimum open space. 该储存材料模块320包含被附接至该中央稳定器350上的一个盖340。 The module 320 comprises a storage material is attached to a cover 340 on the central stabilizer 350. 该储存材料模块320包括一个底座储存材料单元2620,该底座储存材料单元2620包括至少一个孔2630。 The stored material module 320 includes a base unit 2620 stored material, the base material storage unit 2620 includes at least one aperture 2630. 该底座储存材料单元2620被附接至该储存材料模块320的底座420上。 The base material storage unit 2620 is attached to the base 420 of the module 320 stored material. 该中央稳定器350包括一个盖2620,这个盖在该中央稳定器350的与该储存材料模块320的盖340相对一侧处被附接至该中央稳定器350上。 The stabilizer 350 includes a central cover 2620, the cover of the central stabilizer 340 with the stored material cover the opposite side of the module 320 is attached to the center 350 of the stabilizer 350. 该稳定器单元2600被配置为具有一个内表面的外部框架,该内表面被配置成用于匹配该储存材料模块320内的这些储存材料单元330的外部表面。 The stabilizer unit 2600 is configured to have an inner surface of the outer frame, the inner surface configured to match the external surface of the stored material in the storage module 320 of unit 330 materials. 该稳定器单元被附接至该储存材料模块320的盖340上。 The stabilizer unit is attached to the stored material cover 320 of module 340. 该稳定器单元2600包括一个外部框架,该外部框架具有一定的大小和形状以便实质上环绕该储存材料模块320,该外部框架的内表面基本上符合该储存材料模块320的外表面。 The stabilizer unit 2600 comprises an outer frame, the outer frame of a size and shape so as to substantially encircle the stored material module 320, an inner surface of the outer frame substantially conforms to the outer surface 320 of the module the stored material. 该稳定器单元2600包括在该外部框架中的多个孔2610,这些孔2610是沿着该储存材料模块320的轴线或基本上竖直地(如图26所示)形成的。 The stabilizer unit comprises a plurality of apertures 2600 in the outer frame 2610, and these holes 2610 (as shown in FIG. 26) along the axis of the module 320 stored material or is formed substantially vertically. 该稳定器单元2600包括在面向该储存材料模块320的一个表面处、来自该外部框架的表面的一个或多个伸出部,这些伸出部对应于在一个底座储存材料单元2620内的孔2630的一个或多个边缘表面。 The stabilizer unit 2600 comprises a storage material facing the surface of a module 320, from the outer surface of a frame or a plurality of projecting portions, the projecting portions corresponding to a hole in the base unit 2620 of the stored material 2630 one or more edge surfaces. 在面向该储存材料模块320的一个表面处、来自该外部框架的表面的这些伸出部配合在该孔2630内,以便限制该储存材料模块320内的这些储存材料单元330相对于该外部框架的相对移动。 In a facing surface of the stored material module 320, which protrude from the outer surface of the frame is fitted in the hole 2630, so as to limit the stored material in the storage units 320,330 material module relative to the outer frame relative movement. 在图26所示的实施例中,该储存材料模块320内的这些储存材料单元330可以相对于由该稳定器单元2600的外部框架所形成的轴线、或如附图中所展示的基本上竖直地滑动。 In the embodiment illustrated in Figure 26, the stored material units within the storage module 320 the material 330 may be made with respect to the axis of the stabilizer outer frame unit formed of 2600, or as shown in the drawings is substantially vertical straight to slide. 该储存材料模块320相对于该稳定器单元2600的外部框架的相对移动被限制在该基本上竖直的方向上,如由该孔2630所限定的。 The stored material module 320 with respect to movement of the stabilizer relative to the outer frame unit 2600 are substantially limited in the vertical direction, as indicated by the aperture 2630 defined.

[0198] 图27描绘了如图26所示出的设备的一个实施例。 [0198] FIG. 27 depicts an embodiment of an apparatus 26 shown in FIG. 图27示出了一种设备,该设备包括一个中央稳定器350、一个储存材料模块320以及一个稳定器单兀2600。 27 shows an apparatus, the apparatus comprising a central stabilizer 350, a storage module 320, and a stabilizer material Single Wu 2600. 在这个构型中,该设备处于一种“关闭”或“锁定”的位置中,对于该储存材料模块内的储存材料具有最小的触及。 In this configuration, the device is in a "closed" or "locked" position, for a storage material in the storage module having the smallest touch material. 这个位置可能适合于长期储存。 This position may be suitable for long-term storage. 该储存材料模块320包含被附接至该中央稳定器350上的一个盖340。 The module 320 comprises a storage material is attached to a cover 340 on the central stabilizer 350. 该储存材料模块320包括一个底座储存材料单元2620,该底座储存材料单元2620包括至少一个孔2630。 The stored material module 320 includes a base unit 2620 stored material, the base material storage unit 2620 includes at least one aperture 2630. 该中央稳定器350包括一个盖2620,这个盖在该中央稳定器350的与该储存材料模块320的盖340相反的一侧处被附接至该中央稳定器350上。 The stabilizer 350 includes a central cover 2620, the cover on the central stabilizer and the storage module 320 of the cover material 340 at an opposite side is attached to the central stabilizer 350 350. 该稳定器单元2600被配置为具有一个内表面的外部框架,该内表面被配置成用于匹配该储存材料模块320内的这些储存材料单元330的外部表面。 The stabilizer unit 2600 is configured to have an inner surface of the outer frame, the inner surface configured to match the external surface of the stored material in the storage module 320 of unit 330 materials. 该稳定器单元被附接至该储存材料模块320的盖340上。 The stabilizer unit is attached to the stored material cover 320 of module 340. 该稳定器单兀2600包括一个外部框架,该外部框架具有一定的大小和形状以便实质上环绕该储存材料模块320,该外部框架的内表面基本上符合该储存材料模块320的外表面。 The stabilizer 2600 comprises a single Wu outer frame, the outer frame of a size and shape so as to substantially encircle the stored material module 320, an inner surface of the outer frame substantially conforms to the outer surface 320 of the module the stored material. 该稳定器单元2600包括在该外部框架中的多个孔2610。 The stabilizer unit comprises a plurality of apertures 2600 in the outer frame 2610. 该稳定器单兀2600包括在面向该储存材料模块320的一个表面处、来自该外部框架的表面的一个或多个伸出部,这些伸出部对应于在一个底座储存材料单元2620内的孔2630的一个或多个边缘表面。 The stabilizer comprises a single Wu 2600 facing a surface of the stored material at a module 320, from the outer surface of a frame or a plurality of projecting portions, the projecting portions corresponding to a hole in the base unit 2620 of the stored material one or more edges of the surface 2630. 在面向该储存材料模块320的一个表面处、来自该外部框架的表面的这些伸出部配合在该孔2630内,以便限制该储存材料模块320内的这些储存材料单元330相对于该外部框架的相对移动。 In a facing surface of the stored material module 320, which protrude from the outer surface of the frame is fitted in the hole 2630, so as to limit the stored material in the storage units 320,330 material module relative to the outer frame relative movement. 在图26和27所示的实施例中,该储存材料模块320内的这些储存材料单元330可以相对于由该稳定器单元2600的外部框架所形成的轴线、或如附图中所展示的基本上竖直地滑动。 In the embodiment illustrated in FIGS. 26 and 27, these material units stored within the storage module 320 the material 330 may stabilizer relative to the axis of the outer frame unit formed of 2600, or as shown in the drawings is substantially the slide vertically. 该储存材料模块320相对于该稳定器单元2600的外部框架的相对移动被限制,如由该孔2630的位置所限定。 The stored material module 320 with respect to movement of the stabilizer relative to the outer frame unit 2600 is restricted, as defined by the position of the aperture 2630. [0199] 图28描绘了如图26和27所展示的设备的一个实施例。 [0199] FIG. 28 depicts a 26 and 27 show an embodiment of the apparatus. 图28的视图类似于图26所示出的视图。 The view shown in FIG. 28 a view similar to FIG. 26. 在图28所示的构型中,该设备处于允许触及被储存在该储存材料模块320中的材料的一种“打开”位置中。 In the configuration shown in FIG. 28, the apparatus is in a state allowing access to the material stored in the material storage module 320 in the "open" position. 图28示出了一种设备,该设备包括一个中央稳定器350、一个储存材料模块320以及一个稳定器单元2600。 Figure 28 shows an apparatus, the apparatus comprising a central stabilizer 350, a storage module 320, and a stabilizer material unit 2600. 该储存材料模块320包含被附接至该中央稳定器350上的一个盖340。 The module 320 comprises a storage material is attached to a cover 340 on the central stabilizer 350. 该储存材料模块320包括一个底座储存材料单元2620,该底座储存材料单元2620包括至少一个孔2630。 The stored material module 320 includes a base unit 2620 stored material, the base material storage unit 2620 includes at least one aperture 2630. 该底座储存材料单元2620被附接至该储存材料模块320的底座420上。 The base material storage unit 2620 is attached to the base 420 of the module 320 stored material. 该中央稳定器350包括一个盖2620,这个盖在该中央稳定器350的与该储存材料模块320的盖340相反的一侧处被附接至该中央稳定器350上。 The stabilizer 350 includes a central cover 2620, the cover on the central stabilizer and the storage module 320 of the cover material 340 at an opposite side is attached to the central stabilizer 350 350. 该稳定器单元2600被配置为具有一个内表面的外部框架,该内表面被配置成用于匹配该储存材料模块320内的这些储存材料单元330的外部表面。 The stabilizer unit 2600 is configured to have an inner surface of the outer frame, the inner surface configured to match the external surface of the stored material in the storage module 320 of unit 330 materials. 该稳定器单元被附接至该储存材料模块320的盖340上。 The stabilizer unit is attached to the stored material cover 320 of module 340. 该稳定器单兀2600包括一个外部框架,该外部框架具有一定的大小和形状以便实质上环绕该储存材料模块320,该外部框架的内表面基本上符合该储存材料模块320的外表面。 The stabilizer 2600 comprises a single Wu outer frame, the outer frame of a size and shape so as to substantially encircle the stored material module 320, an inner surface of the outer frame substantially conforms to the outer surface 320 of the module the stored material. 该稳定器单元2600包括在该外部框架中的多个孔2610。 The stabilizer unit comprises a plurality of apertures 2600 in the outer frame 2610. 该稳定器单元2600包括在面向该储存材料模块320的一个表面处、来自该外部框架的表面的一个或多个伸出部,这些伸出部对应于在一个底座储存材料单元2620内的孔2630的一个或多个边缘表面。 The stabilizer unit 2600 comprises a storage material facing the surface of a module 320, from the outer surface of a frame or a plurality of projecting portions, the projecting portions corresponding to a hole in the base unit 2620 of the stored material 2630 one or more edge surfaces. 在面向该储存材料模块320的表面处、来自该外部框架的表面的一个或多个伸出部配合在该孔2630内,以便限制该储存材料模块320内的这些储存材料单元330相对于该外部框架的相对移动。 At the surface of the stored material facing the module 320, from the outer surface of a frame or a plurality of projecting portions is fitted in the hole 2630, so as to limit the stored material units within the stored material module relative to the outer 320330 relative movement of the frame. 在图28所示的实施例中,该储存材料模块320内的这些储存材料单元330已经相对于由该稳定器单元2600的外部框架形成的轴线、或如附图中所展示的基本上竖直地滑动。 In the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 28, the stored material in the storage unit 330 material module 320 has with respect to the axis of the outer frame is formed by the stabilizer unit 2600, or as shown in the drawings substantially vertically slide. 该储存材料模块320相对于该稳定器单元2600的外部框架的相对移动被限制,如由该孔2630的方向和位置所限定。 The module 320 stored material relative movement of the outer frame of the stabilizer unit 2600 is restricted, as defined by the aperture 2630 in the direction and position. 在图28中,该储存材料模块320的相对移动足以形成一个进入区域2800。 In Figure 28, the relative movement of the stored material module 320 is sufficient to form an entry region 2800. 该进入区域2800将允许该设备的用户触及被储存在该储存材料模块320内的这些储存材料单元中的材料。 The entry area 2800 allows the user touches the device materials stored material unit is stored in the storage module 320 of material. 虽然仅示出了与该进入区域2800相邻的该最顶部储存材料单元330,但该储存材料模块320内的这些储存材料单元中的每一个均可以相对于该稳定器单元2600的外部框架滑动以便形成与每个储存材料单元相邻的进入区域2800。 Although only the topmost storage unit adjacent to the material inlet region 2,800,330, but these units stored material within the material storage module 320. Each of the stabilizer with respect to the outer frame of the slide unit 2600 2800 to form the material adjacent to each storage unit enters the area.

[0200] 图29描绘了如图26-28所展示的设备的一个实施例。 [0200] FIG. 29 depicts one of the apparatus illustrated in FIG. 26-28 embodiment. 图29的视图类似于图27所示出的视图。 27 in the view shown in FIG. 29 a view similar to FIG. 在图29所示的构型中,该设备处于允许触及被储存在该储存材料模块320中的材料的一种“打开”位置中。 In the configuration shown in FIG. 29, the apparatus is in a state allowing access to the material stored in the material storage module 320 in the "open" position. 图29不出一种设备,该设备包括一个中央稳定器350、一个储存材料模块320以及一个稳定器单元2600。 FIG not an apparatus 29, the apparatus comprising a central stabilizer 350, a storage module 320, and a stabilizer material unit 2600. 该储存材料模块320包含附接至该中央稳定器350上的一个盖340。 The stored material is attached to the module 320 comprises a cover 340 on the central stabilizer 350. 该储存材料模块320包括一个底座储存材料单元2620,该底座储存材料单元2620包括至少一个孔2630。 The stored material module 320 includes a base unit 2620 stored material, the base material storage unit 2620 includes at least one aperture 2630. 该底座储存材料单元2620被附接至该储存材料模块320的底座420上。 The base material storage unit 2620 is attached to the base 420 of the module 320 stored material. 该中央稳定器350包括一个盖2620,这个盖在该中央稳定器350的与该储存材料模块320的盖340相反的一侧处被附接至该中央稳定器350上。 The stabilizer 350 includes a central cover 2620, the cover on the central stabilizer and the storage module 320 of the cover material 340 at an opposite side is attached to the central stabilizer 350 350. 该稳定器单元2600被配置为具有一个内表面的外部框架,该内表面被配置成用于匹配该储存材料模块320内的这些储存材料单元330的外部表面。 The stabilizer unit 2600 is configured to have an inner surface of the outer frame, the inner surface configured to match the external surface of the stored material in the storage module 320 of unit 330 materials. 该稳定器单元被附接至该储存材料模块320的盖340上。 The stabilizer unit is attached to the stored material cover 320 of module 340. 该稳定器单兀2600包括一个外部框架,该外部框架具有一定的大小和形状以便实质上环绕该储存材料模块320,该外部框架的内表面基本上符合该储存材料模块320的外表面。 The stabilizer 2600 comprises a single Wu outer frame, the outer frame of a size and shape so as to substantially encircle the stored material module 320, an inner surface of the outer frame substantially conforms to the outer surface 320 of the module the stored material. 该稳定器单元2600包括在该外部框架中的多个孔2610。 The stabilizer unit comprises a plurality of apertures 2600 in the outer frame 2610. 该稳定器单元2600包括在面向该储存材料模块320的一个表面处、来自该外部框架的表面的一个或多个伸出部,这些伸出部对应于一个底座储存材料单元2620内的至少一个孔2630的一个或多个边缘表面。 The stabilizer unit comprises at least one aperture 2600 for the stored material at the surface of a module 320, from the outer surface of a frame or a plurality of projecting portions, the projecting portion corresponding to a base material storage unit 2620 in one or more edges of the surface 2630. 在面向该储存材料模块320的表面处、来自该外部框架的表面的这些伸出部配合在该孔2630内,以便限制该储存材料模块320内的这些储存材料单元330相对于该外部框架的相对移动。 In these projecting portions facing the stored material at the surface of the module 320, from the outer surface of the frame to fit within the bore 2630, in order to limit these materials storage unit 330 with the stored material within the module 320 relative to the outer frame mobile. 在图29所示的实施例中,该储存材料模块320内的这些储存材料单元330已经相对于由该稳定器单元2600的外部框架形成的轴线滑动,或如附图中所展示的基本上竖直地滑动。 In the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 29, the stored material in the storage unit 330 material module 320 has with respect to the sliding axis formed by the outer frame of the stabilizer unit 2600, or as shown in the drawings is substantially vertical straight to slide. 该储存材料模块320相对于该稳定器单元2600的外部框架的相对移动被限制,如基本上由该孔2630的形状和位置所限定。 The module 320 stored material relative movement of the outer frame of the stabilizer unit 2600 is restricted, as substantially defined by the shape and position of the aperture 2630. 在图29中,该储存材料模块320的相对移动足以形成一个进入区域2800。 In Figure 29, the relative movement of the stored material module 320 is sufficient to form an entry region 2800. 该进入区域2800将允许该设备的用户触及被储存在该储存材料模块320内的这些储存材料单元中的材料。 The entry area 2800 allows the user touches the device materials stored material unit is stored in the storage module 320 of material. 虽然仅示出了与该进入区域2800相邻的该最顶部储存材料单元330,但该储存材料模块320内的这些储存材料单元中的每一个均可以相对于该稳定器单元2600的外部框架滑动以便形成与每个储存材料单元相邻的进入区域2800。 Although only the topmost storage unit adjacent to the material inlet region 2,800,330, but these units stored material within the material storage module 320. Each of the stabilizer with respect to the outer frame of the slide unit 2600 2800 to form the material adjacent to each storage unit enters the area.

[0201] 图30展示了一个底座储存材料单元2620,例如在图26_29的设备中所示。 [0201] FIG 30 shows a base material storage unit 2620, for example, in the apparatus shown in FIG 26_29. 该底座储存材料单元2620被附接至一个储存材料模块底座420。 The base material storage unit 2620 is attached to a chassis module 420 stored material. 类似于其他附图(标识为330)所描绘的储存材料单元,该底座储存材料单元2620包括一个空隙区域910,该空隙区域被配置成允许看见并且触及该底座储存材料单元2620内的储存材料。 Similar to other figures (identified as 330) unit as depicted stored material, the base material storage unit 2620 includes a void region 910, the gap region is configured to allow the reservoir to see and hit the base material in the material storage unit 2620. 该底座储存材料单元2620包括至少一个孔2630,该孔被配置成用于匹配一个稳定器单元2600的外部框架的对应内部表面上的一个伸出部(参见图26-29 )。 The base material storage unit 2620 includes at least one aperture 2630, the aperture configured to a projecting portion (see FIGS. 26-29) on a matching external stabilizer frame unit 2600 corresponding interior surface. 该孔2630的下部边缘实质上限定了该储存材料单元320相对于该稳定器单元2600的相对位置。 The lower edge of the hole 2630 substantially defines the stored material unit 320 the relative position of the stabilizer unit 2600. 该底座储存材料单元2620包括一个侧壁440。 The base material storage unit 2620 comprises a sidewall 440. 至少一个凸缘3000从该底座储存材料单元2620的侧壁440的顶部边缘伸出。 At least one flange 3000 extending from a top edge of the side wall 440 of the base 2620 material storage unit. 该至少一个凸缘3000在相对于该侧壁440的表面基本上垂直的方向上伸出。 The at least one flange 3000 extending to the upper surface of the side wall 440 in substantially perpendicular direction. 该至少一个凸缘3000在一个基本上垂直的方向上背离该侧壁440的外表面而伸出。 The at least one flange 3000 in a substantially perpendicular direction away from the outer surface of the side wall 440 to protrude. 该凸缘被配置成用于可逆地匹配一个稳定器单元2600的外部框架中的孔2600的边缘。 The flange is configured to reversibly mate with the edge of a stabilizer outer frame unit 2600 in the hole 2600. 匹配一个孔2600的边缘的该凸缘3000的边缘创建了与该储存材料模块320内的这些储存材料单元相邻的一个进入区域2800的最小和最大尺寸。 Edge matching the edge of a hole 2600 of the flange 3000 is created within the material storage module 320 of the stored material into the cell adjacent to a region of minimum and maximum sizes of 2800. 与该凸缘3000的边缘相连接的一个孔2600的边缘实质上限定了与该储存材料模块320 (参见图26-29)内的这些储存材料单元相邻的一个进入区域2800的竖直高度。 A hole edge of the flange is connected to an edge 2600 of 3000 defines a substantially adjacent to the stored material within the module 320 (see FIG. 26-29) a unit of the stored material into the region 2800 vertical height. 该凸缘3000的边缘与该孔2600的上部边缘之间的接触实质上限定了在储存材料模块320中的可能的最小位移、或该储存材料模块320处于“关闭”或“锁定”位置时(参见图26和27)的高度。 Edge of the flange 3000 of the contact between the upper edge of the aperture 2600 and substantially defining the smallest possible displacement of the material in the storage module 320 or module 320, the stored material in the "closed" or "locked" position ( Referring to FIGS. 26 and height 27). 类似地,该凸缘3000的边缘与该孔2600的上部边缘之间的接触实质上限定了在储存材料模块320中可能的最大位移、或该储存材料模块320处于“打开”或“解锁”位置时(参见图28和29)的高度。 Similarly, the contact between the upper edges of the flange 3000 and the aperture 2600 defines a substantially module 320 may be stored material maximum displacement, or the stored material module 320 is "on" or "unlocked" position in height (see FIGS. 28 and 29).

[0202] 图31展示了如图30中所示的并且被展示在图26-29的设备内的一个底座储存材料单元2620。 [0202] FIG. 31 shows the apparatus and is shown in Figures 26-29 is shown in FIG. 30 is a base material storing unit 2620. 该底座储存材料单元2620被附接至一个储存材料模块底座420上。 The base material storage unit 2620 is attached to a material storage module 420 on the base. 该底座储存材料单元2620包括一个空隙区域910,该空隙区域被配置成允许看见并且触及在该底座储存材料单元2620内的储存材料。 The base material storage unit 2620 comprises a gap region 910, the gap region is configured to allow the material to see and hit stored in the base unit 2620 of the storage material. 该底座储存材料单元2620包括至少一个孔2630,该孔被配置成用于匹配一个稳定器单元2600的外部框架的对应内部表面上的一个伸出部(参见图26-29)。 The base material storage unit 2620 includes at least one aperture 2630, the aperture configured to a projecting portion (see FIGS. 26-29) on a matching external stabilizer frame unit 2600 corresponding interior surface. 该孔2630的下部边缘实质上限定了该储存材料单元320相对于该稳定器单元2600的潜在的相对移动。 The lower edge of the hole 2630 substantially defines the storage unit 320 with respect to the underlying material of relative movement of the stabilizer unit 2600. 该底座储存材料单元2620包括一个侧壁440。 The base material storage unit 2620 comprises a sidewall 440. 至少一个凸缘3000从该底座储存材料单元2620的侧壁440的顶部边缘伸出。 At least one flange 3000 extending from a top edge of the side wall 440 of the base 2620 material storage unit. 该至少一个凸缘3000在相对于该侧壁440的表面基本上垂直的方向上伸出、或如图31中所描绘的水平地伸出。 The at least one flange 3000 projecting with respect to the upper surface of the sidewall 440 extending substantially perpendicular to a direction 31 or horizontally as depicted in FIG. 该凸缘被配置成用于可逆地匹配一个稳定器单元2600的外部框架中的孔2600的边缘。 The flange is configured to reversibly mate with the edge of a stabilizer outer frame unit 2600 in the hole 2600. 匹配一个孔2600的边缘的该凸缘3000的边缘建立了与该储存材料模块320内的这些储存材料单元相邻的一个进入区域2800的边界。 Edge matching the edge of a hole 2600 of the flange 3000 to establish a material within the storage module 320 of the stored material into the cell adjacent to a boundary region 2800. 与该凸缘3000的边缘相连接的孔2600的边缘实质上限定了与该储存材料模块320 (参见图26-29)内的这些储存材料单元相邻的一个进入区域2800的竖直高度。 Edge of the flange is connected to an edge 3000 of the aperture 2600 defines a substantially adjacent to the stored material within the module 320 (see FIG. 26-29) a unit of the stored material into the region of the vertical height of 2800. 该凸缘3000的边缘与该孔2600的上部边缘之间的接触实质上限定了在储存材料模块320中可能的最小位移、或该储存材料模块320处于“关闭”或“锁定”位置时(参见图26和27)的高度。 When the edge of the flange 3000 of the contact between the upper edge of the aperture 2600 and substantially defining a material storage module 320 in the smallest possible displacement, or the stored material module 320 is "off" or "locked" position (see height 26 and 27). 类似地,该凸缘3000的边缘与该孔2600的上部边缘之间的接触实质上限定了在储存材料模块320中可能的最大位移、或该储存材料模块320处于“打开”或“解锁”位置时(参见图28和29)的高度。 Similarly, the contact between the upper edges of the flange 3000 and the aperture 2600 defines a substantially module 320 may be stored material maximum displacement, or the stored material module 320 is "on" or "unlocked" position in height (see FIGS. 28 and 29).

[0203] 图32在一个竖直截面视图中描绘了一个运输稳定器3210,该运输稳定器被展示成与一个实质上热密封的容器100相关联。 [0203] FIG. 32 is a vertical cross-sectional view depicting a transport stabilizer 3210, which is shown to be transported stabilizer with a substantially thermally sealed container 100 is associated. 该运输稳定器3210旨在用于一个实质上热密封的容器100中,该容器包括一个连接器115,为一个挠性连接器。 The stabilizer transport container 3210 is intended for a substantially thermally sealed 100, the container includes a connector 115, a flexible connector. 该运输稳定器3210被配置成用于承担与该连接器115的挠曲或移动相关联的一部分力,特别是在当该实质上热密封的容器100经受明显移动的情况下。 The transport stabilizer 3210 is configured to flex or part of the force associated with the movement for the connector 115 to assume, particularly in the case of 100 when subjected to significant movement of the substantially thermally sealed container. 该运输稳定器3210可以用在例如一个实质上热密封的容器100的装运或运输过程中。 The stabilizer 3210 may be transported in shipping or transport, for example, a substantially thermally sealed container 100. 该运输稳定器3210被配置成具有一定的大小和形状以便可逆地匹配一个实质上热密封的容器100的内部,该容器包括一个连接器115,为一个挠性连接器。 The transport stabilizer 3210 is configured of a size and shape to reversibly mate with a substantially thermally sealed container 100 inside which container comprises a connector 115, a flexible connector. 该运输稳定器3210的尺寸对应于一个实质上热密封的容器100的内部的尺寸,该容器包括一个连接器115,为一个挠性连接器。 The size of the transport of the stabilizer 3210 corresponds to the size of a substantially thermally sealed inside the container 100, the container includes a connector 115, a flexible connector.

[0204] 图32描绘了一个实质上热密封的容器100,该容器包括一个连接器115,为一个挠性连接器。 [0204] FIG. 32 depicts one substantially thermally sealed container 100, the container includes a connector 115, a flexible connector. 该实质上热密封的容器100包括一个外壁105和一个内壁110,在该外壁105与该内壁110之间具有一个空隙120。 The substantially thermally sealed container 100 includes an outer wall 105 and an inner wall 110, 120 having a gap 105 between the outer wall and the inner wall 110. 该内壁110的内表面实质上限定了一个实质上热密封的储存区域130的边界。 The inner surface of the inner wall 110 substantially define the boundaries of a substantially thermally sealed storage region 130. 该实质上热密封的储存区域130的内部包括被附接至该内壁110的内表面上的一个储存结构200。 The substantially thermally sealed storage region 130 includes inner is attached to a storage structure on the inner surface 200 of inner wall 110. 虽然在图32的截面图中不能清楚地看见,但该储存结构包括多个孔220、210 (参见图2)。 Although not clearly visible in the sectional view of FIG. 32, but the storage structure comprises a plurality of apertures 220, 210 (see FIG. 2). 一个中央孔210被定位在该支撑结构200的中心,其中该中央孔210的这些边缘大致对应于该通道125 (参见图2)的这些侧边。 A central aperture 210 is positioned at the center of the support structure 200, wherein the edges of the central aperture 210 substantially corresponds to the channel 125 (see FIG. 2) of these sides. 如图32所示,一个或多个支撑结构3200维持该基本上平面的储存结构200相对于该内壁110的内表面的相对位置。 As shown in FIG. 32, one or more support structures 3200 maintain the relative position of the inner surface of the inner wall 110 of the storage structure is substantially planar with respect to 200.

[0205] 图32描绘了与该实质上热密封的容器100相关联的一个运输稳定器单元3210。 [0205] FIG. 32 depicts one transport stabilizer 100 associated with the substantially thermally sealed container unit 3210. 在所展示的构型中,该实质上热密封的容器100和该运输稳定器单元3210被定位成使得该运输稳定器单元3210承担了由该内壁110以及该实质上热密封的储存区域130的任何内容物的质量和运动(包括该储存结构200的质量)施加在该挠性连接器115上的力的实质性部分。 In the illustrated configuration, the substantially thermally sealed container 100 and a stabilizer of the transport unit 3210 is positioned such that the transport unit 3210 stabilizer borne by the inner wall 110 and the substantially thermally sealed storage region 130 mass motion and any contents (including the mass of the storage structure 200) applied to the flexible connector 115 a substantial portion of the force. 该运输稳定器单元3210包括具有一定大小和形状的盖子3250,这个盖子被配置成用于实质上覆盖该实质上热密封的储存容器100的外壁105中的一个外部开口。 The transport unit 3210 comprises a stabilizer cover 3250 having a certain size and shape, the cover configured to cover a substantially outside the outer wall 105 of the substantially thermally sealed storage container 100 in the opening. 这个盖子3250包括一个表面,该表面被配置成用于可逆地匹配该实质上热密封的储存容器100的外壁105的、与该外壁105中的外部开口相邻的一个外表面。 The lid 3250 includes a surface which is configured to reversibly mate with an outer surface of the substantially thermally sealed storage container 105 outer walls 100, 105 adjacent the exterior of the outer wall of the opening. 这个盖子3250可以用具有足够强度的材料制成,以便在该可逆的紧固单元被附接至该定位轴上时将该挠性连接器维持在一个压缩位置中。 The cap 3250 may be made of a material having sufficient strength, when attached so as to be connected to the shaft of the flexible connector is positioned in a compressed position is maintained in the reversible fastening unit. 例如,这个盖子3250可以由不锈钢制成。 For example, the cap 3250 may be made of stainless steel. 这个盖子3250包括一个或者多个孔,这些孔被配置成用于将一个紧固件3255附接至该容器100的外部表面上。 The cover 3250 includes one or more apertures, the apertures being configured for a fastener 3255 attached to the outer surface of the container 100. 这个盖子包括一个中央孔,该孔被配置在相对于这个盖子3250的平面基本上垂直的方向上。 The lid includes a central aperture, the aperture is disposed on the cover 3250 with respect to a plane substantially perpendicular direction. 一个可逆的紧固单元3225在与这个盖子3250中的中央孔相邻的位置处被附接至这个盖子3250上。 A reversible fastening unit 3225 is attached to the cover 3250 at positions that the central aperture in the cover 3250 adjacent. 这个可逆的紧固单元3225被定位成将一个定位轴3220紧固在这个盖子的中央孔内。 The reversible fastening unit 3225 is positioned to a positioning shaft 3220 fastened in the center hole of the lid. 该可逆的紧固单元3225被定位成将一个定位轴3220紧固在相对于这个盖子3250的固定位置中。 The reversible fastening unit 3225 is positioned to a positioning shaft 3220 fastened to the cover 3250 with respect to the fixed position. 该运输稳定器单元3210包括一个壁3280,该壁3280实质上限定了一个管状结构,该管状结构具有的截面直径小于该实质上热密封的储存容器100的挠性连接器115的最小直径。 The transport unit 3210 comprises a stabilizer wall of a storage container 3280, the wall 3280 defining a substantially tubular structure, the tubular structure having a cross-sectional diameter is smaller than the minimum diameter of substantially thermally sealed flexible connector 100. 115. 实质上限定了该管状结构的该壁3280的末端被可操作地附接至这个盖子3250上。 Substantially defining the end wall of the tubular structure 3280 are operatively attached to the cover 3250 this. 如图32所示,该壁3280以基本上直角或垂直地附接至这个盖子3250上。 As shown in FIG. 32, a substantially right angle to the wall 3280 perpendicularly connected or attached to this cap 3250. 该壁3280包括至少一个孔3270。 The wall includes at least one aperture 3280 3270. 在图32-39所展示的实施例中,该壁3280包括在该壁3280的两个相反的面上的两个孔。 In the embodiment shown in FIGS. 32-39, the wall 3280 includes two holes at two opposite surfaces of the wall 3280. 所展示的这两个孔在所描绘的这些实施例中是基本上相等的。 These examples show that the two holes in the depicted are substantially equal. 该孔3270相对于图32所示的视图具有一个上部边缘3273和一个下部边缘3275。 3270 with the aperture 3273 has an upper edge and a lower edge 32, 3275 to the view shown in FIG. 该壁3280中的孔3270的上部边缘3273被定位在管状结构上位于从该管状结构的、可操作地附接至这个盖子3250上的末端起小于该挠性连接器115的最大长度的一个位置处。 The upper wall 3280 of the hole 3270 of edge 3273 are positioned on the tubular structure in a position from which the tubular structure is operatively attached to the end of the lid 3250 from the flexible connector 115 is smaller than the maximum length of place. 该运输稳定器3210包括一个定位轴3220。 The stabilizer 3210 comprises a carriage positioning shaft 3220. 该定位轴3220具有的截面直径小于这个盖子3250的中央孔的截面直径。 The positioning shaft 3220 has a cross-sectional diameter is smaller than the center hole of the cap 3250 cross-sectional diameter. 该定位轴3220具有的长度大于这个盖子3250的厚度同这个盖子3250的表面与该壁3280中的孔3270的上部边缘3273之间的壁3280长度的结合。 The positioning shaft 3220 having a length greater than the combined thickness of the cover 3250 3280 3273 of length of the wall between the cover 3250 with the upper edge surface of the hole 3270 in the wall 3280. 该壁3280具有一个内表面,该内表面实质上限定了该管状区域的一个内部区域3285。 The wall 3280 having an inner surface, which inner surface defines a substantially interior region 3285 of the tubular region. 该运输稳定器3210包括一个枢转单元3230,该枢转单元3230可操作地附接至该定位轴3220的一个终端区域上并且被定位在该内部区域3285内。 The carriage 3210 comprises a stabilizer pivoting unit 3230, the pivoting unit 3230 operably attached to the one end region of the positioning shaft 3220 and is positioned within the inner region 3285. 该运输稳定器3210包括一个支撑单元3260。 The stabilizer transport unit 3210 comprises a support 3260. 该支撑单元3260可操作地附接至该枢转单元3230上。 The support unit 3260 operably attached to the pivoting unit 3230. 该支撑单元3260具有一定的大小和形状以便当该枢转单元3230在一个方向上转动时配合在该内部区域3285内、并且以便当该枢转单元3230在另一个方向上(如图32所描绘的基本上水平地)转动约90度时穿过该壁3280中的孔3270伸出。 The support unit 3260 is of a size and shape to fit within the inner region 3285 when the pivoting unit 3230 is rotated in one direction, and so that when the depicted pivoting unit 3230 in the other direction (FIG. 32 substantially horizontally) is rotated through a hole 3270 in the wall 3280 extends about 90 degrees.

[0206] 该运输稳定器3210包括一个末端区域3290。 [0206] The carriage 3210 comprises a stabilizer end region 3290. 该末端区域具有一定大小和形状而被配置成用于可逆地匹配该实质上热密封的储存容器100内的储存结构200中的一个孔210的内表面。 The end region having a size and shape configured to reversibly mate with the substantially thermally sealed storage of the inner surface of a hole in the container storage structure of 100,200,210. 该运输稳定器3210包括在该末端区域3290的终端处的一个底座抓柄3245。 The carriage 3210 comprises a stabilizer grip 3245 in a base terminal region at the end of 3290. 如图32所示,当在使用该运输稳定器3210时,该底座抓柄3245被配置成用于可逆地匹配该容器100的内壁110的内表面。 As shown in FIG 32, when used in the transport of the stabilizer 3210, the base grip 3245 is configured to reversibly mate with the inner surface of the inner wall 110 of container 100. 该运输稳定器3210包括用于该底座抓柄3245的一个张紧单元。 The carriage 3210 comprises a stabilizer for the base unit to grasp a tensioning handle 3245. 该张紧单元被配置成用于将该底座抓柄3245上对抗该实质上热密封的储存容器100的内壁110的压力维持在一个基本上垂直于这个盖子3250的表面的方向上、或在图32的视图中基本上向下的方向上。 The tensioning unit is configured to handle a pressure on the grip base 3245 substantially thermally sealed against the inner wall 110 of the storage container 100 is maintained in a direction substantially perpendicular to the surface of the cover 3250, or in FIG. 32 is a view substantially in a downward direction. 该张紧单元可以包括一个张紧轴3240和一个张紧弹簧3295,其被配置成用于将沿着该运输稳定器3210的长轴线的力维持至该底座抓柄3245的末端上。 The tensioning means may comprise a clamping shaft 3240 and a tension spring 3295, which is configured for the base to maintain the grip on the end of the stem 3245 forces along the long axis of the transport 3210 stabilizer.

[0207] 该运输稳定器3210的这些部分可以由适合于该实施例的多种材料制成。 [0207] The stabilizer of the transport section 3210 can be made in a variety of materials suitable for this embodiment. 可以根据成本、密度、强度、热传导性和适合于该实施例的其他属性来选择材料。 The material may be selected according to cost, density, strength, thermal conductivity and other properties suitable for the embodiment. 在一些实施例中,该运输稳定器3210基本上由金属零件(例如不锈钢、黄铜或铝的零件)制成。 In some embodiments, the stabilizer transport 3210 is substantially made of a metal part (e.g., stainless steel, brass, or aluminum parts). 在一些实施例中,该运输稳定器3210的零件是由耐久的塑料材料(包括玻璃增强塑料)制成。 In some embodiments, the stabilizer of the transport part 3210 is made of durable plastic material (including glass reinforced plastic). 在一些实施例中,该定位轴3220是由具有适当耐久性的塑料材料制成。 In some embodiments, the positioning shaft 3220 is made of plastic material having suitable durability. 在一些实施例中,该底座抓柄3245是由具有合适的摩擦系数的塑料材料制成。 In some embodiments, the base 3245 is a grip made of plastic material having a suitable coefficient of friction. 例如,该底座抓柄3245可以由一种在2摄氏度与8摄氏度之间的温度下相对于该内壁的表面的摩擦系数大于0.5的材料制成。 For example, the base 3245 may be made of a grip at a temperature between 2 degrees and 8 degrees relative to the surface of the inner wall is greater than the coefficient of friction of a material made of 0.5. 例如,该底座抓柄3245可以由在一种在2摄氏度与8摄氏度之间的温度下相对于该内壁的表面的摩擦系数大于0.7的材料制成。 For example, the base grip 3245 may be made of one kind of material at a temperature between 2 degrees and 8 degrees relative to the inner wall surface of the coefficient of friction greater than 0.7. 例如,该底座抓柄3245可以由一种在2摄氏度与8摄氏度之间的温度下相对于该内壁的表面的摩擦系数大于一的材料制成。 For example, the base 3245 may be made of a grip at a temperature between 2 degrees and 8 degrees relative to the surface of the inner wall is greater than a coefficient of friction of the material. 例如,该底座抓柄3245可以由一种在2摄氏度与8摄氏度之间的温度下相对于该内壁的表面的摩擦系数大于1.2的材料制成。 For example, the base 3245 may be made of a grip at a temperature between 2 degrees and 8 degrees relative to the surface of the inner wall is greater than the coefficient of friction materials is made 1.2. 例如,该底座抓柄3245可以由一种在2摄氏度与8摄氏度之间的温度下相对于该内壁的表面的摩擦系数大于1.5的材料制成。 For example, the base 3245 may be made of a grip at a temperature between 2 degrees and 8 degrees relative to the surface of the inner wall is greater than the coefficient of friction materials is made 1.5.

[0208] 图33展示了如图32所示的一个运输稳定器3210的多个方面。 [0208] FIG. 33 illustrates a plurality of aspects of transport 3210 stabilizer 32 shown in FIG. 在图33所示的视图中,该运输稳定器3210处于它将被实施在一个实质上热密封的储存容器100内的构型,但是图33未展示该实质上热密封的储存容器100。 In the view shown in FIG. 33, the transport 3210 is in the stabilizer will be implemented in a configuration substantially thermally sealed storage container 100, but not shown in FIG. 33 the substantially thermally sealed storage container 100. 在图33所示的视图中,该运输稳定器3210是处于图32所示的构型中而没有在图32所示的该质上热密封的储存容器100。 In the view shown in FIG. 33, the transport 3210 is in the stabilizer on the quality of the heat sealing configuration shown in FIG. 32 and FIG. 32 is not shown in the storage container 100. 如图32所示,运输稳定器3210具有一定的大小和形状以便适应一个具有特定尺寸的实质上热密封的储存容器100。 As shown in FIG. 32, the transport of the stabilizer 3210 is of a size and shape to accommodate a particular size a substantially thermally sealed storage container 100.

[0209] 该运输稳定器单元3210包括具有一定大小和形状的盖子3250,这个盖子被配置成用于实质上覆盖一个实质上热密封的储存容器100的外壁105中的一个外部开口。 [0209] The transport unit 3210 comprises a stabilizer having a size and shape of the cap 3250, the cap is configured to substantially cover a substantially thermally sealed storage outside the outer wall of a container 105 in the opening 100. 这个盖子3250可以包括一个或者多个孔3300,这些孔被配置成用于将一个紧固件附接至该容器100的外部表面上。 The cover 3250 may include one or more apertures 3300, the apertures are configured for a fastener attached to the outer surface of the container 100. 这个盖子包括一个中央孔,该孔被配置在相对于这个盖子3250的平面基本上垂直的方向上。 The lid includes a central aperture, the aperture is disposed on the cover 3250 with respect to a plane substantially perpendicular direction. 一个可逆的紧固单元3225在与这个盖子3250中的中央孔相邻的位置处被附接至这个盖子3250上。 A reversible fastening unit 3225 is attached to the cover 3250 at positions that the central aperture in the cover 3250 adjacent. 这个可逆的紧固单元3225被定位成将一个定位轴3220紧固在这个盖子的中央孔内。 The reversible fastening unit 3225 is positioned to a positioning shaft 3220 fastened in the center hole of the lid. 该运输稳定器单元3210包括一个壁3280,该壁3280实质上限定了一个管状结构,该管状结构具有的截面直径小于该实质上热密封的储存容器100的挠性连接器115的最小直径。 The transport unit 3210 comprises a stabilizer wall of a storage container 3280, the wall 3280 defining a substantially tubular structure, the tubular structure having a cross-sectional diameter is smaller than the minimum diameter of substantially thermally sealed flexible connector 100. 115. 该壁3280包括一个区域3310,该区域被配置成配合在挠性连接器115的通道125的最小内部之内。 The wall 3280 includes an area 3310, the area is configured to fit within the smallest internal passage 115 of the flexible connector 125 of. 该区域3310短于该挠性连接器115的最小长度。 The region 3310 is shorter than the minimum length of the flexible connector 115. 该壁3280中的区域3310的末端被固定至盖子3250上。 End region 3310 in the wall 3280 is fixed to the cover 3250. 如图32和33所示,该壁3280以基本上直角或垂直地附接至这个盖子3250上。 32 and 33, the upper wall 3280 is attached to a right angle or substantially perpendicularly connected to the lid 3250. 该壁3280包括至少一个孔3270。 The wall includes at least one aperture 3280 3270. 在图32-39所展示的实施例中,该壁3280包括在该壁3280的两个相反的面上的两个孔。 In the embodiment shown in FIGS. 32-39, the wall 3280 includes two holes at two opposite surfaces of the wall 3280. 所展示的这两个孔在所描绘的实施例中是基本上相等的。 The two holes in the illustrated embodiment the depicted embodiment is substantially identical. 该孔3270相对于图32所示的视图具有一个上部边缘3273和一个下部边缘3275。 3270 with the aperture 3273 has an upper edge and a lower edge 32, 3275 to the view shown in FIG. 在该壁3280中的孔3270的上部边缘3273被定位在管状结构上、位于从该管状结构的、可操作地附接至这个盖子3250上的末端起小于该挠性连接器115的最大长度的一个位置处。 In 3280 in the wall 3270 of the upper edges of the holes 3273 are positioned on the tubular structure, at the maximum from the length of the tubular structure operatively attached to the end of the cap 3250 is less than the flexible connector 115 at one location. 该孔3270的上部边缘3273限定了该区域3310的长度,该区域被配置成配合在挠性连接器115的通道125的最小内部之内。 The upper edge of the hole 3270 3273 3310 defines the length of the region, which region is configured to fit within the smallest internal passage 115 of the flexible connector 125 of. 被配置成配合在挠性连接器115的通道125的最小内部之内的该区域3310的长度在一端处是由盖子3250的边缘限定的并且在相反一端处是由孔3270的上部边缘3273限定的。 This region is configured to fit within the smallest internal passage 115 of the flexible connector 125 of length 3310 at one end is defined by the edge of the lid 3250 and the opposite end of the aperture is defined by an upper edge 3273 of the 3270 . 该运输稳定器3210包括一个定位轴3220。 The stabilizer 3210 comprises a carriage positioning shaft 3220. 该壁3280具有一个内表面,该内表面实质上限定了该管状区域的一个内部区域3285。 The wall 3280 having an inner surface, which inner surface defines a substantially interior region 3285 of the tubular region. 该运输稳定器3210包括一个枢转单元3230,该枢转单元3230可操作地附接至该定位轴3220的终端区域并且被定位在该内部区域3285内。 The carriage 3210 comprises a stabilizer pivoting unit 3230, the pivoting unit 3230 operably attached to the terminal region of the positioning shaft 3220 and is positioned within the inner region 3285. 该运输稳定器3210包括一个支撑单元3260。 The stabilizer transport unit 3210 comprises a support 3260. 该支撑单元3260可操作地附接至该枢转单元3230上。 The support unit 3260 operably attached to the pivoting unit 3230. 该支撑单元3260具有一定的大小和形状以便当该枢转单元3230在一个方向上转动时配合在该内部区域3285内、并且当该枢转单元3230在另一个方向上(如图32和33中所描绘的基本上水平地)转动约90度时穿过该壁3280中的孔3270而伸出。 The support unit 3260 is of a size and shape to fit within the inner region 3285 when the pivoting unit 3230 is rotated in one direction, and when the pivoting unit 3230 in the other direction (FIG. 32 and 33 substantially depicted horizontally) through the hole 3270 in the wall 3280 and extending rotated about 90 degrees. 在图33所展示的视图中,该支撑单元3260在基本上平行这个盖子3250的平面的一个位置上被该枢转单元3230转动。 In the view shown in Figure 33, the support unit 3260 that is substantially parallel to the rotational position of a pivoting unit 3230 of the lid 3250 on the plane. 在图33所示的视图中,该支撑单元3260在基本上平行该孔3270的上部边缘3273的一个位置上被该枢转单元3230转动并且通过在合适位置处被固定至该紧固件3225上的定位轴3220而被固定在抵靠在该孔3270的上部边缘3273上的一个位置中。 In the view shown in FIG. 33, the support unit 3260 is substantially parallel to the pivoting unit 3230 is rotated at a suitable position and by being fixed to a position on the upper portion of the fastener holes 3225 3270 3273 on the edge the positioning shaft 3220 is fixed to a position against the upper edge 3273 of the aperture 3270.

[0210] 该运输稳定器3210包括一个末端区域3290。 [0210] The carriage 3210 comprises a stabilizer end region 3290. 该末端区域具有一定大小和形状而被配置成用于可逆地匹配该实质上热密封的储存容器100内的储存结构200中的一个孔210的内表面。 The end region having a size and shape configured to reversibly mate with the substantially thermally sealed storage of the inner surface of a hole in the container storage structure of 100,200,210. 该运输稳定器3210包括在该末端区域3290的终端处的一个底座抓柄3245。 The carriage 3210 comprises a stabilizer grip 3245 in a base terminal region at the end of 3290. 该运输稳定器3210包括用于该底座抓柄3245的一个张紧单元。 The carriage 3210 comprises a stabilizer for the base unit to grasp a tensioning handle 3245. 该张紧单元可以包括一个张紧轴3240以及一个张紧弹簧3295,其被配置成将沿着该运输稳定器3210的长轴线的力维持至该底座抓柄3245的末端上。 The tensioning means may comprise a clamping shaft 3240 and a tension spring 3295, which is configured to maintain a grip on the base end of the stem 3245 forces along the long axis of the transport 3210 stabilizer.

[0211] 图34以截面描绘了如图32与33所展示的一个运输稳定器3210的外部视图。 [0211] FIG. 34 depicts a cross-sectional view of FIG external transport a stabilizer 33 and 32 show 3210. 图34展示,该运输稳定器3210包括一个定位轴3220和一个附接至这个盖子3250上的相邻紧固件3225。 34 shows, the carriage comprises a stabilizer 3210 and 3220 positioned adjacent to a shaft attached to the cover 3250 of the fastener 3225. 所展示的盖子3250包括多个孔3300,这些孔被配置成允许多个紧固件将盖子3250附接至一个实质上热密封的储存容器100中的外壁105上。 The illustrated cover 3250 comprises a plurality of apertures 3300, the apertures are configured to allow a plurality of fasteners 3250 are attached to the lid a substantially thermally sealed storage container 100 on the outer wall 105. 该运输稳定器单元3210包括一个壁3280,该壁3280实质上限定了一个管状结构。 The transport unit 3210 comprises a stabilizer wall 3280, the wall 3280 defining a substantially tubular structure. 该壁3280的内表面实质上限定了该管状结构中的一个内部区域3285。 The inner surface of the wall 3280 defines a substantially interior region 3285 of the tubular structure. 该壁3280包括一个区域3310,该区域被配置成配合在一个挠性连接器115的通道125的最小内部之内。 The wall 3280 includes an area 3310, the area is configured to fit within the smallest internal passage 115 of a flexible connector 125 of. 所展示的运输稳定器单元3210包括在该壁3280中的两个孔3270。 The illustrated stabilizer transport unit 3210 comprises two apertures in the wall 3280 of 3270. 可见一个单一的支撑单元3260的两端背离该壁3280的外边缘而伸出穿过这两个孔3270。 Visible a single support unit 3260 ends facing away from the outer edge of the projecting wall 3280 and 3270 passing through the two holes. 该支撑单元3260的中心部分(未示出)位于该管状结构中的内部区域3285内。 The central portion 3260 of the supporting unit (not shown) located within the interior region 3285 of the tubular structure. 所示出的孔3270相对于图34所示的视图包括一个上部边缘3273和一个下部边缘3275。 Holes 3270 with respect to the view shown in FIG 34 includes an upper edge and a lower edge 3273 3275. 该支撑单兀3260的上表面处于抵靠在该上部边缘3273上的一个固定位置中。 The single support Wu 3260 abuts on the surface at a fixed position on the upper edge of 3273. 该运输稳定器3210包括一个末端区域3290。 The carriage 3210 comprises a stabilizer end region 3290. 该运输稳定器3210包括在该末端区域3290的终端处的一个底座抓柄3245。 The carriage 3210 comprises a stabilizer grip 3245 in a base terminal region at the end of 3290.

[0212] 图35展示了一个运输稳定器单元3210的多个方面。 [0212] FIG. 35 illustrates a plurality of aspects of transport units stabilizer 3210. 图35所示的运输稳定器单元3210类似于图34所描绘的。 FIG stable transport unit 35 shown in FIG. 34 is similar to 3210 as depicted. 图35中以基本上水平的外部视图示出了该运输稳定器单元3210。 FIG 35 is substantially horizontal external view showing the stabilizer unit 3210 of the transport. 该运输稳定器3210包括一个定位轴3220和附接至这个盖子3250上的一个相邻紧固件3225。 The carriage 3210 includes a stabilizer and a positioning shaft 3220 attached to the cover 3250 adjacent the fastener 3225. 该运输稳定器单元3210包括一个壁3280,该壁3280实质上限定了一个管状结构。 The transport unit 3210 comprises a stabilizer wall 3280, the wall 3280 defining a substantially tubular structure. 该壁3280包括一个区域3310,该区域被配置成配合在一个挠性连接器115的通道125的最小内部之内。 The wall 3280 includes an area 3310, the area is configured to fit within the smallest internal passage 115 of a flexible connector 125 of. 所展示的运输稳定器单元3210包括在该壁3280中的两个孔3270。 The illustrated stabilizer transport unit 3210 comprises two apertures in the wall 3280 of 3270. 可见一个单一的支撑单元3260的两端背离该壁3280的外边缘而伸出穿过这两个孔3270。 Visible a single support unit 3260 ends facing away from the outer edge of the projecting wall 3280 and 3270 passing through the two holes. 所描绘的孔3270相对于图35所示的视图具有上部边缘3273和下部边缘3275。 The depicted aperture 3270 having an upper edge and a lower edge 3273 3275 35 relative to the view shown in FIG. 该支撑单兀3260的上表面处于抵靠在这些上部边缘3273上的一个固定位置中。 The single support surface 3260 on Wu in a fixed position against the upper edge 3273 of these. 该运输稳定器3210包括一个末端区域3290。 The carriage 3210 comprises a stabilizer end region 3290. 该运输稳定器3210包括在该末端区域3290的终端处的一个底座抓柄3245。 The carriage 3210 comprises a stabilizer grip 3245 in a base terminal region at the end of 3290.

[0213] 图36展示了一个运输稳定器单元3210的多个方面。 [0213] FIG. 36 illustrates a plurality of aspects of transport units stabilizer 3210. 图36所示的运输稳定器单元3210类似于图35所描绘的。 FIG stable transport unit 36 ​​shown in FIG. 35 is similar to 3210 as depicted. 在图36中以基本上水平的外部视角示出了该运输稳定器单元3210,但是面向图35所示的视图的一侧。 In Figure 36 substantially shows an external view of a horizontal stabilizer of the transport unit 3210, FIG. 35 for the side view shown. 该运输稳定器3210包括一个定位轴3220和附接至这个盖子3250上的一个相邻紧固件3225。 The carriage 3210 includes a stabilizer and a positioning shaft 3220 attached to the cover 3250 adjacent the fastener 3225. 该运输稳定器单元3210包括一个壁3280,该壁3280实质上限定了一个管状结构。 The transport unit 3210 comprises a stabilizer wall 3280, the wall 3280 defining a substantially tubular structure. 该壁3280包括一个区域3310,该区域被配置成配合在一个挠性连接器115的通道125的最小内部之内。 The wall 3280 includes an area 3310, the area is configured to fit within the smallest internal passage 115 of a flexible connector 125 of. 图36所示的运输稳定器单元3210的视图中包括在该壁3280中的一个孔3270。 FIG transport the stabilizer 36 shown in the view of the unit 3210 includes an aperture 3270 in wall 3280 of the. 可见一个单一的支撑单元3260的末端背离该壁3280的外边缘而伸出穿过该孔3270。 Visible a single support unit away from the end 3260 of the outer edge of the wall 3280 and extending through the hole 3270. 该支撑单元3260的中心部分位于该管状结构中的内部区域3285内。 The central portion of the support unit 3260 is positioned within the interior region 3285 of the tubular structure. 所描绘的孔3270相对于图36所示的视图包括一个上部边缘3273和一个下部边缘3275。 The depicted holes 3270 relative to the view shown in FIG. 36 comprises an upper edge and a lower edge 3273 3275. 该支撑单元3260的上表面处于抵靠在该上部边缘3273上的一个固定位置中。 The upper surface 3260 of the supporting unit in a fixed position against the upper edge 3273 of the. 该运输稳定器3210包括一个末端区域3290。 The carriage 3210 comprises a stabilizer end region 3290. 该运输稳定器3210包括在该末端区域3290的终端处的一个底座抓柄3245。 The carriage 3210 comprises a stabilizer grip 3245 in a base terminal region at the end of 3290.

[0214] 图37以竖直截面视角描绘了一个运输稳定器单元3210。 [0214] FIG. 37 depicts one stabilizer unit 3210 to transport a vertical cross-sectional perspective. 如图所示,运输稳定器3210包括一个盖子3250。 As shown, the stabilizer 3210 includes a transport 3250 cover. 这个盖子3250包括一个或者多个孔3300,这些孔被配置成允许多个紧固件将盖子3250附接至一个实质上热密封的容器100 (图37中未示出)的外部。 The cover 3250 includes one or more apertures 3300, the apertures are configured to allow a plurality of fasteners 3250 are attached to the cover 100 outside (not shown in FIG. 37) of a substantially thermally sealed container. 这个盖子3250具有被定位成与这个盖子3250中的中央孔相邻的一个附接的紧固件3225。 The cover 3250 has been positioned adjacent the central hole of a cap 3250 attached fastener 3225. 该紧固件3225被配置成用于可逆地附接至一个定位轴3220上。 The fastener 3225 is configured to be reversibly attached to a positioning shaft 3220 on. 该定位轴3220在没有被紧固件3225固定在位时具有移动穿过这个盖子3250的中央孔的可能性。 The positioning shaft 3220 having the possibility to move through the central aperture 3250 of the cover 3225 when the fastener is not fixed in position. 该定位轴3220被连接至该运输稳定器单元3210的内部3285之内的一个枢转件3230上。 The positioning shaft 3220 is connected to the carriage inner stabilizer unit 3210 on a pivot member 3230 in the 3285's. 该枢转件3230被附接至一个支撑单元3260上。 The pivot member 3230 is attached to a support unit 3260. 该运输稳定器单元3210包括一个壁3280,该壁3280实质上限定了一个管状结构。 The transport unit 3210 comprises a stabilizer wall 3280, the wall 3280 defining a substantially tubular structure. 该壁3280包括一个区域3310,该区域被配置成配合在挠性连接器115(图37中未示出)的通道125的最小内部之内。 The inner wall 3280 includes an area 3310, the area is configured to fit a flexible connector 115 (not shown in FIG. 37) of the internal passage 125 of the minimum. 图37所描绘的运输稳定器单元3210包括在壁3280中、在该管状结构的相反的面上的两个孔3270。 FIG 37 depicts the transport unit 3210 comprises a stabilizer in the walls 3280, the two holes on the opposite surfaces of the tubular structure 3270. 这些孔3270相对于所展示的位置(例如一个基本上竖直的运输稳定器单元3210)各自包括一个上部边缘3273和一个下部边缘3275。 These holes 3270 with respect to the illustrated position (e.g., a substantially vertical transport unit 3210 stabilizer) each include an upper edge and a lower edge 3273 3275. 该运输稳定器3210包括一个末端区域3290。 The carriage 3210 comprises a stabilizer end region 3290. 该运输稳定器3210包括在该末端区域3290的终端处的一个底座抓柄3245。 The carriage 3210 comprises a stabilizer grip 3245 in a base terminal region at the end of 3290.

[0215] 在图37所展示的视图中,该支撑单元3260被该枢转单元3230转动,而使得该支撑单元3260被定位成基本上平行于该壁3280的表面。 [0215] In the view shown in FIG. 37, the support unit 3260 is rotated by the pivoting unit 3230, and such that the support unit 3260 is positioned substantially parallel to the surface of the wall 3280. 如图所示,该枢转单元3230被配置成允许该支撑单元3260沿着单一轴线移动约90度。 As shown, the pivoting unit 3230 is configured to allow the support unit 3260 moves along a single axis by about 90 degrees. 该支撑单元3260处于与该运输稳定器3210的主轴线的竖直位置相对应的一个基本上竖直的位置中。 The support unit 3260 of the transport position in vertical position 3210 stabilizer main axis of a corresponding one of the substantially vertical. 该支撑单元3260具有一定的大小和形状以便基本上配合在这些孔3270中的一个之内。 The support unit 3260 is of a size and shape so as to substantially fit within one of the holes 3270 in the. 该支撑单元3260和该枢转单元3230被配置成用于将该支撑单元3260基本上定位在由该壁3280所限定的管状结构的外直径内。 The support unit 3260 and the pivoting unit 3230 is configured to the support unit 3260 is positioned substantially within the outer diameter defined by the wall of the tubular structure 3280. 在这个位置中,该运输稳定器单元3210被配置成配合在一个实质上热密封的容器100的通道125内。 In this position, the stabilizer of the transport unit 3210 is configured to fit within the channel 125 in a substantially thermally sealed container 100.

[0216] 在该运输稳定器单元3210被定位成使得这个盖子3250的表面与一个实质上热密封的容器100的外壁105进行接触后,该定位轴3220可以由该设备的用户移动以便转动该枢转单元3230并且因此移动这个相对于该运输稳定器3210 (如图33所示)处于基本上水平位置中的支撑单元3260。 [0216] In the unit 3210 is positioned such that the transportation lid stabilizer 3250 and the surface of a substantially thermally sealed container outer walls 105,100 of the contact after the positioning shaft 3220 may be moved by a user of the device for rotation of the pivot rotation units 3230 and thus moves the carriage with respect to the stabilizer 3210 (FIG. 33) in the support unit in a substantially horizontal position 3260. 接着通过用户将该定位轴3220穿过这个盖子3250的中央孔拉动一个为了使该支撑单元3260的表面在该容器100 (如图32所展示的)的内壁110处与挠性连接器115的边缘相接触所需要的度数,该运输稳定器3210可以被定位成向该挠性连接器115提供支撑。 The user is then positioned through the shaft 3220 of the cover 3250 to pull a central hole of the support unit in order to make the edge surface 3260 of the container 100 (shown in FIG. 32) of the inner wall 110 of the flexible connector 115 the desired degree of contact, which transport stabilizer 3210 may be positioned to provide support for the flexible connector 115. 然后该定位轴3220可以用附接至这个盖子3250上的这些紧固件3225被紧固在位。 Then the positioning shaft 3220 may be attached to the fasteners on this cap is secured in place 32,503,225. [0217] 图38展示了一个运输稳定器单元3210,该运输稳定器单元具有被转动过以便配合在该壁3280中的孔3270内的一个支撑单元3260。 [0217] FIG. 38 illustrates a transport unit 3210 stabilizer, the stabilizer unit has a transport support unit is rotated in order to fit through the hole in the wall 3280 32703260. 这个视图类似于图37所展示的实施例的外部视图。 This view is similar to FIG. 37 shows an external view of an embodiment. 该运输稳定器单元3210包括一个盖子3250。 The transport unit 3210 comprises a stabilizer cover 3250. 这个盖子3250包括多个孔3300,这些孔被配置成用于将多个紧固件可逆地附接至一个实质上热密封的容器100的外部表面上。 3250 The cover 3300 includes a plurality of apertures, the apertures being arranged on the outer surface of a plurality of fasteners reversibly attached to a substantially thermally sealed container 100. 这个盖子3250包括一个中央孔以及被附接至这个盖子3250上的一个相邻紧固件3225。 The cover 3250 includes a central bore and is adjacent the cap attached to the fastener 3250 3225. 该中央孔为一个定位杆3220横过这个盖子3250提供了空间。 The central aperture 3220 to a jumper across the cap 3250 provides a space. 该定位杆3220被连接至该运输稳定器单元3210的壁3280的内部3285中的一个枢转单元3230 (未示出)上。 A pivoting unit 3230 (not shown) on the interior of the positioning rod 3285 is connected to the carriage 3220 stabilizer of cell walls in 32,803,210. 不出了该支撑单兀3260处于与该运输稳定器3210的主轴线的竖直位置相对于的一个基本上竖直的位置中。 Wu not the single support in the transport position of the main axis of the vertical stabilizer 3210 with respect to a substantially vertical position in 3260. 该支撑单元3260具有一定的大小和形状以便基本上配合在这个孔3270内。 The support unit 3260 is of a size and shape so as to substantially fit within the bore 3270. 该孔3270包括一个上部边缘3273和一个下部边缘3275。 The aperture 3270 comprises an upper edge and a lower edge 3273 3275. 在图38所示的位置中,该运输稳定器单元3210被配置成用于配合在一个实质上热密封的容器100的通道125内。 In the position shown in FIG. 38, the stabilizer of the transport unit 3210 is configured to fit within the channel 125 of a substantially thermally sealed container 100. 在该图示中该支撑单元3260的边缘是支撑在该孔3270的上部边缘3273上。 In this illustration, an edge of the support unit 3260 is supported on the upper edge 3273 of the aperture 3270. 当该运输稳定器单元3210被下放至一个实质上热密封的容器100中时,这个位置可以将该支撑单元3260的潜在转动最小化。 When when, 3210 is lowered into this position a substantially thermally sealed container of the transport unit 100 can be the stabilizer potential rotatably supporting unit 3260 is minimized. 该运输稳定器3210包括一个末端区域3290。 The carriage 3210 comprises a stabilizer end region 3290. 该运输稳定器3210包括在该末端区域3290的终端处的一个底座抓柄3245。 The carriage 3210 comprises a stabilizer grip 3245 in a base terminal region at the end of 3290.

[0218] 图39展示了类似于图37所描绘的一个运输稳定器单元3210的外部视图。 [0218] FIG. 39 shows an external view of a transport of the stabilizer depicted in Figure 37 is similar to units 3210. 图39所示的视图中具有来自图37所描绘的在基本上垂直视图中的一个运输稳定器单元3210。 The view shown in FIG. 39 having a substantially vertical transport of the stabilizer from the view depicted in FIG. 37 units 3210. 该运输稳定器单元3210包括以基本上直角附接至该运输稳定器单元3210的壁3280上的一个盖子3250。 The transport unit 3210 comprises a stabilizer to a substantially right angle is attached to the wall of the transport 32803210 stabilizer unit cover 3250. 该壁3280限定了该运输稳定器单元3210的一个实质上管状的结构。 The transport wall 3280 defining the stabilizer unit 3210 is a substantially tubular structure. 这个盖子3250包括一个中央孔以及被附接至盖子的外表面上并且与该中央孔相邻的一个紧固件3225。 The cover 3250 includes a central bore and an outer surface of the cover is attached to and adjacent to the central aperture a fastener 3225. 该中央孔具有一定的大小和形状以便允许一个定位轴3220横穿这个盖子3250。 The central hole of a size and shape so as to allow a positioning axis 3220 transverse to the cover 3250. 该运输稳定器单元3210包括一个区域3310,该区域被配置成配合在一个挠性连接器115 (图39中未示出)的通道125的最小内部之内。 The stabilizer transport unit 3210 comprises a region 3310, the region is configured to fit within the smallest inside a flexible connector 115 (not shown in FIG. 39) of the channel 125. 该壁3280包括在该壁3280的相反的面上的、具有基本上相似大小和形状的两个孔3270。 The opposite wall 3280 includes a surface of the wall 3280, having a substantially similar size and shape of the two holes 3270. 在图39所示的视图中,这些孔3270是对齐的而似乎是实质上重叠的。 In the view shown in FIG. 39, the holes 3270 are aligned and appear to be substantially overlapping. 这些孔3270各自具有一个上部边缘3273和一个下部边缘3275。 These holes 3270 each having an upper edge and a lower edge 3273 3275. 如图39所示,该定位杆3220的下端被附接至一个枢转单元3230上。 As shown in FIG. 39, the lower end of the positioning rod 3220 is attached to a pivoting unit 3230. 该枢转单元3230被附接至一个支撑单元3260的表面上。 The pivoting unit 3230 is attached to a support surface of the unit 3260. 图39的视图穿过这些重叠的孔3270和该内部区域3285示出了该枢转单元3230和该支撑单元3260。 View through the overlapping apertures 39 in the inner region 3270 and 3285 which illustrate the pivoting unit and the support unit 3230 3260. 该支撑单元3260的面是与图38所示的相反的面。 Face of the support unit 3260 is opposite to the surface 38 shown in FIG.

[0219] 在一些实施例中,一个或多个传感器可以被附接至该运输稳定器单兀3210上。 [0219] In some embodiments, the one or more sensors may be attached to the carriage 3210 Wu single stabilizer. 一个传感器可以被定位在例如该运输稳定器单兀3210的内部3285之内。 One sensor may be positioned within a single example of the transport of the stabilizer Wu interior 3285 of 3210. 一个运输稳定器单元3210可以包括一个指示器,例如像LED发光器的可视指示器。 A stable transport unit 3210 may include an indicator, such as for example a visual indicator LED emitter. 一个电子系统可以被可操作地连接到一个运输稳定器单元3210上。 An electronic system may be operably connected to a stable transport unit 3210. 一个电子系统可以被可操作地连接到被附接至该运输稳定器单元3210上的一个传感器和一个指示器上。 An electronic system may be operably connected to a sensor attached to the pointer and a stabilizer on the transport unit 3210. 例如,一个温度传感器可以被附接至该运输稳定器单元3210的内表面上。 For example, a temperature sensor may be attached to the inner surface of the carriage unit 3210 stabilizer. 一个LED发光指示器可以被附接至这个盖子3250的外表面上。 A LED light indicator may be attached to the outer surface of the cover 3250. 包括一个控制器和多个导线连接件的一个电子系统可以被附接至该温度传感器和该指示器上。 The system comprises an electronic controller and a plurality of wires connecting member may be attached to the temperature sensor and the indicator. 该电子系统可以被配置成例如在该温度传感器感测到该运输稳定器单元3210内的温度不在预定温度范围内时使该指示器发光。 The electronic system may be configured, for example, the temperature sensor senses the temperature within the transport unit 3210 is not stable so that the indicator is illuminated when the predetermined temperature range. 例如,电子系统可以被配置成在该温度传感器感测到在约0摄氏度与10摄氏度的范围之外的温度时使该指示器发光。 For example, the electronic system may be configured such that the indicator is illuminated when the temperature sensor senses a temperature outside the range of about 0 degrees Celsius and 10 degrees Celsius. 例如,电子系统可以被配置成在该温度传感器感测到在约2摄氏度与8摄氏度的范围之外的温度时使该指示器发光。 For example, the electronic system may be configured to the temperature sensor senses that the indicator light when outside the range of from about 2 degrees and 8 degrees Celsius temperature. 例如,电子系统可以被配置成在该温度传感器感测到在约5摄氏度与15摄氏度的范围之外的温度时使该指不器发光。 For example, the electronic system may be configured to the temperature sensor senses that the light emitting means is not at a temperature of about 5 degrees Celsius and 15 degrees Celsius outside the range. 例如,电子系统可以被配置成在该温度传感器感测到在约20摄氏度与30摄氏度的范围之外的温度时使该指示器发光。 For example, the electronic system may be configured to the temperature sensor senses that the indicator light when outside the range of about 20 degrees Celsius and 30 degrees Celsius temperature. 例如,电子系统可以被配置成在该温度传感器感测到约0摄氏度以下的温度时使该指示器发光。 For example, the electronic system may be configured such that the indicator is illuminated when the sensed temperature of from about 0 degrees Celsius in the temperature detecting sensor. 例如,电子系统可以被配置成在该温度传感器感测到约30摄氏度以上的温度时使该指示器发光。 For example, the electronic system may be configured to cause the indicator light when the temperature sensor senses a temperature above about 30 degrees Celsius.

[0220] 图40A描绘了具有附接的运输稳定器单元3210的一个实质上热密封的容器100的外部视图。 [0220] FIG 40A illustrates an external view of a substantially thermally sealed container having a stabilizer attached transport unit 3210 100. 图40A描绘了具有附接的运输稳定器单元3210的一个实质上热密封的容器100的一个成角度的上下视图。 FIG. 40A depicts a view of a vertical angle of 100 into an attached transport unit 3210 is a stabilizer substantially thermally sealed container. 该运输稳定器单兀3210包括一个盖子3250。 The transport stabilizer comprises a single lid Wu 3210 3250. 多个紧固件3255将这个盖子3250固定至该容器100的外壁105上。 A plurality of fasteners 3255 secured to the cover 3250 to the outer wall 105 of the container 100. 这个盖子3250包括一个中央孔,该中央孔包括一个定位轴3220。 The cover 3250 includes a central aperture, the central aperture comprises a positioning shaft 3220. 该定位轴3220通过被附接在这个盖子3250表面上的紧固件3225被固定在一个相对于这个盖子3250的稳定位置中。 The positioning shaft 3220 by being attached on the surface of the cover 3250 is fixed to a fastener 3225 with respect to the cover 3250 in a stable position.

[0221] 图40B描绘了具有附接的运输稳定器单元3210的一个实质上热密封的容器100的外部视图。 [0221] FIG 40B illustrates an external view of a substantially thermally sealed container having a stabilizer attached transport unit 3210 100. 图40B描绘了具有附接的运输稳定器单元3210的一个实质上热密封的容器100的竖直侧视图。 FIG. 40B depicts a side view of a vertical stabilizer attached to the transport unit 3210 is a substantially thermally sealed container 100. 该运输稳定器3210包括一个盖子3250。 The carriage 3210 comprises a stabilizer cover 3250. 多个紧固件3255将这个盖子3250固定至该容器100的外壁105上。 A plurality of fasteners 3255 secured to the cover 3250 to the outer wall 105 of the container 100. 这个盖子3250包括一个中央孔,该中央孔包括一个定位轴3220。 The cover 3250 includes a central aperture, the central aperture comprises a positioning shaft 3220. 该定位轴3220通过被附接在这个盖子3250表面上的紧固件3225被固定在一个相对于这个盖子3250的稳定位置中。 The positioning shaft 3220 by being attached on the surface of the cover 3250 is fixed to a fastener 3225 with respect to the cover 3250 in a stable position.

[0222] 现在参照图41,示出了一个设备的实例,该设备可以充当在此说明的主题的背景。 [0222] Referring now to Figure 41, shows an example of a device, the device can serve as the background of the subject matter described herein. 图41展示了设备4185的一个示意图。 Figure 41 shows a schematic view of the device 4185. 该设备4185包括一个结构区域4180、一个激活区域4100、一个附接至该结构区域4180上并且附接至该激活区域4100上的连接器4120、以及一个真空泵4130。 The apparatus 4185 comprises a structure area 4180, an activation region 4100, a region attached to the upper structure 4180 and attached to the connector 4100 on the active region 4120, 4130 and a vacuum pump. 该结构区域4180、该激活区域4100、该连接器4120以及该真空泵4130各自包括一个内部气密性区域。 The structure area 4180, the active region 4100, the connector 4120 and the pump 4130 each include an inner airtight region. 例如,该结构区域4180包括在该外壁105与该内壁110之间的一个气密性空隙120。 For example, the structure comprises a region 4180 airtight space between the outer wall and the inner wall 110 105 120 这整个设备4185包括一个内部气密性区域,该区域贯穿该设备4185的这些区域(例如4100、4120、120)是连续的。 This entire 4185 includes an inner airtight region of the apparatus, through the apparatus in the region of these areas 4185 (e.g., 4100,4120,120) is continuous.

[0223] 该结构区域4180由一种热敏材料制成。 [0223] The structure area 4180 is made of a thermally sensitive material. 该结构区域4180可以完全或部分由一种热敏材料制成。 The structure area 4180 may be fully or partially made of a thermally sensitive material. 该结构区域4180可以由多种材料的组合制成。 The structure area 4180 may be made from a variety of materials. 当该结构区域包括由不同材料制成的多个部件时,具有最低耐热性的材料将操纵整个结构区域4180的热敏感性。 When the structure region comprises a plurality of members made of different materials, the material having the lowest heat resistance of the heat sensitive manipulation of the whole structure area 4180. 该结构区域4180包括一个外壁105和一个内壁110,其中该外壁105与该内壁110之间具有一个气密性空隙120。 The structure 4180 includes a region 105 and an inner wall 110 of the outer wall, wherein the outer wall 105 having a gap 120 between the airtightness of the inner wall 110. 该激活区域4100是由一种耐热材料制成。 The active region 4100 is made of a heat resistant material. 该激活区域4100是完全由一种耐热材料通过使用也耐热的方法制成。 The active region 4100 is entirely made of a heat resistant material also by using a method. 例如,该激活区域4100结构内的任何环氧树月旨、密封件、涂层或类似的部件都将是耐热的。 For example, any epoxy months purpose, a seal, coating or similar parts in the structure of the active region 4100 will be heat-resistant. 在该激活区域包括由不同材料制成的多个部件时,具有最低耐热性的材料将操纵整个激活区域4100的耐热性。 In the active material region includes a plurality of members made of different materials, the heat resistance having the lowest heat resistance of the manipulation of the entire active area 4100. 该激活区域4100包括一个或多个吸气剂4110。 The active region 4100 includes one or more getter 4110.

[0224] 该连接器4120被附接至该结构区域4180和该激活区域4100两者上。 [0224] The connector 4120 is attached to both the structure of the active region 4180 and the region 4100. 该连接器4120用多个不透气的连接件可操作地连接至该结构区域4180和该激活区域4100上以便形成一个气密性内部。 The connector 4120 is connected with a plurality of gas-impermeable element operatively connected to the structure of the active region 4180 and the region 4100 to form an airtight interior. 例如,通过在该连接器4120的对应末端上使用不透气的密封件,该连接器4120可以被附接至该结构区域4180和该激活区域4100上。 For example, by using a gas-impermeable on the corresponding end of the connector sealing member 4120, the connector 4120 may be attached to the structure on the active region 4180 and the region 4100. 例如,该连接器4120可以在该连接器4120的对应末端上被焊接到结构区域4180和激活区域4100上以便形成不透气的焊接点。 For example, the connector 4120 may be welded to the respective ends of the connector 4120 to the region 4180 and the structure of the active region 4100 to form a hermetic weld. 该连接器4120包含一个挠性区域4125。 The connector 4120 comprises a flexible region 4125. 该连接器包括一个区域4127,该区域被配置成用于将该结构区域4180相对于该激活区域4100进行密封和拆离。 The connector includes an area 4127, the area is configured to detach the sealing structure area and 4180 with respect to the active region 4100. 该真空泵4130可操作地附接至该连接器4120上。 The vacuum pump 4130 operably attached to the connector 4120. 该真空泵4130可操作地附接至该连接器4120上,以便在利用在此所描述的方法的过程中允许该真空泵4130基本上排空该设备4185的气密性内部之内的气体。 The vacuum pump 4130 operably attached to the connector 4120 so as to allow the course of the method described herein using the evacuating pump 4130 is substantially gas tightness of the inside of the device 4185. 在一些实施例中,该真空泵4130可以通过管、管道、通道或在该真空泵4130与该连接器4120之间创建不透气的密封的其他结构而可操作地附接至该连接器4120上。 In some embodiments, the pump 4130 via the tube, pipe, channel or the vacuum pump 4130 and other structures to create airtight seal between the connector 4120 operably attached to the connector 4120. 例如,图41展示了通过通道4170而可操作地附接至该连接器4120上的真空泵4130。 For example, FIG. 41 shows the path 4170 by operably attached to the connector 4130 on a vacuum pump 4120.

[0225] 该设备4185遍及该结构区域4180、该激活区域4100、以及附接至该结构区域4180和该激活区域4100上的连接器4120包括一个气密性内部区域。 [0225] The device 4185 over the structure area 4180, the active region 4100, and attached to the structure area 4180 and the connector 4100 on the active region 4120 comprising a airtight interior region. 不透气的密封件位于该设备4185的区域4180、4100与该连接器之间的各个连接点中。 Hermetic seal is located between the respective connecting point with the device connector region 4180,4100 in 4185. 该真空泵4130也用不透气的密封件而可操作地附接至该连接器4120上。 The pump 4130 can also hermetic sealing member operably attached to the connector 4120. 参见=Ishimaru,“可烘烤的铝质真空室以及用于超高真空的具有招质法兰和金属密封件的波纹管[Bakable aluminum vacuum chamberand bellows with an aluminum flange and metal seal for ultrahigh vacuum],,,真空科学与技术学报[Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology],第A15 卷第6 期,1978年11/12月,第1853-1854页;以及Jhung等人,“使用低温泵并结合铝质垫片来实现极高真空[Achievement of extremely high vacuum using a cryopump and conflate aluminumgaskets] ”,真空[Vacuum],1992年第43卷第4期,第309-311页;这些文件各自通过引用结合在此。该真空泵4130可以通过一个结构(例如通道4170)被附接至该连接器4120上,该结构包括在该真空泵4130与该连接器4120之间的一个不透气密封件。一个具体的实施例中所包含的真空泵4130应具有足以将遍及该结构区域4180、该激活区域4100、以及附接至该结构区域4180和该激活区域4100上的连接 Referring = Ishimaru, "aluminum ovenable vacuum chamber and the bellows move a mass having ultra-high vacuum and the metal seal flange [Bakable aluminum vacuum chamberand bellows with an aluminum flange and metal seal for ultrahigh vacuum], ,, vacuum Science and technology [Journal of vacuum Science and technology], Vol. A15, No. 6, 1978 November / December, on pages 1853-1854; and Jhung et al., "using cryogenic pump combined with aluminum pads sheet to achieve high vacuum [Achievement of extremely high vacuum using a cryopump and conflate aluminumgaskets] ", vacuum [vacuum], 1992 Vol. 43 No. 4, pp. 309-311; each of these documents incorporated by reference herein. the vacuum pump 4130 may be attached by means of a structure (e.g., channel 4170) is connected to the connector 4120, which comprises the structure in the pump 4130. a specific embodiment of a hermetic seal between the connector embodiment 4120 comprising a vacuum pump 4130 should have sufficient structure throughout the region 4180, the connector 4100 4100 and attached to the structure of the active region 4180 and the region of the active region 器4120的整个气密性内部区域基本上排空的泵取能力。 Hermetically entire internal area 4120 of the pumping capacity is substantially evacuated.

[0226] 一个阀4135可以被可操作地附接至该连接器4120上,例如附接在该连接器4120的、在该附接的真空泵4130和通道4170与该附接的结构区域4180之间的区域中。 [0226] A valve 4135 may be operably attached to the connector 4120, for example, attached to the connector 4120, the attachment of a vacuum pump 4130 and the channel 4170 into contact with the region between the attachment structure 4180 area. 可操作地附接至该连接器4120上的阀4135可以被配置成用于抑制气体流动穿过该连接器4120。 Operably attached to the connector valve 4135 may be configured to inhibit gas flow through the connector 4120 on 4120. 可操作地附接至该连接器4120上的阀4135可以被配置成阻碍气体流动穿过该连接器4120。 Operably attached to the connector valve 4135 may be configured to impede gas flow through the connector 4120 on 4120. 可操作地附接至该连接器4120上的阀4135被配置成用于在沿着该连接器4120长度的一个位置处限制气体流动穿过该连接器4120的内部。 Operably attached to the connector on the valve 41204135 is configured for limiting gas flow through the interior of the connector at a location along the length of the connector 4120 to 4120. 例如,如图41所展示,阀4135可以被配置成用于防止气体从该连接器4120的挠性区域4125在该结构区域4180的气密性空隙120与该激活区域4100的内部之间流动。 For example, shown in FIG. 41, the valve 4135 can be configured to prevent gas voids 41254180 tightness of the connector 120 to flow from the flexible region 4120 in the structure between the inner region and the active region 4100. 作为一个实例,如图41所示,阀4135可以整合到该连接器4120中并且被配置成用于可逆地防止该连接器4120的内部之内的气体流动。 As one example, shown in Figure 41, the valve 4135 may be integrated into the connector 4120 and is configured to reversibly prevent gas flow in the interior of connector 4120. 阀4135可以被配置成用于将在该设备4185的内部的一个区域中存在的气体与该设备4185的内部的另一个区域隔离。 Valve 4135 may be configured to another region existing in the interior of a region inside the apparatus 4185 to the apparatus 4185 in the gas separator. 阀4135可以具有多种类型,如适合于该实施例和与多个因素相关的,这些因素是例如成本、耐久性、结构强度、制造材料的排气、以及密封强度。 Valve 4135 may have various types, as appropriate to the embodiment and associated with a plurality of factors, which are factors such as cost, durability, structural strength, materials of the exhaust gas, and the sealing strength. 阀4135可以是一个直角式回转阀,如蝶形阀。 Valve 4135 may be a right angle rotary valve, such as a butterfly valve. 阀4135可以是一个球阀。 4135 may be a ball valve. 在一些实施例中,可以存在多个阀。 In some embodiments, there may be a plurality of valves. 如果阀4135在“0”形环或其他部件中包括有机材料(如腈),则这些贵重部件的预期排气速率应被理解为将影响为实现该设备内的目标最小气压所需要的时间。 If the valve 4135 is included in "0" ring or other components of organic materials (e.g., nitrile), these expected rate of exhaust gas valuable member is understood to affect the time to achieve the target minimum pressure within the apparatus required. 参见:L.de Csernatony, “Viton “A”弹性体的特性I1:气体的渗透、扩散和溶解性对用作大气密封件或浸入高真空中的O形环的气体排放速率的影响[The properties ofViton“A,,elastomers I1:the influence of permeation, diffusion and solubility ofgases on the gas emission rate from an O-ring used as an atmospheric seal orhigh vacuum immersed] ”,真空[Vacuum], 1995 年第16 卷第3 期,第129-134 页,该文件通过引用结合在此。在一些实施例中,在组装该设备(例如参见图5和相关文字)之前,在真空条件下烘干该贵重物可以减少来自该阀内的有机材料中的排气。参见:DJCrawley和L.de Csernatony, “一些'0' 形环材料的脱气特征[Degassing characteristics ofsome'0,ring materials] ”,真空[Vacuum], 1964 年第14 卷第7-9 页;以及S.Rutherford,“Viton 排气的益处[The benefits of Viton outgassing] ”,达尼韦仓库公司[DuniwayStockroom Corp.], 1997年,第1_5页,上述文件各 See: characteristic L.de Csernatony, "Viton" A "elastomeric I1: gas permeation, diffusion and solubility to affect the atmosphere as a gas seal or a discharge rate is immersed in a high vacuum O-ring [The properties ofViton "A ,, elastomers I1: the influence of permeation, diffusion and solubility ofgases on the gas emission rate from an O-ring used as an atmospheric seal orhigh vacuum immersed]", vacuum [vacuum], 1995, Vol. 16 No.3 , pp. 129-134, which is incorporated by reference herein. in some embodiments, prior to assembly of the apparatus (e.g., see FIG. 5 and the accompanying text), drying the valuables can be reduced under vacuum from the organic material in the exhaust valve see:. DJCrawley and L.de Csernatony, "a number of '0' rings material characterized in degassed [degassing characteristics ofsome'0, ring materials]", vacuum [vacuum], 1964 years Vol. 14, pp. 7-9; and S.Rutherford, "Viton exhaust benefits [the benefits of Viton outgassing]", Dani Wei warehouse company [DuniwayStockroom Corp.], 1997, pp. 1_5, each of these documents 通过引用结合在此。 Incorporated herein by reference.

[0227] 由一种热敏材料制成的结构区域4180包括一个装置,该装置被配置成独立于该设备的剩余部分进行使用。 [0227] structure area made of a thermally sensitive material comprises a means 4180, the apparatus is configured separately from the remainder of the device will be used. 例如,该结构区域4180可以包括一个储存装置(例如参见图63),该储存装置被配置成独立于该设备的剩余部分进行使用。 For example, the region 4180 may include a structure storage means (e.g., see FIG. 63), the storage device is configured separately from the remainder of the device will be used. 例如,该结构区域4180可以包括一个储存装置(例如参见图63),该储存装置被配置成独立于该连接器4120、该真空泵4130以及该激活区域4100进行使用。 For example, the region 4180 may include a structure storage means (e.g., see FIG. 63), the storage device is configured to operate independently of the connector 4120, the pump 4130 and 4100 using the active region. 例如,该结构区域4180可以包括一个实质上热密封的容器,该容器被配置成独立于该连接器4120、该真空泵4130以及该激活区域4100进行使用。 For example, the structure 4180 may include a region substantially thermally sealed container is configured to operate independently of the connector 4120, the pump 4130 and 4100 using the active region. 在一些实施例中,该结构区域4180包括一个装置,该装置被配置成与该设备的剩余部分进行拆离。 In some embodiments, the structure area 4180 includes a device that is configured to be removed from the remainder of the device. 在一些实施例中,该结构区域4180包括一个储存装置。 In some embodiments, the structure area 4180 includes a storage device. 在一些实施例中,该结构区域4180包括被配置成用于进行温度稳定的储存的一个储存装置。 In some embodiments, the structure comprises a region 4180 is configured to perform a storage stable storage temperature. 在一些实施例中,该结构区域4180包括一个热绝缘装置。 In some embodiments, the structure area 4180 includes a heat insulating means. 该结构区域4180可以包括具有一个内部储存区域130的储存装置以及在该结构区域4180中的一个开口4160,该开口具有合适的大小和形状以便维持该内部储存区域130的热储存特性并且以便允许该内部储存区域130内的任何储存材料的添加和移出。 The structure area 4180 may include an internal storage region of the storage device 130 and an opening 4160 in the structure area 4180 is, the opening having a suitable size and shape so as to maintain the thermal storage characteristics of the internal storage region 130 and to allow the added and removed any storage material within the interior storage region 130. 该内部储存区域130是一个实质上热密封的储存区域,该实质上热密封的储存区域包含具有最小的大小和形状的一个进入开口4160以便允许将储存材料插入并移出该内部储存区域130。 The internal storage region 130 is a substantially thermally sealed storage region, the substantially thermally sealed storage region comprises a minimal size and shape of an access opening 4160 to permit insertion and removal of the storage material of the inner storage region 130. 该储存装置可以包括一个容器,例如被设计成用于储存冷链内的医药剂品的一个热稳定的容器(例如参见图63)。 The apparatus may comprise a storage container, for example, designed for a heat storage agent pharmaceutical products in the cold chain stable containers (e.g., see FIG. 63). 如图41所示,该结构区域4180可以具有一个附接的气压计4140,该气压计被配置成用于检测并且发送该气密性空隙120内的气压。 As shown in FIG. 41, the region 4180 may have a structure attached barometer 4140, the barometer is configured to detect and transmit the air pressure within the airtight gap 120. 参见:Mukugi等人,“在超高真空范围内进行排气测量的冷阴极仪表的特征[Characteristics of cold cathode gauges for outgassing measurementsin uhv range] ”,真空[Vacuum],1993 年第44 卷第5-7 期,591-593 页;以及Saitoh 等人,“真空计对排气速率测量值的影响[Influence of vacuum gauges on outgassing ratemeasurements] ”,真空科学与技术学手艮[Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology],1993年第All卷第5期,9/10月,第2816-2821页;洪(Hong)等人,“用热阴极电离计研究不镑钢超高真空室内的气体种类[Investigation of gas species in a stainless steelultrahigh vacuum chamber with hot cathode ionization gauges],,,测量科学与技术[Meas.Sc1.Technol.],2004年第15卷,第359-364页;上述文件各自通过引用结合在此。该气压计4140可以通过一个管或管道4175可操作地附接至该气密性空隙120上。虽然图41中未示出,但是在一些实施例中一个阀可以包 See: Mukugi et al., "Characteristics of the cold cathode exhaust gas measuring instrument is in the ultra high vacuum range [Characteristics of cold cathode gauges for outgassing measurementsin uhv range]", vacuum [Vacuum], 1993, Volume 44 5- 7, pages 591-593; and Saitoh et al., "Effect of exhaust rate of vacuum gauge measurements [influence of vacuum gauges on outgassing ratemeasurements]", Journal of vacuum Science and technology hand Gen [Journal of vacuum Science and technology] , 1993, Vol. All No. 5, September / October, pp. 2816-2821; Hong (Hong) et al., "Study of a hot cathode ionization gauge steel pound not ultra-high vacuum chamber gaseous species [Investigation of gas species . in a stainless steelultrahigh vacuum chamber with hot cathode ionization gauges] ,,, measurement Science and technology [Meas.Sc1.Technol], 2004, Vol. 15, pages 359-364; each of these documents is incorporated herein by this reference. barometer 4140 by a conduit or tube 4175 operably attached to the airtight gap 120. Although not shown in FIG. 41, but a valve may be coated in some embodiments 在该管道4175之中或之上以便抑制气体流动穿过该管道4175并且以便将该气密性空隙120与该气压计4140隔离。[0228] 由热敏材料制成的结构区域4180可以由多种热敏材料制成,这取决于其实施例。该结构区域4180可以被制成包括一种单一的热敏材料。由热敏材料制成的结构区域4180可以由多种材料制成,这些材料中的一种或多种可能是热敏的,这取决于其实施例。例如,该结构区域4180可以部分地或完全由铝制成。在一个特定的实施例中该结构区域4180可以包括多种材料。该结构区域4180可以由复合材料制成。例如,该结构区域4180可以在外壁105和内壁110的面向该气密性空隙120的表面4190上部分地或完全由金属化塑料制成,如完全覆盖有一层金属(如铝)的聚丙烯、PET、尼龙或聚乙烯。例如,该结构区域4180可以在该气密性空隙120的内表面(例如图41所展示的表面4190)上 In or on the duct 4175 so as to inhibit gas flow through the duct 4175 and the airtightness of the gap 120 so as to isolate the pressure gauge 4140. [0228] structure area 4180 made of a heat sensitive material may be composed of multiple made of heat-sensitive material, depending on the embodiment. this structure area 4180 may be formed of a single thermal comprise material structure area 4180 made of a heat sensitive material may be made of various materials, such one or more materials may be heat sensitive, depending on the embodiment. For example, the structure area 4180 may be partially or entirely made of aluminum. in one particular embodiment the structure may include a region 4180 variety of materials. the structure area 4180 may be made of composite material. for example, the structure of the region 4180 may be partially or completely 4190 made of metallized plastic outer wall 105 and inner wall 110 facing the surface 120 of the gap hermetically as completely covered with a layer of metal (e.g., aluminum), polypropylene, PET, nylon, or polyethylene. For example, the inner surface of the structure 4180 may be in the airtight gap region 120 (e.g., FIG. 41 shows the surface 4190) 分地或完全由具有金属涂层的塑料或由具有金属衬里的塑料制成。 Entirely or partially made of plastic with a metal coating having a metal or a plastic liner. 例如,该结构区域4180可以部分地或完全由一种复合材料制成,该复合材料形成一个塑料内部和金属涂层,该金属涂层覆盖了外壁105和内壁110的面向该气密性空隙120的表面4190。 For example, the structure area 4180 may be partially or entirely made of a composite material, the composite material a plastic inner coating and the metal, the metal coating covering the inner wall and the outer wall 105 facing the airtight interstice 120 110 the surface 4190. 例如,该结构区域4180可以部分地或完全由一种复合材料制成,该复合材料形成一个塑料内部和金属衬里,该金属衬里覆盖了外壁105和内壁110的面向该气密性空隙120的表面4190。 For example, the structure area 4180 may be partially or entirely made of a composite material, the composite material and a plastic inner metal liner, the metal liner 105 covers the outer wall and the inner wall face of the airtight surface 120 of the gap 110 4190. 例如,该结构区域4180可以部分地或完全由包括碳纤维的材料制成。 For example, the structure area 4180 may be partially or entirely made of a material comprising carbon fibers. 该结构区域4180可以在该结构区域4180的多个层或区域中由不同材料制成,如适合于一个给定的实施例。 The structure area 4180 may be made of different materials in a plurality of layers or regions of the structure in the region 4180, as suitable for a given embodiment. 例如,该结构区域4180可以部分地或完全由具有不透气的金属衬里的一个塑料外部区域构成,该金属衬里覆盖了外壁150和内壁110的面向该气密性空隙120的表面4190。 For example, the structure area 4180 may be partially or entirely formed of a plastic having a metal outer region of the gas impermeable liner, the metal liner 150 covers the outer wall and the inner wall surface facing the airtight void 120 4190 110.

[0229] 为了维持该气密性空隙120内的低气压,在一些实施例中该结构区域4180完全地或部分地由低蒸气释放的材料制成。 [0229] In order to maintain the airtightness inside the low-pressure gap 120, formed in some embodiments material of the structure area 4180 is completely or partially released from the low vapor embodiment. 例如,该结构区域4180可以由例如铝、不锈钢或其他金属等低蒸气释放的材料制成。 For example, the structure area 4180 may be made of a material such as a low aluminum, stainless steel, or other metal or the like vapor release. 例如,该结构区域4180可以由例如玻璃或适合的陶瓷等低蒸气释放的材料制成。 For example, the structure area 4180 may be made of a material such as glass or a suitable ceramic or the like low vapor release. 为了维持该气密性空隙120内的低气压,在一些实施例中该结构区域4180在外壁105和内壁110的面向该气密性空隙120的表面4190上由一层低蒸气释放的材料制成。 In order to maintain the airtightness inside the low-pressure gap 120, in some embodiments of the material structure area 4180 of the 4190 release of vapor of a low level of the surface of an airtight void 120 facing the outer wall 105 and inner wall 110 is made . 例如,这些表面4190可以用一层不锈钢、铝或其他低蒸气释放的材料覆盖。 For example, the surface layer 4190 may be of stainless steel, aluminum or other low coverage vapor releasing material. 在一些实施例中,在组装之前对外壁105和内壁110的这些面向该气密性空隙120的表面4190进行清洁和处理以便减少来自这些表面4190的污染物(例如,水、油或塑料)升华到该气密性空隙120之中(参见图45和相关文字)。 In some embodiments, the surface of the outer wall 105 and inner wall 110 of the void 120 facing the airtight 4190 and cleaned before assembly process to reduce contaminants (e.g., water, oil, or plastic) surfaces from sublimation 4190 into the airtight gap 120 (see FIGS. 45 and accompanying text). 可以基于多个因素例如成本、重量、耐久性、硬度、强度以及在该气密性空隙120内所需的气压下和在一个给定的实施例中的预期使用温度下该特定材料的预期升华,来对用于制造的具体类型的低蒸气释放材料进行选择。 May be based on a number of factors such as cost, weight, durability, hardness, strength and the expected and anticipated in a given embodiment using this particular material at a desired temperature within the gap 120 to the airtight pressure sublimation to specific types of low vapor releasing material used to make the selection. 参见,例如Adams,“不镑钢表面综述[A review of the stainless steel surface] ”,真空科学与技术学报[Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology], 1983 年1-3 月第Al 卷第I期,第12-18页,该文件通过引用结合在此。 See, for example Adams, "Summary not pound steel surface [A review of the stainless steel surface]", Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology [Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology], 1983 January-March, Vol. I, Al, pp. pages 12-18, which is incorporated by reference herein. 例如,在一些实施例中,一个已制成的储存装置可以包括具有的内部气压小于或者等于lxlO—2托的气密性空隙120。 For example, storage devices in some embodiments, may comprise a ready-made having an internal pressure equal to or less than lxlO-2 airtight void 120 Torr. 例如,在一些实施例中,一个已制成的储存装置可以包括具有的内部气压小于或者等于5xl0_4托的气密性空隙120。 For example, storage devices in some embodiments, may comprise a ready-made having an internal pressure less than or equal 5xl0_4 airtight void 120 torr. 例如,在一些实施例中,一个已制成的储存装置可以包括具有的内部气压小于或者等于lxlO—2托的气密性空隙120。 For example, storage devices in some embodiments, may comprise a ready-made having an internal pressure equal to or less than lxlO-2 airtight void 120 Torr. 例如,在一些实施例中,一个已制成的储存装置可以包括具有的内部气压小于或者等于5xl0_4托的气密性空隙120。 For example, storage devices in some embodiments, may comprise a ready-made having an internal pressure less than or equal 5xl0_4 airtight void 120 torr. 例如,在一些实施例中,一个已制成的储存装置可以包括具有的内部气压小于lxl0_2托(例如小于5xl0_3托、小于5xl0_4托、小于5xl(T5托、小于5xl(T6托或者小于5xl(T7托)的气密性空隙120。 For example, storage devices in some embodiments, may comprise a ready-made with less than the internal gas pressure lxl0_2 Torr (e.g., less than 5xl0_3 torr, less than 5xl0_4 torr, less than 5xl (T5 torr, less than 5xl (T6 torr or less than 5xl (T7 Torr) void 120 airtightness.

[0230] 在组装该设备4185 (例如参见图45和相关文字)之前用来制造该设备4185的部件的材料以及对这些部件的任何处理将影响在此处描述的这些方法(如图46-62和与之相关联的文字)的步骤过程中该设备4185内的气压的降低速率以及随时间的推移该低气压的维持。 [0230] Before the apparatus for manufacturing the member in the assembly 4185 of the device 4185 (e.g., see FIG. 45 and accompanying text), and any materials handling of these components will affect those methods described herein (FIG. 46-62 and the process steps associated therewith writing) rate of decrease in air pressure in the apparatus 4185, and over time to maintain the low pressure. 参见:RJElsey,“真空材料的排气-1 [Outgassing of vacuum materials] ”,真空[Vacuum],1975 年第25 卷7 期,第299-306 页;Yamazake 等人,“高速泵抽至UHV[High-speedpumping to UHV] ”,真空[Vacuum],2010 年第84 卷,第756-759 页;Saito 等人,“用于低排气材料的在两条泵抽路径之间切换的测量系统[Measurement system for low outgassingmaterials by switching between two pumping paths] ”,真空[Vacuum],1996 年第47卷第6-8期,第749-752页;Watanabe等人,“降低用于极高真空测量的残余气体分析仪的排气速率[Reduction in outgassing rate from residual gas analyzers for extremehigh vacuum measurements] ”,真空科学与技术学手艮[Journal of Vacuum Science andTechnology],1996年11/12月第A14卷第6期,3261-3266页;Chun等人,“富含铬的氧化物表面对快速泵抽至超高真空的影响[Effect of the Cr-rich oxide surface on fastpump down to u ltrahigh vacuum] ”,真空科 See: RJElsey, "vent vacuum material -1 [Outgassing of vacuum materials]", vacuum [Vacuum], 1975 s. 25 Volume 7, pp. 299-306; Yamazake et al., "High-speed pumped to a UHV [ High-speedpumping to UHV] ", vacuum [vacuum], 2010 Vol. 84, pp. 756-759; Saito et al.," a system for measuring low outgassing materials between the two pumping path switching [ measurement system for low outgassingmaterials by switching between two pumping paths] ", vacuum [vacuum], Vol. 47, 1996 6-8, pp. 749-752; Watanabe et al.," to reduce the residual measurement XHV rate of exhaust gas analyzer [Reduction in outgassing rate from residual gas analyzers for extremehigh vacuum measurements] ", Journal of vacuum Science and technology hand Gen [Journal of vacuum Science andTechnology], 1996, November / December, No. 6, Vol. A14 , pages 3261-3266; Chun et al., "chromium-rich oxide surface evacuated to an ultrahigh vacuum pump for rapid effect [Effect of the Cr-rich oxide surface on fastpump down to u ltrahigh vacuum]", Section vacuo 与技术学报[Journal of Vacuum Scienceand Technology],1997 年9/10 月第Al5 卷第5 期,2518-2520 页;以及Nemanic 和Setina,“薄壁真空隔离板的排气[Outgassing of a thin wall vacuum insulating panel]”,真空[Vacuum],1998年第49卷第3期,233-237页;Poole和Michaelis, “在超高真空条件下的Hiavac 和特氟会仑排气[Hiavac and Teflon outgassing under ultra-high vacuumconditions] ”,真空[Vacuum],1980 年第30 卷第10 期,415-417 页;以及Ishikawa 和Nemanic,“相对于UHV和EXV抑制奥氏体不锈钢的氢气排出速率的方法综述[An overviewof methods to suppress hydrogen outgassing rate from austenitic stainless steelwith reference to UHV and EXV] ”,真空[Vacuum],2003 年第69 卷第501-512 页;上述文件各自通过引用结合在此。 And Technology [Journal of Vacuum Scienceand Technology], March 1997, Vol Al5 9/10 No. 5, pages 2518-2520; and Nemanic and Setina, "thin-walled exhaust the vacuum insulation panel [Outgassing of a thin wall vacuum insulating panel] ", vacuum [vacuum], 1998, Vol. 49 No. 3, pages 233-237; Poole and Michaelis," Hiavac and Teflon under ultra high vacuum conditions can exhaust Lun [Hiavac and Teflon outgassing under ultra-high vacuumconditions] ", vacuum [vacuum], 1980 Vol. 30 No. 10, pages 415-417; and Ishikawa and Nemanic," EXV inhibition relative to austenitic stainless steels and UHV hydrogen discharge rate method Summary [ An overviewof methods to suppress hydrogen outgassing rate from austenitic stainless steelwith reference to UHV and EXV] ", vacuum [vacuum], 2003, Vol. 69 p 501-512; each of these documents incorporated by reference herein. 如在此所使用的术语“排气”是指来自真空或低气压环境中的固体或液体中的气体放出。 The term "exhaust gas" as used herein refers to a vacuum or low pressure environment from a solid or liquid gas evolution. 参见:Redhead,“用于测量并且记录排气数据的推荐实践[Recommended practices for measuring and reporting outgassing data],,,真空科学与技术学报[Vacuum Science and Technology],2002年9/10 月第A20卷第5 期,1667-1675页,该文件通过引用结合在此。在该整体设备4185的预期使用和该结构区域4180的全部或一部分的任何独立使用过程中,用来制造该设备4185的部件的该材料的结构稳定性和预期的排气特性应在材料的选择中加以考虑。参见:S.Choi和BVSankar,“各种用于低温储存系统的石墨/环氧复合叠层材料的气体渗透性[Gas permeability of variousgraphite/epoxy composite laminates for cryogenic storage systems],,,复合材料[Composites],B部分,2008年第39卷,第782-791页;Engelmann等人,“复合材料中的真空室[Vacuum chambers in composite material] ”,真空科学与技术学报[Journal ofVacuum Science and Technology],1987年7/8 月 See also: Redhead, "Recommended Practice for measuring and recording the exhaust data [Recommended practices for measuring and reporting outgassing data] ,,, Vacuum Science and Technology [Vacuum Science and Technology], 9/10 May 2002, Vol. A20 No. 5, pages 1667-1675, which is incorporated by reference herein. in 4185 the entire device is intended to use and the whole structure area 4180 or any part of the process used independently, for manufacturing parts of the apparatus 4185 structural stability of the material and the intended exhaust characteristic should be considered in selecting materials see:. S.Choi and BVSankar, "cryogenic storage system for all kinds of graphite / gas permeability epoxy composite laminate material [Gas permeability of variousgraphite / epoxy composite laminates for cryogenic storage systems] ,,, composites [composites], sections B, 2008, Vol. 39, pp. 782-791; Engelmann et al., "composite vacuum chamber [ vacuum chambers in composite material] ", Journal of vacuum Science and technology [Journal ofVacuum Science and technology], 1987 Nian 7/8 months A5卷第4 期,第2337-2341 页;Nemanic和Setina,“关于薄壁不镑钢室的实验[Experiments with a thin-walled stainlesssteel chamber] ”,真空科学与技术学报[Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology],2000年7/8月第A18卷第4期,第1789-1793页;Halliday,“用于真空下的材料的介绍[An introduction to materials for use in vacuum]”,真空[Vacuum],1987 年第37 卷第8/9期,第583-585页Woltrop和Hansink,“用于DII1-D托卡马克的材料的高温排气实验[High temperature outgassing test on materials used in DII1-D tokamak],,,真空科学与技术学报[Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology], 2006 年7/8 月第A24 卷第4期,第1572-1577页! A5, No. 4, pp. 2337-2341; Nemanic and Setina, "experiments with no thin wall steel chamber pounds [Experiments with a thin-walled stainlesssteel chamber]", Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology [Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology ], 2000 July / August No. 4, Vol. A18, on pages 1789-1793; Halliday, "describes a material for a vacuum [An introduction to materials for use in vacuum]", vacuum [vacuum], 1987 Vol 37, No. 8/9, pp. 583-585 and p Woltrop Hansink, "experimental material for high-temperature exhaust DII1-D tokamak [High temperature outgassing test on materials used in DII1-D tokamak], ,, vacuum Science and technology [Journal of vacuum Science and technology], 7/8 March 2006, Vol. A24 No. 4, pp. 1572-1577! Patrick, “用于空间仪器的材料的排气和选择[Outgassing andthe choice of materials for space instrumentation],,,真空[Vacuum], 1973年第23卷第11期,第411-413页;Ishimaru,“铝合金真空室中10_13托量级上的最终压力[Ultimatepressure of the order ofIO^13Torr in an aluminum alloy vacuum chamber],,,真空科学与技术学报[Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology], 1989 年5/6 月第A7 卷第3期,第2437-2442页;Hirohata等人,“用于极高真空室的铝材料的氢解吸行为[Hydrogendesorption behavior of aluminum materials used for extremely high vacuumchamber] ”,真空科学与技术学报[Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology], 1993年9/10月第All卷第54期,第2637-2641页;Ishimaru,“用于超高真空的铝合金-蓝宝石密封的窗□ [Aluminum alloy-sapphire sealed window for ultrahigh vacuum],,,真空[Vacuum],1983年第33卷第6期,第339-340页;以及Nemanic和Setina, “薄壁不镑钢室内的排 Patrick, "and the selection of the material for the exhaust space instruments [Outgassing andthe choice of materials for space instrumentation] ,,, vacuum [Vacuum], 1973 Vol 23 No. 11, pp. 411-413; Ishimaru," aluminum final pressure in the vacuum chamber on the order of 10_13 Torr [Ultimatepressure of the order ofIO ^ 13Torr in an aluminum alloy vacuum chamber] ,,, vacuum Science and technology [Journal of vacuum Science and technology], 1989 years 5/6 A7 months volume No. 3, pp. 2437-2442; Hirohata et al., "hydrogen desorption behavior of an aluminum material for high vacuum chamber [Hydrogendesorption behavior of aluminum materials used for extremely high vacuumchamber]", vacuum Science and technology Journal [Journal of vacuum Science and Technology], 1993, September / October volume All 54, pages 2637-2641; Ishimaru, "ultra-high vacuum for aluminum - sapphire window sealed □ [aluminum alloy- sapphire sealed window for ultrahigh vacuum] ,,, vacuum [vacuum], 1983 Vol 33 No. 6, on pages 339-340; and Nemanic and Setina, "not pound steel thin-walled exhaust chamber 气[Outgassing in thin wall stainless steel cells] ”,真空科学与技术学报[Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology], 1999 年5/6 月第A17 卷第3 期,第1040-1046页;这些文件各自通过引用结合在此。在设备4185的部件(如连接器4120和/或结构区域4180)是由诸如含环氧树脂的材料等复合材料制成的实施例中,这些部件的排气速率以及相关联的重量损失应在评估通过使用在此描述的方法在设备4185内产生低气体压力所需的时间时被考虑在内(参见,例如图46-62以及相关文字)。在一些情况下,材料可以升华,其程度达到使其结构整体性在一个特定实施例中所需的低气体压力下被降低,并且此类因素必须在设备4185以及结构区域4180的设计中被考虑在内。 Gas [Outgassing in thin wall stainless steel cells] ", Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology [Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology], March 1999, Vol. A17 5/6 No. 3, on pages 1040-1046; each of these documents by reference herein. in an embodiment of a composite material made of a material, such as epoxy-containing components (such as connector 4120 and / or structural region 4180) 4185 is a device, the exhaust rate of these components and the associated the weight loss should evaluation by using the method described herein, the time needed for a low gas pressure in the device is taken into account in 4185 (see, e.g. FIGS. 46-62 and accompanying text). in some cases, the material may sublimate to the extent that it reaches the desired structural integrity to be reduced according to the low pressure of the gas in a particular embodiment, and such factors must be taken into account in the design of the device structure area 4185 and 4180 in. 参见:RDBrown,“真空下环氧树脂的排气[Outgassing of epoxy resins in vacuum]”,真空[Vacuum],1967年第17卷第9期,第505-509页;J.Santhanam和P.Vi jendran, “增强型环氧树脂的排气及其用不同预处理方法进行的控制[Outgassing rate of reinforced epoxy and itscontrol by different pretreatment methods],,,真空[Vacuum], 1978 年第28 卷第8/9期,第365-366页;以及Gupta等人环氧树脂中的排气以及及其减少方法[Outgassingfrom epoxy resins and methods for its reduction],,,真空[Vacuum], 1977 年第27 卷第2期,第61-63页;这些文件各自通过引用结合在此。 See: RDBrown, "epoxy resin under vacuum exhaust [Outgassing of epoxy resins in vacuum]", vacuum [Vacuum], 1967 Vol. 17, No. 9, pp. 505-509; J.Santhanam and P.Vi jendran, exhaust "reinforced epoxy resin and control of different pretreatment methods [Outgassing rate of reinforced epoxy and itscontrol by different pretreatment methods] ,,, vacuum [vacuum], 1978 Vol. 28, No. 8 / 9, pp. 365-366; Gupta et al., and an epoxy resin and a method of reducing exhaust gas and the [Outgassingfrom epoxy resins and methods for its reduction] ,,, vacuum [vacuum], 1977, volume 27 Year 2 , pp. 61-63; each of these documents are incorporated by reference herein.

[0231] 如在此使用的术语“热敏的”是指在该设备4185中所使用的这些类型的吸气剂4110的该一个或多个激活温度以下的温度下并且在其激活条件下丢失其结构整体性的材料。 [0231] As used herein, the term "heat-sensitive" refers to a temperature of the use of these types of apparatus 4185 in the getter activation temperature of 4110 or more and less lost its activation condition its structural integrity of the material. 如在此使用的术语“热敏的”是相对于用于一个给定实施例中所含的具体吸气剂4110的一个或多个激活温度和压力条件而言的。 As used herein, the term "heat sensitive" is given with respect to a particular embodiment of the getter contained in terms of a 4110 or more activation temperature and pressure conditions. 例如,在一些实施例中,包含在该设备4185中的吸气剂4110可以包括锆-钒-铁吸气剂(参见授予Boff Ho等人的“不可蒸发的三元吸气合金和用于吸收水、水蒸气和其他气体的方法[Non-evaporable Ternary Gettering Alloyand Method of Use for the Sorption of Water, Water Vapor and Other Gasses],,的美国专利号4,312,669,该文件通过引用结合在此)。例如,在一些实施例中,包含在该设备4185中的吸气剂4110可以包括St707™吸气剂,其中具有70%的锆、24.6%的钒以及5.4%的铁(例如,从中国的吸气剂技术国际有限公司(Getter Technologies InternationalLtd.)可获得)。同样参见,Hobson和Chapman, “通过低温下的St707抽出甲烧”,真空科学与技术学报[Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology], 1986 年5/6 月第A4 卷第3期,300-302页,该文件通过引用结合在此。如在美国专利号4,312,669 (出处同上,通过引用结合在此)中提到,一种 For example, in some embodiments, the getter is contained in the apparatus 4185 may include zirconium 4110 - V - Fe getter (See U. Boff Ho et al., "Three non-evaporable getter alloy for absorbing and the method of water, water vapor and other gases [Non-evaporable Ternary Gettering Alloyand method of Use for the Sorption of water, water vapor and other Gasses] ,, U.S. Patent No. 4,312,669, which is incorporated by reference herein ). For example, in some embodiments, the apparatus comprising a getter in 4185 in 4110 may include a getter St707 ™, having 70% zirconium, 24.6% vanadium and 5.4% iron (e.g., from China getter technology international Limited (getter technologies InternationalLtd.) can be obtained). see also, Hobson and Chapman, "at a low temperature by St707 a burn out", Journal of vacuum Science and technology [Journal of vacuum Science and technology], 1986 A4 5/6 months, volume No. 3, pages 300-302, which is incorporated by reference herein. as mentioned in US Patent No. 4,312,669 (ibid., incorporated herein by reference), the one kind 锆-钒-铁吸气材料可以这样被激活:加热到约700摄氏度的温度并持续至少20秒并且接着将该温度降低至约400摄氏度与约25摄氏度之间。同样在美国专利号4,312,669 (出处同上,通过引用结合在此)中提到,一种锆-钒-铁吸气材料可以这样被激活:加热至低于450摄氏度(例如约400摄氏度或在约250摄氏度与约350摄氏度之间)的温度,持续I分钟与10分钟之间的时间,同时处于具有小于10_2托的气压的环境中。如在此使用的、与一个结合了由锆-钒-铁吸气材料形成的吸气剂的实施例一起使用的“热敏材料”是一种预测会在约700摄氏度的温度下持续至少20秒时丧失其结构整体性的热敏材料。如在此使用的、与一个结合了由锆-钒-铁吸气材料形成的吸气剂的实施例一起使用的“热敏材料”将在处于具有小于10_2托的气压的环境中的同时在低于450摄氏度(例如约400摄氏度或在约250 Zirconium - V - Fe getter material can be activated so that: heated to a temperature of about 700 degrees Celsius for at least 20 seconds and then reducing the temperature to between about 400 degrees Celsius and about 25 degrees C. Also in U.S. Patent No. 4,312. , 669 (supra, incorporated by reference herein) mentioned, zirconium - V - Fe getter material can be activated so that: heated to less than 450 degrees (e.g., about 400 degrees Celsius, or between about 350 and about 250 degrees Celsius temperatures between degrees Celsius), the duration between I min and 10 min, while in the environment having a pressure of less than 10_2 Torr as used herein, with a combination of a zirconium - iron getter material is formed - V "thermally sensitive material" for use with the embodiment of a getter material whose thermal predicting lose structural integrity for at least 20 seconds duration at a temperature of about 700 degrees C. as used herein, with a a combination of zirconium - vanadium - "thermally sensitive material" for use with the embodiment of the iron getter material of the getter is formed while in the environment having a pressure of less than 10_2 Torr in less than 450 degrees (e.g., about 400 or about 250 degrees Celsius 摄氏度与约350摄氏度之间)的温度下持续I分钟与10分钟之间的时间时丧失其结构整体性。例如,在一些实施例中,该结构区域180是由一种包括铝、或铝合金在内的热敏材料制成,该热敏材料在250摄氏度以上的温度下丧失其结构整体性。 Celsius lose its structural integrity during the time duration between I min and 10 min and a temperature between about 350 degrees Celsius). For example, in some embodiments, the region 180 is made of a structure comprising an aluminum or aluminum alloy made inner heat sensitive material, the heat sensitive material loses its structural integrity at temperatures above 250 degrees Celsius. 参见=Ishimaru等人,“用于TRISTAN e+e_储存加速器的新型全铝合金真空系统[Newall aluminum alloy vacuum system for the TRISTAN e+e-storage accelerator],,,IEEE 核科学汇刊[IEEE Transactions on Nuclear Science],1981 年第NS-28 卷第3 期,3320-3322页,该文件通过引用结合在此。 Novel aluminum alloy vacuum system see = Ishimaru et al., "For TRISTAN e + e_ storage accelerator [Newall aluminum alloy vacuum system for the TRISTAN e + e-storage accelerator] ,,, IEEE Transactions on Nuclear Science [IEEE Transactions on Nuclear Science], 1981 Year NS-28, No. 3, pages 3320-3322, which is incorporated by reference herein.

[0232] 如自此使用的“结构整体性”是指在一组给定条件下维持其制成时的形式的结构。 [0232] "structural integrity" as used herein refers to maintain since when it is made in the form of structure under a given set of conditions. 丧失结构整体性相应地是指在一组给定条件下不能维持其制成时的形式。 Accordingly, the loss of structural integrity is not maintained in the form of means which when formed under a given set of conditions. 如在此使用的“热敏”材料是指在设备4185中所使用的这些类型的吸气剂4110的该一个或多个激活温度以下的温度下并且在其激活条件下丧失其结构整体性的材料。 As used herein, "heat-sensitive" refers to a material temperature of these types of apparatus 4185 used in the getter 4110 the one or more activation temperature and lose their structural integrity under the conditions of its activation material. 影响结构整体性丧失的条件可以包括温度范围(例如,过热或过冷的温度)和气压(例如内部区域内的最小气压)。 Effect of loss of structural integrity of the conditions may include a temperature range (e.g., hot or cold temperatures) and pressure (e.g., a minimum gas pressure within the interior region). 影响结构整体性丧失的条件可以包括既定使用条件,例如负重、侵蚀、抗压强度、或抗拉强度。 Impact of the loss of structural integrity of the intended use conditions may include conditions such as load, erosion, compressive or tensile strength. 结构整体性的丧失可能是明显的或严重的,例如当结构整体或部分地融化、变形、扭曲、内爆、或燃烧时。 Structural integrity or significant loss may be severe, such as when the structure melted whole or in part, deformation, distortion, implosion, or burning. 结构整体性的丧失可以包括在结构的制造中所使用的一种材料的排气特性的改变,例如具有低排气特性的塑料材料可能在一组给定条件(例如温度或气压)下展现出提高的排气特性。 The loss of structural integrity can include changing the exhaust characteristic of a material in the manufacture of structures used, for example, a plastic material having a low exhaust gas characteristics may exhibit at a given set of conditions (e.g., temperature or pressure) improved exhaust emission characteristics. 结构整体性的丧失相对于粗略检查而言还可能是不明显的或检测不到的,例如对于形成小洞、表面变薄、制成的材料的晶体结构或其他非主要结构的改变、在焊接或连接处内聚性的丧失。 With respect to the loss of structural integrity in terms of a cursory inspection may be undetectable or insignificant, for example, a small hole is formed, the surface is thinned, change the crystal structure or other non-primary structure of the material made in welding cohesion or connection loss. 例如,在一些实施例中,铝和铝合金是在如此所使用的“热敏”材料并且可能在激活该具体实施例中采用的一些类型的吸气剂所需要的一些条件下丧失其结构整体性。 For example, in some embodiments, it is aluminum and aluminum alloys and may lose its structural integrity under some conditions some types of activating the particular getter material employed in the embodiment need in "thermal" material thus used sex. 例如,虽然铝和铝合金在250摄氏度以上的温度下可能不完全熔化成液体形式,但是在一些情况下,它们将开始软化并且因此丧失其结构整体性。 For example, although aluminum and aluminum alloys at temperatures above 250 degrees C may not be completely melted into liquid form, but in some cases, they will begin to soften and thus lose their structural integrity. 同样,在一些实施例中铜及铜合金可以被认为是热敏材料。 Also, in some embodiments, copper and copper alloy heat-sensitive material can be considered. 参见Koyatsu等人,“铜及铜合金室中的排气速率的测量[Measurements of outgassing rate from copper and copper alloy chambers],,,真空[Vacuum], 1996年第47卷第6_8期,第709-711页,该文件通过引用结合在此。当与结构区域4180上的重力以及由于气密性空隙120内的低气压而产生的力相结合时,铝和铝合金在250摄氏度以上的温度下可能丧失其结构整体性以及制成时的形式并且发生压缩、偏移、或弯曲。类似地,在一些实施例中使用的塑料和塑料复合材料可以是热敏材料。 See Koyatsu et al., "The rate of the exhaust gas chamber copper and copper alloy measurement [Measurements of outgassing rate from copper and copper alloy chambers] ,,, vacuum [Vacuum], Vol. 47, 1996 6_8, pp 709- page 711, which document is incorporated herein by reference. when combined with the force of gravity on the 4180 and 120 due to low air pressure within the airtight structure area generated voids, aluminum and aluminum alloys may be at temperatures above 250 degrees Celsius It loses its structural integrity and formed when the form and compressed and, offset, or curved. Similarly, plastics and plastic composites used in some embodiments may be a heat-sensitive material.

[0233] 如图41所示,在一些实施例中该结构区域4180的内壁110和外壁105 —起实质上限定了该气密性空隙120。 [0233] shown in Figure 41, in some embodiments the structure area 4180 of the inner wall 110 and outer wall 105-- from substantially defining the airtight gap 120. 例如,该气密性空隙120可以主要由该结构区域4180的内壁10和外壁105的边界所限定。 For example, the airtight void 120 may be defined by an inner wall of the main structure of the boundary region 10 and the outer wall 105 of the 4180's. 例如,该气密性空隙120可以实质上由该结构区域4180的内壁110和外壁105的边界所建立。 For example, the voids 120 may be substantially airtight established by the boundary of the inner wall 110 and outer wall structure area 105 of 4180. 该内壁110与该外壁105之间的连接可以是例如焊接、粘接或密封,这些将该气密性空隙120与该结构区域4180外部的气体环境实质上隔离。 The connection between the inner wall 110 and the outer wall 105 may be for example welding, adhesive bonding or sealing, the airtightness of the gap 120 which is substantially isolated from the structure of the region 4180 outside atmosphere. 在一些实施例中,该内壁110与该外壁105之间的连接可以包括额外的材料(例如焊接剂、焊料、钎焊材料或其他密封材料)以便建立并且维持该气密性空隙120与该结构区域4180外部的气体环境的隔尚。 In some embodiments, the connection between the inner wall 110 and outer wall 105 may comprise the additional material (e.g., solder, solder, brazing material or other sealing material) to establish and maintain the airtight structure of the void 120 4180 outside the spacer region still gaseous environment.

[0234] 在一些实施例中,该气密性空隙120包括额外的材料。 [0234] In some embodiments, the airtight void 120 comprises additional material. 在一些实施例中,该气密性空隙120包括被设计成用于改善该结构区域4180的耐久性和稳定性的额外材料。 In some embodiments, the airtight gap 120 is designed to include additional material to improve the durability and stability of the structure area 4180. 例如,该气密性空隙120可以包括多个结构特征(例如一个或多个凸缘、支柱、托架、横梁、或柱子),这些特征可以被配置成用于维持该结构区域4180的稳定性。 For example, the airtight void 120 may include a plurality of structural features (e.g., one or more flanges, struts, brackets, beams or pillars), these features can be configured to maintain the stability of the structure area 4180 . 例如,该气密性空隙120可以包括内部支撑结构,例如该内壁110和该外壁105的加强区域。 For example, the airtight void 120 may include an inner support structure, for example, the inner wall 110 and outer wall 105 of the reinforcing region.

[0235] 在一些实施例中,该气密性空隙120包括将改善该结构区域4180的热特性的额外绝热材料。 [0235] In some embodiments, the airtight void 120 comprises additional insulation material to improve the thermal properties of the structure area 4180. 例如,该气密性空隙120可以包括多层绝热材料(MLI)。 For example, the airtight void 120 may include multiple layers of insulation material (MLI). 参见=Wiedmann等人,“多层绝热著作[Multi Layer Insulation Literature] ”,DLR,结构力学研究所,共20页;Wei等人,“结构和形状对穿孔的多层绝热毯的热性能的影响[Effectsof structure and shape on thermal performance of perforated mult1-layerinsulation blankets] ”,应用热力工程[Applied Thermal Engineering],2009 年第29卷,1264-1266页;Halaczek和Rafalowicz,“自抽出多层绝热物中的热输送[Heattransport in self-pumping multilayer insulation],,,低温学[Cryogenics],1986 年第26卷,第373-376页;Shu等人,“穿过若干层的多层式绝热物的从277至77K的热通量[Heat flux from277to77K through a few layers of multilayer insulation],,,低温学[Cryogenics],1986年第26卷,第671-677页Jacob等人,“对多层绝热物的热性能(300-77K)的研究第I部分:测热法研究[Investigations into the thermalperformance of multilayer insulation(300-77K)Partl:Calorimetric studies]”,低温 See = Wiedmann et al., "Multilayer insulation works [Multi Layer Insulation Literature]", DLR, Institute of Structural Mechanics, total 20; Wei et al., "Effect of thermal properties of the structure and shape of the perforations of the multi-layer insulation blanket [Effectsof structure and shape on thermal performance of perforated mult1-layerinsulation blankets] ", the thermal Engineering [applied thermal Engineering], 2009 Vol. 29, pages 1264-1266; Halaczek and Rafalowicz," extracted from the multi-layer thermal insulation the heat transport [Heattransport in self-pumping multilayer insulation] ,,, cryogenic [cryogenics], 1986 Year 26, No. pages 373-376; Shu et al., "through several layers from a multilayer thermal insulation 277 77K to the heat flux of [heat flux from277to77K through a few layers of multilayer insulation] ,,, cryogenic [cryogenics], 1986 s. 26, pp 671-677 p Jacob et al., "thermal insulating material for multilayer performance (300-77K) part I: Study calorimetry [Investigations into the thermalperformance of multilayer insulation (300-77K) Partl: calorimetric studies] ", low 学[Cirogenics],1992年第32卷第12期,第1137-1146页;Jacob等人,“对多层绝热物的热性能(300-77K)的研究第2部分:热分析[Investigations into the thermalperformance of multilayer insulation(300-77K)Part2:Thermal analysis]”,低温学[Cryogenics],1992 年第32 卷第12 期,第1147-1153 页;Halaczek 和Rafalowicz,“用于多层绝热物的热导率测量的无防护低温恒温器[Unguarded cryostat for thermalconductivity measurements of multilayer insulations],,,低温学[Cryogenics],1985年第25卷,第529-530页;Mikhalchenko等人,“多层绝热物中的福射传导式热传递的理论和实验石开究[Theoretical and experimental investigation of radiative-conductiveheat transfer in multilayer insulation],,,低温学[Cryogenics],1985 年第25 卷,第275-278 页;Bapat 等人,“多层绝热物的实验研究[Experimental investigations ofmultilayer insulation”,低温学[Cryogenics],1990 年第30 卷,第711-719 Studies [Cirogenics], 1992 Vol. 32 No. 12, pp. 1137-1146; Jacob et al., "Part 2 study of thermal properties of multilayer insulation material (300-77K): The thermal Analysis [Investigations into the heat insulating material for a multilayer; thermal analysis] "Halaczek and Rafalowicz,, cryogenics [cryogenics], 1992 Vol. 32 No. 12, pages 1147-1153 on": thermalperformance of multilayer insulation (300-77K) Part2 conductivity measurements unprotected cryostat [Unguarded cryostat for thermalconductivity measurements of multilayer insulations] ,,, cryogenic [cryogenics], 1985 s. 25, pp 529-530 p; Mikhalchenko et al., "multilayer insulation was Fu exit conductive heat transfer theory and experimental researches that stone [theoretical and experimental investigation of radiative-conductiveheat transfer in multilayer insulation] ,,, cryogenic [cryogenics], 1985 s. 25, pp. 275-278; Bapat et al., "experimental Study of multilayer insulation material [experimental investigations ofmultilayer insulation", cryogenics [cryogenics], 1990 Vol 30, No. 711-719 ;授予McIntosh的美国专利号,其标题为“用于多层绝热物的可变密度方法[Variable-densitymethod for mult1-layer insulation] ” ;Zhitomirskilo 等人,“多层绝热物中热传递过程的理论模型[A theoretical model of the heat transfer process in multilayerinsulation] ”,低温学[Cryogenics], 1979年,第265-268页;Shu,“对减少多层绝热物中的开裂效应的系统研究第I部分:理论模型[Systematic study to reduce the effects ofcracks in multilayer insulation Partl: theoretical model],,,低温学[Cryogenics],1987年第27卷,第249-256页;Shu,“对减少多层绝热物中的开裂效应的系统研究第2部分:实验结果[Systematic study to reduce the effects of cracks in multilayerinsulation Part2: experimental results],,,低温学[Cryogenics], 1987 年第27 卷,第298-311 页;Glassford 和Liu,“多层绝热物的排气速率[Outgassing rate of multilayerinsulation] ”,洛克西德帕洛阿尔托研究所[Lockh ; U.S. Patent No. granted McIntosh, entitled "Method for the variable density multilayer insulation material [Variable-densitymethod for mult1-layer insulation]"; Zhitomirskilo et al., "Multilayer insulation was theoretical heat transfer process model [a theoretical model of the heat transfer process in multilayerinsulation] ", cryogenics [cryogenics], 1979, pp. 265-268; Shu," studies on the effect to reduce cracking of a multilayer thermal insulation system - part I: theoretical model [Systematic study to reduce the effects ofcracks in multilayer insulation Partl: theoretical model] ,,, cryogenics [cryogenics], 1987 s. 27, pp. 249-256; Shu, "the reduction in the multilayer insulation material part 2 system Research cracking effect: experimental results [Systematic study to reduce the effects of cracks in multilayerinsulation Part2: experimental results] ,,, cryogenics [cryogenics], 1987 s. 27, pp. 298-311; Glassford and liu, "exhaust rate multilayer insulation material [Outgassing rate of multilayerinsulation]", 洛克西德帕 Palo Alto Research Institute [Lockh eed Palo Alto Research Laboratory],第83-106页;Halaczak和Rafalowicz, “用于多层绝热物的热导率测量的平板式低温恒温器[Flat-plate cryostat for measurements of multilayer insulation thermalconductivity]”,低温学[Cryogenics], 1985 年第25 卷,第593-595 页;Matsuda 和Yoshikiyo,“用于多层绝热物的简单结构的绝热材料特性[Simple structure insulatingmaterial properties for multilayer insulation],,,低温学[Cryogenics], 1980 年,第135-138 页;Keller 等人,“高温多层绝热物的应用[Application of high temperaturemultilayer insulations] ”,宇航学报[Acta Astronautica], 1992 年第26 卷第6 期,第451-458页;Scur lock和Saul I,“热导率低于0.1 μ W CnT1IT1的多层绝热物的发展[Development of multilayer insulations with thermal conductivities belowOl.μ WCnT1IT1] ”,低温学[Cryogenics],1976年5月,第303-311页;Bapat等人,“多层绝热物的性倉泛予页测[Performance prediction of mu eed Palo Alto Research Laboratory], pp. 83-106; Halaczak and Rafalowicz, "for the thermal conductivity was measured multilayer insulation plate type cryostat [Flat-plate cryostat for measurements of multilayer insulation thermalconductivity]", low Studies [cryogenics], 1985 s. 25, pp 593-595 p; Matsuda and Yoshikiyo, "characteristics of a heat insulating material [simple structure insulatingmaterial properties for multilayer insulation] a simple structure of the multilayer insulation material ,,, cryogenics [ Cryogenics], 1980, pp. 135-138; Keller et al., "application of high-temperature multi-layer insulation material [application of high temperaturemultilayer insulations]", Journal of Astronautics [Acta Astronautica], 1992 s. 26 No. 6, pp. pages 451-458; Scur lock and Saul I, "development of a thermal conductivity of less than 0.1 μ W CnT1IT1 multilayer insulation material [development of multilayer insulations with thermal conductivities belowOl.μ WCnT1IT1]", cryogenics [cryogenics], 1976 May, pp. 303-311; Bapat et al., "bin multilayer insulation resistance was measured pan to page [Performance prediction of mu ltilayer insulation],,,低温学[Cryogenics],1990年第30卷,第700-710页;以及Kropschot,“用于低温应用的多层绝热物[Multiplelayer insulation for cryogenic applications],,,低温学[Cryogenics],1961 年,第171-177页;这些文件各自通过引用结合在此。 ltilayer insulation] ,,, cryogenic [Cryogenics], 1990 Vol. 30, pp. 700-710; and Kropschot, "multi-layer thermal insulation for cryogenic applications [Multiplelayer insulation for cryogenic applications] ,,, cryogenic [ Cryogenics], 1961, pp. 171-177; each of these documents are incorporated by reference herein.

[0236] 在一些实施例中,在该气密性空隙120内具有至少一层的多层绝热材料(“MLI”)。 [0236] In some embodiments, at least one layer of a multilayer insulation material ( "MLI") within the airtight gap 120. 在一些实施例中,在气密性空隙120内有多个层的多层绝热材料,其中这些层可以不是均质的。 In some embodiments, a plurality of multilayer insulation material layers in an airtight void 120, wherein the layers may not be homogeneous. 例如,该多个层的多层绝热材料可以包括具有不同厚度的层、或具有和不具有相关联的间隔元件的层。 For example, the plurality of layers having a multilayer insulation material may comprise layers of different thicknesses, with and without a layer or spacing element is associated. 在一些实施例中,在该绝热材料内或者除了该绝热材料之外,可以存在一层或者多层的额外层,如,一个外部结构层或者一个内部结构层。 In some embodiments, in addition to the insulating material or the insulating material, there may be additional layers one or more layers, e.g., a structural outer layer or an inner structural layer.

[0237] 如图41所示,在此处描述的方法的一些步骤过程中并且当包含在该设备4185内时,该结构区域4180的气密性空隙120向该连接器4120的内部开放。 [0237] 41, and when the device 4185 is contained within the void structure area 4180 is airtight connector 120 to the open interior of the method, in some steps of the process described herein in 4120. 该结构区域4180以一种方式连接至该连接器4120上以便与该气密性空隙120内部形成一个实质上气密性的空间。 The structure area 4180 in a manner connected to the connector 4120 so as to form a substantially airtight space and the airtight interior of the void 120. 该结构区域4180以一种足以维持该气密性空隙120内的低气压的密封而可操作地附接至该连接器4120上,例如是通过激活该真空泵4130的作用。 The structure area 4180 in a low pressure seal 120 in the gap sufficient to maintain the airtight operably attached to the connector 4120, for example, by the action of the pump 4130 is activated. 该结构区域4180以一种足以维持该气密性空隙120内的最小气压的密封而可操作地附接至该连接器4120上,例如是通过激活该真空泵4130的作用。 The structure area 4180 in a seal 120 within the minimum pressure sufficient to maintain the airtight gap is operably attached to the connector 4120, for example, the effect by activating the vacuum pump 4130. 例如,该结构区域4180可以通过一种足以在该气密性空隙120内维持小于或等于1χ10_2的托的气压的密封而可操作地附接至该连接器4120上,例如是通过该真空泵4130的作用。 For example, the structure may be achieved by a region 4180 or less than sufficient to maintain the airtightness in the sealing gap 120 is equal to the pressure 1χ10_2 Tropsch operably attached to the connector 4120, for example, by the vacuum pump 4130 effect. 如图41所示,一些实施例可以包括一个阀4135,该阀与该连接器4120是一体的并且与该结构区域4180的外壁105相邻,其中该阀4135是按一种取向而可操作地附接的以便在该阀4135的相反端上隔离连接器4120的内部。 Shown, some embodiments may include a valve 41 as shown in 4135, the valve 4120 and the connector 4180 and are integral with the outer wall structure 105 adjacent region, wherein the valve 4135 is operable by an oriented and attached to isolate the interior of the connector 4120 on the opposite end of the valve 4135.

[0238] 该设备4185包括由耐热材料制成的一个激活区域4100,该激活区域4100包括一个或多个吸气剂4110。 [0238] The apparatus 4185 includes an active region 4100 made of refractory material, the active region 4100 includes one or more getter 4110. 虽然图41-44描绘的是一个单一的激活区域4100,但是在一些实施例中可以具有多个激活区域,这些激活区域可以由相同的或不同的耐热材料制成并且可以包含相同或不同类型的吸气剂。 Although FIG. 41-44 depicts a single active region 4100, in some embodiments, may have a plurality of active regions, the active region may be made of the same or different heat-resistant material and may comprise the same or different types getter. 在具有多个激活区域的实施例中,每个区域可以被独立地可操作地附接至一个连接器上。 In an embodiment having a plurality of active regions, each region may be independently operably attached to the one connector. 在具有多个激活区域的实施例中,可以在该多个激活区域中的一个或多个与该相关联的连接器之间可操作地附接一个或多个阀。 In an embodiment having a plurality of active regions may be operably attached to one or more of the one or more valves between the connectors associated with the plurality of activation areas.

[0239] 如在此使用的术语“耐热材料”是指在高于该设备4185中所使用的这些类型的吸气剂4110的一个或多个激活温度的温度和条件下并且在这些条件内维持其结构整体性的材料。 [0239] The term "refractory material" as used herein refers to and at a temperature of 4110 or more activation and temperature conditions for these types of getter above the apparatus 4185 used in these conditions the maintain their structural integrity of the material. 如在使用的术语“耐热的”是相对于用于一个给定实施例中所包含的这些具体吸气剂4110的一个或多个激活温度和气压条件而言的。 As used in the term "heat resistant" as used with respect to a given these specific embodiments getter included in a 4110 or more embodiments activation conditions of temperature and pressure. 例如,在一些实施例中,包含在该设备4185中的这些吸气剂4110可以包括锆-钒-铁吸气剂(参见美国专利号4,312,669,出处同上,通过引用结合在此)。 For example, in some embodiments, the getter material contained in the device 4185 may include zirconium in the 4110 - V - Fe getter (see U.S. Pat. No. 4,312,669, supra, incorporated by reference herein) . 例如,在一些实施例中,包含在该设备4185中的吸气剂4110可以包括St707™吸气剂,其中具有70%的锆、24.6%的钒以及5.4%的铁(例如,从中国的吸气剂技术国际有限公司(Getter Technologies International Ltd.)中可获得)。 For example, in some embodiments, the getter device 4185 included in the 4110 may include a getter St707 ™, having 70% zirconium, 24.6% vanadium and 5.4% iron (e.g., suction from China gas agent technology international Limited (Getter technologies international Ltd.) are available). 参见:Gunter等人不可蒸发的吸气剂Zr57V36Fe7的微结构和本体反应性[Microstructureand bulk reactivity of the nonevaporable getter Zr57V36Fe7] ”,真空科学与技术学报[Vacuum Science and Technology], 1998 年11/12 月第A16 卷第6 期,3526-3535 页,该文件通过引用结合在此。如在美国专利号4,312,669 (出处同上,通过引用结合在此)中提到,一种锆-钒-铁吸气材料可以这样被激活:通过加热至约700摄氏度的温度并持续至少20秒并且接着将该温度降低至约400摄氏度与约25摄氏度之间。还在美国专利号4,312,669(出处同上,通过引用结合在此)中提到,一种锆-钒-铁吸气材料可以这样被激活:加热至低于450摄氏度(例如约400摄氏度或在约250摄氏度与约350摄氏度之间)的温度并持续I分钟与10分钟之间的时间,同时处于具有小于10_2托的气压的环境中。如在此使用的、与一个结合了由锆-钒-铁吸气材料形成的 See: Gunter et al., Non-evaporable getter and the microstructure of the bulk reactor [Microstructureand bulk reactivity of the nonevaporable getter Zr57V36Fe7] Zr57V36Fe7 the "Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology [Vacuum Science and Technology], section dated 1998 11/12 A16 No. 6, pages 3526-3535, which is incorporated by reference herein as in U.S. Patent No. 4,312,669 (supra, incorporated by reference herein) mentioned, zirconium - V - Fe such getter materials may be activated: by heating to a temperature of about 700 degrees Celsius for at least 20 seconds and then reducing the temperature to between about 400 degrees Celsius and about 25 degrees Celsius also U.S. Patent No. 4,312,669 (the source. supra, incorporated by reference herein) mentioned, zirconium - V - Fe getter material can be activated so that: heated to less than 450 degrees (e.g., about 400 degrees Celsius, or between about 250 degrees Celsius and about 350 degrees C) temperature and duration of between I min and 10 min, while in the environment having a pressure of less than 10_2 Torr as used herein, with a combination of a zirconium - V - Fe getter material is formed 吸气剂的实施例一起使用的“耐热材料”是一种预测会在约700摄氏度的温度下持续至少20秒时维持其结构整体性的耐热材料。如在此使用的、与一个结合了由锆-钒-铁吸气材料形成的吸气剂的实施例一起使用的“耐热材料”将在处于具有小于10_2托的气压的环境中的同时在低于450摄氏度(例如约400摄氏度或在约250摄氏度与约350摄氏度之间)的温度下持续I分钟与10分钟之间的时间时保持其结构整体性。例如在一些实施例中,该设备4185中所包含的这些吸气剂4110可以包括由钛-锆-钒吸气材料形成的吸气剂。参见:Matolin和Johanek,“TiZrV NEG激活的静态SMS研究”,真空[Vacuum],2002年第67卷,177-184页,该文件通过引用结合在此。如在此使用的、与一个结合了由钛-锆-钒吸气材料形成的吸气剂的实施例一起使用的“耐热材料”将在内部具有约5X10_nmbar的气压时在低于约300 "Refractory material" for use with the embodiment of the getter material is a heat-resistant predicted to maintain its structural integrity for at least 20 seconds duration at a temperature of about 700 degrees C. As used herein, in conjunction with a a zirconium - vanadium - for use with the embodiment of the getter material forming getter iron "heat resistant materials" will be at ambient atmospheric pressure of less than 10_2 having torr of less than 450 degrees, while (e.g. about 400 degrees Celsius or retain their structural integrity at about 250 degrees Celsius and about 350 degrees Celsius) during the time duration between I min and 10 min. For example, in some embodiments, the apparatus 4185 included in the getter 4110 may include a titanium - zirconium - vanadium getter material forming getter see:. Matolin and Johanek, "TiZrV NEG active static SMS research", vacuum [vacuum], 2002, Vol. 67, pages 177-184, this document is incorporated herein by reference as used herein, with a combination of titanium - zirconium - "refractory material" for use with the embodiment of vanadium getter getter material is formed about the inside 5X10_nmbar when the gas pressure at less than about 300 氏度的温度下保持其结构整体性(参见Matolin和Johanek,出处同上,通过引用结合在此)。例如,在一些实施例中,该结构区域4180由一种耐热材料制成,该耐热材料包括不锈钢或不锈钢合金。例如,在一些实施例中,该结构区域4180由包括钛合金的一种耐热材料制成。 Retain their structural integrity (see Matolin and Johanek, supra, incorporated by reference herein) at a temperature in degrees Kelvin. For example, in some embodiments, the structure area 4180 is made of a heat resistant material, the heat- stainless steel alloys or materials include stainless steel. For example, in some embodiments, the structure area 4180 is made of a heat resistant material comprises titanium.

[0240] 各种不同类型的吸气剂可以被用于不同的实施例中。 [0240] Various different types of getter material can be used in different embodiments. 这些吸气剂可以由各种吸气材料制成。 The getter can be made from a variety of getter material. 例如,这些吸气剂可以由不可蒸发的吸气材料制成。 For example, the getter may be made of non-evaporable getter material. 吸气剂的选择可以取决于例如一个给定实施例中采用的吸气材料的可获得性、成本、质量、化学组成、毒性和耐久性。 Getter selected may depend, for example, given a getter material employed in the embodiment of availability, cost, quality, chemical composition, toxicity and durability. 这些吸气剂的选择可以取决于例如一种特定的吸气材料的激活稳定和条件。 These may be selected depending on, for example, the getter activation conditions and stabilizing a particular getter material. 一些类型的吸气剂在不同温度和气压条件下持续不同的时间长度时是可激活的(参见,例如,授予Boffito等人的“不可蒸发的三元吸气合金和用于吸收水、水蒸气和其他气体的方法[Non-evaporabIe Ternary Gettering Alloy and Method of Use for the Sorptionof Water, Water Vapor and Other Gasses] ” 的美国专利号4,312,669,该文件通过引用结合在此),并且对此类吸气材料而言,这些材料的选择可以取决于潜在温度、气压条件和时间的范围,或一种具体的吸气材料的激活温度、气压条件和时间的一种或多种组合。 When some types of getters at different temperature and pressure conditions for varying lengths of time can be activated (see, e.g., grant Boffito et al., "Three and a non-evaporable getter alloy for absorbing water vapor other gases and methods [Non-evaporabIe Ternary Gettering Alloy and method of Use for the Sorptionof Water, Water Vapor and other Gasses] "U.S. Patent No. 4,312,669, which is incorporated by reference herein), and this For based getter material, these materials may be selected depending on the potential temperature, activation time and temperature range of atmospheric conditions, or a particular getter material, a method of pressure and time conditions or various combinations. 在特定温度下的激活作用中,一些吸气剂可能需要低于大气压的气压条件,例如接近真空的条件(例如,Matolin和Johanek,出处同上,以及美国专利号4,312,669,出处同上,上述文件各自通过引用结合在此)。 In the activation at a specific temperature, some may require the getter atmospheric pressure below atmospheric conditions, such as close to vacuum conditions (e.g., Matolin and Johanek, supra, and U.S. Patent No. 4,312,669, supra, each of these documents is incorporated herein by reference). 吸气剂的选择可以取决于例如一种给定的吸气材料的工作温度,例如在环境温度内(即,大致在20摄氏度与30摄氏度之间)、在冷藏温度内(即,大致在2摄氏度与10摄氏度之间)或在冻结温度内(例如大致在O摄氏度与-10摄氏度之间、或大致在-15摄氏度与-25摄氏度之间)。 Getter selected may depend, for example, a given operating temperature of the getter material, for example, in an ambient temperature (i.e., approximately between 20 degrees Celsius and 30 degrees Celsius), at refrigerated temperature (i.e., approximately 2 between degrees Centigrade and 10 degrees Celsius) or in a freezing temperature (e.g., approximately between O and -10 degrees Celsius, or roughly between -15 degrees Celsius and -25 degrees Celsius). 一些实施例可以包括单一类型的吸气剂,例如由实质上相同的活性吸气材料制成的吸气剂。 Some embodiments may include a single type of getter, the getter e.g. made of substantially the same active getter material. 一些实施例可以包括由实质性不同的吸气材料形成的多种类型的吸气剂。 Some embodiments may include multiple types of substantially formed by different getter getter material. 在以下文件中可以发现适合于本发明的不同实施例的多种类型的吸气剂和吸气材料的更多信息=Tripathi等人,“ZrVFe合金本体吸气剂的氢气吸收會泛力[Hydrogen intake capacity of ZrVFe alloy bulk getters] ”,真空[Vacuum],1997年第48卷第12期,第1023-1025页;Benvenuti等人,“用于超高真空应用的不可蒸发的吸气薄膜[Nonevaporable getter films for ultrahigh vacuum applications],真空科学与技术学报[Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology] ”,1998 年1/2 月第A16卷第I期,第148-154页;Benvenuti等人,“用薄膜吸气涂层的降低表面排气[Decreasing surface outgassing by thin film getter coatings] ”,真空[Vacuum],1998年第50卷第1-2期,第57-63页;B0ffit0等人,“不可蒸发的低温可活化的吸气材料[A nonevaporable low temperature activatable getter material] ”,真空科学与技术学报[Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology],1981 年5/6 月第18 卷第3 More information can be found in various types suitable for the present invention, different embodiments of getter material and the getter = Tripathi et al., In the following documents, "ZrVFe hydrogen absorbing alloy getter body pan will force [Hydrogen intake capacity of ZrVFe alloy bulk getters] ", vacuum [vacuum], 1997, Vol. 48 No. 12, pages 1023-1025 on; Benvenuti is et al.," non-evaporable getter film for ultra-high vacuum applications [Nonevaporable getter films for ultrahigh vacuum applications], Journal of vacuum Science and technology [Journal of vacuum Science and technology] ", January 1998, volume A16 1/2 phase I, pages 148-154; Benvenuti is et al.," absorbing film coating the surface of the exhaust gas to reduce [Decreasing surface outgassing by thin film getter coatings] ", vacuum [vacuum], 1998, volume 50 of 1-2, pages 57-63; B0ffit0 et al.," non-evaporable low temperature activatable getter material [a nonevaporable low temperature activatable getter material] ", Journal of vacuum Science and technology [Journal of vacuum Science and technology], 1981, Vol. 18 years 5/6 3 months 期,第1117-1120页;della Porta,“被密封隔离的真空装置中的气体问题和吸气[Gas problemand gettering in sealed-off vacuum devices],,,真空[Vacuum],1996 年第47 卷第6-8期,第771-777页;Benvenuti和Chiggiato,“用Zr-V-Fe不可蒸发的吸气剂获得10—14托范围内的压力[Obtention of pressures in thel0_14toor range by means of a Zr-V-Fenon evaporabIe getter] ”,真空[Vacuum],1993 年第44 卷第5-7 期,第511-513 页;Londer等人,“用于被真空隔离的移动型LH2储存罐系统的新型高容量吸气剂[New highcapacity getter for vacuum insulated mobile LH2Storage tank systems],,,真空[Vacuum],2008年第82卷,第431-434页;Li等人,“紧凑型钛-钒不可蒸发的吸气泵的设计和泵抽特征[Design and pumping characteristics of a compact titanium-vanadiumnon-evaporable getter pump] ”,真空科学与技术学手艮[Journal of Vacuum Science andTechnology],1998 年5/6 月第A16 卷第3 期 , Pp. 1117-1120; della Porta, "the vacuum means is sealed from the gas in question and the intake [Gas problemand gettering in sealed-off vacuum devices] ,,, vacuum [Vacuum], Vol. 47, 1996 6-8, pp. 771-777; Benvenuti and Chiggiato, "pressure is obtained within the range of 10-14 torr with a getter Zr-V-Fe non-evaporable [obtention of pressures in thel0_14toor range by means of a Zr- V-Fenon evaporabIe getter] ", vacuum [vacuum], Vol. 44, 1993 5-7, pp. 511-513; Londer et al.," novel high LH2 storage tank for a portable vacuum system is isolated capacity getter [New highcapacity getter for vacuum insulated mobile LH2Storage tank systems] ,,, vacuum [vacuum], 2008, vol. 82, pp. 431-434; Li et al., "compact titanium - vanadium not withdrawing evaporated the pump design and pumping characteristics [design and pumping characteristics of a compact titanium-vanadiumnon-evaporable getter pump] ", Journal of vacuum Science and technology hand Gen [Journal of vacuum Science andTechnology], January 1998, volume A16 5/6 of 3 第1139-1144 页;Chiggiato, “用不可蒸发的吸气剂产生极高真空[Production of extreme high vacuum with non evaporabIegetters] ”,物理评论[Physica Scripta],1997 年第T71 卷,第9-13 页;Benvenuit 和Chiaggiato,“St707 不可蒸发的吸气剂(Zr70V24.6_Fe5.4wt%)的泵抽特征[Pumpingcharacteristics of the St707nonevaporable getter (Zr70V24.6_Fe5.4wt%)]”,真空科学与技术学报[Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology], 1996 年11/12 月第A14卷第6期,第3278-3282页;Day, “活性炭作为低温吸收剂的使用[The use of activecarbons as cryosorbent] ”,胶体与表面A辑-物理化学工程方面[Colloids and SurfacesA:Physicochem.Eng.Aspects],187-188, 2001 年,第187-206 页;授予Boffito 等人的美国专利号4,312,669,“不可蒸发的三元吸气合金及其用于吸收水、水蒸气和其他气体的方法[Non-evaporabIe Ternary Gettering Alloy and Method of Use for the Sorption ofWater, Water Vapor and Other Gass Pp. 1139-1144; Chiggiato, "resulting in extremely high vacuum [Production of extreme high vacuum with non evaporabIegetters] with a non-evaporable getter", Physical Review [Physica Scripta], T71 volume 1997, pages 9-13 ; Benvenuit and Chiaggiato, "pump non-evaporable getter St707 (Zr70V24.6_Fe5.4wt%) of the feature extraction [Pumpingcharacteristics of the St707nonevaporable getter (Zr70V24.6_Fe5.4wt%)]", Journal of vacuum Science and technology [Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology], March 11/12, 1996, volume A14 of 6, on pages 3278-3282; Day, "activated carbon used as a low temperature absorber [the use of activecarbons as cryosorbent]", colloids and surfaces, Series a - physical and chemical engineering [Colloids and SurfacesA: Physicochem.Eng.Aspects], 187-188, 2001, pp 187-206 pages; grant Boffito et al., US Patent No. 4,312,669, "can not evaporate ternary getter alloys thereof for absorbing water, water vapor and other gases method [Non-evaporabIe Ternary Gettering alloy and method of Use for the Sorption ofWater, water vapor and other Gass es],,;Hobson 和Chapman,“在低温下用St707 抽出甲烧[Pumping of methane by St707at low temperaturesl] ”,真空科学与技术学报[Journalof Vacuum Science and Technology], 1986 年5/6 月第A4 卷第3 期,第300-302 页;以及Matolin 和Johanek, “对TiZrV NEG 激活的静态SIMS 研究[Static SIMS study of TiZrVNEG activation] ”,真空[Vacuum], 2002年第67卷,177-184页;这些文件各自通过引用结合在此。 es] ,,; Hobson and Chapman, "A burning at low temperature extraction with St707 [Pumping of methane by St707at low temperaturesl]", Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology [Journalof Vacuum Science and Technology], 1986 Nian 5/6 months of A4 volume 3, pp. 300-302 pages; and Matolin and Johanek, "for TiZrV NEG active static SIMS study [static SIMS study of TiZrVNEG activation]", vacuum [vacuum], 2002, Vol. 67, pages 177-184 ; these documents are each hereby incorporated by reference herein.

[0241] 如图41所展示的,该激活区域4100包括形成一个气密性内部的多个壁。 [0241] illustrated in FIG. 41, the active region 4100 includes a plurality of walls forming airtightness. 该激活区域4100的气密性内部包围了一个或多个吸气剂4110。 Airtightness inside of the active region 4100 is surrounded by one or more getter 4110. 同样如图41所示,该激活区域4100包括包围了一个或多个吸气剂4110的一个气密性内部,其中该激活区域4100的气密性内部向该连接器4120的内部开放。 Also shown in Figure 41, which surrounds the active region 4100 includes one or more interior a hermetically getter 4110, wherein the active region 4100 of the airtight interior to the open interior of the connector 4120. 激活区域4100的气密性内部被配置成用于维持一个降低的气压,如由该真空泵4130所建立的。 Airtightness active region 4100 is configured to maintain a reduced air pressure, as indicated by the vacuum pump 4130 is established. 虽然图41中未展示,但是一些实施例可以包括在与该激活区域4100相邻的位置处与该连接器4120—体定位的阀(例如,阀4135),该阀被配置成用于在该阀的相反侧处隔离该连接器4120内的气压。 Although not shown in FIG. 41, but some embodiments may be included in the active region 4100 at a location adjacent to the connector body positioned 4120- valves (e.g., valve 4135), the valve is configured for the isolation valves at the opposite side of the air pressure within the connector 4120.

[0242] 如在此提到到,该设备4185被配置成用于建立并且维持在该结构区域4180的气密性空隙120内的一个降低的气压环境。 [0242] As referred to herein, the apparatus 4185 is configured to establish and maintain in a reduction of the structure 120 within region 4180 airtight void pressure environment. 相应地,该一个或多个吸气剂4110可以包括不可蒸发的吸气材料。 Accordingly, the one or more getter 4110 may include a non-evaporable getter material. 该一个或多个吸气剂4110可以包括锆、钒和铁。 The one or more getter 4110 may include zirconium, vanadium, and iron. 例如,该一个或多个吸气剂4110可以包括70%锆、24.6%钒以及5.4%铁。 For example, the one or more getter 4110 may comprise 70% zirconium, 24.6% vanadium and 5.4% iron. 例如,该一个或多个吸气剂4110可以包括St707吸气剂(例如从总部设在意大利雷纳特市(Lainate)的赛斯吸气剂集团(SAESGetters Group)可获得;参见所附的在2011年9月22日下载的在线手册,该文件通过引用结合在此)。 For example, the one or more getter St707 getter 4110 may include (e.g., available in Italy from headquarters Renate city (Lainate) of SAES Getters (SAESGetters Group); see attached in September 22, 2011 Download the online manual, which is incorporated by reference herein). 类似的吸气材料也是从其他来源可获得的,例如中国的吸气剂技术国际有限公司(Getter Technologies International Ltd.)。 Similar getter material is also available from other sources, such as China getter Technology International Limited (Getter Technologies International Ltd.).

[0243] 如图41所示,该设备4185包括一个连接器4120,该连接器被附接至该结构区域4180并且附接至该激活区域4100上,该连接器4120包括一个挠性区域4125和一个被配置成用于将该结构区域4180相对于该激活区域4100进行密封和拆离的区域4127。 [0243] shown in Figure 41, the apparatus 4185 comprises a connector 4120, the connector is attached to the structure area 4180 and attached to the active region 4100, the connector 4120 and 4125 includes a flexible region a seal configured to be detached from the structure area and 4180 with respect to the active region 4100 of the region 4127. 该连接器4120可以由例如不锈钢或不锈钢合金制成。 The connector 4120 may be made of an alloy such as stainless steel or stainless steel. 该连接器4120可以例如在不同区域(如适合该实施例)中由不同材料制成。 The connector 4120 may be, for example, in different areas (e.g. for this example) is made of different materials. 总体上,该连接器4120是由在该连接器4120内的表面上具有低蒸气释放并且对于一个具体实施例而言具有足够的强度、耐久性以及耐热性的一种或多种材料以及相关联的方法(如进一步在下文中描述)制成。 Generally, the connector 4120 is released by having a low vapor on the inner surface 4120 of the connector and for the purposes of a particular embodiment having sufficient strength, durability, heat resistance and one or more materials and associated United methods (as described further below) is made. 成本、重量和挠性也可能是制造该连接器4120的材料选择中的因素。 Cost, weight, and flexibility may also be a material selected for manufacturing the connector 4120 of the factor. 参见例如,Nemanic和Setina,“减小薄壁不锈钢室中的氢气排气速率的热处理过程的研究[A study of thermal treatment proceduresto reduce hydrogen outgassing rate in thin wall stainless steel cells],,,真空[Vacuum],1999年第53卷,第277-280页;以及Koyatsu等人,“铜和铜合金室内的排气速率的测量[Measurements of outgassing rate from copper and copper alloy chambers],,,真空[Vacuum],1996年第47卷第6_8期,第709-711页,这些文件各自通过引用结合在此。 See, e.g., Nemanic and Setina, "Study of hydrogen reduced the rate of exhaust walled stainless steel chamber of a heat treatment process [A study of thermal treatment proceduresto reduce hydrogen outgassing rate in thin wall stainless steel cells] ,,, vacuum [Vacuum] , 1999, Vol. 53, pp. 277-280; and measuring Koyatsu et al., the exhaust rate "of copper and copper alloys indoor [measurements of outgassing rate from copper and copper alloy chambers] ,,, vacuum [vacuum], 1996, Vol. 47 6_8, pp. 709-711, each of these documents are incorporated by reference herein.

[0244] 该连接器可以包括被配置成用于抑制气体在该连接器4120内流动的阀4135。 [0244] The connector may include a valve configured to inhibit the flow of gas within the connector 4120 in 4135. 一些实施例可以包括多于一个阀。 Some embodiments may include more than one valve. 如图41所示,阀4135可以在该真空泵4130与该结构区域的外壁105之间的一个位置处被可操作地附接至该连接器4120上。 41, the valve 4135 may be a vacuum pump 4130 operably attached to and at a position 105 between the outer wall of the connector structure area 4120. 该阀4135可以在该真空泵4130与区域4127之间的一个位置处被可操作地附接至该连接器4120上,该区域被配置成用于将该结构区域4180相对于该激活区域4100进行密封和拆离。 The valve 4135 may be operably attached to the connector 4120 at a location between the pump 4130 and the area 4127, the area is configured to the sealing structure area 4180 with respect to the active region 4100 and detachment.

[0245] 如图41所示,在一些实施例中该连接器4120的挠性区域4125与该设备4185的激活区域4100相邻。 [0245] shown in Figure 41, the active region 4125 adjacent to the apparatus 4185 4100] In some embodiments, the connector 4120 of the flexible region. 该挠性区域4125被配置成允许该激活区域4100相对于该设备4185(同样参见图42-44)的剩余部分改变取向而同时保持该连接器内的低气压,如该真空泵4130所建立并维持的。 The flexible region 4125 is configured to allow the active region 4100 with respect to 4185 (see also FIGS. 42-44) to change the orientation of the remainder of the device while maintaining a low pressure within the connector, such as the vacuum pump 4130 is established and maintained of. 如图41所示,该挠性区域4125被配置成一个大约形成直角的弧形,这导致了该激活区域4100和该结构区域4180不是在水平方向上线性对齐的。 As shown in FIG. 41, the flexible region 4125 is configured to form an arc of approximately a right angle, which results in the structure of the active region 4100 and the region 4180 in the horizontal direction is not linearly aligned. 如图41-44所示,在一些实施例中该连接器4120的挠性区域4125被配置成沿着该连接器4120的轴线进行挠曲(如图41中的双头箭头所描绘的)。 As shown, in some embodiments of the connector of the flexible region 4120 to 4125 is configured flexural 41-44 along an axis of the connector 4120 (FIG. 41 depicted by double-headed arrow). 该挠性区域4125的构型的改变导致该激活区域4100和该结构区域4180的相对取向的改变,如图41-44所示。 Changing the configuration of the flexible region 4125 results in a change of the relative orientation of the structure of the active region 4100 and region 4180, 41-44 shown in FIG. 由于由制成该挠性区域4125的材料以及该材料的构型的组合作用,该挠性区域可以是挠性的。 Since the region of the flexible material 4125 and the configuration of the combined action of the material, the flexible region may be flexible. 例如,该连接器4120的挠性区域4125可以由波纹管型构型的不锈钢制成。 For example, the region 4120 of the flexible connector 4125 may be made of stainless steel bellows configuration type. 波纹管型构型是由合适的材料制成并且被配置成允许在连接器4120的挠性区域4125中实现挠性。 The bellows-type configurations are made of a suitable material and is configured to allow for flexibility in the flexible region 4125 of the connector 4120. 例如,该连接器4120的挠性区域4125可以由不锈钢制成并且被配置成瓦楞式、带渠道的、有槽的或有脊的形状以允许实现该连接器4120的挠性区域4125的挠性。 For example, the region 4120 of the flexible connector 4125 may be made of stainless steel and is configured corrugated type with channels, grooves have ridges or shape to allow the connector to achieve flexibility of the flexible region 4120 to 4125 .

[0246] 如图41所示,该设备4185包括可操作地附接至该连接器4120上的一个真空泵4130。 [0246] shown in Figure 41, the apparatus 4185 comprises operably attached to the connector 4130 on a vacuum pump 4120. 该真空泵4130具有足够的泵抽强度以便在该设备4185内建立小于与该设备4185相邻的环境中的气压的一个气压。 The pump 4130 has sufficient strength in order to create a pumping pressure device 4185 is smaller than the air pressure in the environment adjacent to the apparatus in 4185. 在一些实施例中,该真空泵4130具有足够的泵抽强度以便建立一个实质上被排空的气压。 In some embodiments, the pump 4130 has sufficient strength to be pumped is substantially evacuated to establish a pressure. 在一些实施例中,该真空泵4130具有足够的泵抽强度以便建立一个接近真空的气压。 In some embodiments, the pump 4130 has sufficient strength to establish a pumping pressure close to a vacuum. 例如在一些实施例中,该真空泵4130具有足够的泵抽强度以便将该结构区域4180的内部、该激活区域4100的内部以及该连接器4120的内部中的气密性空隙120排空至一个小于或等于1χ10_2托的气压。 For example, in some embodiments, the pump 4130 has sufficient strength so that the inner pumping region 4180 of the structure, inside the interior of the active region 4100 and the connector 4120 of the airtight gap 120 is evacuated to less than a or equal to 1χ10_2 Torr pressure. 例如在一些实施例中,该真空泵4130具有足够的泵抽强度以便将该结构区域4180内部的气密性空隙120、该激活区域4100的内部以及该连接器4120的内部排空至一个小于或等于5xl0_3托、5xl0_4托、5xl0_5托、5xl0_6托或5xl0_7托的气压。 For example, in some embodiments, the pump 4130 has sufficient strength so that the pumping gap 120 inside the airtight structure area 4180, inside the interior of the active region 4100 and the connector 4120 is evacuated to less than or equal to a 5xl0_3 care, 5xl0_4 care, 5xl0_5 care, 5xl0_6 care or 5xl0_7 Torr pressure. 该真空泵4130可以是一个旋转叶片式真空泵。 The vacuum pump 4130 may be a rotary vane vacuum pump. 用于一些实施例中的合适的真空泵是由例如德国普发真空有限公司(Pfeiffer Balzers Company)制造的。 Some suitable for pump embodiment is, for example, Pfeiffer Vacuum Co., Germany (Pfeiffer Balzers Company) produced. 用于一些实施例中的合适的真空泵由例如爱德华真空公司(Edwards Vacuum Company,美国总部在马萨诸塞州米德尔塞克斯;全球总部在英国)制造。 Some suitable vacuum pump for example by the company, such as Edward vacuum (Edwards Vacuum Company, US headquarters in Massachusetts, Middlesex; global headquarters in the UK) manufacturing. 一些实施例中合适的真空泵包括Pfeiffer Balzers 型号TSH060 和Edwards 型号RV12。 Some examples of suitable vacuum pump includes Pfeiffer Balzers Model TSH060 and Edwards model RV12 embodiment.

[0247] 该设备4185包括该连接器4120的一个区域4127,该区域被配置成用于将该结构区域4180相对于该激活区域4100进行密封和拆离。 [0247] The apparatus 4185 comprises a region 4120 of the connector 4127, the area is configured to detach the sealing structure area and 4180 with respect to the active region 4100. 在一些实施例中,该设备4185包括该连接器4120的一个区域4127,该区域被配置成用于沿着该连接器4120的长度在该结构区域4180附近将该连接器4120进行密封和拆离。 In some embodiments, the apparatus 4185 comprises a connector region that is 41,274,120, the area is configured to be sealed and detached from the connector 4120 of the connector 4120 along the length of the structure area in the vicinity of 4180 . 如图41所示,该连接器4120的这个被配置成用于将该结构区域4180相对于该设备4185的剩余部分进行密封和拆离的区域4127可以位于该连接器4120的与该结构区域4180的外壁105相邻的一个区域中。 As shown, the connector being configured in this region to 414,120 for the phase structure area 4180 for sealing and detaching the remainder of the apparatus 4185 may be located in the 4127 of the connector 4120 with the structure area 4180 a region 105 adjacent to the outer wall. 该设备4185包括该连接器4120的被配置成用于密封和拆离的一个区域4127,该区域被配置成允许该结构区域4180内的气密性空隙120在该结构区域4180与该设备4185的剩余部分拆离的过程中维持其低气压(例如,小于或等于1x10-2托)。 The apparatus 4185 comprises a connector that is configured for 4120 into a sealing region 4127 and the detached, the area is configured to allow the voids in the airtight structure of the region 120 4180 4180 4185 in the device region of the structure detaching the remainder of the process is maintained in its low pressure (e.g., less than or equal to 1x10-2 Torr). 该连接器4120的被配置成用于将该结构区域4180相对于该激活区域4100进行密封和拆离的这个区域4127可以是例如一段铝管。 The connector is configured for 4120 to 4180 region of the phase structures in the region for sealing and detaching the active region may be, for example, a period of 41004127 aluminum. 在对于该连接器4120的被配置成用于将该结构区域4180相对于该激活区域4100进行密封和拆离的这个区域4127使用铝管的多个实施例中,该铝管可以是例如直径为半英寸并且厚0.035英寸的管,例如从云杉飞机专业公司(Aircraft Spruce and SpecialtyCompany,加利福尼亚州科洛纳(Corona, CA))可获得的型号3003-0。 In respect to the connector is configured with the structure area 4180 and 4100 to seal the region of detachment of the plurality of tubes 4127 using embodiments for the active region 4120, which may be aluminum having a diameter of, for example, half inches and 0.035 inches thick tube, for example, from spruce aircraft specialist (aircraft spruce and SpecialtyCompany, California Corona (Corona, CA)) model 3003-0 available. 在对于该连接器4120的被配置成用于将该结构区域4180相对于该激活区域4100进行密封和拆离的这个区域4127包括铝管的多个实施例中,该铝管可以例如自己塌陷(B卩,“缩紧”)并且这些边缘使用一个捏和皱缩仪器(pinch and crimp instrument)密封在一起。 In this connector is configured for 4120 to 4180 for the structural regions with respect to the sealing and decoupling of the active region 4100 from region 4127 includes a plurality of tubes embodiments, the tubes may, for example, their collapse ( B Jie, "tightening") and the edges crimped using a kneading apparatus (pinch and crimp instrument) sealed together. 例如,一个超声焊接器可以被用来密封和拆离铝管的这些节段。 For example, an ultrasonic welding can be used to seal and detach tubes of these segments.

[0248] 如图41-44所示的并且如在此的相关方法中所描述的设备4185被设计并且被制造成允许被激活的吸气剂4110在该设备4185内从该激活区域4100移动穿过该连机器4120而进入该结构区域4180内的气密性空隙120中。 [0248] The apparatus of FIG. 41-44 and herein described related method 4185 is illustrated and is designed to allow the manufacture of the getter to be activated from 4110 through 4100 to move the active region in the device 4185 4120 even through the machine and into the airtight void region 4180 within the structure 120. 在该激活区域4100、该连接器4120以及该结构区域4180内的气密性空隙120的内部空间包括低于该设备4185周围环境中的气压时,这些被激活的吸气剂4110在该设备4185内移动。 In the active region 4100, the interior space of the connector 4120, and an airtight void region within the structure below the 4,180,120 device includes ambient air pressure environment 4185, which getter is activated in the apparatus 4185 4110 mobile. 在该激活区域4100、该连接器4120以及该结构区域4180内的气密性空隙120的内部空间被该真空泵4130主动排空时,这些被激活的吸气剂4110在该设备4185内移动。 In the active region 4100, the interior space of the connector 4120, and an airtight void region within the structure of the 4,180,120 pump 4130 is active evacuated, the getter 4110 is activated in the mobile device 4185. 图42-44示出了该设备4185的另外的方面。 42-44 illustrate a further aspect of the apparatus 4185. 图42-44展示了图41所示的设备4185的其他方面,具体而言涉及该设备4185的设计和制造,用以允许这些被激活的吸气剂4110在该激活区域4100与该气密性空隙120之间在连接器4120的内部之内移动。 42-44 FIG. 41 shows the apparatus shown in FIG other 4185, specifically relates to the design and manufacture of the apparatus 4185, to allow these to be activated getter in the active region 4110 and the airtight 4100 moving the voids within the interior 120 of the connector 4120.

[0249] 图42描绘了设备4185,其中连接器4120的挠性区域4125移动到使得该激活区域4100在该结构区域4180的正上方。 [0249] FIG. 42 depicts an apparatus 4185, wherein the mobile flexible region 4125 to 4120 is connected such that the active region directly above region 4100 in the configuration 4180. 如图42所示,该连接器4120的挠性区域4125被制造和配置成允许它弯曲成实质上笔直的构型。 As shown in FIG 42, the region 4120 of the flexible connector 4125 is configured to allow manufacture and which is bent into a substantially straight configuration. 如从图41和图42的组合中很显然,该连接器4120的挠性区域4125被制造和配置成允许它从实质上直角(如图41所示)弯曲成实质上直线的构型(如图42所示)。 As apparent from the combination of FIGS. 41 and 42, the region 4120 of the flexible connector 4125 is configured to allow manufacture and which is bent from a substantially right angle (FIG. 41) into a substantially straight configuration (e.g. As shown in FIG. 42). 这种移动由图42中的双头箭头描绘出。 This movement depicted by the double-headed arrow 42 in FIG. 图42所描绘的设备4185通过该连接器4120的挠性区域4125被定向成使得该激活区域4100位于该结构区域4180的正上方以允许这些吸气剂4110A、4110B、4110C通过重力(单头箭头所描绘的)而下落穿过该连接器4120并且进入该气密性空隙120中。 FIG 42 depicts an apparatus 4185 through the connector 4120 of the flexible region 4125 is oriented so that the active region 4100 positioned immediately above the region of the structure 4180 to allow the getter 4110A, 4110B, 4110C by gravity (single-headed arrow the depicted) from falling through the connector 4120 and into the airtight gap 120.

[0250] 图42还描绘了这些被激活的吸气剂4110A、4110B、4110C从该激活区域4100穿过该连接器4120(例如,单头箭头所示)的运动。 [0250] Figure 42 also depicts the activated getter 4110A, 4110B, 4110C through the connector 4120 (e.g., single-headed arrows) movement from the active region 4100. 出于展示的目的,如图41所示的这些吸气剂4110在图42中被给予了单独识别符A、B和C,然而,这些单独吸气剂4110A、4110B、4110C旨在与图41、43、44和45所示的这组吸气剂4110相等。 For purposes of illustration, the getter 4110 is shown in FIG. 41 is given in FIG separate identifier 42 A, B and C, however, the individual getter 4110A, 4110B, 4110C and intended 41 , this group of 43, 44 and getter shown equal to 454,110. 虽然示出了为基本上椭圆形形状的三个单独的吸气剂4110A、4110B、4110C,但是这些吸气剂4110的具体数目和形状将取决于该具体的实施例。 Although it is shown for three separate substantially elliptical shaped getter 4110A, 4110B, 4110C, but the specific number and shape of a getter will depend on the particular 4110 embodiment. 如图42所示,设备4185是由被配置成允许这些吸气剂4110A、4110B、41IOC从该激活区域4100移动穿过该连接器4120的材料制成的。 42, device 4185 is configured to allow the getter 4110A, 4110B, 41IOC through the connector 4120 is made of a material of the active region 4100 from the mobile. 特定实施例所选择的这些吸气剂4110应该具有一定的大小和形状以便移出该激活区域4100、穿过该连接器4120并且进入该结构区域4180的气密性空隙120中。 These getter selected specific embodiments of the embodiment 4110 should be of a size and shape to the active region out of 4100, 4120 through the connector and into an airtight structure area 4180 of the void 120. 具有圆形边缘形式的吸气剂非常适合这个目的,但是在不同的实施例中可以使用具有不同形状的吸气剂。 With rounded edges getter form is suitable for this purpose, the getter may be used having different shapes in different embodiments. 在一些实施例中可以利用形成为颗粒的吸气剂,然而形成为颗粒形状的吸气剂可能粘在该连接器4120内并且不容易移动至该气密性空隙120中。 In some embodiments, it may be formed using a particle getter, but is formed into the shape of the getter particles may stick in the connector 4120 and does not easily move to the airtight gap 120. 优选地,这些吸气剂4110全体在这些方法步骤结束时应该位于该气密性空隙120内。 Preferably, the getter 4110 at the end of all these process steps should be positioned within the gap 120 airtight. 优选地,在密封该连接器4120的过程中没有吸气剂4110停留在该连接器4120中。 Preferably, no getter during the sealing of the connector 4120 4110 stays in the connector 4120. 例如,该吸气材料可能降低该连接器4120的被密封区域的完整性。 For example, the getter material may reduce the integrity of the sealing region 4120 of the connector.

[0251] 对应地,该激活区域4100应该以一种方式被可操作地附接至该连接器4120上以便最小地阻碍这些吸气剂4110移出该激活区域4100并且进入该连接器4120内的内部区域中。 [0251] Correspondingly, the active region 4100 should be operably attached in a manner to the connector 4120 so as to minimize the obstruction to the getter 4110 out of the active region 4100 and into the interior of the connector 4120 area. 这种附接应提供足够的密封以便允许该真空泵4130在该设备4185的内部之内建立和维持一个降低的气压(例如,小于或等于lxlO—2托)。 Such attachment collusion provide an adequate seal to allow the pump 4130 to establish and maintain a reduced pressure within the interior of the device 4185 (e.g., less than or equal to lxlO-2 Torr). 例如,在该设备由金属制成的实施例中,该激活区域4100可以通过焊接点被附接至该连接器4120上。 For example, in an embodiment of the apparatus made of metal, the active region 4100 may be attached to the connector 4120 through a welding point. 这些焊接点应该足够光滑并且最小程度地贴在该设备4185的内部上以便在这些吸气剂4110穿过该连接器4120时提供最小的阻碍。 These welds should be sufficiently smooth and minimally attached to the inside of the apparatus 4185 through the connector so as to provide a minimum obstruction when the getter 4120 4110. 类似地,该结构区域4180应该以一种方式被可操作地附接至该连接器4120上以便最小地阻碍这些吸气剂4110移出该连接器4120的内部并且进入该结构区域4180内的气密性空隙120中。 Similarly, the structure area 4180 should be operably attached to the connector in a manner to minimize obstructing 4120 on the getter 4110 4120 out of the interior of the connector and into the inner region 4180 of the airtight structure of the void 120.

[0252] 该连接器4120 (包括在其自身的区域4125和4127之内)的内部直径以及任何一个或多个阀(例如,4135)开口的内部直径应该适合这些吸气剂4110在该激活区域4100与该结构区域4180中的该气密性空隙120之间穿过该设备4185的通行。 [0252] The connector 4120 (including its own area within 4125 and 4127) and the inner diameter of any one or more valves (e.g., 4135) of the inner diameter of the opening should be suitable for these getter in the active region 4110 the access structure area 4100 and 4180 in the airtight interspace 120 through which the device 4185. 所使用的任何特定的吸气剂4110的大小和形状应该小于该连接器4120和该设备4185内所使用的任何一个或多个阀(例如4135)的内部直径。 Any particular size and shape of the getter 4110 is used should be less than any one or more of the valve 4120 and the connector 4185 of the apparatus used (e.g. 4135) inner diameter. 该连接器4120和结合在该设备4185中的任何一个或多个阀(例如4135)的内部应该包括最少的、可能阻碍这些吸气剂4110移动穿过该设备4185的表面。 The interior of the connector 4120 and any one or more valves (e.g., 4135) is incorporated in the apparatus should include a minimum of 4185, the surface of which the getter may hinder 4110 through the mobile device 4185. 例如,该连接器4120和任何一个或多个阀(例如4135)的内部应该是实质上光滑的,而没有可能阻碍这些吸气剂4110的尖锐的、突出、或粗糙的边缘。 For example, the connector 4120 and any one or more valves (e.g. 4135) should be substantially smooth inside, without sharp these may hinder the getter 4110, projections or rough edges. 例如,该连接器4120和任何一个或多个阀(例如4135)的内部应该是基本上不含可能抑制这些吸气剂4110行进穿过该内部的内部元件(例如,支柱或托架)。 For example, the interior of the connector 4120 and any one or more valves (e.g. 4135) should be substantially free of the getter 4110 is possible to suppress the travel through the interior of the inner element (e.g., struts or brackets). 总体上,该设备4185的内部应该被设计和制造成,当该激活区域4100、连接器4120以及该结构区域4180被适当定向(即,如图42所描绘的)时,允许这些吸气剂4110从该激活区域4100的内部直接移动穿过该连接器4120并且进入该结构区域4180中的气密性空隙120中。 In general, the inside of the device 4185 should be designed and manufactured such that when the active region 4100, the connector 4120 and the structure area 4180 is properly oriented (i.e., as depicted in FIG. 42), which allows the getter 4110 moves directly through the connector 4120 from the interior of the active region 4100 and into the structure of the region 4180 in the gap 120 airtight. 在一些实施例中,该设备4185的内部应该被设计并且被制造成,当该激活区域4100、连接器4120以及该结构区域4180被适当定位(即,如图42所描绘的)时,允许这些吸气剂4110从该激活区域4100的内部直接移动穿过该连接器4120并且进入该结构区域4180中的气密性空隙120中,例如通过重力。 In some embodiments, the interior of the device 4185 should be designed and manufactured such that, when the active region 4100, the connector 4120 and the structure area 4180 is properly positioned (i.e., as depicted in FIG. 42), which allows 4110 getter moved directly through the interior of the active region 4100 from the connector 4120 and into the structure in the region 4180 airtight gap 120, for example by gravity. 在一些实施例中,该设备4185的内部应该被设计并且被制造成,允许这些吸气剂4110通过机械转移而从该激活区域4100的内部直接移动穿过该连接器4120并且进入该结构区域4180中的气密性空隙120中。 In some embodiments, the interior of the device 4185 should be designed and fabricated to allow the getter 4110 is moved by a mechanical transfer through the connector 4120 directly from the interior of the active region 4100 and into the structure area 4180 the airtightness in the gap 120.

[0253] 图42描绘了处于基本上笔直的构型中的该连接器4120的挠性区域4125,并且其中该设备4185的激活区域4100被定位在该结构区域4180的上方。 [0253] Figure 42 depicts the connector is in a substantially straight configuration of the flexible region 41,254,120, and wherein the active region 4100 of the apparatus 4185 is positioned above the structure area 4180. 该设备被制造成允许该连接器的挠性区域4125将该设备4185的相对定位在图41所示的位置与图42所示的位置之间移动(如双头箭头所示)。 The device is fabricated to allow the connector 4125 of the flexible region relative positioning apparatus 4185 in a position between the positions shown in FIG 42 FIG 41 is moved (e.g., double-headed arrows). 图42描绘了吸气剂4110A,其位置为即将通过重力(向下的箭头所描绘)下落穿过该连接器4120并且进入该结构区域4180的气密性空隙120中。 Figure 42 depicts a getter 4110A, which position is about to fall in 4120 through the connector and into the structure by gravity region (depicted by the downward arrow) airtight void 4180 120. 图42还描绘了位于该连接器4120内并且正通过重力移动穿过该连接器4120而朝向该结构区域4180的吸气剂4110B。 Also depicted in FIG. 42 positioned within the connector and the positive 4120 through the connector 4120 toward the getter structure area 4180 is moved by gravity 4110B. 图42描绘了处于该结构区域4180的气密性空隙120与同该外壁105相邻的连接器4120之间的连接点中的吸气剂4110C。 Figure 42 depicts the connection point between the region 4120 in the configuration 4180 of the airtight gap 120 and the connector 105 with the outer wall adjacent to the getter 4110C.

[0254] 图43展示了被定位成类似于图42所示的、在后一阶段中的设备4185 (参见在此描述的方法)。 [0254] FIG 43 shows 4185 (see methods described herein) is positioned, at a later stage in the apparatus shown in FIG. 42 is similar. 在图43所示的视图中,这些激活的吸气剂4110全都位于该结构区域4180的气密性空隙120内。 In the view shown in FIG. 43, the activation of the getter structure area 4110 are all located within the airtight void 4180 120. 虽然图43将这些激活的吸气剂4110展示为一簇,但是它们也可以分布在该气密性空隙120内。 Although FIG. 43 these activated getter 4110 is shown as a cluster, they may also be distributed within the airtight gap 120. 在一些实施例中,该气密性空隙120内的多个结构元件限制一些或所有的这些激活的吸气剂4110进入该气密性空隙120的限定区域内。 In some embodiments, a plurality of structural elements within the airtight gap 120 limits some or all of these activating the getter into the region 4110 defines the airtight gap 120. 例如,该气密性空隙120可以包括限制这些吸气剂4110在该气密性空隙120内迁移的多个内部支架或支柱。 For example, the airtight void 120 may include more than 4,110 getter limited to these internal struts or stent migration in the airtight gap 120. 例如,该气密性空隙120可以包括被配置成用于限制这些吸气剂4110在该气密性空隙120内移动的线网材料。 For example, the airtight gap 120 may be configured to include a limited by these getter 4110 is moved in the airtight interspace wire mesh material 120.

[0255] 图43描绘了该连接器4120包括一个皱缩区域4300,其中该连接器的多个相反的面被带到一起而形成不透气的密封。 [0255] Figure 43 depicts the connector 4120 comprises a crimped region 4300, wherein a plurality of opposite surfaces of the connector are formed together to the hermetic seal. 该皱缩区域4300处于被配置成用于密封和拆离该连接器4120的这个区域4127内。 The shrinkage is within the region 4300 in the region 4127 is configured to seal and detach the connector 4120. 如图43所示,该皱缩区域4300可以被定位成与该结构区域4180的外壁105相邻,但是该连接器4120的一段长度4320位于该皱缩区域4300与该外壁105的表面之间。 As shown in FIG. 43, the crimping region 4300 may be positioned adjacent to the outer wall 105 of the structure of the region 4180, but the length of the connector section 4120 is located between the surface 4320 of the crimping region 105 and the outer wall 4300. 同样如图43所示,在该皱缩区域4300与一个阀4135之间可能存在连接器4120的一段长度4310。 Also shown in FIG. 43, the crimping region 4300 may exist with a valve connected to a length of between 4120 4310 4135. 如图43的双头箭头所示,在该皱缩区域4300形成之后,将该结构区域4180与该设备4185的剩余部分拆离。 , After the collapse of the region 4300 is formed, the structure area 4180 and the remainder of the detachment device 4185 of double-headed arrow 43 in FIG. 为了将该结构区域4180与该设备4185的剩余部分拆离,在维持该气密性空隙120内的降低的气压(例如,小于或等于lxlO—2托)的同时将该连接器4120在该皱缩区域处分开。 The structure area 4180 to detach the remainder of the apparatus 4185, the reduction in the gap 120 to maintain the airtight pressure (e.g., less than or equal to lxlO-2 torr) while the connector is in the wrinkle 4120 down region open disposition. 在一些实施例中,基本上与密封位置处的分开同时地,可以在该连接器4120中形成一种不透气的密封。 In some embodiments, the sealing position substantially simultaneously separately, can form a hermetic seal in the connector 4120. 例如,该连接器4120可以用一种超声焊接装置进行密封和分开。 For example, the connector 4120 may be sealed and separated by an ultrasonic welding apparatus.

[0256] 图44示出了被定位成类似于图43所示的、在后一阶段中的设备4185 (参见在此描述的方法)。 [0256] FIG. 44 shows a positioned to be similar to that shown in FIG. 43, (see the method described herein) apparatus at a later stage in 4185. 在图44中,这些激活的吸气剂4110均位于该气密性空隙120内。 In FIG 44, the activation of the getter 4110 are located within the void 120 airtight. 同样参见图44,该连接器4120已经在该皱缩区域4300处被分开。 Referring also to FIG. 44, the connector 4120 at 4300 has been separated at the crimping zone. 该连接器4120在该皱缩区域4300处的分开导致该结构区域4180与该设备4185的剩余部分拆离(双头箭头)。 The connector 4120 result in a separate area of ​​the crimped region of the structure 4300 at 4180 and 4185 the remainder of the detachment device (double-headed arrow). 图44还示出了被施加在与该结构区域4180相邻的皱缩区域4300的表面上的密封剂4400。 FIG 44 also shows a sealant is applied to the surface adjacent to the crimping zone structure area 4180 4300 4400. 该密封剂4400经定位并且施加以便确保与该结构区域4180相邻的皱缩区域4300维持其结构整体性并且不包括将准许来自该外壁105的外部环境的气体进入该气密性空隙120中的任何洞或空间。 The sealant 4400 is applied and positioned so as to ensure that the region adjacent to the structural collapse region 4180 4300 maintains its structural integrity and does not include an outer wall will allow gas from the external environment 105 enters the gap 120 in an airtight any hole or space. 该密封剂4400 (如果一个特定的实施例中被包含)粘到该被分开的皱缩区域4300的表面上,从而在与外壁105相邻的连接器长度4310的内部上形成一种紧密的气密性。 The sealant 4400 (if included a particular embodiment) adhered to the surface of the crimped region 4300 is separated, thereby forming a tight gas on the interior length of the connector 4310 and the outer wall 105 adjacent tightness. 例如,该密封剂可以包括环氧树脂材料。 For example, the material may include an epoxy sealant.

[0257] 图45展示了在组装该设备之前制备该设备的这些金属系统部件的一种任选方法。 [0257] FIG. 45 illustrates an optional method for preparing these metal components of the system prior to assembly of the device apparatus. 为了建立并且维持该设备内的实质上降低的气压(例如,小于或等于lxl0_2托),该设备的这些部件的金属表面可以任选地进行清洁和准备以便将来自这些金属表面上的表面污染物的排气最小化。 In order to establish and maintain a substantially reduced air pressure within the device (e.g., less than or equal to lxl0_2 Torr), the metal surfaces of components of the device may be optionally cleaned and surface contaminants from the preparation to the surface of the metal the exhaust gas is minimized. 作为一个实例,图45描绘了一种方法的流程图,该方法可以用于一些实施例中来在该设备的组装之前制备该设备的金属系统部件(如在此所描述的)。 As an example, FIG. 45 depicts a flowchart of a method, the method can be used for some of the metallic components of the system prepared in Example embodiments of the device before the device is assembled (as described herein). 还参见YTSasaki,“真空材料清洁过程的调查:美国真空协会建议准则委员会的小组委员会报告” [A survey of vacuum material cleaning procedures:A subcommitteereport of the American Vacuum Society Recommended Practices Committee], 真空科学与技术学报A辑:真空,表面和薄膜[Journal of Vacuum Science&TechnologyA: Vacuum, Surfaces, and Films],1991年5月第9卷,2025页,该文件通过引用结合在此。 See also YTSasaki, "investigation vacuum material of the cleaning process: Report of the Subcommittee American Vacuum Society recommends that the Committee's guidelines" [A survey of vacuum material cleaning procedures: A subcommitteereport of the American Vacuum Society Recommended Practices Committee], of Vacuum Science and Technology A Series: vacuum, surfaces, and the film [Journal of vacuum Science & TechnologyA: vacuum, surfaces, and films], 1991 years. 5 month second volume 9, 2025, which is incorporated by reference herein.

[0258] 图45展示了在组装4500该设备之前制备金属系统部件的方法的流程图。 [0258] FIG. 45 shows a flowchart of a method for preparing a metal system components prior to assembly of the device 4500. 框4510描绘了用变性酒精来清洁部件。 It depicts a block 4510 with denatured alcohol to the cleaning member. 这个步骤可以减少这些部件的表面上的油脂、油以及类似污染物。 This step may reduce fat, oil on the surface of these components and the like contaminants. 该流程还包括任选的框4520,展示了对这些部件进行机械抛光。 The process also includes an optional block 4520, shows these parts mechanical polishing. 参见例如Kato等人,“在不烘烤试验室的情况下实现10—iciPa量级上的极高真空[Achievement of extremehigh vacuum in the order of 10—10Pa without baking of test chamber],,,真空科学与技术学报[Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology],1990 年5/6 月第A8 卷第3期,第2860-2864页,该文件通过引用结合在此。例如在这些部件已经足够光滑的情况下,这个步骤可以省略。参见:S.0kamura,“精细抛光后的不锈钢的排气测量[Outgassingmeasurement of finely polished stainless steel] ”,真空科学与技术学报A 辑:真空,表面和薄膜[Journal of Vacuum Science&Technology A: Vacuum, Surfaces, andFilms],1991年7月第9卷,第2405页;M.Suemitsu等人,“与超高真空兼容的镜面抛光后的银合金表面:与表面粗糙度相关的排气速率的观察[Ultrahigh-vacuumcompatible mirror-polished aluminum-al1y surface!Observation ofsurface-roughness-correlated outgassing rates] ”,真 See, for example, Kato et al., "To achieve very high vacuum on the order of 10-iciPa without baking laboratory [Achievement of extremehigh vacuum in the order of 10-10Pa without baking of test chamber] ,,, Vacuum Science and technology [Journal of Vacuum Science and technology], 1990 May, Vol. A8 5/6 years No. 3, pp. 2860-2864, which is incorporated by reference herein. For example these components have the sufficiently smooth, this step may be omitted see:. S.0kamura, "exhaust gas measurement after fine polishing stainless steel [Outgassingmeasurement of finely polished stainless steel]", Journal of vacuum Science and technology, Series a: vacuum, and the film surface [Journal of vacuum Science & technology a : vacuum, surfaces, andFilms], 1991 years of July 9, p. 2405; M.Suemitsu et al., "UHV-compatible silver alloy mirror polished surface: the surface roughness associated with the exhaust rate of observation [Ultrahigh-vacuumcompatible mirror-polished aluminum-al1y surface! observation ofsurface-roughness-correlated outgassing rates] ", true 科学与技术学报A 辑:真空,表面和薄膜[Journal of Vacuum Science&Technology A:Vacuum, Surfaces, and Films],1992年第10卷,第570-572页;M.Suemitsu等人,“镜面抛光后的Al合金室的极高真空的形成[Development of extremely high vacuums with mirror-polished AL-alloychambers] ”,真空[Vacuum],1993 年第44 卷第5-7 期,第425-428 页;HFDylla, “不镑钢和银的排气与不同表面处理的相关性[Correlation of outgassing of stainless steeland aluminum with various surface treatments] ”,真空科学与技术学报A 辑:真空,表面和薄膜[Journal of Vacuum Science&Technology A:Vacuum, Surfaces, and Films],1993年9月第11卷,第2623页;Μ(ΛΗ等人,“对用于真空室材料的6063型铝合金的表面研究[Surface study of Type6063aluminum alloys for vacuum chamber materials]”,真空[Vacuum],1984 年第34 卷第6 期,第643-647 页;以及YTSasaki,“SS304 / 316 氢气排气减小到2 X 10 [sup-15] torr I / c Science and Technology Series A: vacuum, and the film surface [Journal of Vacuum Science & Technology A: Vacuum, Surfaces, and Films], 1992 s. 10, pp 570-572 p; M.Suemitsu et al., "After the mirror polishing a high vacuum chamber for forming the Al alloy [Development of extremely high vacuums with mirror-polished AL-alloychambers] ", vacuum [vacuum], Vol. 44, 1993 5-7, pp. 425-428; HFDylla," not pound steel and silver correlation [correlation of outgassing of stainless steeland aluminum with various surface treatments] exhaust gas and different surface treatments of "vacuum Science and technology a: vacuum, surfaces and thin films [Journal of vacuum Science & technology a: vacuum, surfaces, and Films], September 1993, Vol. 11, p. 2623; Μ (ΛΗ et al., "Study for 6063 aluminum alloy material surface of the vacuum chamber [surface study of Type6063aluminum alloys for vacuum chamber materials] ", vacuum [vacuum], 1984 Vol. 34, No. 6, on pages 643-647; and YTSasaki," SS304 / 316 is reduced to hydrogen gas exhaust 2 X 10 [sup-15] torr I / c m[sup2] s [Reducing SS304 / 316hydrogen outgassingto2 X10[sup-15]torr I / cm[sup2]”,Journal of Vacuum Science&TechnologyA: Vacuum, Surfac],真空科学与技术学报A辑:真空,表面和薄膜[Journal of VacuumScience&Technology A: Vacuum, Surfaces, and Films],2007 年第25 卷,第1309 页;这些文件全都通过引用结合在此。 m [sup2] s [Reducing SS304 / 316hydrogen outgassingto2 X10 [sup-15] torr I / cm [sup2] ", Journal of Vacuum Science & TechnologyA: Vacuum, Surfac], Vacuum Science and Technology, Series A: Vacuum, Surfaces, and the film [ Journal of VacuumScience & Technology A: Vacuum, Surfaces, and Films], 2007, Vol. 25, p. 1309; all of these documents incorporated herein by reference. 如果对这些部件进行机械抛光,则它们可以随后用变性酒精清洁另外一段时间(图45未示出)。 If these components mechanically polished, they may be subsequently further period of time (not shown in FIG. 45) with denatured alcohol to clean.

[0259] 框4530展示了用洗涤剂和水对这些部件进行洗涤。 [0259] Box 4530 illustrates these parts was washed with detergent and water. 洗涤剂洗涤步骤可以降低细微污染物(例如烃油和溶剂)的存在,这些污染物可能促进该成品设备内的不希望的排气。 The detergent washing step may reduce the presence of minor contaminants (e.g., hydrocarbon oils and solvents), which may promote undesirable contaminants in the exhaust gas of the finished device. 参见:R.Elsey,“真空材料的排气-1I [Outgassing of vacuum materials-1I] ”,真空[Vacuum],1975年第25期,347-361页,该文件通过引用结合在此。 See: R.Elsey, "vacuum exhaust -1I material [Outgassing of vacuum materials-1I]", vacuum [Vacuum], 1975 Year 25, pages 347-361, which is incorporated by reference herein. 作为一个实例,可以用手用洗碗剂(即,黎明高级电源洗洁精[Dawn Advanced Power Dish Soap],由宝洁公司(Procter & Gamble Company)制造)以温自来水和标准软海绵来手洗这些组件。 As one example, a dishwashing detergent by hand (i.e., advanced power Dawn detergent [Dawn Advanced Power Dish Soap], by the Procter & Gamble (Procter & Gamble Company)) at a standard temperature tap water and soft sponge to hand these components . 作为另一个实例,可以使用洗涤剂A lconox_®以自来水来清洁这些部件(从纽约州怀特普莱恩斯市的埃克诺克斯公司(Alconox Inc., White Plains NY)可获得)。 As another example, you can use detergent A lconox_® tap water to clean these parts (from NY White Plains City of Exeter Knox (Alconox Inc., White Plains NY) available). 任选的框4540描绘了用去离子水(DI水)冲洗这些已洗涤过的部件。 The optional block 4540 depicts a deionized water (DI water) was washed rinsed member. 任选框4550展示了用除湿后的氮气或可比的惰性气体来将这些部件吹干。 Optional block 4550 shows comparable with nitrogen or an inert gas to be dehumidified dry these components. 这个步骤可以减少附着在这些部件表面上的不可见的水分子。 This step may reduce the invisible water molecules attached on the surfaces of these members. 参见例如,A.Berman,“真空系统中的水蒸气[Water vapor in vacuum systems]”,真空[Vacuum],1996 年第47 卷第4 期,第327-332 页J.-R.Chen 等人,“A6063-EX 铝合金和SUS304 不镑钢的排气行为[Outgassing behavior of A6063-EX aluminum alloyand SUS304stainless steel] ”,真空科学与技术学报[Journal of Vacuum Science andTechnology] ,1987 年11/12 月第A5 卷第6 期,第3422-3424 页'YCLiu 等人,“对铝表面的热排气石开究[Thermal outgassing study on aluminum surfaces],,,真空[Vacuum],1993年第44卷第5-7期,第435-437页;Chen和Liu,“304不锈钢和A6063-EX铝合金真空室在填充有水之后的排气速率对比[A comparison of outgassing rate of304stainlesssteel and A6063-EX aluminum alloy vacuum chamber after filling with water],,,真空科学与技术学报[Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology],1987 年3/4 月第A5卷第2期,第262-264页;Ishimaru等人,“快速抽低型银超低真空系 See, e.g., A.Berman, "the water vapor in the vacuum system [Water vapor in vacuum systems]", vacuum [Vacuum], 1996, Vol. 47 No. 4, on pages 327-332 J.-R.Chen et al. "exhaust gas acts A6063-EX aluminum and steel SUS304 without pound [Outgassing behavior of A6063-EX aluminum alloyand SUS304stainless steel]", Journal of vacuum Science and technology [Journal of vacuum Science andTechnology], 1987 dated 11/12 years of A5, Vol. 6, pp. 3422-3424 'YCLiu et al., "stone of the hot exhaust gases of an aluminum surface open study [thermal outgassing study on aluminum surfaces] ,,, vacuum [vacuum], Vol. 44, 1993 5 -7, pp. 435-437; Chen and Liu, "304 stainless steel and aluminum alloy A6063-EX the exhaust rate of the vacuum chamber filled with water after contrast [a comparison of outgassing rate of304stainlesssteel and A6063-EX aluminum alloy vacuum chamber after filling with water] ,,, vacuum Science and technology [Journal of vacuum Science and technology], 1987 Nian 3/4 months, volume A5, No. 2, pp. 262-264; Ishimaru et al., "fast pumping low profile Super silver vacuum system [Fast pump-downaluminum ultrahigh vacuum system] ”,真空科学与技术学手艮[Journal of VacuumScience and Technology],1992 年5/6 月第AlO 卷第3 期,第547-552 页;Miki 等人,“银超高真空系统中极快抽低过程的特征[Characteristics of extremely fast pump-downprocess in an aluminum ultrahigh vacuum system] ”,真空科学与技术学手艮[Journal ofVacuum Science and Technology],1994 年7/8 月第A12 卷第4 期,第1760-1766 页;以及Chen等人,“真空系统中的银表面:水的排气行为[Outgassing behavior on aluminumsurfaces:water in vacuum systems] ”,真空科学与技术学手艮[Journal of VacuumScience and Technology],1994 年7/8 月第Al 2 卷第4 期,第1750-1754 页;这些文件各自通过引用结合在此。 [Fast pump-downaluminum ultrahigh vacuum system] ", Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology hand Gen [Journal of VacuumScience and Technology], 1992 March Vol AlO 5/6 years No. 3, pp. 547-552; Miki et al.," silver ultra-high vacuum pumping system fast process wherein low [characteristics of extremely fast pump-downprocess in an aluminum ultrahigh vacuum system] ", Journal of vacuum Science and technology hand Gen [Journal ofVacuum Science and technology], 1994 7/8 on March 4, volume A12, page 1760-1766; and Chen et al., "silver surface of the vacuum system: the behavior of the exhaust water [Outgassing behavior on aluminumsurfaces: water in vacuum systems]", Journal of vacuum Science and technology hand Gen [Journal of VacuumScience and Technology], March 1994, Vol. 7/8 Al 2 No. 4, pp. 1750-1754; each of these documents incorporated by reference herein. 在一些实施例中,可以包括用不同类型的气体进行处理。 In some embodiments, it may include treatment with a different type of gas. 参见:Tatenuma等人,“通过化学方法技术快速获取净超高真空[Quick acquisition of cleanultrahigh vacuum by chemical process technology] ”,真空科学与技术学手艮[Journalof Vacuum Science and Technology],1993 年7/8 月第All 卷第4 期,第1719-1724 页;Tatenuma等人,“使用化学处理来获取净超高真空[Acquisition of clean ultrahighvacuum using chemical treatment] ”,真空科学与技术学手艮[Journal of Vacuum Scienceand Technology],1998 年7/8 月第A16 卷第4 期,第2693-2697 页;以及LCBeavis,“氢气与304型不镑钢表面的相互作用[Interaction of hydrogen with the surfaceof type304stainless steel] ”,真空科学与技术学报[Journal of Vacuum Science andTechnology],1973年3/4月第10卷第2期,第386-390页;这些文件通过引用结合在此。 See also: Tatenuma et al., "Fast obtained by chemically net ultra-high vacuum technology [Quick acquisition of cleanultrahigh vacuum by chemical process technology]", Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology to learn sign Burgundy [Journalof Vacuum Science and Technology], 1993 7/8 All months volume 4, pp. 1719-1724 p; Tatenuma et al., "the net chemical process to obtain ultra-high vacuum [acquisition of clean ultrahighvacuum using chemical treatment]", Journal of vacuum Science and technology hand Gen [Journal of vacuum Scienceand Technology], March 1998, Vol. A16 7/8 No. 4, pp. 2693-2697; and LCBeavis, "is not hydrogen and type 304 pounds steel surface interaction [interaction of hydrogen with the surfaceof type304stainless steel]", Journal of vacuum Science and technology [Journal of vacuum Science andTechnology], 1973 March / April, Vol. 10, No. 2, on pages 386-390; which is incorporated by reference herein. 框560描绘了在真空条件下烘烤这些部件。 Block 560 depicts baked under vacuum these components. 参见例如:H.1shimaru,“快速抽低型铝超高真空系统[Fast pump-down aluminum ultrahigh vacuum system] ”,真空科学与技术学报A辑:真空,表面和薄膜[Journal of Vacuum Science&Technology A: Vacuum, Surfaces, andFilms],1992年5月第10卷,第547页,该文件通过引用结合在此。 See, for example: H.1shimaru, "fast pumping low ultrahigh vacuum system Aluminum [Fast pump-down aluminum ultrahigh vacuum system]", Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology, Series A: vacuum, and the film surface [Journal of Vacuum Science & Technology A: Vacuum , Surfaces, andFilms], 1992 Nian 5 Yue, Vol. 10, pp. 547, which is incorporated by reference herein.

[0260] 已经证明在真空条件下烘干部件对降低一些材料(例如对铝或不锈钢部件而言)产生的排气是有用的。 [0260] have demonstrated dried under vacuum to reduce the number of component material (for example, aluminum or stainless steel member) of the exhaust gas generated is useful. 参见J.Young,“经不同表面处理的不锈钢和铝的排气特征[Outgassing Characteristics of Stainless Steel and Aluminum with DifferentSurface Treatments] ”,真空科学与技术学报[Journal of Vacuum Science andTechnology],1969年;0daka和Ueda,“304型不锈钢在空气中表面氧化前后其排气速率对于表面氧化物层厚度的依赖性[Dependence of outgassing rate on surface oxidelayer thickness in type304stainless steel before and after surface oxidationin air] ”,真空[Vacuum],1996年第47卷第6-8期,第689-692页;Odaka等人,“烘烤温度和空气暴露对于316L型不锈钢的排气速率的影响[Effect of baking temperatureand air exposure on the outgassing rate of type316L stainless steel],,,真空科学与技术学报[Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology],1987 年9/10 月第A5 卷第5期,第2902-2906页;Zajec和Nemanic,“不锈钢中与氢气释放动力学相关的氢气本体状态以及相关联的重分 See J.Young, "wherein the exhaust gas through a different stainless steel and aluminum surfaces treated [Outgassing Characteristics of Stainless Steel and Aluminum with DifferentSurface Treatments]", Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology [Journal of Vacuum Science andTechnology], 1969 years; 0daka and ueda, "304 stainless steel in which the front and rear air exhaust rate of surface oxidation layer thickness dependency of the surface oxide [dependence of outgassing rate on surface oxidelayer thickness in type304stainless steel before and after surface oxidationin air]", vacuum [vacuum] , 1996, Vol. 47 of 6-8, pp. 689-692; Odaka et al., "Effect of type 316L stainless steel for exhaust rate of air exposure bake temperature and [Effect of baking temperatureand air exposure on the outgassing rate of type316L stainless steel] ,,, vacuum Science and technology [Journal of vacuum Science and technology], 1987, Vol A5 years dated 9/10 No. 5, pp. 2902-2906; Zajec and Nemanic, "stainless steel and hydrogen hydrogen release kinetics associated state, and the body weight of the associated sub- 配现象[Hydrogen bulk states in stainless-steel relatedto hydrogen release kinetics and associated redistribution phenomena],,,真空[Vacuum],2001年第61卷,第447-452页;Bernardini等人,“空气烘干用以降低不锈钢内的氣气排气[Air bake-out to reduce hydrogen outgassing from stainless steel],,,真空科学与技术学报[Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology],1998 年1/2 月第A16卷第I期,第188-193页;Nemanic等人,“从300°C到1000°C的奥氏体不锈钢中的氢气释放动力学的异常[Anomalies in kinetics of hydrogen evolution from austeniticstainless steel from300tol000DC ]”,真空科学与技术学报[Journal of Vacuum Scienceand Technology],2001 年1/2 月第A19 卷第I 期,第215-222 页;Nemanic 和Bogataj,“薄壁不镑钢室的排气[Outgassing of thin wall stainless steel chamber]”,真空[Vacuum],1998年第50卷第3_4期,第431-437页;Cho等人,“用涡轮分子泵抽系统创造极高真空: Collocation [Hydrogen bulk states in stainless-steel relatedto hydrogen release kinetics and associated redistribution phenomena] ,,, vacuum [Vacuum], 2001, Vol. 61, pp. 447-452; Bernardini et al., "Air drying to reduce stainless steel exhaust gas in the gas [air bake-out to reduce hydrogen outgassing from stainless steel] ,,, vacuum Science and technology [Journal of vacuum Science and technology], March 1998, volume A16 1/2 phase I, pp. 188-193; Nemanic et al., "abnormal release kinetics from austenitic stainless steel to 300 ° C 1000 ° C in hydrogen gas [anomalies in kinetics of hydrogen evolution from austeniticstainless steel from300tol000DC]", vacuum Science and technology Journal [Journal of Vacuum Scienceand Technology], March 2001, volume A19 1/2 phase I, pp. 215-222; and exhaust Nemanic Bogataj, "thin wall steel chamber not pound [Outgassing of thin wall stainless steel chamber ] "vacuum [vacuum], Vol. 50 of 1998, 3_4, pp. 431-437; Cho et al.," pumping systems turbo-molecular pump to create a high vacuum: 烘烤方法[Creation of extreme high vacuum with a turbomolecular pumpingsystem:a baking approach] ”,真空科学与技术学手艮[Journal of Vacuum Science andTechnology],1995 年7/8 月第A13 卷第4 期,第2228-2232 页;以及Y.1shikawa 和K.0daka,“通过表面氧化来降低从不锈钢表面中的排气[Reduction of outgassing from stainlesssurfaces by surface oxidation] ”,真空[Vacuum],1990 年第41 卷,第1995-1997 页;这些文件通过引用结合在此。 Baking method [Creation of extreme high vacuum with a turbomolecular pumpingsystem: a baking approach] ", Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology to learn sign Burgundy [Journal of Vacuum Science andTechnology], 7/8 March 1995, Vol. A13 No. 4, 2228 -2232 pages; and Y.1shikawa and K.0daka, "to reduce the surface oxidation of the exhaust gas from the stainless steel surface [reduction of outgassing from stainlesssurfaces by surface oxidation]", vacuum [vacuum], 1990 s. 41, no. pages 1995-1997; these documents are incorporated by reference herein. 例如,可以将不锈钢部件在具有约1x10—2托的气体压力的室中于250摄氏度烘烤30小时。 For example, in the stainless steel member may be a gas chamber having a pressure of about 1x10-2 Torr of 250 ° C and bake for 30 hours. 作为另一个实例,可以将铝制部件或复合材料的部件在具有约1x10—2托的气体压力的室中于150摄氏度烘烤60-70小时。 As another example, the chamber may be made of aluminum or a composite material member member having a gas pressure of about 1x10-2 Torr and baked at 150 ° C in 60-70 hours. 也参见:Chen等人,“用于SRRC同步加速器光源的弯转磁铁的银真空室[An aluminum vacuum chamber for the bendingmagnet of the SRRC synchrotron light source],,,真空[Vacuum],1990 年第41 卷第7-9期,第2079-2081页;Bums等人,“空间环境中与敏感性光学表面有关的非金属材料的排气试验[Outgassing test for non-metal lie materials associated with sensitiveoptical surfaces in a space environment] ”,乔治.C.马歇尔航天飞行中心,材料和工艺实验室[Materials and Processes Laboaratoryj George C.Marshall Space FlightCenter],1987年;以及Chen等人,“银合金真空室的热排气[Thermal outgassing fromaluminum alloy vacuum chambers] ”,真空科学与技术学手艮[Journal of Vacuum Scienceand Technology],1985年11/12月第A3卷第6期,第2188-2191页;这些文件各自通过引用结合在此。另外或替代地,已经证明在惰性气体的存在下烘烤部件对于降低一些材料的排气 See also: Chen et al., "Synchrotron Light Source for silver SRRC vacuum chamber of bending magnets [An aluminum vacuum chamber for the bendingmagnet of the SRRC synchrotron light source] ,,, vacuum [Vacuum], 1990, Volume 41 Year 7-9, pp. 2079-2081; Bums et al., "exhaust test space environment associated with the sensitivity of the optical surface of non-metallic materials [Outgassing test for non-metal lie materials associated with sensitiveoptical surfaces in a space environment] ", George Marshall Space flight Center .C, materials and processes laboratory [materials and processes Laboaratoryj George C.Marshall Space FlightCenter], 1987 years; and Chen et al.," hot exhaust silver alloy vacuum chamber [thermal outgassing fromaluminum alloy vacuum chambers] ", Journal of vacuum Science and technology hand Gen [Journal of vacuum Scienceand technology], 1985 November / December A3 Vol. 6, pp. 2188-2191; each of these documents is incorporated herein by reference Additionally or alternatively, it has been demonstrated to reduce the number of components of the exhaust baked material in the presence of an inert gas, 有用的。在一些实施例中,作为接近真空的气体压力条件的替代,这些部件在惰性气体(例如,氮气)的存在下进行烘烤。 Useful. In some embodiments, as the gas pressure condition close to a vacuum alternative, the presence of these components in an inert gas (e.g., nitrogen) under baking.

[0261] 在清洁并且准备好这些部件之后,组装该设备的这些部件。 [0261] After the cleaning member and have it ready, the assembly of these components of the apparatus. 可以进行氦气泄漏检查以确保密封和/或连接点足以维持该设备内部之内的降低的气压条件。 Helium leak check may be performed to ensure sealing and / or point of attachment is sufficient to maintain conditions of reduced pressure within the interior of the apparatus. 另外,在对最终组件的检查过程中用脱水的氮气吹扫该设备。 Further, in the inspection process by dehydration of the final assembly of the apparatus nitrogen purge. 参见:K.Yamazaki等人,“高速泵抽至UHV [High-speed pumping to UHV]”,真空[Vacuum], 2009 年12 月第84 卷,756-759 页;以及Chun等人,“不锈钢极高真空系统的排气速率特征[outgassing rate characteristicof a stainless-steel extreme high vacuum system],,,真空科学与技术学报[Journalof Vacuum Science and Technology], 1996 年7/8 月第A14 卷第4 期,2636-2640 页;上述文件通过引用结合在此。 See also: K.Yamazaki et al., "High-speed pumping to UHV [High-speed pumping to UHV]", vacuum [Vacuum], 2009 Nian 12 Yue Vol. 84, pages 756-759; and Chun et al., "Stainless steel pole high rate vacuum exhaust system according to [outgassing rate characteristicof a stainless-steel extreme high vacuum system] ,,, vacuum Science and technology [Journalof vacuum Science and technology], March 1996, Vol. A14 7/8 No. 4, pages 2636-2640; the above documents incorporated by reference herein.

[0262] 图46展示了利用如在此(如以上)描述的设备的一种方法的流程图。 [0262] FIG. 46 shows a flowchart of a method of using the device as described herein (as described above) is described. 图46描绘了一种方法4600,该方法包括如框4610、4620、4630、4640以及4650所描绘的步骤。 Figure 46 depicts a method 4600, the method comprising the steps of blocks 4610,4620,4630,4640 and 4650 depicted. 框4610展示了在一个气密性设备内建立真空,该设备包括由耐热材料制成的至少一个激活区域、由热敏材料制成的一个结构区域、以及在这些区域之间的一个连接器。 Block 4610 shows a vacuum is created within the airtight device, the apparatus comprising at least one active region made of a heat-resistant material, a structure made of a heat sensitive material area, and a connector between these areas . 如在此使用的“真空”是指在实质上排空的空间中的气压。 The "vacuum" as used herein refers to the air pressure in the space in a substantially evacuated. 如在此使用的“真空”是指相对于该设备外部的环境中的气压而言的低气压。 The "vacuum" as used herein refers to a low pressure relative to the outside of the apparatus in terms of environment pressure. 不同程度的真空可能适用于不同的实施中。 Different levels of vacuum may be applied to various embodiments. 例如,如在此使用的“真空”是指可以具有小于1χ10_2托(例如小于5xl0_3托、小于5xl(T4托、小于5χ10_5托、小于5χ10_6托或者小于5χ10_7托)的气体压力的实质上排空的空间。取决于具体的实施例,包括例如耐久性、成本、部件、制造、结构以及预计使用时间段等因素,可能希望的是不同的气压。可以在该气密性设备的该至少一个激活区域的内部之内、该至少一个结构区域的内部之内、以及该连接器的内部之内建立真空。可以通过使用一个可操作地连接至该气密性设备上的真空泵来建立真空。用于一些实施例中的合适的真空泵是由例如德国普发真空有限公司(Pfeiffer Balzers Company)制造的。用于一些实施例中的合适的真空泵是由例如爱德华真空公司(Edwards Vacuum Company,美国总部在马萨诸塞州米德尔塞克斯;全球总部在英国)制造的。一些实施例中合适的真空泵包括P For example, as "vacuum" as used herein refers to a pressure less than the gas may have 1χ10_2 Torr (e.g., less than 5xl0_3 torr, less than 5xl (T4 torr, less than 5χ10_5 torr, less than or less than 5χ10_7 5χ10_6 torr torr) substantially evacuated space depending on the particular embodiment, factors including durability, cost, components, manufacturing, construction and intended use period, etc. For example, it may be desirable that a different gas pressure can be at the at least one active device region of the airtight within the interior of the at least one inner region of the structure, and the creation of a vacuum within the interior of the connector may be a vacuum pump operatively connected to the device to establish air-tightness by using a vacuum. a number of suitable vacuum pump in the embodiment is manufactured in Germany, for example, Pfeiffer vacuum Co. (Pfeiffer Balzers company) a. Some suitable vacuum pump for example a vacuum is made, for example, Edwards company (Edwards vacuum company, based in Massachusetts, USA Middlesex; global headquarters UK) produced some embodiments P includes a suitable vacuum pump feiffer Balzers型号TSH060和Edwards型号RV12。还参见Ishimaru和Hismatsu, “具有ICT12托的极端压力的润轮分子泵[Turbomolecular pump with an ultimate pressure oflO_12Torr],,,真空科学与技术学报[Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology], 1994 年7/8 月第A12 卷第4期,1695-1698页;以及Jhun等人使用低温泵和招质垫片来实现极高真空[chievementof extremely high vacuum using a cryopump and conflate aluminum gaskets],,,真空[Vacuum], 1992年第43卷第4期,309-311页,上述文件通过引用结合在此。 feiffer Balzers Model TSH060 and Edwards model RV12. See also Ishimaru and Hismatsu, "Run-molecular pump [Turbomolecular pump with an ultimate pressure oflO_12Torr] with extreme pressure ICT12 ,,, torr Vacuum Science and Technology [Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology], 1994, volume A12 7/8 months of 4, pages 1695-1698; and Jhun et al strokes and cryopump to achieve high quality vacuum pad [chievementof extremely high vacuum using a cryopump and conflate aluminum gaskets ] ,,, vacuum [vacuum], 1992 Vol. 43 No. 4, pages 309-311, said document incorporated by reference herein.

[0263] 在一些实施例中,在建立真空的同时加热这些设备部件可以减少建立真空所需要的时间,例如通过增大该设备内部的表面上痕量水的蒸发速率。 [0263] In some embodiments, the heating apparatus components may create a vacuum at the same time reduce the time required for vacuum, for example by increasing the traces of water on the inner surface of the evaporation rate of the device. 为了在建立真空的同时加热这些设备部件,该设备可以被放置在具有合适大小和操作条件的烘箱内。 To heat these components at the same time create a vacuum device, the device may be placed in an oven having a proper size and operating conditions. 另外或替代地,为了在建立真空的同时加热这些设备部件,该设备的外表面可以用加热带缠绕并且该设备的底座可以被放置在一个热板上。 Additionally or alternatively, the devices for heating components while establishing a vacuum, the outer surface of the device may be wrapped with heating tape and the base of the device may be placed on a hot plate. 适用于一些实施例的加热带包括例如绝缘的加热带并且可以包括玻璃纤维重度绝缘的加热带(例如来自德克萨斯州斯塔福德的HTS/阿美特克公司(HTS/Amptek Corporation, Stafford Texas)的型号AIH-0510100)。 In some suitable embodiments of the heating zone comprises, for example, heating belt may include an insulating and heating tape (e.g., from Texas Stafford HTS / AMETEK (HTS / Amptek Corporation severe fiberglass insulation, Stafford texas) model AIH-0510100). 例如,可以按温度的增量来加热该气密性设备,以确保均匀的加热、留下时间以便监视该设备、允许维持该内部的低气压、并且确保该设备不过热。 For example, the temperature increments of the airtight heating device, to ensure uniform heating, leaving time to monitor the device, allows maintaining the interior of the low pressure, and ensure that the device does not overheat. 作为一个实例,在该气密性设备内建立真空的过程中,可以将该设备以约50度的增量加热至约130-150摄氏度。 As one example, the process of establishing a vacuum in the airtight device in increments of about 50 degrees may be heated to approximately 130-150 degrees Celsius the apparatus. 作为一个实例,在该气密性设备内建立真空的过程中,可以将该设备以约20度的增量加热至约180-220摄氏度。 As one example, the process of establishing a vacuum in the airtight device in increments of about 20 degrees may be heated to approximately 180-220 degrees Celsius the apparatus. 取决于其实施例,建立真空可能需要几天,即使对这些设备部件的加热有助于减少所需的时。 Depending on its embodiments, establishing a vacuum may take days, even when heated apparatus components contributes to reducing the time required. 例如,建立真空可能需要5-7天时间的、来自真空泵和加热这些设备部件的连续作用。 For example, vacuum may be established in 5-7 days time, from the sequential action of the vacuum pump and the heating member of these devices. 在合适的清洁和其他准备之后,来自该气密性设备的内表面的挥发性材料的排气被预期并且将增大为达到一个给定实施例的合适低气压所需要的时间。 After suitable cleaning and other preparations, the exhaust gas from the volatile material of the inner surface of the airtight device is expected to be increased and the time to achieve a given embodiment of a suitable low pressure required. 例如,加热该气密性设备将增大来自该气密性设备的内表面的材料的排气。 For example, heating the device will increase the exhaust gas air-tightness of the material from the inner surface of the airtight device. 当被可操作地附接至该设备上的一个气压计显示出在适合于该实施例范围内的读数(例如小于1χ10_2托、小于5xl0_3托、小于5xl0_4托、小于5xl0_5托、小于5xl0_6托或者小于5xl0_7托)时,在该设备内部建立了合适的气压。 When being operably attached to a pressure gauge on the device shows the embodiment suitable for reading range (e.g., less than 1χ10_2 torr, less than 5xl0_3 torr, less than 5xl0_4 torr, less than 5xl0_5 torr, less than 5xl0_6 torr or less than the embodiment when 5xl0_7 care), in the interior of the device to establish a suitable pressure.

[0264] 如图46所示的方法流程还包括框4620,示出了将该至少一个激活区域加热至适合将该至少一个激活区域内的一个或多个吸气剂激活的激活温度并持续适合的一段激活时间,同时维持该气密性设备内的已经建立的真空。 The method of the flow shown in [0264] FIG. 46 further includes a frame 4620, it is shown to activate the at least one region adapted to heat the at least one or a plurality of getter activation temperature in the activation region for a suitable activated and the activation time period, while maintaining the vacuum within the airtight device has been established. 如以上提到的,一个特定实施例的激活温度取决于其实施例中所包含的这些具体吸气剂。 As mentioned above, a particular embodiment depends on the particular activation temperature getter contained embodiment thereof embodiment. 对激活区域的加热包括将该激活区域内的这些吸气剂加热至一个合适的温度。 Heating of the active region which comprises heating the getter in the active region to a suitable temperature. 适合于一些实施例的吸气剂包括锆-钒-铁吸气剂,如在美国专利号4,312,669 (出处同上,通过引用结合在此)。 Getter suitable for some embodiments include zirconium - V - Fe getter, as in U.S. Patent No. 4,312,669 (supra, incorporated herein by reference). 如在美国专利号4,312,669(出处同上,通过引用结合在此)中提到的,一种锆-钒-铁吸气材料可以这样被激活:加热至约700摄氏度的温度并持续至少20秒并且接着将该温度降低至约400摄氏度与约25摄氏度之间。 The (ibid., Incorporated herein by reference) mentioned in the zirconium in U.S. Patent No. 4,312,669 - V - Fe getter material can be activated so that: heated to a temperature of about 700 degrees Celsius for at least 20 seconds and then reduced to between about 400 degrees Celsius and about 25 degrees C. this temperature. 还在美国专利号4,312,669 (出处同上,通过引用结合在此)中注意到,一种锆-钒-铁吸气材料可以这样被激活:加热至低于450摄氏度(例如约400摄氏度或在约250摄氏度与约350摄氏度之间)的温度并持续I分钟与10分钟之间的时间,同时处于具有小于10_2托的气压的环境中。 Also U.S. Patent No. 4,312,669 (supra, incorporated herein by reference) that the zirconium - V - Fe getter material can be activated so that: heated to below 450 degrees Celsius (about 400 degrees Celsius e.g. or from about 250 degrees Celsius and about 350 degrees Celsius) and a duration of between I min and 10 min, while in the environment having a pressure of less than 10_2 Torr. 在一些实施例中,该激活区域可以被加热至约400摄氏度的温度并持续至少45分钟。 In some embodiments, the active region may be heated to a temperature of about 400 degrees Celsius for at least 45 minutes. 在一些实施例中,该激活区域可以按约50摄氏度的间隔被加热。 In some embodiments, the active region may be heated by an interval of about 50 degrees Celsius.

[0265] 将该至少一个激活区域加热至适合于将该至少一个激活区域内的一个或多个吸气剂激活的激活温度并持续适合的一段激活时间而同时维持该气密性设备内的已经建立的真空可以包括:在附接至该设备上的真空泵正运行时将该激活区域独立于该设备的剩余部分进行加热。 [0265] The at least one active region adapted to heat at least one of the one or more activation temperature getter activation in the region of the activation and for a suitable period of time while maintaining the already activated within the airtight device establishing a vacuum may include: the active region independently of the remaining portion of the heating device is attached to a vacuum pump when the device is running on. 例如,可以用该设备外部的一个热源来加热该激活区域。 For example, using a heat source external to the apparatus to heat the active region. 在一些实施例中,为了加热该激活区域,可以将该激活区域(排除该设备的剩余部分)放置在具有合适大小、形状和特性的烘箱内。 In some embodiments, the active region is heated in order to be the active region (excluding the remainder of the device) is placed in an oven having a proper size, shape and characteristics. 在一些实施例中,为了加热该激活区域,该激活区域的外表面可以用加热带缠绕。 In some embodiments, the active region in order to heat the outer surface of the active region may be wrapped with heating tape. 适用于一些实施例的加热带包括例如绝缘的加热带并且可以包括玻璃纤维重度绝缘的加热带(例如来自德克萨斯州斯塔福德的HTS/阿美特克公司(HTS/AmptekCorporation, Stafford Texas)的型号AIH-0510100)。 In some suitable embodiments of the heating zone comprises, for example, heating belt may include an insulating and heating tape (e.g., from Texas Stafford HTS / AMETEK (HTS / AmptekCorporation severe fiberglass insulation, Stafford Texas ) model AIH-0510100). 加热该激活区域可以包括用一个与该激活区域直接热接触但不与该气密性设备的该结构区域和连接器直接热接触的热源进行加热。 Heating the active region may comprise a source heated by direct thermal contact with the active region but not in direct thermal contact with the region and the structure of the connector device airtight. 例如,如果使用加热带,则可以将加热带的特定区段缠绕在该激活区域的外表面周围并且设定成高于该设备的剩余部分的任何温度设定值的一个温度。 For example, if the heating belt, the heating belt may be wound around a certain section of the outer surface of the active region and is set to a temperature higher than the setpoint temperature of any remainder of the device.

[0266] 如图46所描绘的方法流程还包括框4630,展示了允许该至少一个激活区域和这些吸气剂冷却至与该热敏材料的结构稳定性兼容的一个温度。 [0266] As shown in Scheme 46 depicted further includes a frame 4630, a display to allow the at least one active region and the getter was cooled to the thermal stability of the structure is compatible with a material temperature. 该激活区域可以通过辐射热流失被冷却。 The active region may be cooled by radiant heat loss. 例如,在使用加热带来加热该激活区域的外表面的多个实施例中,可以去除该加热带并且通过向外部环境的热辐射而允许该该激活区域冷却。 For example, the plurality of heating an outer surface of the heating to bring the active region of the embodiment may be removed by the heating belt and the active region to permit the cooling to the heat radiating external environment. 在一些实施例中,可以允许该激活区域冷却至一个特定的温度或温度范围,例如约100摄氏度、约150摄氏度、约200摄氏度、约250摄氏度、约300摄氏度、或约350摄氏度。 In some embodiments, the active region may be allowed to cool to a particular temperature or temperature range, for example, about 100 degrees, about 150 degrees, about 200 degrees, about 250 degrees, about 300 degrees Celsius, or about 350 degrees Celsius.

[0267] 如图46所示,该方法流程还包括框4640,描绘了将这些经冷却的一个或多个吸气剂从该经冷却的至少一个激活区域穿过该连接器转移至该结构区域,同时维持该气密性设备内的已建立的真空。 [0267] As shown in FIG 46, the method further comprises a process block 4640 depicts the transfer of these with one or more getter cooled through the connector from the cooled region of the at least one active region to the structure while maintaining the airtightness of the vacuum apparatus has been established. 例如,这些经冷却的吸气剂可以通过引力转移被转移穿过该气密性设备,例如通过对该激活区域和该结构区域的相对位置进行重新定向并且允许这些吸气剂通过重力作用移动穿过该设备(参见图41-44及上述相关文字)。 For example, the getter may be cooled by transferring gravity is transferred through the airtight device, e.g. redirection and allows the movement of the getter by gravity through the active region by the structure and relative positions of the region through the apparatus (see FIGS. 41-44 and accompanying text above). 例如,这些经冷却的吸气剂可以通过机械转移被转移穿过该设备,例如通过被配置成用于在该气密性设备内转移这些经冷却的吸气剂的一个内部镘刀、纟产、杓子、或叉。 For example, the cooled getter can be transferred by robotic transfer apparatus through which, for example by being configured to transfer one of these internal trowels cooled by the getter in the airtight device, producing Si , ladle or fork.

[0268] 如图46所描绘的流程还包括框4650,展示了将这些区域之间的连接器分开,同时维持这个包括经冷却的一个或多个吸气剂的结构区域内的真空。 [0268] FIG. 46 is depicted in block 4650 the process further comprises, showing separate connector between these regions, while maintaining the vacuum through the inner structure comprising one or more region of the cooling of the getter. 例如,通过使连接器发生皱缩以建立气密性的密封并且在该皱缩区域处将该连接器分成两个部分,可以在与该结构区域的外壁的表面相邻的一个区域处分离该连接器。 For example, the collapse occurs of the connector to establish a gas-tight seal and the connector is divided into two portions at the crimping region, which can be separated in a region adjacent to a surface of the outer wall of the structure area Connector. 可以使用一个超声焊接器来将这些区域之间的连接器分开,同时维持这个包括经冷却的一个或多个吸气剂的结构区域内的真空。 A ultrasonic welding device may be used to separate the connector between these regions, while maintaining the vacuum through the inner structure comprises a region of one or more getter cooling agent. 可以使用一个专门的皱缩装置来将这些区域之间的连接器分开,同时维持该包括经冷却的一个或多个吸气剂的结构区域内的真空。 Can use a special crimping means to separate the connector between these regions, while maintaining the vacuum through the structure comprising one or more region of the cooling of the getter.

[0269] 图47展示了图46的流程中所展示的方法的其他方面。 [0269] FIG. 47 shows a flow chart of another aspect of the method 46 as shown. 图47示出了框4610,该框展示了在一个气密性设备内建立真空,该设备包括由耐热材料制成的至少一个激活区域、由热敏材料制成的一个结构区域、以及在这些区域之间的一个连接器。 47 shows a block 4610, the frame shows a vacuum is created within the airtight device, the apparatus comprising at least one active region made of a heat-resistant material, a structure made of a heat sensitive material area, and the a connector between these regions. 任选的框4700、4710以及4720展示该方法的多个任选方面。 Optionally block 4700,4710 and 4720 shows a plurality of optional aspect of the method. 框4700展示了在该气密性设备的该至少一个激活区域的内部之内、该至少一个结构区域的内部之内、以及该连接器的内部之内建立真空。 Block 4700 shows that within the interior of the airtight at least one activation region of the device, at least the inner area of ​​a structure, and the creation of a vacuum within the interior of the connector. 例如,可以通过使用一个可操作地连接至该设备上的真空泵以及在此描述的方法来建立真空。 For example, a vacuum pump operatively connected to the device by using the methods described herein as well as to create a vacuum. 在一些实施例中,额外地加热该设备可以减少在该气密性设备内建立真空所需要的时间,该设备包括由耐热材料制成的至少一个激活区域、由热敏材料制成的一个结构区域、以及在这些区域之间的一个连接器。 In some embodiments, the heating apparatus is additionally possible to reduce the time required for establishing a vacuum in the airtight device, the apparatus comprising at least one active region made of refractory material, made of a heat sensitive material structure area, and a connector between these regions. 框4710描绘了使用一个可操作地连接至该气密性设备上的真空泵。 Block 4710 depicts the use of a vacuum pump operatively connected to the airtight device. 例如,一些实施例可以采用一个旋转叶片式真空泵。 For example, some embodiments may employ a rotary vane vacuum pump. 用于一些实施例中的合适的真空泵是由例如德国普发真空有限公司(Pfeiffer Balzers Company)制造的。 Some suitable for pump embodiment is, for example, Pfeiffer Vacuum Co., Germany (Pfeiffer Balzers Company) produced. 用于一些实施例中的合适的真空泵是由例如爱德华真空公司(Edwards Vacuum Company,美国总部在马萨诸塞州米德尔塞克斯;全球总部在英国)制造的。 For example, some suitable vacuum pump vacuum Edwards company by the embodiment (Edwards Vacuum Company, US headquarters in Massachusetts, Middlesex; global headquarters in the United Kingdom) made. 一些实施例中合适的真空泵包括Pfeiffer Balzers型号TSH060和Edwards型号RV12。 Some examples of suitable vacuum pump includes Pfeiffer Balzers Model TSH060 and Edwards model RV12 embodiment. 图7包括框4720,该框描绘了在一个气密性设备内建立小于或等于1χ10_2托的气压,该气密性设备包括由耐热材料制成的至少一个激活区域、由热敏材料制成的一个结构区域、以及在这些区域之间的一个连接器的。 FIG 7 includes a housing 4720, the box depicting the establishment 1χ10_2 Torr or less in an airtight pressure device, which device comprises at least one airtight active region made of refractory material, made of a heat sensitive material a region of the structure, and a connector between these regions. 在一些实施例中,在包括由耐热材料制成的至少一个激活区域、由热敏材料制成的一个结构区域以及在这些区域之间的一个连接器的这个气密性设备内建立的气压可以是小于5x10。 In some embodiments, comprises at least one active region made of a heat-resistant material, a structure made of a heat sensitive material area and established within the airtight device is a connector between the pressure areas It may be less than 5x10. 托、小于5xl(T4托、小于5xl(T5托、小于5xl(T6托、或小于5x10〃托。 Torr, less than 5xl (T4 torr, less than 5xl (T5 torr, less than 5xl (T6 torr, or less than 5x10〃 torr.

[0270] 图48展示了图47所描绘的方法流程的其他方面。 [0270] FIG. 48 illustrates other aspects of the method depicted in FIG. 47 process. 流程框4620描绘了将该至少一个激活区域加热至适合于将该至少一个激活区域内的一个或多个吸气剂激活的激活温度并持续适合的一段激活时间,同时维持该设备内的已经建立的真空。 Process block 4620 illustrates the at least one active region adapted to heat at least one of the one or more activation temperature getter activation in the region of the activation and for a suitable activation time period, while maintaining the already established within the device vacuum. 流程框4620可以包括多个任选框4800和4810的一个或多个。 Process block 4620 may include any one or more of a plurality of checkboxes 4800 and 4810. 框4800描绘了将该激活区域加热至约400摄氏度的温度并持续至少45分钟。 Block 4800 depicts the active region heated to a temperature of about 400 degrees Celsius for at least 45 minutes. 在给定了一个特定实施例的条件(例如这些吸气剂的大小、形状和位置以及该激活区域内的气压)时,该激活区域应被加热至足以激活该激活区域内该特定类型的吸气剂的温度并且持续一段时间。 When given a particular embodiment of the conditions (e.g., size, shape and location of the getter and the air pressure in the active region), the active region should be heated to a temperature sufficient to activate the particular type of suction within the active region aerosol temperature and for a period of time. 如在此所描述的,一个特定实施例中所使用的特定类型的吸气剂的激活温度及激活条件(例如时间和气压)是确定该激活区域的加热温度和时间的基础。 As described herein, a particular activation temperature and an activation condition of a particular type of getter used in the embodiment Examples (e.g., time and pressure) is the basis for the heating of the active region and the determined time. 框4810展示了用该设备外部的一个热源来加热该激活区域。 Block 4810 shows that with an external heat source to heat the device active region. 例如,将该设备的剩余部分排除在外,可以仅将该激活区域放置在具有合适大小、形状和操作参数的烘箱内。 For example, the remaining portion of the apparatus to exclude, can be only the active region is placed in an oven having a proper size, shape and operational parameters. 例如,该激活区域的外表面可以用一个加热带进行加热,该加热带缠绕在该设备的激活区域周围。 For example, the outer surface of the active region can be used for heating a heating belt, the heating belt is wound around the active region of the device. 适用于一些实施例的加热带包括例如绝缘的加热带并且可以包括玻璃纤维重度绝缘的加热带(例如来自德克萨斯州斯塔福德的HTS/阿美特克公司(HTS/AmptekCorporation, Stafford Texas)的型号AIH-0510100)。 In some suitable embodiments of the heating zone comprises, for example, heating belt may include an insulating and heating tape (e.g., from Texas Stafford HTS / AMETEK (HTS / AmptekCorporation severe fiberglass insulation, Stafford Texas ) model AIH-0510100). 加热该激活区域可以包括用一个与该激活区域直接热接触而不与该气密性设备的结构区域和连接器直接热接触的热源进行加热。 Heating the active region without a heat source may comprise a direct thermal contact with the area of ​​the structure and the connector device of the airtight heating a direct thermal contact with the active region.

[0271] 图49展示了图46所展示的方法流程的其他方面。 [0271] FIG. 49 illustrates other aspects of Figure 46 shows a flow of a method. 流程框4620描绘了将该至少一个激活区域加热至适合于将该至少一个激活区域内的一个或多个吸气剂激活的激活温度并持续适合的一段激活时间,同时维持该设备内的已经建立的真空。 Process block 4620 illustrates the at least one active region adapted to heat at least one of the one or more activation temperature getter activation in the region of the activation and for a suitable activation time period, while maintaining the already established within the device vacuum. 流程框4620可以包括多个任选框4900和4910中的一个或多个。 Process block 4620 may include a plurality of any one or more of the checkboxes 4900 and 4910. 框4900描绘了用一个与该激活区域直接热接触而不与该气密性设备的结构区域和连接器直接热接触的热源来加热该激活区域。 Block 4900 depicts a heat source in direct thermal contact with the active region without direct contact with the hot zone structure and the connector device of the airtight heating of the active region. 例如,可以将加热带缠绕在该激活区域的外表面周围而不缠绕该设备的其他区域,并且该加热带具体地是独立于任何其他控制而受控制的。 For example, the heating belt may be wound around the outer surface of the active region of the device rather than other regions of the wound, and the heating belt particularly is controlled independently of any other controlled. 框4910展示了以约50摄氏度的间隔来加热该至少一个激活区域。 Block 4910 shows at intervals of about 50 degrees Celsius to heat the at least one active region. 例如,如果该至少一个激活区域最初在约25摄氏度的温度下,则该至少一个激活区域可以被加热至约75摄氏度、然后至125摄氏度、然后至175摄氏度,以此类推,直到达到最终希望的激活温度。 For example, if the at least one active region initially at a temperature of about 25 degrees Celsius, the at least one activation zone may be heated to about 75 degrees, then to 125 degrees, then to 175 degrees Celsius, and so on, until the final desired activation temperature.

[0272] 图50描绘了图46所展示的方法流程的多个方面。 [0272] FIG. 50 depicts various aspects of FIG. 46 shows a flow of a method. 框4630示出了允许该至少一个激活区域和这些吸气剂冷却至与该热敏材料的结构稳定性兼容的一个温度。 Block 4630 shows that allows the at least one active region and the getter was cooled to the thermal stability of the structure is compatible with a material temperature. 流程框4630可以包括任选框5000和5010中的一个或多个。 Process block 4630 may include one or more optional block 5000 and 5010. 框5000展示了允许该至少一个激活区域通过辐射热损失而冷却至环境温度。 Block 5000 shows that allows the at least one active region cooled by radiative heat loss to ambient temperature. 例如,可以将任何加热带切断、允许其冷却并且接着从激活区域的外表面上移除。 For example, any of the heating belt may be cut, allowed to cool and then removed from the outer surface of the active region. 接着允许该激活区域通过辐射热损失而冷却至一个预定温度或环境温度。 The active region and then allowed to cool to ambient temperature or a predetermined temperature by radiant heat loss. 框5010描绘了允许该至少一个激活区域冷却至约250摄氏度。 Block 5010 depicts the at least one active region allowed to cool to about 250 degrees Celsius. 例如,约250摄氏度可以是与一种热敏材料(例如铝)的结构稳定性兼容的一个温度。 For example, about 250 degrees Celsius may be compatible with the stability of the structure of a heat sensitive material (e.g. aluminum) to a temperature.

[0273] 图51示出了图46所展示的方法流程的多个方面。 [0273] FIG 51 shows various aspects of FIG. 46 shows a flow of a method. 框4640示出了将这些经冷却的一个或多个吸气剂从该经冷却的至少一个激活区域穿过该连接器转移至该结构区域,同时维持该设备内的已建立的真空。 Block 4640 shows those from at least one active region through the connector of the cooled structure is transferred to the region, while maintaining the vacuum has been established within the cooling device via a getter or more. 框4640可以包括任选框5100和5110中的一个或多个。 Block 4640 may include one or more optional block 5100 and 5110. 框5100描绘了将该连接器弯曲以便允许该经冷却的一个或多个吸气剂从该经冷却的至少一个激活区域穿过该连接器移动至该至少一个结构区域。 Block 5100 depicts the connector in order to allow a bending of the one or more cooled getter move through the connector from the cooled at least one active region to the at least one structured area. 例如,该方法可以包括将该连接器的挠性区域弯曲,以便将该激活区域置于实质上位于该结构区域上方的一个位置中,从而允许这些吸气剂通过重力从该一个激活区域穿过该连接器下落至该结构区域。 For example, the method may comprise the flexible bending area of ​​the connector, so that the active region is placed a position substantially located above the structure of the region, allowing the getter from passing through the active region through a gravity the connector drop to the structure area. 在该吸气剂转移过程中该真空泵可以是工作的以便维持该设备内已建立的真空。 In the getter pump may be transferred during the work in order to maintain the vacuum within the device has been established. 框5110展示了将该连接器弯曲以便改变该经冷却的至少一个激活区域相对于该至少一个结构区域关于该连接器的相对定位。 Block 5110 shows the connector is bent so as to change at least one of the cooled active region with respect to the relative positioning of the at least one structural region on the connector. 例如,该方法可以包括将该连接器弯曲以便改变该至少一个激活区域相对于该结构区域的相对位置。 For example, the method may comprise the connector is bent so as to change the at least one active region relative position of the structure area.

[0274] 图52描绘了图46所展示的方法流程的多个方面。 [0274] FIG. 52 depicts various aspects of FIG. 46 shows a flow of a method. 框4640示出了将这些经冷却的一个或多个吸气剂从该经冷却的至少一个激活区域穿过该连接器转移至该结构区域,同时维持该设备内的已建立的真空。 Block 4640 shows those from at least one active region through the connector of the cooled structure is transferred to the region, while maintaining the vacuum has been established within the cooling device via a getter or more. 框4640可以包括任选的框5200。 Block 4640 may include an optional block 5200. 框5200示出了将这些经冷却的一个或多个吸气剂转移至该结构区域的内壁与外壁之间的气密性空隙内。 Block 5200 shows the airtightness of these were transferred to the gap between the inner and outer walls of the structure through a cooling zone or a plurality of getters. 例如,该激活区域可以被定位成使得该连接器处于一个基本上直线的构型中并且被定向成使得该激活区域的被附接至该连接器上的这个开口大致位于可操作地附接至该连接器上的、通向该气密性空隙内的一个开口的正上方。 For example, the active region may be positioned such that the connector is in a substantially linear configuration and is oriented such that the active region is attached to the opening on the connector is located substantially operably attached to , leading to voids inside the airtight immediately above an opening on the connector. 框650示出了将这些区域之间的连接器分开,同时维持该包括经冷却的一个或多个吸气剂的结构区域内的真空。 Block 650 shows a separate connector between these regions, while maintaining the vacuum through the structure comprising one or more region of the cooling of the getter. 例如,该连接器可以在与该结构区域的外表面相邻的一个区域处发生皱缩并且分开。 For example, the connector may be separated and shrinkage occurs at a region adjacent to the outer surface of the structure area. 框4650可以包括任选的框5210。 Block 4650 may include an optional block 5210. 框5210描绘了在与该结构区域相邻的一个位置处密封该连接器。 5210 depicts a block at a position adjacent to the region of the sealing structure of the connector. 例如,如图41-44所示,该连接器可以包括被配置成用于将该结构区域相对于该激活区域在同该结构区域相邻的一个位置中进行密封和拆离的一个区域。 For example, as shown in FIG. 41-44, the connector may be configured to include a region with respect to the structure of the active region of the sealing region adjacent to and detached in the same region of the structure of a position. 被配置成用于将该结构区域相对于该激活区域进行密封和拆离的这个区域不需要正好紧靠该结构区域的外表面;如图41-44所示,在该结构区域的外表面与进行该连接器的密封和拆离的位置之间可以存在该连接器的一个节段。 The structure is configured with respect to the active area region and the sealing region need not just against detachment of the outer surface area of ​​the structure; As shown, the outer surface of the structure in the region of 41-44 and there may be a section of the seal between the connector and the detached position of the connector.

[0275] 图53示出了图46所展示的方法流程的多个方面。 [0275] FIG. 53 shows the aspects of FIG. 46 shows a flow of a method. 框4650示出了将这些区域之间的连接器分开,同时维持该包括经冷却的一个或多个吸气剂的结构区域内的真空。 Block 4650 shows the separate connector between these regions, while maintaining the vacuum through the structure comprising one or more region of the cooling of the getter. 例如,该连接器可以用超声焊接装置焊接在一起并且然后解除连接。 For example, the connector may be welded together by ultrasonic welding means and then release the connection. 框4650可以包括任选的框5300。 Block 4650 may include an optional block 5300. 框5300描绘了将该连接器进行皱缩并且在该皱缩位置处断开该连接器。 Block 5300 depicts the connectors to be crimped and disconnect the connector is crimped at the location. 例如,可以使用一个超声焊接器来将该连接器的相反面焊接在一起并且接着在该焊接点处断开该连接器。 For example, one ultrasonic welder to weld the opposite side of the connector together and then disconnect the connector at the welding point. 例如,可以使用专门用于使该连接器皱缩到足以形成不透气的密封的一种皱缩装置,并且接着在该密封位置处断开该连接器。 For example, it may be used exclusively for one kind of the connector is crimped to the crimping apparatus sufficient to form a hermetic seal, and then disconnect the connector at the sealing position. 如图53所示,该方法流程还可以包括任选的框5310。 53, the method may further include an optional process block 5310. 框5310描绘了将密封材料添加至与包括该经冷却的一个或多个吸气剂的这个结构区域相邻的该已分开的连接器表面上。 Block 5310 depicts adding a sealing material to the region adjacent to this structure comprises a plurality of the cooled or the getter has a separate connector surfaces. 可以将密封材料(例如环氧树脂材料)添加至该已分开的连接器表面,例如覆盖在皱缩或焊接位置。 A sealing material (e.g. an epoxy material) may be added to the surface of the connector have been separated, for example, crimped or welded in the cover position. 同样参见图44及相关文字。 See also Figure 44 and associated text.

[0276] 图54描绘了图46所示的方法流程的多个方面。 [0276] FIG. 54 depicts aspects of a plurality of flow of the method shown in FIG. 46. 图54展示了该流程可以包括任选框5400和5410中的一个或多个。 Figure 54 illustrates the process may include one or more of any of the checkboxes 5400 and 5410. 框5400中可以包括框5410。 Block 5400 includes a housing 5410. 框5400示出了在该结构区域内建立真空之后并且在加热该激活区域之前,将该结构区域加热至一个预设定温度并持续一段预定的时间。 After block 5400 shows a vacuum is created within the structure before heating region and the active region, the area of ​​the structure is heated to a preset temperature for a predetermined period of time. 例如,可以将该结构区域加热至约150摄氏度以便促进该设备内的持久真空的建立。 For example, the structure may be heated to about 150 degrees Celsius region to facilitate the establishment of long-lasting vacuum within the device. 例如,可以用被放置在该结构区域的外表面上的加热带来加热该结构区域。 For example, use can be placed on the outer surface of the heated region of the structure is heated to bring the structure area. 例如,可以将该结构区域放置在一个加热板上。 For example, the structure may be placed on a hotplate region. 框5410描绘了以约50摄氏度的间隔将该结构区域加热至该预设温度。 Block 5410 depicts the structure regions spaced about 50 degrees Celsius is heated to the predetermined temperature. 例如,如果在约25摄氏度的环境温度下开始,则该结构区域可以被加热至约75摄氏度、然后至125摄氏度、然后至175摄氏度、然后至225摄氏度,以此类推,直到达到所希望的温度。 For example, if started at an ambient temperature of about 25 degrees Celsius, the structure region may be heated to about 75 degrees, then to 125 degrees, then to 175 degrees Celsius, and then to 225 degrees Celsius, and so on, until the desired temperature . 这个加热序列可以在这一系列温度中的任何一个或所有温度下保持一段给定的时间段,例如持续10分钟、I小时、5小时或I天。 This sequence can be maintained for a heating any one or all of the series at a temperature of the temperature in a given period of time, e.g. 10 minutes, I hour, 5 hours, or days I.

[0277] 图55展示了图46所示的方法流程的多个方面。 [0277] FIG. 55 shows a flow of a plurality of aspects of the method shown in FIG. 46. 图55展示了该流程可以包括任选的框5500。 Figure 55 illustrates the process may include an optional block 5500. 框5500描绘了在转移该经冷却的一个或多个吸气剂之前将该结构区域加热至一个预设温度,并且维持该预设定温度而同时分开该连接器。 The block 5500 depicts a heated prior to transferring the cooled area or a plurality of getter structures to a predetermined temperature and maintaining the pre-set temperature while being separated from the connector. 例如,在转移该经冷却的一个或多个吸气剂之前该结构区域可以被放置在已经被加热至一个预设定温度的一个热板上,并且在转移这些吸气剂的过程中该结构区域被维持在设定为恒温的该热板上。 For example, in one or more getter before transferring the cooled region of the structure may be placed in the set has been heated to a temperature of a hot plate pre, and the transfer process of the getter structure region is maintained at the set temperature of the hot plate. 例如,在这些吸气剂转移之前该结构区域可以用加热带缠绕并且被加热至一个预设温度,并且在转移过程中维持这个温度。 For example, the heating belt structure area may be wrapped prior to transfer and the getter is heated to a predetermined temperature, and this temperature is maintained during the transfer. 例如,该结构区域可以被加热至在约125摄氏度与约175摄氏度之间的一个预定温度,并且在该吸气剂转移过程中维持这个温度。 For example, the structure may be heated to a region predetermined temperature is between about 125 degrees and about 175 degrees Celsius, and maintained at this temperature during the transfer of the getter. 例如,该结构区域可以被加热至在约175摄氏度与约225摄氏度之间的一个预定温度,并且在该吸气剂转移过程中维持这个温度。 For example, the structure may be heated to a region predetermined temperature is between about 175 degrees Celsius and about 225 degrees Celsius, and maintained at this temperature during the transfer of the getter. 例如,该结构区域可以被加热至在约200摄氏度与约250摄氏度之间的一个预定温度,并且在该吸气剂转移过程中维持这个温度。 For example, the structure may be heated to a region predetermined temperature is between about 200 degrees Celsius and about 250 degrees Celsius, and maintained at this temperature during the transfer of the getter.

[0278] 图56展示了一种方法的流程。 [0278] FIG. 56 shows a flow of a method. 该流程的框5600展示,该方法包括一个储存装置内建立并且维持真空。 The display process block 5600, the method includes establishing a vacuum within the device to store and maintain. 框5600中包括5610、5620、5630、5640、5650、5660、5670、5680以及5690。 Block 5600 includes 5610,5620,5630,5640,5650,5660,5670,5680 and 5690. 框5610展示了组装一个储存装置的这些部件,这些部件包括实质上限定了一个气密性空隙的一个外壁和一个内壁。 Block 5610 shows how these components are assembled in one storage device, these members comprising an outer wall defining a substantially airtight gap and an interior wall. 框5620描绘了将该储存装置附接至一个设备上,该设备包括含有一个或多个吸气剂的一个吸气剂激活区域、一个真空泵、以及一个将该储存装置可操作地连接至该设备上的连接器。 Depicts a block storage device 5620 connected to the attachment on a device, the device comprising an active region containing one or more getter the getter, a vacuum pump, and a storage device operatively connected the to the device connector on. 框5630示出了激活该真空泵以便在该储存装置的气密性空隙内建立一个低于大气压的气压。 Block 5630 shows that the vacuum pump activated so as to establish a pressure below atmospheric pressure in the airtight interspace of the storage device. 框5640展示了将该储存装置加热至一个预定温度并持续一段预定时间。 Block 5640 shows the storage device is heated to a predetermined temperature for a predetermined time. 框5650示出了将该吸气剂激活区域以及该一个或多个吸气剂加热至适合于激活该吸气剂激活区域内的一个或多个吸气剂的一个激活温度并持续适合的一段激活时间,同时维持在该储存装置的气密性空隙内已建立的低于大气压的气压。 Block 5650 shows the getter activation region and the one or more getter is heated to a temperature suitable for activating one or more of activating a getter in the getter activation region and for a suitable period of activation time, while maintaining a pressure below atmospheric pressure within the airtight storage device void established. 框5660展示了允许该吸气剂激活区域以及该一个或多个吸气剂冷却至一个预定温度。 Block 5660 shows allowing the getter of the active region and one or more getter is cooled to a predetermined temperature. 框5670示出了使该连接器进行挠曲以便将该储存装置和该吸气剂激活区域移动至一种相对位置,在该相对位置中该吸气剂激活区域位于该储存装置上方并且该连接器是基本上直线的。 Block 5670 shows that the connector is to be in a relatively flexed position to the storage device and the activated getter area is moved, the relative position of the getter activation region located above the storage means and the connection It is substantially linear. 框5680描绘了允许这些吸气剂沿着该连接器内部下落至该储存装置内的气密性空隙中,同时维持该储存装置的气密性空隙内的已建立的低于大气压的气压。 It depicts a block 5680 drops to allow these getter airtight void in the storage device along the interior of the connector, while maintaining the pressure established in the airtight interspace the storage device is below atmospheric pressure. 框5690示出了在该储存装置附近的位置处将该连接器分开,同时维持该储存装置的气密性空隙内的已建立的低于大气压的气压。 Block 5690 shows the separate connector at a position near the storage device, while maintaining a subatmospheric pressure has been established within the voids of the airtight storage device.

[0279] 框5620描绘了将该储存装置附接至一个设备上,该设备包括含有一个或多个吸气剂的一个吸气剂激活区域、一个真空泵、以及一个将该储存装置可操作地连接至该设备上的连接器。 [0279] Box 5620 illustrates the storage device attached to a device, the device comprising an active region containing one or more getter the getter, a vacuum pump, and a storage device operatively connected to the to a connector on the device. 例如,该经组装的装置可以通过一种实质上不透气的连接而被附接至一个设备上以便形成如图41-44所示的一种设备。 For example, the assembled device may be attached by means of a substantially airtight connection is connected to a device for forming an apparatus as shown in FIG. 41-44. 如图41-44所示,该设备的内部包括在该吸气剂激活区域、该连接器以及该储存装置的气密性空隙内的一个气密性空间。 As shown, the interior of the device included in the getter activation region, an airtight space within the airtightness of the void and the storage device connectors 41-44 shown in FIG. 该储存装置内的气密性空隙可以通过一个通道(例如用一个或多个在图63中表示为4175的管道)被连接至一个设备上。 Airtightness voids within the storage device may (e.g., represented by one or more of the pipeline 4175 in FIG. 63) is connected to a device through a channel.

[0280] 图57展示了图56所描绘的流程的多个方面。 [0280] FIG 57 shows various aspects of the process depicted in FIG. 56 in. 图57展示,框5610中可以包括任选的框5700。 FIG 57 shows, in block 5610 may include an optional block 5700. 框5610展示了组装一个储存装置的这些部件,这些部件包括实质上限定了一个气密性空隙的一个外壁和一个内壁。 Block 5610 shows how these components are assembled in one storage device, these members comprising an outer wall defining a substantially airtight gap and an interior wall. 例如,一个储存装置的这些部件可以被组装成如图41-44和图63中所示的一个装置。 For example, a storage device of these components may be assembled into a device as shown in FIG. 63 and 41-44. 如图57所示,框5610中可以包括任选的框5700。 As shown in FIG. 57, block 5610 may include an optional block 5700. 框5700描绘了将该储存装置的这些部件进行组装以便在该储存装置内形成一个气密性空隙。 Block 5700 depicts the components of these storage means is assembled to form an airtight void in the storage device. 例如,在这些经组装的部件中可以存在连接点、焊接点或密封件以便围绕该储存装置内的气密性空隙的周边创建一种不透气密封。 For example, there may be a connection point of these components in the assembled, a welding point, or the creation of a hermetic seal to seal around the periphery of the airtightness of the voids in the storage device. [0281] 图57示出了图56所描绘的流程的另外方面。 [0281] FIG. 57 shows a further aspect depicted in FIG. 56 process. 图17展示了框5630中可以包括任选的框5710。 Figure 17 illustrates in block 5630 may include an optional block 5710. 框5630描绘了激活该真空泵以便在该储存装置的气密性空隙内建立一个低于大气压的气压。 It depicts a block 5630 activates the vacuum pump to establish a pressure below atmospheric pressure in the airtight interspace of the storage device. 例如,可以采用一个或多个真空泵以便在该储存装置的气密性空隙内建立实质上排空的空间。 For example, one or more vacuum pumps may be employed to establish a substantially evacuated space in the airtight interspace of the storage device. 例如,可以采用一个或多个真空泵以便在该储存装置的气密性空隙内建立一个极低的气压。 For example, one or more vacuum pumps may be used to establish a low pressure in the airtight interspace of the storage device. 框5710展示了建立一个小于或等于1χ10_2托的气压。 Box 5710 demonstrated establish a pressure less than or equal 1χ10_2 Torr. 例如,可以采用一个或多个真空泵在该储存装置的气密性空隙内建立一个小于5xl0_3托、小于5xl0_4托、小于5xl(T5托、小于5xl(T6托、或小于5χ1(Γ7托的气压。 For example, one or more vacuum pumps may be employed to establish a pressure less than 5xl0_3 torr, less than 5xl0_4 torr, less than 5xl (T5 torr, less than 5xl (T6 torr, or less than 5χ1 (Γ7 Torr in the airtight interspace of the storage device.

[0282] 图58展示了图56所描绘的流程的其他方面。 [0282] FIG. 58 illustrates other aspects of Figure 56 depicted in the flow. 框5640展示了将该储存装置加热至一个预定温度并持续一段预定时间。 Block 5640 shows the storage device is heated to a predetermined temperature for a predetermined time. 例如,该储存装置可以用一个外部热源加热至一个预定温度并持续一段时间,该温度和时间是使该储存装置的气密性空隙的内表面上的任何表面污染物蒸发所需要的。 For example, the storage device may be heated by an external heat source to a predetermined temperature and for a period of time, the temperature and time of any surface contamination on the inner surface of the storage device that the airtightness of the gap required for evaporation. 例如,该储存装置可以用一个外部热源加热至一个预定温度并持续一段时间,该温度和时间是使该储存装置的气密性空隙的内表面脱水所需要的。 For example, the storage device may be heated by an external heat source to a predetermined temperature and for a period of time, the temperature and time so that the storage device void airtight inner surface of dewatering required. 该加热温度和时间将取决于该具体的实施例,例如用于制造该储存装置所使用的材料类型、该材料的之前的表面处理(例如关于图45描述的上述文字)以及该储存装置的气密性空隙内所希望的最终气压。 The heating temperature and time will depend on the particular embodiment, for example, for manufacturing the type of material used in the storage device, a surface treatment gas (e.g. the character described with respect to FIG. 45) before the material of the storage device and the adhesion of the void desired final pressure. 图58展示了,框5640中可以包括任选框5800和5810中的一个或多个。 FIG 58 shows, in block 5640 may include one or more optional block 5800 and 5810. 框5800展示了以约50摄氏度的增量来加热该储存装置。 Block 5800 shows the increments of about 50 degrees Celsius to heat the storage device. 例如,在应用被缠绕在该储存装置的外部上的加热带来加热该储存装置的多个实施例中,用于该加热带的控制器可以被设定成以约50摄氏度的增量来将该加热带升温。 For example, in the heating applications are wound on the external storage device to bring a plurality of heating the storage device embodiment, the controller for the heating belt may be set to increments of about 50 degrees Celsius to be the the plus tropical heat up. 以增量将该储存装置升温可能是希望的,例如用以避免过热或用以确保整个表面上均匀地加热该储存装置、或用以确认该储存装置与该连接器之间的这些连接点在该过程中保持气密性。 Storage means increments the warming may be desirable, for example to avoid overheating, or to ensure uniform heating of the entire surface of the storage device, or to confirm the connection points between the storage device and the connector the process to maintain airtightness. 以增量将该储存装置升温可能是希望的,例如用以留下时间来在该过程中检查该设备内部的气压。 Storage means increments the warming may be desirable, for example, to check the air pressure in the interior of the apparatus to leave the process time. 框5810展示了将该储存装置加热至约130摄氏度与·约150摄氏度之间持续至少100小时。 Block 5810 shows the storage device is heated to between about 130 degrees Centigrade and about 150 degrees Celsius · at least 100 hours duration. 具体的时间和温度将取决于其实施例,并且这个时间是将该设备的内部气压降低至一个目标气压所需要的。 The specific time and temperature will depend on its embodiments, this time is reduced and the internal pressure of the device to a desired target pressure. 例如,具体的时间和温度将取决于多个因素,这些因素包括在给定的实施例中制造该储存装置所使用的材料、这些部件的任何预处理、该气密性空隙的大小和形状、该设备的内部的大小和形状以及真空泵的泵抽能力。 For example, the specific time and temperature will depend on a number of factors, including materials of the storage device used in a given embodiment, any pretreatment of these components, the airtightness of the gap size and shape, the interior of the device and the size and shape of the vacuum pumping capacity. 在一些实施例中,可以将该储存装置加热至约150摄氏度与约200摄氏度之间。 In some embodiments, the storage device may be heated to between about 150 degrees Celsius and about 200 degrees Celsius. 在一些实施例中,可以将该储存装置加热约75小时。 In some embodiments, the storage device may be heated to about 75 hours. 在一些实施例中,可以将该储存装置加热约100小时、或约125小时。 In some embodiments, the storage device may be heated for about 100 hours, or about 125 hours.

[0283] 图59示出了图56所描绘的流程的其他方面。 [0283] FIG. 59 shows other aspects of Figure 56 depicted in the flow. 框5650展示了将该吸气剂激活区域以及该一个或多个吸气剂加热至适合于激活该吸气剂激活区域内的一个或多个吸气剂的激活温度并持续适合的一段激活时间,同时维持该储存装置的气密性空隙内已建立的低于大气压的气压。 Block 5650 shows the getter activation region and the one or more getter is heated to a temperature suitable for activating one or more activation of the getter in the getter activation region and for a suitable activation time period , while maintaining the airtightness of the void of the storage device established subatmospheric pressure. 如以上所讨论的,一个具体的实施例所需要的激活温度和时间取决于所使用的这些吸气剂。 , These getter activation temperature and time depend on the particular desired embodiment of the embodiment as discussed above. 例如,在美国专利号4,312,669 (出处同上,通过引用结合在此)中提至IJ,一种锆-钒-铁吸气材料可以这样被激活:将其加热至低于450摄氏度(例如约400摄氏度或在约250摄氏度与约350摄氏度之间)的温度并持续I分钟与10分钟之间的时间,同时处于具有小于10_2托的气压的环境中。 For example, in U.S. Patent No. 4,312,669 (supra, incorporated by reference herein) are raised to IJ, zirconium - V - Fe getter material can be activated such: it is heated to less than 450 degrees ( for example, about 400 degrees Celsius, or about 250 degrees Celsius and about 350 degrees Celsius) and a duration of between I min and 10 min, while in the environment having a pressure of less than 10_2 Torr. 制造该包含这些吸气剂的激活区域中所使用的材料也是有关的,显然该设备和方法的使用者不会将该吸气剂激活区域加热至预期会损害该激活区域的结构整体性的一个温度。 A, the user apparently apparatus and method for producing the material comprising the active region of the getter used is not related to heating the getter activation region to the active region are expected to compromise the structural integrity of the temperature. 例如,该设备和方法的使用者不会将该吸气剂激活区域加热至这样一个温度:在该温度下该吸气剂激活区域相应于该低气压的内力而不能维持其形状和结构。 For example, the user of the apparatus and method of getter activation is not heated to such a temperature region: at the temperature of the getter corresponding to the internal force of the active region of low pressure and can not maintain its shape and structure. 例如,该设备和方法的使用者不会将该吸气剂激活区域加热至这样一个温度:在该温度下预计该吸气剂激活区域会基于该结构的材料和制造而熔融、内爆或变形。 For example, the user of the apparatus and method of getter activation is not heated to such a temperature region: the region is expected to be activated getter material on the structure and fabrication melted at this temperature, modification or implosion .

[0284] 图59展示,图56的流程还可以在框5650内包括任选框5900和5910中的一个或多个。 [0284] FIG. 59 shows the flow of FIG. 56 may also include one or more optional block 5900 and 5910 is in the block 5650. 框5900描绘了将该激活区域加热至约400摄氏度的温度并持续至少45分钟。 Block 5900 depicts the active region heated to a temperature of about 400 degrees Celsius for at least 45 minutes. 例如,在采用一种锆-钒-铁吸气材料的多个实施例中,该吸气材料可以在约400摄氏度下持续至少45分钟的时间时被激活(参见美国专利号4,312,669,出处同上,通过引用结合在此)。 For example, the use of zirconium - vanadium - iron getter material in the plurality of embodiments, the getter material can be activated for at least 45 minutes at about 400 degrees Celsius (see U.S. Patent No. 4,312,669 , ibid., is incorporated by reference herein). 框5910展示了用该吸气剂激活区域外部的一个热源来加热该吸气剂激活区域。 Block 5910 shows that the getter activation region with an external heat source to heat the getter activation region. 例如,可以用该吸气剂激活区域的外表面上的加热带作为一个热源来缠绕该吸气剂激活区域。 For example, the outer surface of the heating belt may be used to activate the getter region as a heat source to the wound area getter activation. 例如,该吸气剂激活区域可以被放置成与一个热板或作为热源的类似加热表面直接相接触。 For example, the getter activation area may be placed in direct contact with a hot plate or the like as a heat source of the heating surface.

[0285] 图60描绘了图56所示的方法流程的多个方面。 [0285] FIG. 60 depicts aspects of a method flow shown in FIG 56. 图60中所示的流程描绘了在如图56中所展示的用于在一个储存装置5600内建立并且维持真空的方法以及流程框5610、5620、5630、5640、5650、5660、5670、5680、5690 以及任选的框6000 和6010。 Flow shown in FIG. 60 depicted in FIG. 56 as shown for establishing a storage means 5600 and method of maintaining a vacuum and process block 5610,5620,5630,5640,5650,5660,5670,5680, 5690 and 6000, and optionally block 6010. 图60 所示的流程包括框5660,示出了允许该吸气剂激活区域以及该一个或多个吸气剂冷却至一个预定温度。 The flow shown in FIG 60 includes a frame 5660, is shown allowing the getter of the active region and one or more getter is cooled to a predetermined temperature. 例如,加热之后(如框5650中所示),该吸气剂激活区域以及该一个或多个吸气剂可以被冷却至与该方法的其他步骤兼容的一个温度。 For example, after heating (as shown in block 5650), the getter activation region and the one or more getters may be cooled to be compatible with the other steps of a process temperature. 例如,加热之后(如框5650中所示),该吸气剂激活区域以及该一个或多个吸气剂可以被冷却至与允许这些吸气剂沿着该连接器内部下落至该储存装置的空隙内是兼容的一个温度(如框5680所示)。 For example, after heating (as shown in block 5650), the getter activation region and the one or more getters may be cooled to the storage device and allowed to fall along the interior of the getter connector within a temperature gap is compatible (as shown at block 5680). 例如,该吸气剂激活区域以及这些吸气剂可以被冷却至与该连接器的结构整体性兼容的一个温度。 For example, activation of the getter region and the getter can be cooled to the structural integrity of the connector compatible with a temperature. 例如,该吸气剂激活区域以及这些吸气剂可以被冷却至与该储存装置的结构整体性兼容的一个温度。 For example, activation of the getter region and the getter can be cooled to the structural integrity of the storage device with a compatible temperature. 该(这些)预定温度取决于多个因素,这些因素包括在一个给定实施例中制造该设备的这些区域所使用的材料以及该设备的安全处理温度和所希望的处理温度。 The (s) depends on the temperature of a plurality of predetermined factors comprising a given material in those regions which were manufactured using the apparatus and the process temperature safety device and the processing temperature desired embodiment. 该激活区域的温度可以通过适合于一个给定实施例的方式来确定,例如基于该激活区域的外表面条件进行估计。 The temperature of the active region can be adapted to a given by way of example be determined, for example, estimated based on the condition of the outer surface of the active region. 在一些实施例中,在该激活区域内可以存在一个嵌入式温度传感器。 In some embodiments, there may be a temperature sensor is embedded in the active region.

[0286] 图60展示,图56所描绘的流程可以在框5660内包括任选的框6000。 [0286] FIG. 60 shows, the process depicted in FIG. 56 may be in a block 5660 includes an optional block 6000. 框6000示出了允许该吸气剂激活区域通过辐射热损失而冷却至约250摄氏度。 Block 6000 shows an active region allows the getter heat loss by radiation cooling to about 250 degrees Celsius. 例如,在该激活区域的外表面上使用加热带来加热该激活区域的多个实施例中,可以将该加热带完全地或部分地移除并且通过来自该外表面的辐射热损失而允许该激活区域冷却。 For example, using the outer surface of the active region of the active heating zone to bring a plurality of heating embodiment, the heating belt may be completely or partially removed and heat loss by radiation from the outer surface to allow the cooling the active region. 例如,在该激活区域被放置成与一个热源(例如,一个热板)的表面处于直接物理接触的多个实施例中,可以将该激活区域从该热源上移除并且允许其冷却。 For example, with a heat source is placed (e.g., a hot plate) surface in direct physical contact with a plurality of embodiments, the active region may be removed from the heat source and allowed to cool in the active region. 该激活区域的表面的温度可以被用作整个激活区域及其内容物(例如,该一个或多个吸气剂)的温度的近似值。 Temperature of the surface of the active region may be used as an approximation of the temperature of the entire active region and its contents (e.g., one or more getter) is. 在一些实施例中,在该激活区域的内部之内可以存在一个温度传感器并且该温度传感器的读数在该方法中可以被使用。 In some embodiments, there may be a temperature sensor in the interior of the active region and the reading of the temperature sensor can be used in the method.

[0287] 如图56和图60所示,该流程包括框5670,该框描绘了使该连接器进行挠曲以便将该储存装置和该吸气剂激活区域移动至一个相对位置,在该相对位置中该吸气剂激活区域位于该储存装置上方并且该连接器是基本上直线的。 [0287] FIG 56 and FIG 60, the flow includes a frame 5670, the frame depicted such that the connector so as to perform a relative position of the deflection device and the storage area of ​​getter activation is moved in the opposite the getter position located above the active region and the storage device connector is substantially straight. 例如,如图41-44所示,该连接器的形状可以被改变以允许该吸气剂激活区域移动至基本上位于该储存装置的空隙中的一个开口上方的一个位置中并且使该连接器是基本上笔直的。 For example, as shown in FIG. 41-44, the shape of the connector may be changed to allow the getter active region to move a position of an opening located substantially above a space in the storage device of the connector and the It is substantially straight. 该连接器可以被挠曲至一个位置,该位置允许这些被激活的吸气剂从该吸气剂激活区域中的一个开口下落穿过该连接器的内部并且进入该储存装置中的空隙内。 The connector may be flexed to a position that allows them to be activated getter area from the getter activation of a drop through the interior opening of the connector and into the voids in the storage device. 如图60所示,框5中可以包括任选的框6010。 As shown in FIG. 60, the frame 5 may include an optional block 6010. 框6010示出了使该连接器进行挠曲以便通过使该连接器的一个与该吸气剂激活区域相邻的区域发生挠曲而将该储存装置和该吸气剂激活区域移动至一个相对位置,在该相对位置中,该吸气剂激活区域位于该储存装置上方并且该连接器是基本上直线的。 Block 6010 shows that the flexing connector flexural occur through the reservoir so that the connector is a getter adjacent to the active region and a region of the getter device active region to move relative to a position in which the relative position of the getter activation region located above the storage means and the connector is substantially straight. 例如,如图1-4中展示并且在相关文字中描述的(参见上文),该连接器可以包括一个与该激活区域相邻的挠性区域,例如呈瓦楞式或波纹管型构型的一个区域。 For example, FIG 1-4 show and described in the accompanying text (see above), the connector may include one active region adjacent to the flexible region, such as a corrugated or bellows type configuration type a zone. 可以使该连接器的与该激活区域相邻的这个挠性部分进行挠曲以便将该储存装置和该吸气剂激活区域移动至一个相对位置,在该相对位置中该吸气剂激活区域实质上位于该储存装置的上方。 The connector can be adjacent to the active region so as to flex the flexible part to a position opposing the storage device and the getter activation area of ​​the mobile, the getter activation in this region relative position substantive located above the storage device.

[0288] 图61展示了图56所描绘的流程的多个方面。 [0288] FIG 61 shows various aspects of the process depicted in FIG. 56 in. 图56和图61包括框5690,描绘了在该储存装置附近的一个位置处将该连接器分开,同时维持该储存装置的气密性空隙内的已建立的低于大气压的气压。 Figures 56 and 61 includes a frame 5690, depicted separately from the connector at a position near the storage device, while maintaining a subatmospheric pressure has been established within the voids of the airtight storage device. 例如,该连接器可以在与该储存装置相邻的位置处被密封并且接着将该连接器的两个部分在该密封位置或该密封位置附近以一种方式分开以便维持该储存装置的气密性空隙内的已建立的低于大气压的气压。 For example, the connector may be sealed at a location adjacent to the storage device and then the two separate portions of the connector in a sealing manner in the vicinity of the position or the sealing position so as to maintain airtightness of the storage device subatmospheric pressure has been established within the voids of. 图61显示,该流程的框5690中可以包括任选框6100和6110中的一个或多个。 61 shows, in block 5690 the process may include any one or more of the checkboxes 6100 and 6110. 框6100描绘了将该连接器物理地皱缩并且在该皱缩位置处断开该连接器。 Block 6100 depicts the connector and physically disconnect the connector is crimped at the crimping position. 例如,可以在与该储存装置相邻的一个位置处使该连接器变平,这是通过用一个皱缩装置将该连接器的侧边物理地充分按压在一起以便在该皱缩部位处在该连接器中创建一个气密性区域。 For example, the connector can be made at a position adjacent to the storage device becomes flat, so that it is in the crimped with a crimping portion through the apparatus side connector physically sufficiently pressed together the connector creates an airtight region. 在该连接器被充分地皱缩而在该连接器中创建气密性密封之后,可以将该连接器在该皱缩位置处物理地断开成两片。 After the connector is crimped sufficiently to create an airtight seal and the connector, the connector may be broken into two physically in the crimped position. 如果希望的话,可以将一种额外的密封或稳定材料(例如,环氧树脂)添加至该连接器的外表面上以便稳定该经密封的表面(还参见图44中的事项4400)。 If desired, an additional sealing or stabilizing material (e.g., epoxy resin) may be added to the connector in order to stabilize the outer surface of the sealed surface (also see matters in FIG. 444,400). 框6110描绘了利用超声焊接装置在与该储存装置相邻的一个位置处将该连接器分开同时维持已建立的气压。 Block 6110 depicts pressure using ultrasonic welding device at a position adjacent to the storage device separate from the connector while maintaining established.

[0289] 图62描绘了图56所不的流程的另外方面。 [0289] FIG. 62 depicts another side does not flow 56 of FIG. 图62显不,框5600,即用于在一个储存装置内建立并且维持真空的方法,可以包括任选框6200、6210、6220以及6230中的一个或多个。 FIG 62 is not significant, block 5600, i.e., a method for establishing and maintaining a vacuum within a storage device may include optional block 6200,6210,6220 and 6230 in one or more. 框6200展示了在该储存装置的空隙内建立低于大气压的气压之后,将该储存装置加热至预定温度并持续一段预定时间。 Block 6200 shows a pressure lower than atmospheric pressure after establishing the voids within the storage device, the storage device heated to a predetermined temperature for a predetermined time. 例如,在一些实施例中可能希望的是,在密封该连接器之前通过加热来将该储存装置中的气密性空隙的内表面脱水(图41中的事项4190)。 For example, in some embodiments it may be desirable, to the inner surface of dehydration (Fig matters 414,190) storage means airtightness voids by heating prior to sealing of the connector. 例如,在一些实施例中可能希望的是,当将该储存装置加热至类似于这些吸气剂在被放置在该气密性空隙内时的温度的一个温度,以便在添加这些经加热的吸气剂之前确保该储存装置的均匀加热及与之相关联的膨胀。 For example, in some embodiments it may be desirable that the storage means when heated to a temperature similar to the temperature at which the getter is placed inside the airtight voids, heated to add these absorption and to ensure uniform heating of the expansion associated with the storage device prior to the aerosol. 框6210展示了监视该储存装置的气密性空隙内的气压。 Block 6210 shows the air pressure within the airtight void monitoring of the storage device. 例如,在一些实施例中可能希望的是将一个气压计附接至该储存装置上。 For example, in some embodiments it may be desirable to a barometer is attached to the storage device. 例如,图63展示了附接至包括一个储存装置的该结构区域4180的外壁105上的两个管道4175。 For example, FIG. 63 shows the structure attached to a region including a storage means on the outer wall of the two pipes 1,054,180, 4175. 一个气压计可以被附接至这些管道4175中的一个上,如果在具体的实施例中希望的话。 A pressure gauge may be attached to the conduit 4175 in these one, if desired in a particular embodiment of the embodiment of words. 框6220示出了监视该连接器内的气压。 Block 6220 shows a monitoring pressure within the connector. 例如,一个气压计可以通过一个管道或一个类似结构被可操作地附接至该连接器上并且在该方法的一个或多个步骤中监视该连接器内的气压。 For example, a pressure gauge may be operatively attached by a duct or a similar structure to the connector and monitors the air pressure within the connector or a plurality of the method steps. 框6230示出了将密封材料添加至与该储存装置相邻的该已分开的连接器表面上。 Block 6230 shows a sealing material added to the adjacent storage device that is connected to a separate surface. 例如,可以将一种环氧化合物添加至与该储存装置相邻的该已分开的连接器表面(同样参见图44中的事项4400)。 For example, an epoxy compound may be added adjacent to the storage device that has a separate connector surfaces (444,400 in the same matter see FIG.).

[0290] 图63描绘了一个实质上热密封的储存容器的截面视图,例如是可以包含在一个设备(图63未描绘)的结构区域4180中的。 [0290] FIG. 63 depicts a cross-sectional view of a substantially thermally sealed storage container, for example, it may be included in a device structure area (not depicted in FIG. 63) 4180. 所呈现的截面视图是为了展示该容器的在外部视图中不可见的各个方面。 Sectional view is presented to demonstrate the various aspects of the container is not visible on the outside view. 所呈现的截面视图是该容器的大约一半,其中省略的区域基本上与所展示的区域相似。 -Sectional view presented for about half of the container, wherein the omitted area substantially similar to the illustrated areas. 图63是一个设备(图63中未描绘)的结构区域4180中所包含的一个单元的一个实施例的实例,但是其他实施例也在本披露的范围之内。 FIG 63 is an example of a device structure regions (not depicted in FIG. 63) contained in a unit 4180 to one embodiment, but other embodiments are also within the scope of the disclosure of the present. 图63中所描绘的该实质上热密封的储存容器包括一个外壁105和一个内壁110。 FIG 63 depicted in the substantially thermally sealed storage container comprises an outer wall 105 and inner wall 110 a. 该内壁105实质上限定了该容器内的一个储存区域130。 The inner wall 105 essentially defining a storage region 130 within the container. 该外壁105与该内壁110间隔了一个气密性空隙120。 The outer wall 105 and inner wall 110 of the spacer 120 an airtight void.

[0291] 图63中所描绘的容器还包括位于该内部储存区域130与该容器的外部之间的一个进入管6340。 [0291] FIG. 63 depicted as the inner container further comprises a storage region 130 between the outer tube 6340 into the container. 进入管6340通过不透气的密封6320被附接至该内壁110上。 Inlet tube 6340 is attached by hermetic seal 6320 connected to the inner wall 110. 例如,该进入管6340和该内壁110可以均由不锈钢制成,并且该不透气的密封6320可以是一个合适的焊接点。 For example, the inlet tube 6340 and the inner wall 110 are made of stainless steel can, and the hermetic seal 6320 may be a suitable welding point. 该进入管6340的内部在该容器的外部与该内部储存区域130之间形成了一个开口125。 The interior of the inlet pipe 6340 outside the container 130 forms an opening 125 between the internal storage region. 该开口125具有足够的大小和形状以便允许储存材料被放置在该内部储存区域130的内部之内并且从中移出,同时基本上维持该内部储存区域130的储存和热学特性。 The opening 125 of sufficient size and shape to allow the storage material is placed within the interior 130 of the inner region of the storage and removed therefrom, while substantially maintaining the properties of thermal storage and internal storage region 130. 该容器还包括在环绕该进入管6340的一个实质上管状的结构中的一个颈部区域6330。 The container further comprises a neck region 6330 in a substantially surrounding the tubular enters the tube 6340 structure. 该颈部区域6330通过不透气的密封6360被附接至该外壁105上。 The neck region 6330 through hermetic seal 6360 is attached to the outer wall 105. 例如,该颈部区域6330和该外壁105可以均由不锈钢制成,并且该不透气的密封6360可以是一个合适的焊接点。 For example, the neck region 6330 and the outer wall 105 may be made of stainless steel, and the hermetic seal 6360 may be a suitable welding point. 该进入管6340的远离该内壁110的末端和该颈部区域6330上远离该外壁105的末端是与一个末端密封件6310相连的。 The inlet tube 6340 away from the end remote from the outer wall 105 is connected with a tip seal on the inner wall 6310 and the end 110 of the neck region 6330. 虽然所描绘的末端密封件6310是连接该进入管6340与该颈部区域6330的这些表面之间的空隙的一个分立单元,但该末端密封件6310也可以包括皱缩形状或其他形式的不透气的密封件。 Although the depicted end seal 6310 is a separate unit connected to the tube 6340 enters the gap between the surface and the neck region of the 6330, but the end seal 6310 can also include a crimped shape or other forms of gas-impermeable seal. 如图63所示,该气密性空隙120可以同该颈部区域6330与该进入管6340之间的区域6350是同延的。 Shown in Figure 63, the airtightness of the gap with the neck region 120 may be the entry region 6330 and 6350 between the tube 6340 is coextensive.

[0292] 图63还描绘了附接至该外壁105上的两个管道4175。 [0292] Figure 63 also depicts the two tubes attached to the outer wall 1,054,175. 这些管道4175可以适合于附接一个气压计(如图41-44中标识为4140)或适合于该实施例的其他装置。 The conduit 4175 may be adapted to attach a pressure gauge (FIG. 41-44 identified as 4140), or other means suitable for this embodiment. 在图63所示的实施例中,这些管道4175的末端用多个屏蔽单元6300封闭,这些屏蔽单元是通过一种不透气密封件固定的,例如通过焊接`或铆钉。 In the embodiment shown in FIG. 63, the ends of these pipes 4175 by a plurality of shielding unit 6300 is closed, the shielding unit is fixed by means of a gas-impermeable seal, for example by welding or a rivet `. 当这些管道4175与该气密性空隙120同延时,这些管道4175应具有相似的气密性,以便保持该气密性空隙120内的降低的气压(例如,小于或等于lxlO—2托)。 When these pipes and the airtight gap 4175 with the delay 120, the conduit 4175 should have a similar airtight, so as to maintain the decrease in the airtight interspace 120 pressure (e.g., less than or equal to lxlO-2 Torr) .

[0293] 如图63所描绘的储存容器可以包括在该内部储存区域130内的相变材料。 [0293] 63 depicted in FIG storage container may include a phase change material within the interior 130 of the storage region. 总体而言,这些材料的具体特性(包括耐久性、质量、腐蚀性、毒性以及成本)应在制造一个储存容器时所使用的这些材料的选择中加以考虑。 In general, the specific characteristics of these materials (including durability, quality, corrosion, toxicity and costs) to consider these materials were selected to be used in the manufacture of a storage container. 参见例如,Nemanic和Setina,“降低薄壁不锈钢室的氢气排气速率的热处理过程的研究[A study of thermal treatment proceduresto reduce hydrogen outgassing rate in thin wall stainless steel cells],,,真空[Vacuum],1999年第53卷,第277-280页;以及Koyatsu等人,“铜和铜合金室的排气速率的测量[Measurements of outgassing rate from copper and copper alloy chambers],,,真空[Vacuum],1996年第47卷第6_8期,第709-711页;这些文件各自通过引用结合在此。 See, e.g., Nemanic and Setina, "Study of the exhaust gas to reduce the rate of hydrogen walled stainless steel chamber of a heat treatment process [A study of thermal treatment proceduresto reduce hydrogen outgassing rate in thin wall stainless steel cells] ,,, vacuum [Vacuum], 1999 on the first roll 53, on pages 277-280; and measuring Koyatsu et al., the exhaust rate "of copper and copper alloys chamber [measurements of outgassing rate from copper and copper alloy chambers] ,,, vacuum [vacuum], 1996 6_8 Vol. 47, pp. 709-711; each of these documents incorporated by reference herein. 在包括相变材料的实施例中,这些相变材料的具体特性(包括耐久性、质量、腐蚀性、毒性以及成本)应在制造储存容器时所使用的这些材料的选择中加以考虑。 In an embodiment comprising a phase change material, the specific properties of these phase change materials (including durability, quality, corrosion, toxicity and costs) to consider these materials were selected to be used in manufacturing a storage container. 例如,该内壁105应由在预期使用条件下在所采用的具体相变材料的存在下会保持其结构稳定性的一种材料制成。 For example, the inner wall 105 should be under conditions of intended use in the presence of particular phase change material used is made of a material which will maintain structural stability. 参见:Zalba等人,“具有相变的热能储存的综述:材料、热传递分析以及应用[Reviewon thermal energy storage with phase change!materials, heat transfer analysisand applications] ”,应用热力工程[Applied Thermal Engineering],2003 年第23 卷,第251-283页;以及Bo等人,“十四烷与十六烷二元混合物作为相变材料(PCM)在不同冷却系统中用于冷度储存[Tetradecane and hexadecane binary mixtures as phase changematerials (PCMs) for cool storage in district cooling systems],,,倉泛量[Energy],第24卷,1000,第1015-1028页;这些文件各自通过引用结合在此。 See: Zalba et al., "Summary of the phase change thermal energy storage comprising: a material, a heat transfer analysis and applications [Reviewon thermal energy storage with phase change materials, heat transfer analysisand applications!]", The Thermal Engineering [Applied Thermal Engineering], 2003, vol. 23, pp. 251-283; and Bo et al., "tetradecane and hexadecane binary mixtures as phase change material (PCM) for storing the degree of supercooling [tetradecane and hexadecane binary different cooling systems mixtures as phase changematerials (PCMs) for cool storage in district cooling systems] ,,, cartridge pan amount [Energy], Vol. 24, 1000, pp. 1015-1028; each of these documents incorporated by reference herein.

[0294] 在此描述的系统包括一种设备,该设备包括:一个储存材料模块,该储存材料模块包括被配置成用于储存一个或多个医疗品单元的多个储存单元,该储存材料模块包括被配置成用于可逆地匹配一个实质上热密封的储存容器内的储存结构的表面的一个表面、并且包括被配置成用于可逆地匹配一个稳定器单元的表面的一个表面;被配置成用于可逆地匹配该储存材料模块的表面的一个储存稳定器单元;被配置成用于可逆地匹配该储存材料模块内的多个储存单元中的至少一个的表面并且被配置成用于可逆地匹配该至少一个储存稳定器单元的表面的一个储存材料模块盖;以及被配置成用于可逆地匹配该储存材料模块盖的表面的一个中央稳定器单元,其中该中央稳定器单元具有一定的大小和形状以便实质上填充该实质上热密封的储存容器中的一个通道。 [0294] The system described herein comprises an apparatus, the apparatus comprising: a module stored material, the material storage module comprises a plurality of storage units configured to store one or more units of medical supplies, the stored material module comprising a reversibly configured to substantially match a surface of the storage structure of the heat seal surface of a storage container, and configured to include a mating surface for reversibly stabilizing a unit of a surface; configured for reversibly mating surface of the stored material in a storage-stable module unit; configured to reversibly mate with the at least one surface of the plurality of storage units within the storage module material and is configured to reversibly matches the at least one surface stabilizer unit of stored material stored in a module cover; and configured to reversibly mate with a central stabilizer of the module cover surface material storage unit, wherein the central stabilizer unit is of a size and shaped to substantially fill the substantially thermally sealed storage container of a channel.

[0295] 在该设备的一些实施例中,该多个储存单元由塑料制成。 [0295] In some embodiments of the apparatus, the plurality of storage units are made of plastic. 在该设备的一些实施例中,该多个储存单元各自被配置成用于储存医疗品小瓶。 In some embodiments of the apparatus, the plurality of storage units each configured for storing a medical product vial. 在该设备的一些实施例中,该多个储存单元各自被配置成用于储存少于30个医疗品小瓶。 In some embodiments of the apparatus, the plurality of storage units each configured for storing medical products is less than 30 vials. 在该设备的一些实施例中,该多个储存单元各自被配置成用于储存预装医疗品注射器。 In some embodiments of the apparatus, the plurality of storage units each configured to pre-store medical supplies syringes. 在该设备的一些实施例中,该多个储存单元各自被配置成用于储存少于25个预装医疗品注射器。 In some embodiments of the apparatus, the plurality of storage units each configured to pre-store medical supplies less than 25 syringes. 在该设备的一些实施例中,该多个储存单元包括:在一个边缘上的至少一个接片以及在一个相反边缘上的至少一个对应凹陷。 In some embodiments of the apparatus, the plurality of storage units comprises: at least one edge and a tab on the opposite edge of the at least one corresponding recess on. 在该设备的一些实施例中,该多个储存单元包括:一个侧壁;在该侧壁的至少一个边缘上的至少一个接片;以及在该侧壁的至少一个相反边缘上的至少一个凹陷,其中每个储存单元上的该至少一个接片是可逆地匹配一个相邻储存单元上的该至少一个凹陷。 In some embodiments of the apparatus, the plurality of storage units comprises: a sidewall; at least one lug on at least one edge of the side wall; and at least one recess on an opposite edge of the at least one sidewall wherein the tab is a reversibly mate with at least a memory cell on each of the at least one recess on the adjacent storage cell. 在该设备的一些实施例中,该多个储存单元中的至少一个包括:被配置成用于可逆地匹配该至少一个稳定器单元的外表面的至少一个凹陷。 In some embodiments of the apparatus, the plurality of storage units comprises at least one of: being configured to reversibly mate with the outer surface of the at least one stabilizer unit at least one recess. 在该设备的一些实施例中,该多个储存单元在该储存材料模块内被安排成一个竖直堆叠。 In some embodiments of the apparatus, the plurality of storage units are arranged in a vertical stack within the storage module material. 在该设备的一些实施例中,该多个储存单元在该储存材料模块内被配置成是可互换的。 In some embodiments of the apparatus, the plurality of storage units are configured to be interchangeable modules in the stored material. 在该设备的一些实施例中,该多个储存单元具有基本上相似的大小和形状。 In some embodiments of the apparatus, the storage unit having a plurality of substantially similar size and shape. 在该设备的一些实施例中,该多个储存单元包括:具有基本上相似的直径但具有不同长度的至少两个储存单元。 In some embodiments of the apparatus, the plurality of storage units comprises: a substantially similar diameter but having at least two storage units having different lengths.

[0296] 该设备的一些实施例包括一个储存材料模块底座,该底座在该储存材料模块的远离该储存材料模块盖的一端处可操作地附接至该储存材料模块上。 [0296] Some embodiments of the apparatus comprises a base module stored material, one end of the base material in the storage module away from the storage module cover material operably attached to the module the stored material. 在一些实施例中,该储存材料模块底座包括:具有边缘的一个或多个孔,这些边缘被配置成用于可逆地匹配该至少一个储存稳定器单兀的一个外表面。 In some embodiments, the storage material of the base module comprising: one or a plurality of apertures having edges, these edges are configured to reversibly mate with the at least one outer surface of a single Wu storage stabilizer. 在一些实施例中,该储存稳定器单兀包括:具有不同的内部直径的至少两个管,这些管被定位成一个在另一个内部,这些通道的大小被确定成用于相对于彼此滑动。 In some embodiments, the single stabilizer Wu reservoir comprising: at least two tubes having different internal diameters, the tubes are positioned one inside the other, the size of these channels is determined to slide relative to each other. 在一些实施例中,该至少两个管各自包括:沿着每个管的一部分长度的一个孔,其中当这些管相对于彼此处于一个特定位置中时这些孔形成了一个通道,该通道实质上垂直于这些管的轴线。 In some embodiments, the at least two tubes each comprising: a hole along a portion of the length of each tube, wherein when the tubes in a particular position with respect to each other in these holes form a channel which is substantially perpendicular to the axis of the tubes. 在一些实施例中,该储存稳定器单元包括:具有不同内径的一个内管和至少一个外管,这些管被定位成相对于彼此是作为至少一个内管和至少一个外管,这些管的大小被确定成用于相对于彼此滑动;沿着该内管和该至少一个外管中的每个外管的一部分长度的一个孔,其中当这些管相对于彼此处于一个特定位置中时这些孔形成了一个通道,该通道实质上垂直于这些管的轴线;以及在与该内管的孔相邻的一个区域处被固定至该内管的内表面上的多个保持单元,这些保持单元包括伸出穿过每个管中的孔的多个末端。 In some embodiments, the storage stable unit comprises: a having different inner diameters of the inner tube and at least one outer tube, the tubes are positioned relative to each other as the size of the at least one inner tube and at least one outer tube, the tubes is determined so as to slide relative to each other; and the inner tube along at least a portion of the length of each one aperture in the outer tube in the outer tube, wherein when the tubes in a particular position with respect to one another forming apertures a channel which is substantially perpendicular to the tube axis; and a plurality of upper is fixed to the inner tube at a region adjacent to a bore of the inner tube and the inner surface of the holding means, the holding means comprises a projecting wear a plurality of holes through each end of the tube. 在一些实施例中,其中该多个储存单元被配置成沿着实质上由该储存稳定器单元限定的一条轴线滑动。 In some embodiments, wherein the plurality of storage units are configured to slide along a substantially storage stable unit which defines an axis. 在一些实施例中,该储存稳定器单元是由不锈钢制成的。 In some embodiments, the storage stable unit is made of stainless steel. 在一些实施例中,该储存稳定器单元是由塑料制成的。 In some embodiments, the storage stable unit is made of plastic. 在一些实施例中,该储存稳定器单元是由玻璃增强塑料制成的。 In some embodiments, the storage stable unit is formed from glass reinforced plastic. 在一些实施例中,该储存稳定器单元包括:具有一定的大小和形状以便实质上环绕该储存材料模块的一个外部框架,该外部框架的一个表面基本上符合该储存材料模块的表面;在该外部框架中的多个孔;在面向该储存材料模块的一个边缘处、来自该外部框架的表面的一个或多个伸出部,该一个或多个伸出部对应于一个储存材料模块底座内的孔的边缘表面。 In some embodiments, the storage stabilizer unit comprising: having a certain size and shape so as to substantially surround an outer frame of the module stored material, one surface of the outer frame of the stored material substantially conform to the surface of the module; the a plurality of holes in the outer frame; at one edge facing the material storage module, from the outer surface of a frame or a plurality of projecting portions, the one or more projecting portions corresponding to a stored material within the base module edge surface of the hole.

[0297] 在一些实施例中,该储存材料模块盖包括:至少一个孔,该孔具有被配置成用于可逆地匹配一个储存材料单元的接片的表面的一个表面。 [0297] In some embodiments, the storage module cover material comprising: at least one aperture, the aperture having a surface configured to reversibly mate with a tab element stored material surface. 在一些实施例中,该储存材料模块盖包括:一个连接区域,该连接区域可以包括一个底座和一个轮缘,其中该连接区域的一个表面被配置成用于可逆地匹配该中央稳定器单兀的一个表面。 In some embodiments, the storage module cover material comprising: a connecting region, the connecting region may comprise a base and a rim, wherein a surface of the connecting region is configured to reversibly mate with the single central stabilizer Wu of a surface. 在一些实施例中,该储存材料模块盖包括:一个连接区域,该连接区域包括一个孔;以及在该孔内的一个电路连接器,该电路连接器被配置成用于可逆地匹配在该中央稳定器的一个表面上的一个相应的电路连接器。 In some embodiments, the storage module cover material comprising: a connection region, the connection region comprises an aperture; and a circuit connector in the hole, the circuit connector is configured to reversibly mate with the central connecting a respective circuit on one surface stabilizer. 在一些实施例中,该储存材料模块盖包括:至少一个孔,该孔被配置成用于将一个紧固件附接至该储存材料模块与该储存材料模块盖之间。 In some embodiments, the storage module cover material comprising: at least one aperture, the aperture being configured for a fastener material attached to the storage module and the module cover between the stored material. 在一些实施例中,该储存材料模块盖包括:一端被固定在该储存材料模块盖的表面上的一个实质上空心的第一管;直径小于该第一管的一个实质上空心的第二管,该第二管被定位在该第一管内而使得一个外表面与该第一管的内表面相邻,这些表面被配置成允许该第二管在该第一管内滑动;在该第一管中的至少一个孔以及在该第二管中的至少一个孔,这些孔被定位成在这些管相对于彼此处于一个特定位置中时形成一个通道;被配置成响应于来自该中央稳定器单元的表面的压力而移动的一个轴;被配置成用于将来自该轴的移动的力转移至一个杆上的一个力传输单元;该杆的具有一定的大小和形状的一个末端,以便当这些管相对于彼此处于一个特定位置中时实质上填充由该第一管中的该至少一个孔以及在该第二管中的该至少一个孔所形成的通道。 In some embodiments, the stored material module cover comprising: an end fixed to the upper surface of the stored material of the module cover substantially a first hollow tube; diameter smaller than the first tube a second tube substantially hollow , the second tube is positioned within the first tube such that an outer surface adjacent to the inner surface of the first tube, these surfaces are configured to allow the second tube slides within the first tube; the first tube at least one aperture and at least one aperture in the second tube, the apertures are positioned in the tubes relative to each other to form a channel when a particular position; unit is configured to respond to from the central stabilizer a pressure surface of the shaft moves; is configured to move the shaft from the power transmission unit is transferred to a force of a rod; one end of a size and shape the rod, so that when the tubes with respect to a particular position in the channel when the filling is substantially formed by at least one aperture of the first tube and the second tube at least one aperture each other. 在一些实施例中,其中该储存材料模块盖包括:一端被固定在该储存材料模块盖的表面上的一个实质上空心的第一管;直径小于该第一管的一个实质上空心的第二管,该第二管被定位在该第一管内而使得一个外表面与该第一管的内表面相邻,这些表面被配置成允许该第二管在该第一管内滑动;在该储存材料模块盖中的至少一个孔,该孔被配置成用于容纳一个或多个导线,这些导线将该第二管内的电路连接至被定位在该第二管外部的电路上。 In some embodiments, wherein the storage module cover material comprising: one end is fixed to the surface of the stored material of the module cover substantially a first hollow tube; diameter smaller than the first tube a second hollow substantially tube, the second tube is positioned within the first tube such that an outer surface adjacent to the inner surface of the first tube, these surfaces are configured to allow the second tube slides within the first tube; the stored material the at least one aperture in the cover module, the aperture configured to receive one or more wires that connect the circuit to the second tube is positioned on the second circuit outside the tube.

[0298] 在一些实施例中,该中央稳定器单元包括:一个底座,该底座包括被配置成用于可逆地匹配该储存材料模块的表面的一个表面。 [0298] In some embodiments, the central stabilizer unit comprises: a base that comprises a reversibly configured to match one of the surfaces of the stored material module. 在一些实施例中,该中央稳定器单兀包括:被定位成将该中央稳定器单元可逆地附接至该储存材料模块盖上的一个紧固件;以及可操作地附接至该紧固件上的一个机械释放件,该释放件被定位成从该中央稳定器单元的外表面来触及。 In some embodiments, the single central stabilizer Wu comprising: a central positioned to the stabilizer unit is reversibly attached to a fastener module cover the stored material; and operably attached to the fastening on a mechanical release member, the release member is positioned to be accessible from an outer surface of the central stabilizer unit. 在一些实施例中,该中央稳定器单元包括:一个内芯稳定器;以及环绕该内芯稳定器的低热密度材料。 In some embodiments, the central stabilizer unit comprising: a core stabilizer; and a low thermal density of the material surrounding the core stabilizer. 在一些实施例中,该中央稳定器单元包括:形成了一个用于电路的通道的至少一个孔。 In some embodiments, the central stabilizer unit comprises: forming at least one hole for a passage circuit. 在一些实施例中,该中央稳定器单元包括:一个外壁。 In some embodiments, the central stabilizer unit comprises: an outer wall.

[0299] 该设备的一些实施例包括被定位在该储存稳定器单元内的一个或多个传感器。 [0299] Some embodiments of the apparatus comprises a reservoir is positioned within the stabilizer unit of the one or more sensors. 一些实施例包括附接至该中央稳定器单元的一端上的一个盖子,这个盖子具有一定的大小和形状,以便符合在与该通道的外部末端相邻的一个区域中该实质上热密封的储存容器的外表面。 Some embodiments include a cover attached to an end of the stabilizer to the central unit, the lid of a size and shape to conform to the outer end adjacent to a channel region of the substantially thermally sealed storage the outer surface of the container. 一些实施例包括在远离该储存材料模块盖的一个部位处附接至该中央稳定器单元的一端上的一个盖子;附接至该盖子上的远离该中央稳定器单元的末端的一个表面上的一个把手;可操作地附接这个盖子上的一个显示器单元;可操作地附接这个盖子上的至少一个全球定位装置;以及可操作地附接这个盖子上的一个电子系统,一些实施例包括在远离该储存材料模块盖的一个部位附接至该中央稳定器单元的一端上的一个盖子;附接至该盖子上的远离该中央稳定器单元的末端的一个表面上的一个把手;与这个盖子上为一体的一个显示器单元;可操作地附接这个盖子上的一个电子系统;以及可操作地附接该电子系统上的一个用户输入装置。 Some embodiments include a site remote from the storage material of the module cover at the attached to a cap on an end of the central stabilization unit; attached to the one surface away from the end of the central stabilizer unit on the lid a handle; operably attached on a display unit of the cap; operably attached at least one global positioning device on the cover; and operably attached an electronic system on the lid, in some embodiments comprises away from a portion of the stored material of the module cover is attached to a cap on an end of the central stabilization unit; attached to remote a handle on one surface of the ends of the central stabilizer unit on the cover; and the lid a display unit as one; operably attached on the cover of an electronic system; and operably attached on a user input device of the electronic system. 一些实施例包括:附接至该中央稳定器单元的一端上的一个盖子,这个盖子具有一定的大小和形状以便符合在与该通道的外部末端相邻的一个区域中该实质上热密封的储存容器的外表面;附接至该盖子上的远离该中央稳定器单元的末端的一个表面上的一个把手;可操作地附接至这个盖子上的一个机电开关,该机电开关被定位在这个盖子的、与该实质上热密封的储存容器的外表面相邻的表面上并且在与该通道的外部末端相邻的区域中;可操作地附接至该机电开关上的一个电子系统;以及可操作地附接至这个盖子上的一个指示器。 Some embodiments include: a cap attached to an end of the stabilizer to the central unit, the lid of a size and shape so as to conform to the outer end adjacent to a channel region of the substantially thermally sealed storage the outer surface of the container; attached to a remote end of the handle on one surface of the central stabilizer unit on the cover; operably attached to an electromechanical switch on the cover of the electromechanical switch is positioned on this cap , the outer surface of the substantially thermally sealed storage container and the adjacent surfaces adjacent to the outer end of the channel region; operably attached to an electronic system on the electromechanical switch; and a is operatively attached to an indicator on the lid. 一些实施例包括一个实质上热密封的储存容器,该容器包括一个储存结构。 Some embodiments include a substantially thermally sealed storage container comprising a storage structure.

[0300] 多个实施例包括一种实质上热密封的储存容器,该实质上热密封的储存容器包括:一个外组件,该外组件包括:实质上限定了一个实质上热密封的储存容器的一个外壁,该外壁实质上限定了一个单一的外壁孔;实质上限定了一个实质上热密封的储存区域的一个内壁,该内壁实质上限定了一个单一的内壁孔;该内壁与该外壁间隔了一段距离并且实质上限定了一个空隙;被布置在该空隙内的至少一个超高效绝热材料部分;形成了一个连接该单一外壁孔与该单一内壁孔的通道的一个连接器;以及通向该实质上热密封的储存区域的一个单一的进入孔,其中该单一的进入孔是由该连接器的一个末端限定的;以及在该实质上热密封的储存区域内的一个内组件,该内组件包括:被配置成用于接收并且储存多个模块的一个储存结构,其中该多个模块包括至少一个散 [0300] embodiments include a plurality of substantially thermally sealed storage container, the substantially thermally sealed storage container comprising: an outer component, the outer assembly comprising: a substantially defining a substantially thermally sealed storage container an outer wall substantially defining the outer wall of a single hole; substantially defining the inner wall of a substantially thermally sealed storage region, said inner wall substantially defining a single inner wall aperture; of the inner wall and the outer wall of the spacer a distance and substantially defining a void; at least one ultra efficient insulation material is disposed within the gap; forming a connector of a single channel of the outer wall of a single hole and the inner wall of the connecting hole; and leading to the substantially on a single thermally sealed storage region enters the bore, wherein the single access aperture is defined by an end of the connector; and an inner assembly within the substantially thermally sealed storage region, the inner assembly comprising : is configured to receive and store a plurality of modules of the storage structure, wherein the plurality of modules comprises at least one bulk 热器模块以及至少一个储存材料模块二者;包括多个储存单元的一个储存材料模块,该储存材料模块包括被配置成用于可逆地匹配一个实质上热密封的储存容器内的储存结构的一个表面;被配置成用于可逆地匹配该储存材料模块的表面的至少一个储存稳定器单元;一个储存材料模块盖,该储存材料模块盖被配置成用于可逆地匹配该储存材料模块内的多个储存单元中的至少一个、并且被配置成用于可逆地匹配该至少一个稳定器单元;以及可操作地连接在该储存材料模块盖上的一个中央稳定器单元,其中该中央稳定器单元被定位成基本上填充该通道。 Heat storage module and at least one material both modules; a is configured to reversibly mate with the storage structure within a substantially thermally sealed storage container of a storage module comprising a plurality of material storage units, the storage material comprises a module surface; configured to reversibly mate with the surface of the storage material at least one stabilizer module storage unit; a storing module cover materials, the stored material module cover is configured to match the stored material reversibly within multiple modules at least one of a storage unit, and configured to reversibly mate with the at least one stabilizer unit; and operatively connected to a central unit of the stored material stabilizer module cover, wherein the central unit is stabilizer positioned to substantially fill the channel.

[0301] 在该容器的一些实施例中,该连接器是一个挠性连接器。 [0301] In some embodiments of the container, which is connected to a flexible connector. 在该容器的一些实施例中,该空隙包括:具有小于或者等于5xl0_4托的压力的实质上排空的空间。 In some embodiments of the container, the space comprising: a pressure less than or equal 5xl0_4 torr substantially evacuated space. 在该容器的一些实施例中,该至少一个超高效绝热材料部分包括多层绝热材料(“MLI”)。 In some embodiments of the container, the at least one ultra efficient insulation material comprises a multilayer heat insulating material ( "MLI"). 在该容器的一些实施例中,该实质上热密封的储存区域被配置成有待被动地维持在大约2与8摄氏度之间持续至少30天。 In some embodiments of the container, the substantially thermally sealed storage region is configured to be passively maintained between about 2 and 8 degrees Celsius for at least 30 days. 在该容器的一些实施例中,该储存结构被附接至该实质上该热密封的储存区域的内部、处于基本上平行于该通道的直径的位置中。 In some embodiments of the container, the storage structure is attached to the internal interface of the substantially thermally sealed storage region, in a position substantially parallel to the diameter of the channel. 在该容器的一些实施例中,该储存结构被附接至该实质上该热密封的储存区域的内部、处于基本上垂直于该连接器所形成的中央轴线的位置中。 In some embodiments of the container, the storage structure is attached to the internal interface of the substantially thermally sealed storage region, in a position substantially perpendicular to the connector 15. The central axis. 在一些实施例中,该储存材料模块内的多个储存单元各自被配置成用于储存医疗品小瓶。 In some embodiments, the plurality of storage units within the storage material are each module is configured to store a medical product vial. 在该容器的一些实施例中,该储存材料模块内的多个储存单元各自被配置成用于储存少于30个医疗品小瓶。 In some embodiments of the container, the plurality of storage units within the storage material are each module is configured to store medical products less than 30 vials. 在该容器的一些实施例中,该储存材料模块内的多个储存单元各自被配置成用于储存一个或多个预装的药用注射器。 In some embodiments of the container, the plurality of storage units within the storage material are each module is configured to store one or more pharmaceutically acceptable preloaded syringe. 在该容器的一些实施例中,该储存材料模块内的多个储存单元各自被配置成用于储存少于25个预装药用注射器。 In some embodiments of the container, the plurality of storage units within the storage material are each module is configured to store prefilled syringes for administration of less than 25. 在该容器的一些实施例中,该多个储存单元包括:在该储存单元的至少一个边缘上的至少一个接片;以及在该储存单元的至少一个相反边缘上的至少一个凹陷,其中在每个储存单元上的该至少一个接片可逆地匹配一个相邻储存单元上的该至少一个凹陷。 In some embodiments of the container, the plurality of storage units comprises: at least one tab on at least one edge of the storage unit; and at least one of the at least one recess on an opposite edge of the storage unit, wherein in each the at least one tab on a reversibly mate with a storage unit adjacent to the at least one recess in the storage unit. 在该容器的一些实施例中,该多个储存单元包括:被配置成用于可逆地匹配该至少一个稳定器单元的外表面的至少一个凹陷。 In some embodiments of the container, the plurality of storage units comprises: configured to reversibly mate with the outer surface of the at least one stabilizer unit at least one recess. 在该容器的一些实施例中,该多个储存单元在该储存材料模块内被安排成一个竖直堆叠。 In some embodiments of the container, the plurality of storage units are arranged in a vertical stack within the storage module material. 在该容器的一些实施例中,该多个储存单元被配置成在该储存材料模块内是可互换的。 In some embodiments of the container, the plurality of storage units are arranged in the stored material is interchangeable module. 在该容器的一些实施例中,该多个储存单元具有基本上相似的大小和形状。 In some embodiments of the container, the storage unit having a plurality of substantially similar size and shape. 在该容器的一些实施例中,该多个储存单元包括:具有基本上相似的直径但具有不同长度的至少两个储存单元。 In some embodiments of the container, the plurality of storage units comprises: a substantially similar diameter but having at least two storage units having different lengths.

[0302] 该容器的一些实施例包括一个储存材料模块底座,该储存材料模块底座在该储存材料模块的、远离该储存材料模块盖的末端处可操作地附接至该储存材料模块上。 [0302] Some embodiments of the container base module comprises a stored material, the stored material in the storage module of the base material of the module, at the end remote from the storage module cover material operably attached to the module the stored material. 在一些实施例中,该储存材料模块底座包括:具有边缘的一个或多个孔,这些边缘被配置成用于可逆地匹配该储存稳定器单元的一个外表面。 In some embodiments, the storage material of the base module comprising: one or a plurality of apertures having edges, these edges are configured to reversibly mate with an outer surface of the storage stable unit.

[0303] 在该容器的一些实施例中,该至少一个稳定器单元包括:具有不同的内部直径的至少两个管,这些管被定位成一个在另一个内部,这些管的大小被确定并且被定位成使得它们的表面相对于彼此滑动。 [0303] In some embodiments of the container, the at least one stabilizer unit comprising: having different internal diameters of the at least two pipes, these pipes are positioned one inside the other, the size of the tubes is determined and positioned so that their surfaces slide relative to each other. 在一些实施例中,该至少两个管各自包括:沿着每个管的一部分长度的一个孔,其中当这些管相对于彼此处于一个特定位置中时这些孔形成了一个通道。 In some embodiments, the at least two tubes each comprising: a hole along a portion of the length of each tube, wherein when the tubes in a particular position with respect to each other in these holes form a channel.

[0304] 在该容器的一些实施例中,该至少一个稳定器单元包括:具有不同内直径的至少两个管,这些管被定位成相对于彼此是至少一个内管和至少一个外管,这些管的大小被确定并且被定位成使得它们的表面相对于彼此滑动;沿着每个管的一部分长度的一个孔,其中当这些管相对于彼此处于一个特定位置中时这些孔形成了一个通道;以及在与该内管的孔相邻的一个区域处被固定至该至少一个内管的内表面上的一个或多个保持单元,这些保持单元包括伸出穿过每个管中的孔的多个末端。 [0304] In some embodiments of the container, the at least one stabilizer unit comprises: having at least two different internal diameters of tubes, the tubes are positioned relative to each other is at least one of the at least one inner tube and the outer tube, which the size of the tube is determined and are positioned so that their surfaces slide relative to each other; aperture along a portion of the length of each tube, wherein when the tubes in a particular position with respect to each other to form a passage apertures; and one or more on the inner surface at a region adjacent to the bore of the inner tube is fixed to the inner tube of the at least one holding means, which holding means comprises a plurality of through holes extending end of each tube . 在一些实施例中,该多个储存单元均被配置成用于沿着实质上由该至少一个储存稳定器单元限定的一条轴线滑动。 In some embodiments, the plurality of storage units are configured to slide substantially along an axis of the at least one storage stable unit defined. 在一些实施例中,该储存稳定器单元是由不锈钢制成的。 In some embodiments, the storage stable unit is made of stainless steel. 在一些实施例中,该储存稳定器单元是由玻璃增强塑料制成的。 In some embodiments, the storage stable unit is formed from glass reinforced plastic. 在一些实施例中,该储存稳定器单元包括:具有一定的大小和形状以便实质上环绕该储存材料模块的的一个外部框架,该外部框架的内表面实质上符合该储存材料模块的一个外表面;在该外部框架中的多个孔;以及在面向该储存材料模块的一个表面处、来自该外部框架的表面的一个或多个伸出部,这些伸出部对应于在一个储存材料单元内的一个孔的一个或多个边缘表面。 In some embodiments, the storage stabilizer unit comprising: having a certain size and shape so as to substantially surround an outer frame of the module stored material, the inner surface of the outer frame substantially conforms to an outer surface of the stored material module ; a plurality of holes in the outer frame; and a facing surface of the stored material module, from the outer surface of a frame or a plurality of projecting portions, the projecting portions correspond to the stored material in a cell one or more edges of a surface of the hole.

[0305] 在该容器的一些实施例中,该储存材料模块盖包括:至少一个孔,该孔具有被配置成用于可逆地匹配一个储存材料单元的接片的表面的一个表面。 [0305] In some embodiments of the container, the storage module cover material comprising: at least one aperture, the aperture having a surface configured to reversibly mate with a tab element stored material surface. 在一些实施例中,该储存材料模块盖包括:一个连接区域,该连接区域包括一个孔;以及在该孔内的一个电路连接器,该电路连接器被配置成用于可逆地匹配该中央稳定器单元的表面上的一个相应的电路连接器。 In some embodiments, the storage module cover material comprising: a connection region, the connection region comprises an aperture; and a circuit connector in the bore, the circuit connector is configured to reversibly mate with the central stable a respective circuit on a surface of the connector unit. 在一些实施例中,该储存材料模块盖包括:至少一个孔,该孔被配置成用于将一个紧固件附接至该储存材料模块与该储存材料模块盖之间。 In some embodiments, the storage module cover material comprising: at least one aperture, the aperture being configured for a fastener material attached to the storage module and the module cover between the stored material. 在一些实施例中,该储存材料模块盖包括:一端被固定在该储存材料模块盖的表面上的一个实质上空心的第一管;直径小于该第一管的一个实质上空心的第二管,该第二管被定位在该第一管内而使得一个外表面与该第一管的内表面相邻,这些表面被配置成允许该第二管在该第一管内滑动;在该第一管中的至少一个孔以及在该第二管中的至少一个孔,这些孔被定位成在这些管相对于彼此处于一个特定位置中时形成一个通道;被配置成响应于来自该中央稳定器单元的表面的压力而移动的一个轴;被配置成用于将来自该轴的移动的力传递至一个杆上的一个力传输单元;该杆的具有一定的大小和形状的一个末端,以便在这些管相对于彼此处于一个特定位置中时实质上填充由该第一管中的该至少一个孔以及在该第二管中的该至少一个孔所形成的通道。 In some embodiments, the stored material module cover comprising: an end fixed to the upper surface of the stored material of the module cover substantially a first hollow tube; diameter smaller than the first tube a second tube substantially hollow , the second tube is positioned within the first tube such that an outer surface adjacent to the inner surface of the first tube, these surfaces are configured to allow the second tube slides within the first tube; the first tube at least one aperture and at least one aperture in the second tube, the apertures are positioned in the tubes relative to each other to form a channel when a particular position; unit is configured to respond to from the central stabilizer a pressure surface of the shaft moves; is configured for moving the shaft from a force to a force transmitting element of a rod; one end of a size and shape the rod, so that the tubes with respect to a particular position in the channel when the filling is substantially formed by at least one aperture of the first tube and the second tube at least one aperture each other. 在一些实施例中,该储存材料模块盖包括:一端被固定在该储存材料模块盖的表面上的一个实质上空心的第一管;直径小于该第一管的一个实质上空心的第二管,该第二管被定位在该第一管内以使得一个外表面与该第一管的内表面相邻,这些表面被配置成允许该第二管在该第一管内滑动;在该储存材料模块盖中的至少一个孔,该孔被配置成用于容纳一个或多个导线,这些导线将该第二管内的电路连接至被定位在该第二管外部的电路上。 In some embodiments, the stored material module cover comprising: an end fixed to the upper surface of the stored material of the module cover substantially a first hollow tube; diameter smaller than the first tube a second tube substantially hollow , the second tube is positioned within the first tube such that an outer surface adjacent to the inner surface of the first tube, these surfaces are configured to allow the second tube slides within the first tube; the stored material module at least one aperture in the cover, the aperture being configured to receive one or more wires that connect the circuit to the second tube is positioned on the second circuit outside the tube.

[0306] 在该容器的一些实施例中,该中央稳定器单兀包括:一个底座,该底座包括被配置成用于可逆地匹配该储存材料模块的表面的至少一个表面。 [0306] In some embodiments of the container, the central single Wu stabilizer comprising: a base that comprises a reversibly configured to match at least one surface of the surface material storage module. 在一些实施例中,该中央稳定器单元包括:被定位成将该中央稳定器单元可逆地附接至该储存材料模块盖上的一个紧固件;以及可操作地附接至该紧固件上的一个机械释放件,该释放件被定位成从该中央稳定器单元的外表面来触及。 In some embodiments, the central stabilizer unit comprising: a central positioned to the stabilizer unit is reversibly attached to a fastener module cover the stored material; and operably attached to the fastener a mechanical release member on the release member is positioned to be accessible from an outer surface of the central stabilizer unit. 在一些实施例中,该中央稳定器单元包括:一个内芯稳定器;以及环绕该内芯稳定器的一个低热密度材料。 In some embodiments, the central stabilizer unit comprising: a core stabilizer; and a low thermal density of the material surrounding the core stabilizer. 在一些实施例中,该中央稳定器单兀包括:形成了一个用于电路的通道的至少一个孔。 In some embodiments, the single central stabilizer Wu comprising: forming at least one hole for a passage circuit. 在一些实施例中,该中央稳定器单兀包括:一个外壁。 In some embodiments, the single central stabilizer Wu comprising: an outer wall.

[0307] 该容器的一些实施例包括:被定位在该至少一个储存稳定器单元内的一个或多个传感器。 [0307] Some embodiments of the container comprising: at least one is positioned in the one or more sensors within the storage stabilizer unit. 一些实施例包括:附接至该中央稳定器单元的一端上的一个盖子,这个盖子具有一定的大小和形状以便符合在与该通道的外部末端相邻的一个区域中该实质上热密封的储存容器的外表面。 Some embodiments include: a cap attached to an end of the stabilizer to the central unit, the lid of a size and shape so as to conform to the outer end adjacent to a channel region of the substantially thermally sealed storage the outer surface of the container. 一些实施例包括:在远离该储存材料模块盖的一个部位处附接至该中央稳定器单元的一端上的一个盖子;附接至该盖子上的、远离该中央稳定器单元的末端的一个表面上的一个把手;可操作地附接这个盖子上的一个显示器单元;可操作地附接这个盖子上的至少一个全球定位装置;以及可操作地附接这个盖子上的一个电子系统。 Some embodiments include: attached to a site remote from the storage material of the module cover thereof to a cap on an end of the central stabilization unit; attached to the lid, away from a surface of the end of the central stabilizer unit a handle; and operably attached on a display unit of the cap; at least one global positioning device operably attached on the cover; and operably attached an electronic system on the lid. 一些实施例包括:在远离该储存材料模块盖的一个部位处附接至该中央稳定器单元的一端上的一个盖子,附接至该盖子上的、远离该中央稳定器单元的末端的一个表面上的一个把手;与这个盖子为一体的一个显示器单元;可操作地附接这个盖子上的一个电子系统;以及可操作地附接该电子系统上的一个用户输入装置。 Some embodiments include: In one site remote from the storage material of the module cover at the attached to a cap on an end of the central stabilization unit, attached to the lid, away from a surface of the end of the central stabilizer unit a handle; a cover for the one of a display unit; operably attached an electronic system on the lid; and operably attached on a user input device of the electronic system. 一些实施例包括:附接至该中央稳定器单元的一端上的一个盖子,这个盖子具有一定的大小和形状以便符合在与该通道的外部末端相邻的一个区域中该实质上热密封的储存容器的外表面;附接至该盖子上的、远离该中央稳定器单元的末端的一个表面上的一个把手;可操作地附接至这个盖子上的一个机电开关,该机电开关被定位在这个盖子的、与该实质上热密封的储存容器的外表面相邻的一个表面上、并且位于与该通道的外部末端相邻的区域中;可操作地附接至该机电开关上的一个电子系统;以及可操作地附接至这个盖子上的一个指示器。 Some embodiments include: a cap attached to an end of the stabilizer to the central unit, the lid of a size and shape so as to conform to the outer end adjacent to a channel region of the substantially thermally sealed storage the outer surface of the container; attached to the lid, a remote end of the handle on one surface of the central stabilization unit; operably attached to an electromechanical switch on the cover of the electromechanical switch positioned in this lid, heat sealed to the outer surface of the storage container are substantially adjacent one surface, and located adjacent the outer end of the channel region; operably attached to an electronic system on the electromechanical switch ; and operably attached to a lid on this indicator. 一些实施例包括:附接至该中央稳定器单元的一端上的一个盖子,这个盖子具有一定的大小和形状以便符合在与该通道的外部末端相邻的一个区域中该实质上热密封的储存容器的外表面;可操作地附接至这个盖子上的一个机电开关,该机电开关被定位在这个盖子的、与该实质上热密封的储存容器的外表面相邻的表面上、并且位于与该通道的外部末端相邻的区域中;可操作地附接至该机电开关上的一个电子系统;以及可操作地附接至这个盖子上的一个指示器。 Some embodiments include: a cap attached to an end of the stabilizer to the central unit, the lid of a size and shape so as to conform to the outer end adjacent to a channel region of the substantially thermally sealed storage the outer surface of the container; operably attached to the one electromechanical switch on the cover of the electromechanical switch is positioned in the cap, the outer surface of the substantially thermally sealed storage container adjacent the surface, and located adjacent outer end of the channel region; operably attached to an electronic system on the electromechanical switch; and operably attached to a pointer on the lid.

[0308] 该容器的一些实施例包括一个运输稳定器单兀,该稳定器单兀具有的尺寸对应于具有一个挠性连接器的一个实质上热密封的储存容器,该运输稳定器单元包括:一个具有一定大小和形状的盖子,这个盖子被配置成用于实质上覆盖该包含挠性连接器的实质上热密封的储存容器的外壁中的一个外部开口,这个盖子包括一个表面,该表面被配置成用于在该外壁中的外部开口附近可逆地匹配该实质上热密封的储存容器的外表面;在这个盖子中的一个中央孔;与这个盖子中的中央孔相邻的一个可逆紧固单元,该可逆紧固单元被定位成用于将一个轴紧固这个盖子的中央孔内;实质上限定了具有的截面直径小于该实质上热密封的储存容器的该挠性连接器的最小直径的一个管状结构的一个壁,该管状结构的一端可操作地附接在这个盖子上;在该壁中的一个孔, [0308] Some embodiments of the transport container comprises a single stabilizer Wu, Wu single stabilizer which has a size corresponding to a substantially thermally sealed storage container having a flexible connector, the stabilizer of the transport unit comprises: a cover having a certain size and shape, the cover configured to substantially cover the outer wall of a substantially external heat of the flexible connector comprises a sealed storage container opening, the cover includes a surface which is near the outer opening configured for reversibly the outer wall matches the outer surface of the substantially thermally sealed storage container; a central hole in the lid; a central aperture in the cover adjacent a reversible fastening unit, a substantially flexible connector defining the cross-sectional diameter that is less than the substantially thermally sealed storage container of the smallest diameter; the reversible fastening unit is positioned to the axis of a fastening hole of the central lid a wall of the tubular structure, one end of the tubular structure is operatively attached to the cover; a hole in the wall, 中该孔包括一个边缘,该边缘在管状结构上位于从该管状结构的、可操作地附接至这个盖子上的末端起小于该挠性连接器的最大长度的一个位置处;一个定位轴,该定位轴具有的截面直径小于这个盖子的中央孔的截面直径,该定位轴具有的长度大于这个盖子的厚度同这个盖子的表面与该壁中的孔的边缘之间的壁长度的结合;该壁的一个内表面,该内表面实质上限定了一个内部区域;一个枢转单元,该枢转单元可操作地附接至该定位轴的终端区域上并且被定位在该内部区域内;一个可操作地附接至该枢转单元上的支撑单元,该支撑单元具有一定的大小和形状以便当该枢转单元在一个方向转动时配合在该内部区域内、并且以便当该枢转单元在另一个方向上转动约90度时伸出穿过该壁中的孔;一个具有一定大小和形状的末端区域,该末端区域被配置成用 In the aperture comprises an edge that is located at a position from which less than the maximum length of the flexible connector from the tubular structure is operatively attached to the end cap on the tubular structure; a positioning axis, the positioning shaft having a cross-sectional diameter smaller than the cross-sectional diameter of the cap center hole, the positioning shaft having a length greater than the thickness of the cover combined with the surface of the cover and the wall length between the edge of the hole in the wall; the an inner surface of the wall, the inner surface defines a substantially interior region; a pivoting unit, which unit is operatively pivotally attached to the end region of the positioning shaft and is positioned within the interior region; a operatively attached to the support unit on the pivoting unit, the support unit is of a size and shape to fit within the inner region when the pivoting unit is rotated in one direction, and such that when the pivoting unit on the other the hole extending through the wall is rotated about 90 degrees in one direction; end region having a certain size and shape, which end region is configured with 可逆地匹配在该实质上热密封的储存容器内的储存结构中的一个孔的内表面;一个在该末端区域的终端处的底座抓柄;以及一个用于该底座抓柄的张紧单元,该张紧单元被配置成用于在该底座抓柄上对抗该实质上热密封的储存容器的内壁而维持在基本上垂直于这个盖子的表面的一个方向上的压力。 Reversibly mate with the inner surface of a hole of the storage structure in the substantially thermally sealed storage container; and a grip at the base of the terminal end regions; and tensioning unit for a grip in the base, the tensioning unit is configured to grip on the base against the inner wall of the substantially thermally sealed storage container is maintained in a direction substantially perpendicular to the surface of the cover of the pressure.

[0309] 在该容器的一些实施例中,该运输稳定器单元的盖子包括:至少一个孔,该孔被配置成用于使一个紧固件将这个盖子可逆地附接至该实质上热密封的储存容器的外壁上。 [0309] In some embodiments of the container, the lid of the transport stabilizer unit comprises: at least one aperture, the aperture being configured to cause a fastener to the lid reversibly attached to the substantially thermally sealed the outer wall of the storage container. 在一些实施例中,该运输稳定器单元的盖子是由具有足够强度的材料制成,以便当该可逆的紧固单元被附接至该定位轴上时维持该挠性连接器处于一个压缩位置。 In some embodiments, the cover of the transport unit is a stabilizer made of a material having sufficient strength to maintain the flexible connector in a compressed position when the reversible fastening unit is attached to the positioning shaft . 在一些实施例中,该运输稳定器单元的枢转单元被配置成允许该支撑单元沿着单一轴线移动约90度。 In some embodiments, the stabilizer of the transport unit pivoting unit is configured to allow the movement of the supporting unit along a single axis by about 90 degrees. 在一些实施例中,该运输稳定器单元的定位轴被定位在这个盖子的孔内。 In some embodiments, the positioning shaft of the transport unit of the stabilizer is positioned in the bore of the lid. 在一些实施例中,该运输稳定器单元的可逆紧固单元以足够的张力附接至该定位轴上以便将该挠性连接器维持在一个压缩位置中。 In some embodiments, the reversible fastening means of the transport unit with sufficient stabilizer attached to the tension shaft positioned so as to maintain the flexible connector in a compressed position. 在一些实施例中,该运输稳定器单兀的底座抓柄包括:在2与8摄氏度之间的温度下相对于该内壁的表面的摩擦系数大于一的一个表面。 In some embodiments, the single stabilizer Wu transport base grip comprising: at a temperature between 2 and 8 degrees relative to the surface of the inner wall is greater than a coefficient of friction of a surface. 在一些实施例中,该运输稳定器单元包括:一个把手,该把手被附接至这个盖子上的、与被配置成用于可逆地匹配该实质上热密封的储存容器的外表面的这个表面相反的一个表面上。 In some embodiments, stabilization of the transport unit comprises: a handle, the handle is attached to this cover, the surface is configured to reversibly mate for the substantially thermally sealed storage container outer surface opposite to a surface. 在一些实施例中,该运输稳定器单元包括:一个传感器;一个指示器;以及可操作地附接至该传感器和该指示器上的一个电子系统。 In some embodiments, stabilization of the transport unit comprises: a sensor; an indicator; and operably attached to an electronic system on the sensor and the indicator.

[0310] 在一些实施例中,一种设备包括:具有挠性连接器的一个实质上热密封的储存容器;以及具有的尺寸对应于该实质上热密封的储存容器的一个稳定器单元,该稳定器单元包括:一个具有一定大小和形状的盖子,这个盖子被配置成用于实质上覆盖该实质上热密封的储存容器的外壁中的一个外部开口,这个盖子包括一个表面,该表面被配置成用于在该外部开口附近可逆地匹配该外壁的外表面;在这个盖子中的一个中央孔;实质上限定了具有的截面直径小于该实质上热密封的储存容器的挠性连接器的最小直径的一个管状结构的一个壁,该管状结构的一端可操作地附接在这个盖子上;该壁中的一个孔,其中该孔包括一个边缘,该边缘在管状结构上位于从该管状结构的、可操作地附接至这个盖子上的末端起小于该挠性连接器的最大长度的一个位置处;一个 [0310] In some embodiments, an apparatus comprising: a substantially thermally sealed storage container having a flexible connector; and a stabilizer having a size corresponding to a unit in the substantially thermally sealed storage container, which stabilizer unit comprising: a cover having a certain size and shape, the cover configured to substantially cover the outer wall of an external substantially thermally sealed storage container opening, the cover includes a surface which is arranged minimum substantially defining a flexible connector having a cross-sectional diameter substantially smaller than the heat-sealed storage container; for reversibly to match the outer surface of the outer wall in the vicinity of the external opening; a central aperture in the cover of the a wall of a diameter of the tubular structure, one end of the tubular structure is operatively attached to the cover; a hole in the wall, wherein the aperture comprises an edge which is located in the tubular structure from the tubular structure operatively attached to the end of the lid at the starting position is less than a maximum length of the flexible connector; a 位轴,该定位轴具有的截面直径小于这个盖子的中央孔的截面直径,该定位轴具有的长度大于这个盖子的厚度同这个盖子的表面与该壁中的孔的边缘之间的壁长度的结合;一个可逆紧固单元,该可逆紧固单元在与这个盖子中的孔相邻的一个区域中被可操作地附接至这个盖子上并且被定位成可操作地附接至该定位轴上;该壁的一个内表面,该内表面实质上限定了一个内部区域;一个枢转单元,该枢转单元可操作地附接至该定位轴的终端区域上并且被定位在该内部区域内;一个可操作地附接至该枢转单元上的支撑单元,该支撑单元具有一定的大小和形状以便当该枢转单元在一个方向转动时配合在该内部区域内、并且以便当该枢转单元在另一个方向上转动时伸出穿过该壁中的孔;一个具有一定大小和形状的末端区域,该末端区域被配置成用于可逆地匹 Bit shaft, the positioning shaft having a cross-sectional diameter is smaller than the cross-sectional diameter of the center hole of the lid of the positioning shaft having a length greater than the thickness of the cover with the surface of the cover wall between the length of the edge of the hole of the wall binding; a reversible fastening unit, the fastening unit is reversible operably attached to this hole in the lid in a region adjacent to this cover and is positioned to be operably attached to the positioning axis; the an inner surface of the wall, the inner surface defines a substantially interior region; a pivoting unit, which unit is operatively pivotally attached to the end region of the positioning shaft and is positioned within the interior region; a operatively attached to the support unit on the pivoting unit, the support unit is of a size and shape to fit within the inner region when the pivoting unit is rotated in one direction, and such that when the pivoting unit on the other the hole extending through the wall is rotated in one direction; end region having a certain size and shape, which end region is configured to reversibly match 在该实质上热密封的储存容器内的储存结构中的一个孔的内表面;一个在该末端区域的终端处的底座抓柄;该底座抓柄包括一个表面,该表面在2与8摄氏度之间的温度下相对于该容器的内壁的表面的摩擦系数是大于一;以及一个用于该底座抓柄的张紧单元,该张紧单元被配置成用于在该底座抓柄上对抗该容器的内壁而维持在基本上垂直于该盖子的表面的一个方向上的压力。 In the substantially thermally sealed storage reservoir inner surface of a hole of the structure within the container; a grip at the end of the base terminal region; the base includes a grip surface, which surface 2 and 8 degrees Celsius in relative to the temperature difference between the coefficient of friction of the surface of the inner wall of the container is greater than one; and tensioning unit for a grip in the base, the tensioning unit is configured to confront the container on the base grip the inner wall is maintained in a direction substantially perpendicular to the surface of the pressure cover.

[0311] 一些实施例包括一种设备,该设备包括:一个由热敏材料制成的结构区域,该结构区域包括一个外壁和一个内壁以及在该外壁与该内壁之间的一个气密性空隙;一个由耐热材料制成的激活区域,该激活区域包括一个或